What's New | PUBLIC
Document Version: 1.0 – 2021-10-13
© 2021 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
THE BEST RUN
Content
1
What's New. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
2
Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
2.1
Maintenance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2
Environment, Health, and Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.3
Resource Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
2.4
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.1
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps in Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.2
Fiori Content for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
3.3
Functional Currency - Availability in Finance Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.4
Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.5
Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.6
Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
3.7
Treasury Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
3.8
Financial Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
3.9
Billing and Revenue Innovation Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
3.10
Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406
3.11
Commodity Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
3.12
APIs for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
3.13
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
4
Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
4.1
External Employment in the New Business Partner Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
4.2
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
5
Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
5.1
Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
5.2
Production Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
5.3
Extended Production Planning and Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
5.4
Production Operations (Execution and Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
5.5
Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
5.6
Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
5.7
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
6
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
6.1
Cross-Area Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
2
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Content
6.2
Extended Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526
6.3
Extended Production Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
6.4
Complex Assembly Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
7
R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
7.1
Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
7.2
Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
7.3
User Experience Improvements in Recipe Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
7.4
Business Events for Recipe Specification Phrases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
7.5
Product Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
7.6
Change Impact Analysis for Change Record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
7.7
Efficient Structuring of Product Changes in Change Record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
7.8
Enhancements in Solution Documentation and User Experience for Change Record. . . . . . . . . . . . 600
8
Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
8.1
Order and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
8.2
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
9
Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
9.1
Service Master Data & Agreement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
9.2
Service Operations & Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
9.3
Cross Topics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
9.4
WebClient UI Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
10
Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
10.1
Generic Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
10.2
APIs for Integration with Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .778
10.3
Sourcing and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .794
10.4
Operational Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .813
10.5
Central Requisitioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
10.6
Central Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
10.7
Central Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
10.8
Central Purchasing Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
10.9
Attachments, Notes and Business Process Flows for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba
Sourcing (4QN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
10.10
Guided Sourcing for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Sourcing (4QN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
10.11
Enhancements for Central Sourcing (3ZF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .873
10.12
CDS Views in Central Sourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .873
10.13
New Business Add-Ins for Central Sourcing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
10.14
Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876
10.15
Procurement Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
10.16
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps in Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .902
10.17
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Content
PUBLIC
3
11
Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
11.1
Logistics Cross Topics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
11.2
Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
11.3
Warehouse Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .939
11.4
Delivery and Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
11.5
Advanced Order Promising. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
11.6
Extended Service Parts Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1035
11.7
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037
12
Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038
12.1
Business Network Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1038
12.2
Integration for Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047
12.3
Integration with SAP Concur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048
12.4
Master Data Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052
12.5
SAP Conversational AI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053
12.6
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054
13
Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
13.1
Deprecation of Predictive Analytics integrator (PAi) Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
13.2
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056
13.3
Manage KPIs and Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057
13.4
View Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058
13.5
Share Bookmarks in Web Dynpro Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058
13.6
New Business Catalog SAP_CORE_BC_UI_SHARE_PC for Sharing Bookmarks in Web Dynpro
Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059
13.7
Manage Search Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060
13.8
Business User Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061
13.9
Master Data Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
13.10
Data Migration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078
13.11
Information Lifecycle Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
13.12
Enterprise Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
13.13
Master Data Governance, Central Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088
13.14
Master Data Governance, Data Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098
13.15
Situation Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102
13.16
Digital Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
13.17
Virtual Data Model and CDS Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108
13.18
Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109
13.19
Currency Code Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
13.20 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
13.21
Behavioral Insights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
13.22
Data Transition Validation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114
13.23
Note Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
4
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Content
14
Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117
14.1
Australia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117
14.2
Austria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
14.3
Belgium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126
14.4
Brazil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
14.5
China. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152
14.6
Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1162
14.7
France. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164
14.8
Germany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1165
14.9
Greece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1168
14.10
Hungary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170
14.11
India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172
14.12
Ireland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1175
14.13
Israel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1177
14.14
Italy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1178
14.15
Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
14.16
Luxembourg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185
14.17
Mexico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187
14.18
Netherlands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1191
14.19
New Zealand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196
14.20 Norway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199
14.21
Poland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204
14.22
Portugal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206
14.23
Russia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208
14.24
Saudi Arabia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210
14.25
Serbia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1213
14.26
Singapore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214
14.27
South Africa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218
14.28
South Korea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219
14.29
Spain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223
14.30 Sweden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228
14.31
Taiwan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1234
14.32
Thailand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
14.33
Turkey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238
14.34
United Kingdom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1241
14.35
United States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243
14.36
Functions Relevant for Several Countries/Regions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244
15
Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251
15.1
Consumer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251
15.2
Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331
15.3
Energy & Natural Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Content
PUBLIC
5
15.4
Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347
15.5
Public Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399
6
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Content
1
What's New
What's New in SAP S/4HANA provides you with delta information on all new, changed or deleted features of
this product. The What's New Viewer provides the same information in an interactive format.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New
PUBLIC
7
2
Asset Management
2.1
Maintenance Management
2.1.1 Lean Service Procurement
With this product feature, you can procure lean services from within a maintenance order. Lean services are a
type of service that can be purchased in the same way as materials using SAP Fiori apps in the area of
Materials Management, such as Manage Purchase Orders, Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services, and
Create Supplier Invoice.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Lean services are intended for the procurement of small or highly specialized services that are carried out by
external suppliers as part of an internal or external operation. They can be maintained in the material master as
service products (product type SERV).
You can add lean services to an operation or suboperation as a component. The system creates a purchase
requisition and a purchase order in the same way as for non-stock materials that you procure externally. You
can either enter a planned lean service with the item category Non-stock item (N) or an unplanned lean service
with the item category Enhanced Limit (E). Unplanned lean services are services for which the exact value is
not known at the time of creating the purchase requisition. Instead of a fixed price, you can enter a value limit
8
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
that must not be exceeded. The system checks the adherence to this limit when the work that has been
performed is recorded in the service entry sheet for lean services.
The system provides you with different options for determining the start and end date and time of the lean
service. By default, the system aligns the start date and time of the lean service with the earliest start date and
time of the operation and calculates the end date and time by adding the specified service duration to the start
date and time. You can also determine the start and end date and time of the lean service manually. If you have
activated the business function Simplified Management of EAM Functions 16 (LOG_EAM_SIMPLICITY_16),
you also have the option to align the end date and time of the lean service with the latest end date and time of
the operation and use backward scheduling to determine the start date and time.
Effects on Existing Data
When a maintenance order is enabled for lean service procurement, a new Services tab page is displayed in the
operation details of the maintenance order.
Effects on Customizing
Before you can add lean services to a maintenance order, you need to enable lean service procurement for a
combination of order type and maintenance planning plant by activating the Enhanced Procurement Mode in
Customizing for Plant Maintenance and Customer Service under
Maintenance and Service Orders
Maintenance and Service Processing
Functions and Settings for Order Types
Procurement .
If you activate the Enhanced Procurement Mode for an order type, orders of that type will only support lean
services or externally processed operations without service specifications. In the standard system, these
operations are marked by the control key PM02. Externally processed operations with service specifications
(control key PM03 in the standard system) are not supported.
The default setting in this Customizing activity is the Compatibility Mode, which does not support lean service
procurement but allows you to procure externally processed operations with and without service specifications
(control keys PM02 and PM03 in the standard system).
Related Information
Customizing for Procurement [page 10]
Adding Lean Services
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
9
2.1.2 Customizing for Procurement
A new chapter Procurement has been introduced in the SAP Reference IMG under
Maintenance and Service
Processing Maintenance and Service Orders Functions and Settings for Order Types
Customizing activities related to external procurement in maintenance orders.
to group several
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The chapter Procurement groups the following Customizing activities:
● Activate Enhanced Procurement Mode (new)
● Define Collective Purchase Requisition and MRP Relevance (new)
● Define Account Assignment Cat. and Document Type for Purchase Requisitions
● Create Default Value Profiles for External Procurement
● Activate Event Type Linkage for Procurement Milestones (new)
● Define Assignment Rules for Procurement Milestones (new)
The Customizing activity Activate Enhanced Procurement Mode allows you to enable the procurement of lean
services for a combination of order type and maintenance planning plant. For more information, see Lean
Service Procurement [page 8].
The Customizing activity Define Collective Purchase Requisition and MRP Relevance provides access to the
settings related to purchase requisitions that are also contained in the broader Customizing activity Define
Change Documents, Collective Purchase Requisition, MRP relevance in chapter Functions and Settings for Order
Types.
The Customizing activities Create Default Value Profiles for External Procurement and Define Account
Assignment Cat. and Document Type for Purchase Requisitions have been moved to this new chapter from
10
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Plant Maintenance and Customer Service
Orders
Maintenance and Service Processing
Maintenance and Service
Functions and Settings for Order Types .
The Customizing activity Activate Event Type Linkage for Procurement Milestones allows you to activate the
workflows that automatically update some of the procurement milestones for an externally procured material
or service based on changes in the purchase order and posting of the goods receipt. For more information, see
Monitoring Procurement Milestones.
The Customizing activity Define Assignment Rules for Procurement Milestones allows you to define which
procurement milestones are active for a combination of maintenance order type, maintenance planning plant,
maintenance plant, procurement demand category, and material group.
Related Information
Lean Service Procurement [page 8]
Adding Lean Services
Manage Maintenance Backlog
2.1.3 Geographical Enablement Framework
With the Geometry Editor app (F5561) and the Geometry Explorer app (F5562), you can enable and manage
business objects for spatial management. The Geometry Editor app allows you to edit geometries of an existing
SAP business object and displays multiple support layers. The geometries can be added, deleted, and
changed. The Geometry Explorer app allows you to display maps and layers. It helps you to perform actions for
a selected object in the business layer such as creating a maintenance order, displaying a technical object, and
so on.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-EPT-GEF (GEO Enablement Framework)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
11
Related Information
Geographical Enablement Framework
2.1.4 OData API: Maintenance Notification
The Maintenance Notification API enables you to create, read, and update data related to maintenance
notifications. It is used to notify the maintenance department about an abnormal or exceptional situation in
technical objects. It records maintenance tasks and makes them available for analysis in the long term. You can
use them for preliminary planning and execution of tasks. The data is provided in the payload, in an API call.
This service also supports deep entity for POST operation and BATCH processing.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notification)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintenance Notification
2.1.5 OData APIs: Measurement Document and Measuring Point
With the Measurement Document API, you can now create measurement document for a maintenance order,
operation, and suboperation. This helps you to trace the source of the document.
12
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
With the Measuring Point API, you can now start or cancel measurement reading transfer between source and
target measuring points.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
3MO (Service Contract Management)
3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)
3XK (In-House Repair)
49X (Service Order Processing with SAP Field Service Man­
agement)
4GA (Service Quotation)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-EQM-SF-MPC
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Business Events
● Measurement Document Events
● Measuring Point Events
Related Information
Measurement Document
Measuring Point
2.1.6 OData APIs: Maintenance Plan and Maintenance Item
System-to-system integration capabilities allow you to connect various systems in your landscape with SAP S/
4HANA and bridge the silos between planning and execution. OData protocol-based integration enables you to
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
13
query SAP S/4HANA core for the business objects you wish to integrate with, understand the model of the
object as well as create new business objects through the side-by-side extensibility.
The preventive maintenance process allows you to define a recurring maintenance plan for the key assets in
your organization and ensures that periodic maintenance is carried out as per the recommendation from the
equipment manufacturer or based on past history and experiences
The OData API Maintenance Plan (API_MAINTENANCEPLAN) allows you to query for maintenance plans, create
new maintenance plans, or change existing maintenance plans. While creating new maintenance plans, you can
also pass additional parameters such as call horizon, scheduling period, start and end date for scheduling, shift
factors, and tolerance figures.
With the OData API Maintenance Item (API_MAINTENANCEITEM), you can now create and update maintenance
items. You can create maintenance items either as a single request or you can create multiple maintenance
items in a single request. This is particularly useful when customers have many objects on which maintenance
process needs to be carried out.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4X5 (Recurring Services)
Application Component
PM-PRM-MP ( Maintenance Plans)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintenance Plan
Maintenance Item
2.1.7 ODATA API: Equipment Hierarchy - Read
Equipment Hierarchy - Read (API_EQUIPMENT_STRUCLIST) is a synchronous inbound service that allows you
to read the hierarchy of an equipment along with a list of subequipment that is installed on the superior
equipment. The request contains all the information that is necessary to read an equipment hierarchy. If the
input in the request is not as expected, the system displays appropriate error or warning messages in the
response.
14
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-EQM-EQ (Equipment)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Equipment Hierarchy - Read
2.1.8 ODATA API: Functional Location Hierarchy - Read
Functional Location Hierarchy - Read (API_FUNCNLLOC_STRUCLISTAPI) is a synchronous inbound service
that allows you to read the hierarchy of a functional location along with the equipment installed on the
functional location. The request contains all the information that is necessary to read a functional location
hierarchy. If the input in the request is not as expected, the system displays appropriate error or warning
messages in the response.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
15
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-EQM-FL ( Functional Locations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Functional Location Hierarchy - Read
2.1.9 OData API: Maintenance Order - Read
The OData API Maintenance Order - Read (API_MAINTENANCEORDER) is a synchronous inbound service that
allows you to read header, operation, component, object list item, and operation relationship data of
maintenance orders. The service can be consumed in external systems, Fiori applications and on other user
interfaces.
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
Application Component
16
PUBLIC
PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintenance Order - Read
2.1.10 OData API: Maintenance Task List
This API enables you to create, update, and read Maintenance Task List.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Reactive Maintenance (4HH)
Proactive Maintenance (4HI)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub ( https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Maintenance Task List
2.1.11 OData API: Maintenance Bill of Material
This service enables you to create, read, update or delete the bill of material header and item for material,
equipment, and functional location. It is based on the OData protocol and can be consumed in SAP Fiori apps
and other user interfaces. The service contains header and item nodes for the bill of material. When performing
an operation, the request is sent as a payload and the necessary information is checked for restricted values
and authorizations.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
17
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-EQM-BM (Bills of Material)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintenance Bill of Material
2.1.12 Measurement Document Events
The Measurement Document business object triggers the following events:
● MeasurementDocument.created - This event is triggered when a measurement document is created.
● MeasurementDocument.changed - This event is triggered when a measurement document reversal
indicator is set or reset.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
18
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
3MO (Service Contract Management)
3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)
3XK (In-House Repair)
49X (Service Order Processing with SAP Field Service Man­
agement)
4GA (Service Quotation)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-EQM-SF-MPC
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related API
Measurement Document
Related Information
Measurement Document Events
2.1.13 Measuring Point Events
The Measuring Point business object triggers the following events:
● MeasuringPoint.Created - This event is raised when a measuring point is created.
● MeasuringPoint.Changed - This event is raised when a measuring point is updated.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
New
PUBLIC
19
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
3MO (Service Contract Management)
3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)
3XK (In-House Repair)
49X (Service Order Processing with SAP Field Service Man­
agement)
4GA (Service Quotation)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-EQM-SF-MPC
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related API
Measuring Point
Related Information
Measuring Point Events
2.1.14 Maintenance Task List Events
With this feature you can enable the Maintenance Task List business object to trigger the following business
events:
● Created
● Changed
An external service or system can be configured to consume these events.
20
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Reactive Maintenance (4HH)
Proactive Maintenance (4HI)
Application Component
PM - PRM -TL (Plant Maintenance (Task List))
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This event is available on the SAP API Business Hub ( https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Maintenance Task List Events
2.1.15 Integration of Maintenance Orders and Extended
Warehouse Management Solution
With this integration feature between Maintenance Orders and the Extended Warehouse Management (EWM)
solution you can ensure timely availability of stock components from large warehouses.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
21
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The integration helps you to:
● Easily identify the location to receive the component
● Quickly deliver components to the intended recipients
● Better tracking of components
Related Information
Integration of Maintenance Orders and Extended Warehouse Management Solution
2.1.16 Maintenance Order Operation Confirmation Events
With this feature you can enable the maintenance order confirmation business object to trigger the following
business events:
● Created
● Canceled
An external service or system can be configured to consume these events.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Reactive Maintenance (4HH)
Proactive Maintenance (4HI)
Application Component
PM - WOC (Plant Maintenance - Work Order Confirmation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
22
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Additional Details
This event is available on the SAP API Business Hub ( https://api.sap.com/
)
Related Information
Maintenance Order Operation Confirmation Events
2.1.17 Maintenance Bill of Material Events
The business events MaintenanceBOM.Created and MaintenanceBOM.Updated are available for the
Maintenance Bill of Material Object.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-EQM-BM (Bills of Material)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintenance Bill of Material Events
2.1.18 Phase Model for the Maintenance Process
With this feature, you can create maintenance requests and maintenance orders of specific new types. These
maintenance requests and orders are then part of an end-to-end process that is structured according to nine
phases.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
23
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance),
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If you create maintenance orders, you can select one of the following new order types:
● Reactive Maintenance
● Proactive Maintenance
Then the maintenance order runs through several approval, planning, preparation and execution steps until it is
finally completed. The individual phases are divided into subphases which - similar to an overall status document the progress in the maintenance process. You can filter, sort and group the maintenance orders
according to the phases or subphases in several order list views.
For more information, see the following What's New documents about new apps designed for this end-to-end
process:
● Create Maintenance Request [page 25]
● My Maintenance Requests [page 26]
● Screen Maintenance Requests [page 27]
● Manage Workflows [page 30]
● Manage Teams and Responsibilities [page 31]
● My Inbox [page 32]
● Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders [page 35]
● Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets [page 36]
● Manage Maintenance Backlog [page 37]
● Maintenance Order: Enhanced ATP Check [page 33]
● Maintenance Order Costs [page 38]
2.1.19 Display Serial Numbers
As an inventory manager or warehouse clerk, you can use this app to display a list of the serial numbers
assigned to a material. The list reflects the serial numbers of the materials according to the last posted Goods
24
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Movement. You can sort and filter this list according to your needs. You can then export the list. This app is
accessible through the Stock – Single Material and Stock – Multiple Materials apps.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Serial Numbers
2.1.20 Create Maintenance Request
With this app, you can create maintenance requests. While creating a maintenance request, you can provide all
details such as location, priority, failure mode, and malfunction. You can also attach documents related to the
request. You create long text templates by implementing the BAdI eam_ltxt_tml_maint_notif.
When you enter details to create a maintenance request and exit the app without submitting the details, the
maintenance request is saved as a draft. When you access the app next time, the draft is displayed by default.
You can complete the draft and submit it to create a maintenance request or discard the draft. If you discard
the draft, a new form is displayed. The discarded draft cannot be restored.
You can also view other maintenance requests that already existing for a technical object. You can upload
documents that have information related to the maintenance request and will help the processor to provide
quick resolution.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
New
PUBLIC
25
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH - Reactive Maintenance
Application Component
PM - Plant Maintenance
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The new maintenance request is displayed in the Screen Maintenance Requests app. The maintenance
requests created by you are also available in My Maintenance Requests app.
Related Information
Create Maintenance Request
My Maintenance Requests
Screen Maintenance Requests
2.1.21 My Maintenance Requests
With this app, you can view all your maintenance requests. If the screener has sent a maintenance request back
to you because it needs additional information, then you can add the required details and resubmit the
maintenance request for screening.
You can also copy existing maintenance requests that are in the status Submitted, Accepted, or Completed
using the Copy option. The new maintenance requests are saved as drafts and you can view them in the Draft
tab. Till you submit the maintenance request, the request remains as draft. When you copy a maintenance
request, the information from the existing request is copied into the new request. Long text is not copied from
the existing maintenance request so you can use the template to add long text. You can choose one or more
drafts and delete them.
You can choose a draft, complete all details, and submit it for screening. You can also discard a draft. If you
discard a draft, it is no longer available in the queue and it cannot be retrieved. When you select a draft to edit
it, you are taken to the Create Maintenance Request app. You can enter all details and submit the maintenance
request.
26
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM - Plant Maintenance
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Create Maintenance Request
My Maintenance Requests
Screen Maintenance Requests
2.1.22 Screen Maintenance Requests
With this app, you can review maintenance requests. All the maintenance requests that are submitted for
screening can be seen in this app. You can screen a maintenance request and accept it, reject it, or send it back
to the requestor because it does not have additional information. When the requestor adds the required
information and submits it again for screening, you can screen it. While rejecting a maintenance request, you
can provide reason.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM - Plant Maintenance
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
27
Additional Details
When you review a maintenance request, if you find that details are not correct, you can edit the details. You
can also manually change the final due date or select a different priority.
Related Information
Create Maintenance Request
My Maintenance Requests
Screen Maintenance Requests
2.1.23 Display Maintenance Notifications
With this app, you can view details of a maintenance notification such as scheduling, malfunction, related
maintenance items, maintenance tasks, status, attachments, and so on. You can also view history of changes
that were made to the maintenance notification.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notification)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
To view all the apps that are related to this app, you can choose Related Apps button on the top right side of the
page. To view details about the technical object associated with the maintenance request choose the technical
object. If the priority for the maintenance notification was selected by assessing priority, you can view the
details of the assessment.
This app is a variant of the Find Maintenance Notifications app (F2071) but this app does not allow you to
update notification or perform any action. In this app, you can only view details of maintenance notifications.
28
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Related Information
Display Maintenance Notifications
Feature Comparison for Maintenance Notification Apps
Find Maintenance Notification
2.1.24 Perform Maintenance Jobs
With this app, as a Maintenance Technician, you can review all the dispatched order operations and
suboperations and continue to perform the maintenance task or job assigned to you or your work center
(team).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Perform Maintenance Jobs
2.1.25 Maintenance Backlog Overview
With this application you can view information about maintenance (requests and orders) backlogs for a specific
planning bucket. By default, the selection area contains planning bucket template, past buckets, future
buckets, and phase filters. You can view the filter results in the analytical cards or in the quick view cards. Both
card types let you navigate from the card view to other relevant applications.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
29
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Maintenance Backlog Overview app, an analytical card shows which procurement activity is currently
pending for how many non-stock components and services in each maintenance planning bucket. From this
card, you can navigate directly to the Purchase Requisitions app and the Purchase Orders app.
Related Information
Maintenance Backlog Overview
2.1.26 Manage Workflows
With this app, you can initiate an approval process and manage the approval workflow for maintenance orders.
As a configuration expert, you can configure workflows to optimize the approval process for maintenance
orders.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
30
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can create a workflow, enter a description and specify the validity period. You can define and then activate
the start conditions of the workflow based on various attributes of the maintenance order. Moreover you can
specify the sequence in which the start conditions of existing workflows are checked and define define
recipients, timelines, and preconditions for each step sequence.
Effects on Customizing
Related Information
Manage Workflows for Maintenance Orders
2.1.27 Manage Teams and Responsibilities
With this app, you can manage teams or team members that are to perform specific functions. In Asset
Management, this app enables you to map certain teams or team members as responsible for specific process
steps in the approval workflow scenario.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PM (Plant Maintenance)
PUBLIC
31
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the cost approval workflow you can either use teams or functions to determine the agents responsible for
the maintenance order approval. There are five preconfigured functions reflecting five levels of approval (cost
approval level 1 to 5).
When a maintenance order is submitted for approval, the system determines approvers based on the functions
configured in the workflow rule. For example, when you set up a team with several team members who have
different cost approval functions assigned, the system will determine the team members who are eligible to
approve based on the function configured in the workflow rule. Alternatively, you can also specify that
maintenance orders are sent for approval to all team members of a specific team irrespective of their functions.
Effects on Customizing
Related Information
Manage Teams and Responsibilities
2.1.28 My Inbox
With this app you can process your workflow tasks, approve or reject maintenance orders via mobile or desktop
devices anywhere and anytime.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
32
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
When you approve or reject a maintenance order, the order status changes accordingly.
Effects on Customizing
Related Information
My Inbox
2.1.29 Maintenance Order: Enhanced ATP Check
With this feature, you can perform an enhanced material availability check (ATP check) for maintenance orders
and reassign committed stock material to the orders with the highest priority and urgency. It includes
enhanced selection criteria, such as the basic start and end date, the order type and the process phases. In
addition, you can specify specific execution stages and thereby restrict the ATP check to only the components
of the main operations, for example.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance), 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
33
Additional Details
If you schedule maintenance orders that are processed by phases, you can use the Material Availability Check
for Maintenance Orders template in the Schedule Material Availability Check app to perform an enhanced ATP
check, which allows you to reassign committed stock from one maintenance order to another of higher priority
and urgency.
You can determine for which maintenance orders the ATP check is to be performed by determining the order
type, the planning plant and the maintenance activity type. Depending on the order type, you can also select
orders that have been assigned to specific phases and operations that have a specific execution stage
assigned. Furthermore, you determine a time frame based on the basic start and basic end date of the orders.
You can also use a rolling time period for the selection of maintenance orders when scheduling recurrent ATP
runs. The rolling time period is always relative to the date on which each ATP run is processed.
The system prioritizes the maintenance orders by their final due date, priority, ABC indicator and the order
creation date and time, and thereby determines the sequence in which the orders are processed and material
quantities are confirmed. You can display messages from the latest ATP run when you click on the Status
symbols of the stock components in the Manage Maintenance Backlog app.
Effects on Existing Data
There is a new Material Availability Check for Maintenance Orders template available in the Schedule Material
Availability Check app. If you select this template, you can use specific selection criteria, such as the phase the
orders belong to or the execution stage of the operations.
Effects on Customizing
To use the Material Availability Check for Maintenance Orders template, you need to activate it in the
Customizing activity Activation of Scope-Dependent Application Job Catalog Entries. For more information, see
App Implementation: Schedule Material Availability Check
Related Information
Schedule Material Availability Check
How to Perform an ATP Check for Stock Components
Manage Maintenance Backlog
34
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
2.1.30 Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders
With this app, you can manage maintenance notifications and orders that are processed by phases. You can
use different filter parameters to display maintenance notifications or orders with specific attributes and
perform different actions on them.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use this app to create orders for maintenance notifications, assign existing orders to notifications, or
unassign orders from notifications. You can submit orders to the Preparation phase. If orders require an
approval before they can be submitted to the Preparation phase, you can use this app to submit them for
approval using the corresponding workflow. In addition, you can change the responsibility for maintenance
notifications and orders.
From the Maintenance Backlog Overview app, you can navigate directly to a pre-filtered list of maintenance
orders or notifications by selecting the relevant filter options on the Maintenance Backlog card.
Effects on Customizing
To be able to use this app, you need to set up your system for the phase-based maintenance process. For more
information, see App Implementation: Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders.
Related Information
Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders
Maintenance Process Phases
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
35
2.1.31 Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets
With this app, you can create maintenance planning buckets that aid you in effectively managing your
maintenance backlog. The app allows you to level out the workload over several weeks, determine the concrete
time period for the requested maintenance work and check the availability of all required resources, spare
parts, and services.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
By defining maintenance planning buckets, you can divide the maintenance effort into manageable groups
based on their scope. The scope of a planning bucket includes time, but also other important attributes of the
maintenance jobs such as the planner group. Based on this scope, the system groups maintenance orders and
assigns them to the corresponding planning buckets.
You can create event-based or operational maintenance planning buckets. Event-based maintenance planning
buckets help you to organize a planned shutdown or overhaul of an entire plant section, for example. For
planning recurrent maintenance work, such as weekly maintenance windows as agreed with the production
team, you can use operational maintenance planning buckets.
When the maintenance planning buckets have been created and maintenance orders have been associated
with particular planning buckets, you can manage your maintenance backlog in the Manage Maintenance
Backlog app. From a particular planning bucket, you navigate to the list of all the maintenance orders
associated with this planning bucket. Here, you can view important order details, such as the order status, the
order priority and the final due date. Furthermore, you can check the availability and consumption of the
required stock components, monitor the procurement status of non-stock components and services, and
consider all the maintenance work that has to be executed and all the external services that have to be
procured. For more information, see Manage Maintenance Backlog [page 37].
36
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Effects on Customizing
This app uses a technical job which runs nightly to generate recurrent planning buckets in advance. You can
verify that the job is active in transaction SJOBREPO. For more information, see App Implementation: Manage
Maintenance Planning Buckets.
Related Information
Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets
Manage Maintenance Backlog [page 37]
2.1.32 Manage Maintenance Backlog
With this app, you can view a list of all maintenance orders automatically associated with a specific
maintenance planning bucket according to their scheduled start date, their scheduled end date, and to the
attributes fitting in the scope of the maintenance planning bucket. You can view important order details, check
the availability and consumption of the required stock components, monitor the procurement status of nonstock components and external services, and view all maintenance work that has to be performed by an
internal work center.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
When maintenance planning buckets have been created in the Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets app and
maintenance orders have been associated with particular planning buckets, you can manage your maintenance
backlog in the Manage Maintenance Backlog app. You can either access this app via the Manage Maintenance
Planning Buckets app or via the Maintenance Backlog card in the Maintenance Backlog Overview app.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
37
You can view important order details, such as the order status, the order priority and the final due date. You can
check the availability and consumption of the required stock components, view messages from the latest ATP
check, and monitor the procurement process for all required non-stock components and external services. In
addition, you can view all maintenance work that has to be performed by an internal work center.
Effects on Customizing
You can use this app to monitor the procurement of non-stock materials and services by means of
procurement milestones. The completion of some milestones depends on changes in the purchase order and
posting of the goods receipt for non-stock components. To enable the system to react to these changes and
update the respective milestones automatically, you need to activate the corresponding event type linkages in
Customizing. You can also change the default procurement milestones for a combination of maintenance order
type, maintenance planning plant, maintenance plant, procurement demand category, and material group in
Customizing. For more information, see Monitoring Procurement Milestones.
Related Information
Manage Maintenance Backlog
Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets [page 36]
Customizing for Procurement [page 10]
2.1.33 Maintenance Order Costs
With this app you can monitor and evaluate estimated costs, baseline costs, planned costs and actual costs
resulting from current maintenance orders. It enables you, for example, to compare planned costs or baselinecosts with actual costs caused by maintenance orders of a specific order type during a selected time period.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
38
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Filters allow you to analyze estimated costs, baseline costs, planned costs and actual costs in a rolling time
period from different perspectives such as the order type, the responsible cost center, the main work center or
the maintenance activity type. A condensed view enables you to identify and compare relevant areas within
data sets using data visualization and business intelligence. All this can be done seamlessly within one page
that combines transactional and analytical data using chart and table visualization. In the table view, you can
access the costs summed up for specific order types and spend categories but also act on individual
maintenance orders by navigating directly to them.
Effects on Customizing
Before you implement the app you need to perform several configuration tasks. For more information, see App
Implementation: Maintenance Order Costs.
Related Information
Maintenance Order Costs
2.1.34 Mass Editing of Notifications
This new feature enables you to execute the mass editing of notifications in the Find Maintenance Notification
app. You can change the general data, due dates, and breakdown details and responsibilities. You can also
simulate the editing to check the entered data in the application log for errors.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
39
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PM-FIO (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Mass Editing of Notifications
2.1.35 Intelligent Maintenance Execution Part 1
The Intelligent Maintenance Execution Part 1 ( LOG_EAM_IME_1) business function enables you to assign
execution stages to operations and to specify a final due date in SAP HTML Gui apps as well as in SAP Web UI
apps.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
40
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Additional Details
For more information about the functions that are included in this business function (LOG_EAM_IME_1), see
the following product feature release notes:
● Assigning Execution Stages [page 41]
● Final Due Date [page 42]
2.1.35.1 Assigning Execution Stages
You can use this function to classify operations and suboperations in task lists and maintenance orders
according to their importance over time during the maintenance or repair work. By assigning execution stages,
you can group the preliminary work steps, the main work steps and the finishing work steps of the maintenance
order and thus closely monitor work progress. A grouping into execution stages made in the task list is copied
to the order operations that have been created. In the process, a checkbox in the order header shows whether
the maintenance order still contains open main repair work.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH - (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI - (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Required Business Function
Intelligent Maintenance Execution Part 1
Additional Details
In both the task list and the maintenance order, you can assign one of the three execution stages PRE, MAIN
and POST to individual operations and suboperations, thereby determining whether the operation describes
preliminary work, main work or finishing work. Preliminary work could be, for example, scaffolding work or the
checking and provision of spare parts in the staging area. Finishing tasks could be, for example, cleaning work
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
41
or the removal of defective parts into the decontamination area. The system classifies all operations that you
create and do not assign to an execution stage as main repair work.
The system deselects the Has Open Main Work checkbox in the order header data when all operations
classified as main work have been finally confirmed. According to the value of this checkbox, you can filter the
results list in the Find Maintenance Order app to display, for example, all orders for which at least one main
repair work task has not yet been finally confirmed. In addition, the table column Execution Stage in the
operation tables and lists allows you to group and evaluate order operations according to the assigned
execution stages.
Effects on Existing Data
The new table column Execution Stage is available in the Operation Data of the task list and the maintenance
order. In addition, the new field Execution Stage in the Operation Details shows to which execution stage the
selected operation has been assigned. You can change this assignment both in the table column and in the
selection field.
In the maintenance order header data, the new checkbox Has Open Main Work is available. You can select this
as a filter in the Find Maintenance Order app. A new selection field Execution Stage is available as a filter in the
Find Maintenance Task List and Operation and Find Maintenance Order and Operation apps. In the operation list
of both apps, you can group the operations in the corresponding table columns according to execution stages
and their description. The operation details also show to which execution stage the respective operation has
been assigned.
Related Information
Operation
Assigning Execution Stages
Assigning Execution Stages
2.1.35.2 Final Due Date
You can now view the latest date by which a maintenance activity must be completed. This date is called the
final due date and is determined based on priority of the maintenance activity. When you select the priority for
a maintenance activity, the final due date is determined and displayed. You can manually change the final due
date only if you have the required authorization. When there is a change in the final due date, you can also view
the previous final due date.
42
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Required Business Function
Intelligent Maintenance Execution Part 1
Additional Details
When you select the priority for a maintenance notification or a maintenance request, the final due date is
determined and displayed. When you change the priority of a maintenance notification or maintenance
request, the final due date is redetermined.
When you create a maintenance order manually, the final due date is determined based on the priority of the
maintenance order. When you select the priority for a maintenance order, the final due date is immediately
determined and displayed. Once you have selected a priority and the final due date has been defined, any
additional change in priority will not result in a change of the final due date.
If you create a maintenance order based on an existing maintenance notification, the final due date from the
maintenance notification is copied into the maintenance order and is not redetermined even if the
maintenance order was created days after the creation of the maintenance notification.
If the priority of the maintenance order is different from the priority of the maintenance notification from which
it was created, the priority of the maintenance notification is not inherited by the maintenance order. The final
due date is not redetermined if the priority of the maintenance order is changed. If you change the final due,
the previous final due date is updated immediately even before you save the maintenance order. If you change
the final due date again, the last changed final due date is shown and not the original final due date.
You can change the final due date directly by editing the field only if you have authorization for the business
transaction LACD. If you edit the final due date this way, then the previous final due date is displayed for your
reference.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
43
Related Information
Display Maintenance Order
Find Maintenance Order
Find Maintenance Order and Operation
Find Maintenance Notification
Process Maintenance Notification
Process Maintenance Order
2.1.36 Enterprise Asset Management Part 17
This business function enables you to use several enhancements for maintenance orders, maintenance
notifications, and technical objects in Plant Maintenance.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Mainte­
nance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For more information about the functions that are included in this business function (LOG_EAM_CI_17), see
the following product feature release notes:
● Functional Location and Equipment: End-of-Use Date [page 45]
● Task List: Mass Changes [page 45]
Related Information
Enterprise Asset Management Part 17
44
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
2.1.36.1 Functional Location and Equipment: End-of-Use Date
With this feature, you can define an end-of-use date for functional locations and equipment.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Mainte­
nance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now define and display an end-of-use date for functional locations and equipments in transactions
IE01/IE02 and IL01/IL02. You will find this new field also in the corresponding list transactions such as
IE05, IL05, IH06, and IH08 as selection parameters and in the output list as well as in the output lists of
transactions IL07, IE07, IE36, and IE37.
If you use such an equipment or functional location within an order or notification, and the end-of-use date is
before the start date of the object, you receive a message (IW448). The message type (e.g. warning, info, error)
is customizable.
Related Information
Mass Changes for Equipment and Functional Locations
2.1.36.2 Task List: Mass Changes
With this feature, you can carry out mass changes for task lists and task list operations.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
45
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Mainte­
nance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now carry out mass changes for task lists and task list operations using the Change Task List and
Operation List function (transaction IA38). You can update the task list header and task list operation data,
including customer-specific fields. You can carry out the changes with or without a change number, and you
can choose to execute the changes directly or in the background.
Related Information
Carrying Out Mass Changes in Task List Headers and Task List Operations
2.1.37 Simplified Management of EAM Functions 18
This business function provides you with enhanced features for processing maintenance orders on the SAP
Web UI for Plant Maintenance.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Mainte­
nance)
46
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For more information about the functions that are included in this business function
(LOG_EAM_SIMPLICITY_18), see the related product feature release note Technical Object: End-of-Use Date
[page 47].
Related Information
Simplified Management of EAM Functions 18
2.1.37.1 Technical Object: End-of-Use Date
With this feature, you can define an end-of-use date for technical objects.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Mainte­
nance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now define and display an end-of-use date for technical objects using the Create Technical Object or
Change Technical Object functions. You will find this new field also in the output list of the Technical Object List.
If you use such a technical object within an order or notification, and the end-of-use date is before the start
date of the object, you receive a message. The message type (e.g. warning, info, error) is customizable.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
47
Related Information
Mass Changes for Equipment and Functional Locations
2.1.38 EAM Inspection Checklists
With this business function, you can enable the inspection checklist process, an end-to-end process from the
creation of inspection plans to results recording and follow-up actions in Plant Maintenance, which allows you
to create inspection checklist templates for combinations of technical objects and recurring maintenance
tasks, such as monthly electrical check-ups, for example.
With this business function, you'll benefit from reduced efforts for master data maintenance and operational
execution.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PM-WOC-CL (Checklists)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With the activation of business function LOG_EAM_CHECKLIST, the following new transactions, authorization
objects, and function modules will become available in your SAP system:
● New Transactions
○ IW91: Checklists: Result Overview
○ IW92: Checklists: Generation
○ IW93: Checklists: Collective Usage Decision
○ IW97: Checklists: Simulate Inspection Lots
○ IW98: Checklists: Classification Characteristics
○ IW99: Checklists: Types
● New Authorization Objects
○ Authorization object I_CL_LOT: PM: Process Inspection Lots of Checklist Solution
● New Function Modules
48
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
○ EAM_CL_API_ACTIVATE_LOTS: Activate Checklists (Inspection Lot)
○ EAM_CL_API_COPY_LOT: Copy Checklist (Inspection Lot)
○ EAM_CL_API_CREATE_LOT: Create Checklist (Inspection Lot)
○ EAM_CL_API_DEACTIVATE_LOTS: Deactivate Checklists (Inspection Lot)
○ EAM_CL_API_GENERATE_LOT: Generate Checklists for Order (Inspection Lot)
○ EAM_CL_API_GENERATE_OBJ : Generate Checklists for Order (Inspection Lot)
○ EAM_CL_API_READ_LOTS: Read Checklists (Inspection Lot) for Order (Operation)
○ EAM_CL_API_SET_UD: Set Usage Decision on Checklists (Inspection Lot)
Effects on Existing Data
With the activation of business function LOG_EAM_CHECKLIST, the following enhancements to already existing
programs will become available in your SAP system:
● In maintenance order transactions IW31, IW32, and IW33, the new tab Checklists is available on the screen
if the combination of order type and plant selected is customized for the inspection checklist process.
● In maintenance order transactions IW31 and IW32, the new push button Generate is available on the
Objects for the generation of the object list. There is also the new column Origin available, which indicates
how an item in the object list has been generated.
● On operation level in maintenance order transactions IW31, IW32, and IW33, in task list transactions, and
in list processing transactions IW37N and IA38, the new field Checklist Type is included on the selection
screen and in the output.
Effects on Customizing
With the activation of business function LOG_EAM_CHECKLIST, the following new IMG activities and Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) will become available in your SAP system:
In Customizing for Plant Maintenance and Customer Service under
Maintenance and Service Processing
Maintenance and Service Orders Functions and Settings for Order Types , the Customizing activity Configure
Checklists for Maintenance Order Types and Planning Plants has been added.
In Customizing for Plant Maintenance and Customer Service under
System Enhancements and Data Transfer
Business Add-Ins , the new Customizing node Enhancements to EAM Inspection Checklists with the
following BAdIs has been added:
● BAdI: Control of Customizing Settings for Checklist Configuration
● BAdI: Control of Changes to Inspection Lots for Checklist
● BAdI: Control of Inspection Lot Creation for Checklists
● BAdI: Control of Inspection Lot Generation for Maintenance Orders
● BAdI: Control of Measuring Point Matching for Checklists
● BAdI: Control of Object List Generation for Checklists
● BAdI: Control of Usage Decisions for Checklists
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
49
Related Information
EAM, Inspection Checklists
2.1.39 Maintenance Order: Detailed Cost Analysis
If you edit maintenance orders on the SAP Web UI for Plant Maintenance, you can use this function to show a
detailed cost view that enables you to analyze estimated costs, planned costs, baseline costs and actual costs.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH - (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI - (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If you call Detailed Cost Analysis on the Costs tab page, the system displays a hierarchical overview of all the
costs entered and incurred for the individual order operations and suboperations. The system displays the
estimated costs entered for the maintenance order for each spend category, as well as planned costs, baseline
costs and actual costs that were posted to individual operations and suboperations.
You can see to which expense category (cost element group) the costs incurred belong and analyze which
technical object caused which costs. If different spare parts were required for the repair of a technical object,
the costs for each required spare part are listed separately.
To enable you to see the information at a glance, estimated costs, planned costs, baseline costs and actual
costs are highlighted in different colors.
50
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Effects on Existing Data
In the Costs area, a new Detailed Cost Analysis view is available.
Effects on Customizing
In the Detailed Cost Analysis, only costs are shown for which the cost element is included in a replicated cost
element hierarchy. You can find all necessary Customizing settings in the documentation for analyzing costs.
Related Information
Analyzing Costs
2.1.40 Maintenance Order: Settlement Profile and History
If you edit maintenance orders on the SAP Web UI for Plant Maintenance, you can use this function to change
the assigned settlement profile as long as the maintenance order has not yet been released. You can also
display a settlement history for each ledger.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)
BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)
BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)
4HH - (Reactive Maintenance)
4HI - (Proactive Maintenance)
Application Component
PM (Plant Maintenance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
51
Additional Details
You can change the assigned settlement profile by selecting an entry from the input help. In Customizing you
can make settings based on the order type to configure which settlement profiles are available in the input help.
In the Settlement History per Ledger table you can view which distribution rules for the actual costs were
posted for each ledger in which period of the year. This view is particularly important if you work with parallel
ledgers in Asset Accounting.
Effects on Existing Data
On the Costs tab page, the newSettlement History per Ledger view is available in the Settlement Rules area.
Effects on Customizing
In Customizing for Maintenance and Service Processing, you can assign settlement profiles to specific order
types and thus determine which settlement profiles are displayed in the input help of the Settlement Profile
field. You make this assignment under
Order Types
Maintenance and Service Processing
Functions and Settings for
Assign Valid Settlement Profiles to Order Types .
Related Information
Settle the Maintenance Order
2.2
Environment, Health, and Safety
2.2.1 Incident Management
2.2.1.1
Reporting to German Authorities
With this feature, you can generate an XML incident report for an injured person and send it via web link directly
to workers' compensation associations in Germany.
52
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for Germany
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
To set up the integration, you need to create an RFC destination and specify it in Customizing under
Environment, Health, and Safety
Foundation for EHS
Integration
Specify Destinations for Integration .
Effects on Customizing
To generate this incident report, you need to carry out the Customizing activities under
and Safety
Incident Management
Integration
Environment, Health,
Integration with Workers' Compensation Associations
(Germany) .
Related Information
Setting Up for Integration with Workers' Compensation Associations (Germany)
2.2.1.2
Use of a Material Object in EHS Processes
With this feature, you can use material data in Environment, Health, and Safety processes, such as setting up
compliance activities and managing environmental releases. Materials are represented by the newly created
master data object - Chemical Compliance Info. Chemical Compliance Info object is used to store Environment,
Health, and Safety- and Product Compliance-relevant data for customer products and materials. It is a central
object and serves as an integration point between the Environment, Health, and Safety and Product Compliance
solutions.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
53
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can view and create materials in the Manage Material Data (F4864) app. You can also specify the analytical
composition with the substances that make up a material under the Analytical Composition section.
If the substance that you want to assign is not yet available in the system, you can use the Manage Substances
Compliance (F2578) app to create it and give it a company-specific name. You specify whether you want to link
the new substance to an existing listed substance or to a new one, so that substances are created in a
consistent way in terms of identifiers, substance conditions, and substance group configurations.
 Note
You can use the Material object data in Environment Management and Incident Management. This data is
not used in the other Environment, Health, and Safety components.
Effects on Customizing
You can choose if you want to use chemicals or materials in your EHS processes and switch between the
objects as needed in Customizing under
Environment, Health, and Safety
Foundation for EHS
General
Configuration Select Material or Chemical Object for Use in EHS Processes . The standard system is
delivered with the Chemical object selected by default.
2.2.1.3
Task Assignment to a Location Role
With this feature, you can assign a Task or a Task with Approval to a given location role for further processing or
approval. The following new sections have been introduced in the Manage Task Definition (F2528) app:
● Assignee Assignment
● Approver Assignment
54
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Task assignment to a location role can be carried out if the task has a location assigned. Once assigned to a
role, the task is sent to all users with the appropriate location role for the location of the task, and not to one
specified user only. The user who first claims a task remains the responsible assignee or approver for it.
2.2.1.4
Enhancements to the Scheduling of Tasks with
Recurrence
With this feature, you can set the recurrence of a task using one of two scheduling modes. The recurrence
pattern that you set for the task definition determines the task instances either by start date or due date. You
can also specify more easily if a task starts on the same day that it is due.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
55
Effects on Existing Data
The dialog box for scheduling a recurrence now comprises of two tabs – Based on Start Date and Based on Due
Date. You can choose the scheduling mode that best fits your needs.
2.2.1.5
Deprecation of Apps in Incident Management
The following apps in Incident Management are deprecated:
● Report Incident - Basic Recording Web Dynpro app
● Report Incident - Detailed Recording Web Dynpro app
● Report Safety Observation Web Dynpro app
● Report Near Miss Web Dynpro app
● Manage Incidents Web Dynpro app
● Manage Summary Reports (F3781) Fiori app
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The app tiles are no longer available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. You can still access the apps via the
app finder and continue using them, but they will be no longer supported as of SAP S/4HANA 2021. Therefore,
we recommend that you switch to the following successor apps:
Deprecated App
Successor App
Report Incident - Basic Recording Web Dynpro
Report Incident (F1992)
Report Incident - Detailed Recording Web Dynpro
Report Incident (F1992)
Report Safety Observation Web Dynpro
Report Incident (F1992)
56
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Deprecated App
Successor App
Report Near Miss Web Dynpro
Report Incident (F1992)
Manage Incidents Web Dynpro
Manage Incidents (F4759)
Manage Summary Reports (F3781)
Manage Summary Reports (F4758)
Related Information
Report Incident
Manage Incidents
Manage Summary Reports
2.2.2 Health and Safety Management
2.2.2.1
Microsoft Office Integration in Risk Management
With this feature, Microsoft Office documents that you view and edit via the My Risk Assessment Projects and
Manage Risk Assessment Projects apps are no longer displayed directly in the browser. Instead, you can
download these documents, view and edit them on your device, and then upload them back into the system as
needed.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-HS (Health and Safety Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
My Risk Assessment Projects
Manage Risk Assessment Projects
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
57
2.2.3 Environment Management
2.2.3.1
Use of a Material Object in EHS Processes
With this feature, you can use material data in Environment, Health, and Safety processes, such as setting up
compliance activities and managing environmental releases. Materials are represented by the newly created
master data object - Chemical Compliance Info. Chemical Compliance Info object is used to store Environment,
Health, and Safety- and Product Compliance-relevant data for customer products and materials. It is a central
object and serves as an integration point between the Environment, Health, and Safety and Product Compliance
solutions.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can view and create materials in the Manage Material Data (F4864) app. You can also specify the analytical
composition with the substances that make up a material under the Analytical Composition section.
If the substance that you want to assign is not yet available in the system, you can use the Manage Substances
Compliance (F2578) app to create it and give it a company-specific name. You specify whether you want to link
the new substance to an existing listed substance or to a new one, so that substances are created in a
consistent way in terms of identifiers, substance conditions, and substance group configurations.
 Note
You can use the Material object data in Environment Management and Incident Management. This data is
not used in the other Environment, Health, and Safety components.
2.2.3.2
Task Assignment to a Location Role
With this feature, you can assign a Task or a Task with Approval to a given location role for further processing or
approval. The following task assignment types have been introduced in the Manage Task Definition app:
58
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
● Assignee Assignment
● Approver Assignment
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Task assignment to a location role can be carried out if the task has a location assigned. Once assigned to a
role, the task is sent to all users with the appropriate location role for the location of the task, and not to one
specified user only. The user who first claims a task remains the responsible assignee or approver for it.
2.2.3.3
Enhancements to the Scheduling of Tasks with
Recurrence
With this feature, you can set the recurrence of a task using one of two scheduling modes. The recurrence
pattern that you set for the task definition determines the task instances either by start date or due date. You
can also specify more easily if a task starts on the same day that it is due.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
59
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
The dialog box for scheduling a recurrence now comprises of two tabs – Based on Start Date and Based on Due
Date. You can choose the scheduling mode that best fits your needs.
2.2.3.4
Enhancement to the Creation of Regulatory Lists
With this feature, you can create regulatory lists and store emission factor values for materials (for example,
the amount of pollutant per produced material) and for chemical/physical properties (for example, scope 2
GHG emissions per one kw/h consumed electricity).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Creating Regulatory Lists
2.2.3.5
Enhancements to the Use of Data Classifiers
With this feature, you can now use data classifiers for data collections and calculation result data sets. Setting
a data classifier to the data sets received from these activities can help you to easily filter through data records
and keep them apart. Data classifiers can support you in the processes of monitoring, reviewing, and reporting
emission information.
60
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
In case you add a data classifier to collected or calculated data that is already being used, the system triggers a
reaggregation of all location aggregation activities that use this classifier.
2.2.3.6
Analytical Query CDS View for Transactional Data
With this feature, you can query environmental data using a variety of filters with the Environmental Data Analytical Query CDS view.
The Environmental Data - Analytical Query can be used through analytical tools, such as SAP Analytics Cloud.
Additionally, it can also be used with various other tools, such as the Query Browser. The query can also be
used through an external system, such as SAP Analytics Cloud.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
61
Related Information
Environmental Data – Analytical Query
2.2.3.7
New Calculation Input Sources
With this feature, you can now use compositions and chemical-physical properties of materials from the
Material object as input sources for calculations.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
2.2.3.8
Management of Material Composition
With this feature, you can maintain a composition of the Material object. Additionally, in Environment
Management, you can use the created composition in calculations.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
62
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Additional Details
The components of a composition are specified as a company substance.
2.2.3.9
Enhancements to the Filtering in the Location
Structure
With this feature, the Location value help fields of all apps have been enhanced to allow filtering by location
classifier.
Additionally, filtering by location classifier has been introduced in the following apps:
● Manage Locations
● Manage Location Roles
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
2.2.3.10 Deprecation of an Environment Management App
The Manage Compliance Requirement Web Dynpro app was deprecated in SAP S/4HANA 2020.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
63
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use the following successor app:
Deprecated App
Successor App
Manage Compliance Requirement Web Dynpro
Manage Compliance Requirements - Regulations, Permits,
Policies (F5038)
Effects on Existing Data
The Manage Compliance Requirement Web Dynpro app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP
Fiori launchpad as of 2022. The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this
case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as
soon as possible.
Related Information
Manage Compliance Requirements - Regulations, Permits, Policies
2.2.3.11 Waste Management
2.2.3.11.1 My Permits
With this feature, a user with the role of Environmental Manager, assigned to a specific location, can edit new
and existing permits in the My Permits app. The Environmental Manager can update data for permits, monitor
their lifecycles, and ensure environmental compliance to optimize business processes.
64
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4C8 (Compliance Management for Environment, Health and
Safety)
4XD (Emissions Management)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
My Permits
2.2.3.11.2 Assignment of Waste Codes to Materials
With this feature, you can assign waste codes to waste materials so that these waste materials can comply with
the relevant environmental regulations, standards, and laws. Waste codes are required for the creation of waste
disposal documents that meet compliance requirements. Waste codes are previously entered as a regulatory
list in a Compliance Requirement Regulation, and then assigned to a waste material using the Manage Material
Data – Environment Management app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable.
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
65
Additional Details
Effects on Existing Data
Effects on Data Transfer
Effects on System Administration
Effects on Customizing
Related Information
Manage Waste Codes
Working with Waste Materials - Process Overview
2.2.3.11.3 My Transporters and Disposers – Waste
Management
With this feature, a user with the role of Environmental Manager can assign waste partners as transporters and
disposers in the My Transporters and Disposers – Waste Management app. In addition, you can use the My
Transporters and Disposers – Waste Management app to assign disposers to specific waste materials and to
specific disposal facilities and assign transporters to specific waste materials. These assignments are used to
create disposal channels, which define how waste products (products assigned to waste materials) are
transported out of the waste generator location to the final disposal facility.
66
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
The following Customizing activities have been added under
Management
Waste Management
Environment, Health and Safety
Environment
Master Data :
● Assign BP Roles to Waste Partner Types: You can use this Customizing activity to map a waste partner type
to a business partner role.
● Maintain Waste Management Method Codes: You can use this Customizing activity to maintain waste
management method codes/R&D codes by applicable country/region.
Related Information
My Transporters and Disposers – Waste Management
2.2.3.11.4 My Waste Streams – Waste Management
With this feature, a user with the role of Environmental Manager can create waste streams, including waste
disposal channels. Waste streams define the relationship between a waste product, a waste generator, a
storage location, and the point(s) of waste generation. In addition, disposal channels can be created within a
waste stream. Disposal channels define how a waste product can be disposed of. Disposal channels define the
relationship between a waste stream and transporters and disposers. Transporters and disposers are
previously entered as waste partners and then assigned to a waste material using the My Transporters and
Disposers – Waste Management app.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
67
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
The following Customizing activities have been added under
Management
Waste Management
Environment, Health and Safety
Environment
Master Data :
● Maintain Waste Stream Handling Types: You can use this Customizing activity to enter handling types for
waste streams.The handling type indicates if the waste storage location is required in the waste stream or
not.
● Maintain Waste Stream Regulatory Codes: You can use this Customizing activity to maintain regulatory
codes and values to be used in waste streams.
● Maintain Waste Stream Container Types: You can use this Customizing activity to maintain container types
and their country/region to be used in waste streams.
Related Information
My Waste Streams – Waste Management
2.2.3.11.5 Addition of Dangerous Goods Information to
Materials
With this feature, in the Manage Material Data - Environment Management app, a user with the role of
Environmental Manager can assign active compliance purposes for dangerous goods to waste materials that
have the Disposed logistics role. You also require a Product Compliance license and the Product Stewardship
Specialist – Product Compliance role. Compliance purposes (collection of relevant dangerous goods
compliance requirements from the issuing authorities) must have already been created in Product Compliance
before you can assign them on the Dangerous Goods tab of the Manage Material Data - Environment
Management app. After a valid dangerous goods purpose is assigned to a material, the dangerous goods
assessments corresponding to the relevant compliance regulations are visible. These assessments are
available to be maintained and released by a user with the role of Dangerous Goods Specialist – Product
Compliance in order to comply with transport regulations.
68
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Dangerous Goods Management
2.2.3.11.6 My Waste Transportation Documents
With this feature, a user with the role of Environmental Manager, associated to a location, classified as waste
generator, can create, edit, and delete waste transportation documents of waste generators. You can use
various filters to search for specific waste transportation documents and update their data.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4XD (Emissions Management)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
My Waste Transportation Documents
Waste Transportation Documents
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
69
2.2.3.12 Management of Material Data in Environment
Management
With this feature, you can create new materials and manage their data in the Manage Material Data –
Environment Management app. You can assign products (from the Product Master) to the selected material
and manage its analytical composition and its physical-chemical properties, manage additional properties,
manage waste codes, assign dangerous goods compliance purposes, and view and navigate to dangerous
goods assessments. Once the material data is maintained, you can use the material in follow-on business
processes, for example, you can set it as a subject in a sampling activity.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Material Data
2.2.3.13 Assignment of Additional Properties to Materials
With this feature, you can select properties from your chemical/physical properties list or create new
properties to assign to a material. If you don't find a property to meet your requirements among the properties
provided on the Default Properties tab of the Manage Material Data – Environment Management app, you can
select properties from your additional properties list on the Additional Properties tab. If the required property
doesn't already exist, you can create a new additional property. Once you have created the property, it will be
available for selection in the additional properties list.
70
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable.
Scope Item
4XD (Emissions Management)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Effects on Existing Data
Effects on Data Transfer
Effects on System Administration
Effects on Customizing
Related Information
Manage Additional Properties
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
71
2.2.3.14 Data Management in Environment Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management), EHS-SUS-WA
(Waste Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Name of Data Man­
agement Object
Object Type
Changes with this Re­
lease
EHENV_SCEN
Archiving Object
New Archiving Object
You can use this object Archiving Compliance
to archive compliance Scenarios and Tasks
scenarios and their ac­ with EHENV_SCEN
tivities, tasks, and data
records.
EHEWA_REQT
Archiving Object
New Archiving Object
You can use this object Archiving Compliance
to archive compliance Requirements Using
requirements.
EHFND_REQT
EHEWA_EWP
Data Destruction ob­
ject
New Data Destruction
Object
You can use this object Destroying Waste Part­
to destroy waste part­ ner Data Using
ner data.
EHEWA_EWP
EHEWA_EWS
Data Destruction Ob­
ject
New Data Destruction
Object
You can use this object Destroying Waste
to destroy waste
Stream Data Using
stream data.
EHEWA_EWS
EHFND_REQT
ILM Object
New IRF Implementa­
tion
You can use this ILM
object to retrieve infor­
mation about where a
business partner is
used as an issuing au­
thority.
72
PUBLIC
Details
More Information
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Name of Data Man­
agement Object
Object Type
Changes with this Re­
lease
Details
EHEWA_EWP_DE­
STRUCTION
ILM Object
New IRF Implementa­
tion
You can use this ILM
object to retrieve infor­
mation about where a
business partner is
used as a transporter
or disposer.
EHEWA_EWS_DE­
STRUCTION
ILM Object
New IRF Implementa­
tion
You can use the ILM
object to retrieve infor­
mation about where a
business partner is
used as a transporter
or disposer in waste
streams.
More Information
2.2.3.15 Use of Output Management for E-Mail Notifications
in Environment Management
With this feature, you can configure the e-mail templates to use for the e-mail notifications sent by the system
in the Environment Management component. Such notifications are sent to the Environmental Manager, for
example, in case of changes of bigger impact in the system to objects such as compliance requirements,
compliance scenarios, and the activities related to them.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
SAP delivers default e-mail templates for task-based notifications. Additional configuration is optional and to
be used upon discretion.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
73
Effects on Customizing
You can replace the default e-mail templates used in your environment management processes in Customizing
for Environment, Health, and Safety under
Notification Types and Email Templates
Environment, Health, and Safety
Foundation for EHS
Email
Configure E-Mail Templates for Notifications .
Related Information
Use of Output Management for E-Mail Notifications in Environment Management
2.2.3.16 Product Footprint Management
This feature enables you to view product footprints. This feature comes with the SAP Fiori application View
Product Footprints that allows you to search and filter for product footprints using various properties. This
feature also provides highlighting of product footprints in other Fiori applications that provide smart links for
the product. The configuration of this feature is described in set-up instructions. The set-up instructions are
part of the best practices that can be viewed in the SAP Best Practices Explorer.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5IM
Application Component
SUS-PFM-INT (Product Footprint Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
2.2.3.17 IAM Objects for Product Footprint Management
Changes to the identity and access management (IAM) objects delivered for Product Footprint Management
require you to check your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the
restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as
needed.
74
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
See the table below
Application Component
SUS-PFM-INT (Product Footprint Managemment)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
IAM Objects
Name of IAM Object
Object Type
Changes with This Re­
Details
lease
Administrator -
Business role
New business role
Relevant Scope Items
This business role ena­ 5IM (Product Footprint
Product Footprint
bles access to the View Management)
Management
Product Footprints app
(SAP_BR_ADMIN_SUS
and to smart links to
_PFM)
product footprints in
SAP Fiori apps that
support smart links.
This business catalog
5IM (Product Footprint
Management - Internal
Product Footprint
Business catalog
New business catalog
enables access to the
Management)
Apps for Display
View Product Foot­
(SAP_SUS_BC_PFM_D
prints app through
ISPLAY_INT)
smart links to product
footprints in SAP Fiori
apps that support
smart links.
This business catalog
5IM (Product Footprint
Management -
Product Footprint
Busines catalog
New business catalog
enables the tile for the
Management)
Administration
View Product Foot­
(SAP_SUS_BC_PFM)
prints app in the user's
SAP Fiori launchpad. It
is available in business
catalog group
SAP_SUS_BCG_PF
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
75
Related Information
2.2.3.18 SAP Product Footprint Management
You can access footprints from the SAP Product Footprint Management solution in your SAP S/4HANA system
through the View Product Footprints application. You can publish your footprint results from the solution to
SAP S/4HANA and view the footprints for your business processes. You can also integrate your SAP S/4HANA
system with the solution by providing your master and business activity data for footprint calculations.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5IM
Application Component
SUS-PFM (Product Footprint Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
2.2.4 Management of Change
2.2.4.1
Analysis of Change Requests and Activities
With this feature, you can analyze change requests and activities using the Change Requests and Activities –
Detailed Analysis (F5469) app. You can view graphical representations of change request and activities
grouped by various criteria. You can add several analysis steps to create an analysis path. With this analysis
path, you can evaluate the data you need for information and reporting purposes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
76
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-IAM-MOC (Management of Change)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Change Requests and Activities - Detailed Analysis
2.2.4.2
Overview of Change Requests
With this feature you can get an overview of the existing change requests in the new Change Requests
Dashboard app. You can use dynamic filters with chart visualizations to analyze change requests by various
criteria, such as type, status group, type of leading object, and date of entry.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-IAM-MOC (Management of Change)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Change Requests Dashboard
2.2.4.3
Overview of Change Activities
With this feature you can get an overview of the existing change activities in the new Change Activities
Dashboard app. You can use dynamic filters with chart visualizations to analyze change activities by various
criteria, such as type, status, overdue status, and whether a main responsible person is assigned.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
77
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-IAM-MOC (Management of Change)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Change Activities Dashboard
2.3
Resource Scheduling
2.3.1 Resource Scheduling for Maintenance Planners
You can now use additional filters to filter the key figure cards shown in the Resource Scheduling for
Maintenance Planners app. In addition, the app behavior has changed.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
78
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Additional Details
New Filters
We've added the following filters to the filter dialog:
● Location
● Main Work Center
● Maintenance Plant
● Maintenance Work Center Plant
● Planner Group
● Planning Plant
● Plant Section
● Technical Object
● Technical Object Type
Changed App Behavior
When you open the app at the start of your work day, you must now choose Go to display the key figure cards.
In addition, when you navigate away from the app and then come back to it, either from the SAP Fiori
launchpad or from another app, the app no longer refreshes automatically. To display up-to-date key figures in
the cards, you must refresh the app manually using the Go button or pressing F5 .
Related Information
Cross-App Changes [page 89]
Monitoring Key Figures for Your Work Centers
2.3.2 Manage Schedules
We've introduced several new features and usability enhancements in the Manage Schedules app. For example,
you can now specify a flexible schedule period when setting up a schedule and use drag and drop to schedule
order operations in the graphical view.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
79
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Flexible Schedule Period
When you create a schedule, you can now specify a schedule period that is less than or more than a calendar
week. As a result of this change, we've adjusted the following labels:
Relevant Schedule Status
Where the Label is Used
Old Label
New Label
Scoping
Title of the utilization fore­
Weekly Forecast
Schedule Forecast
Completion in Target Week
Completion in Schedule
Button
Set Start Day and Time
Set Start Date and Time
Column
Days in Target Week
Dates in Schedule
Subtitle of the utilization
Work Completed in Target
Work Completed in Schedule
chart
Week
cast chart
Refinement
Title of the utilization fore­
cast chart
Execution and Closed
New Status Dispatched in Addition
We've added a new status, Dispatched in Addition, that becomes relevant after schedule freeze. The status is
shown in the Completion in Schedule column for operations that weren't in the schedule at the time of the
schedule freeze but were dispatched to be completed in the schedule period.
Drag and Drop in the Graphical View
You can now use drag and drop to manually schedule an order operation in the graphical view. When you drop
the operation, the app moves it to the nearest hour to the drop position.
New Settings in the Graphical View
You can enable the following new settings to show more information in the graphical view:
Setting
What It Does
Show Non-Working Times
Visualizes times when a work center is closed as light gray
vertical bands.
Show 'Must-Start On' Constraints
Displays a vertical line at the beginning of an operation bar
to indicate that a Must start on constraint exists.
80
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Setting
What It Does
Show Final Due Date
Displays a milestone icon to indicate the latest acceptable
completion date for maintenance orders.
Show Condensed Layout
Optimizes the use of screen space to show more rows in the
table and chart.
Show Status Bar
Displays the date and time for the current cursor position
below the chart. This setting is effective only if you've ena­
bled the display of the cursor line.
Navigation to the My Schedules List
You can no longer view the list of your schedules next to an open schedule. To open the My Schedules list from
an open schedule, you now use a dedicated button. The following buttons were removed:
● Toggle button for showing and hiding the My Schedules list next to the schedule that's currently open
● Button for closing the open schedule to show the My Schedules list in full screen
New Columns
We've added the following columns to the settings for the list view:
● Equipment (Operation)
● Execution Stage
● Execution Stage Description
● Final Due Date
● Functional Location (Operation)
● Operation Phase
● Operation Phase Control
● Operation Subphase
● Order Phase
● Order Phase Control
● Order Subphase
● System Condition (Operation)
● Technical Object (Operation)
● Technical Object (Order)
● Technical Object Type (Operation)
● Technical Object Type (Order)
The following new columns are available for the graphical view; they show values for orders and for operations,
respectively:
● Phase
● Phase Control
● Subphase
● Technical Object
● Technical Object Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
81
Related Information
Cross-App Changes [page 89]
Setting Up a Schedule
Settings for the Graphical View of the Manage Schedules App
2.3.3 Manage Work Center Utilization
We've introduced several new features and usability enhancements in the Manage Work Center Utilization app.
For example, we've added two new cross-app navigation options.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Show Utilization Chart for Specific Work Centers
You can now select one or more work centers to view the utilization in the chart. The chart title changes
accordingly to indicate the number of selected work centers.
New Cross-App Navigation Options
If you've the required authorization, you can now open the Change Work Center app directly from the Change
Work Center Capacity dialog. This new navigation option allows you to make more complex changes to the
work center capacity without having to leave the app.
In addition, you can now directly open the Maintenance Scheduling Board app after selecting one or more
orders on the Maintenance Orders tab. This new navigation option allows you to visualize relationships between
the order operations of the selected orders and to show Must start on constraints for order operations, for
example.
82
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
New Columns and Filters
We've added the following attributes as filters in the filter bar and as table columns on the Maintenance Order
Operations tab:
● Operation Phase
● Operation Phase Control
● Operation Subphase
● Order Phase
● Order Phase Control
● Order Subphase
● Technical Object (Operation)
● Functional Location (Operation)
● Equipment (Operation)
● System Condition (Operation)
 Note
Because some of these attributes were already available for maintenance orders, we've added information
in brackets to show if an attribute refers to an order or an operation.
On the Maintenance Orders tab, we've added the following new columns.
● Order Phase
● Order Subphase
● Phase Control
● Technical Object
Label Change
We've renamed the Schedule button to Add to Schedule to better reflect the button's functionality.
Related Information
Cross-App Changes [page 89]
App Extensibility (Key Users) [page 91]
Changing the Available Work Center Capacity
Moving Order Operations to Another Date or Work Center
2.3.4 Maintenance Scheduling Board
We've introduced several new features and usability enhancements in the Maintenance Scheduling Board app.
For example, you can now create and delete relationships between order operations, use drag and drop to
move order operations, and visualize work center utilization in the chart.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
83
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
New Features
You can now do the following:
● Drag and drop operations
You can now use drag and drop to move individual order operations to a new start date and time. The app
adjusts the start time to the nearest hour to the drop position.
● Remove date constraints
Must start on constraint that was set when the operation was dispatched.You can now remove date
constraints for order operations. This is useful, for example, if you cancel the dispatch of an order
operation and you want to remove the
● Create and delete relationships
You can now create and delete relationships between order operations directly in the chart. To create a
relationship, you select an operation in the chart and draw a line to the operation that you want to relate to
it. To delete a relationship, you use the context menu for the relationship element in the chart.
● Trigger order scheduling
You can now trigger the automatic scheduling of all operations in a maintenance order. This feature is
especially helpful if you've created a cross-order relationship or used drag and drop to move an order
operation with a cross-order relationship.
● Context menu for chart elements
You can now use a context menu to trigger actions for order operations and relationships in the chart. The
context menu only shows the options that are currently available for the element.
84
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
New Chart Settings
You can enable the following new settings to show more information in the chart:
Setting
What It Does
Show Work Center Utilization
You can now remove date constraints for order operations.
This is useful,Displays a color-coded bar indicating the uti­
lization of an operation's work center.
The utilization data (utilization percentage, capacity load,
and available capacity in hours) is aggregated for each day
on which the work center is open and is shown when you
hover over the bar.
Show Non-Working Times
Visualizes times when a work center is closed as light gray
vertical bands.
Show 'Must-Start On' Constraints
Displays a vertical line at the beginning of an operation bar
to indicate that a Must start on constraint exists.
Show Final Due Date
Displays a milestone icon to indicate the latest acceptable
completion date for maintenance orders.
Show Condensed Layout
Optimizes the use of screen space to show more rows in the
table and chart.
Show Status Bar
Displays the date and time for the current cursor position
below the chart. This setting is effective only if you've ena­
bled the display of the cursor line.
In addition, we've restructured the chart settings dialog by grouping related settings on different tabs.
New Filters and Columns
We've added the following attributes as filters:
● Equipment (Operation)
● Execution Stage
● Final Due Date
● Functional Location (Operation)
● Technical Object (Operation)
● Technical Object (Order)
● Technical Object Type (Operation)
● Technical Object Type (Order)
● Order Phase Control
● Order Subphase
● Operation Phase Control
● Operation Subphase
● System Condition (Operation)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
85
The following attributes have been added as table columns only:
● Execution Stage
● Execution Stage Description
● Final Due Date
● Phase
● Phase Control
● Subphase
● Technical Object
● Technical Object Type
These columns show values at order level and at operation level, respectively. The same applies for the
Equipment, Functional Location, and System Condition columns, which were available in previous releases but
up until this release only showed values for orders.
Access to the App
You can now open the Maintenance Scheduling Board app directly from within the Manage Work Center
Utilization app and the View Maintenance Schedule for Assets app.
App Refresh Behavior
We've adjusted the way the app refreshes after you've made changes or when you come back to the app from
another app. The new behavior is as follows:
Your Action
Result
You change or dispatch an order operation.
Expanded entries remain expanded, scroll position and
zoom level remain unchanged.
You change an order operation so that it no longer complies
The operation is still shown in the table until you manually
with the current filter criteria. For example, you move an op­
refresh the app by choosing Go or pressing F5 .
eration to a date that is outside the time period shown in the
app.
You add new columns to the table.
Any entries that you selected and/or expanded are automat­
ically deselected and/or collapsed.
You navigate to another app and then come back to the app.
The app is in the same state as when you left it. If you come
back to the app, expanded entries are still expanded and any
filters that you added are still in place.
To display any changes that were made to orders and opera­
tions while you were working in another app, you must re­
fresh the app manually by choosing Go or pressing F5 .
Related Information
Cross-App Changes [page 89]
Working with the Maintenance Scheduling Board
86
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
Settings for the Maintenance Scheduling Board
2.3.5 Assign Maintenance Order Operations
You can now use additional filters and table columns in the Assign Maintenance Order Operations app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
We've added the following attributes as filters and table columns:
● Equipment (Operation)
● Execution Stage
● Final Due Date
● Functional Location (Operation)
● Order Phase Control
● Order Subphase
● Operation Phase Control
● Operation Subphase
● System Condition (Order)
● Technical Object (Operation)
● Technical Object (Order)
● Technical Object Type (Operation)
● Technical Object Type (Order)
The following new attributes are available as table columns only:
● Order Phase
● Operation Phase
● Execution Stage Description
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
87
Related Information
Cross-App Changes [page 89]
App Extensibility (Key Users) [page 91]
2.3.6 View Maintenance Schedule for Assets
We've introduced some new features and usability enhancements for the View Maintenance Schedule for
Assets app. For example, you can now enable three new chart settings and add several new columns in the
table area of the app.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
New Chart Settings
You can enable the following new settings to show more information in the chart:
Setting
What It Does
Show Final Due Date
Displays a milestone icon to indicate the latest acceptable
completion date for maintenance orders.
Show Condensed Layout
Optimizes the use of screen space to show more rows in the
table and chart.
Show Status Bar
Displays the date and time for the current cursor position
below the chart. This setting is effective only if you've ena­
bled the display of the cursor line.
88
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
New Cross-App Navigation Option
You can now directly open the Maintenance Scheduling Board app using a new button. This new navigation
option allows you, for example, to view relationships and Must start on constraints for the selected
maintenance orders and their operations or to get a visual overview of work center utilization at a given point in
time.
New Columns
We've added the following new columns:
● Final Due Date
● Phase
● Subphase
● Phase Control
Related Information
Cross-App Changes [page 89]
2.3.7 Cross-App Changes
We've made some changes that affect multiple apps. For example, in three apps, you can now specify the time
period relative to the current date. In addition, we've adjusted two labels for attributes that are available in all of
the apps. Last but not least, the app refresh behavior has changed.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
89
Additional Details
New Option to Set a Dynamic Time Period
Using the time period filter, you can now set a dynamic date range relative to the current date. Using this
option, you can specify how many days in the past and how many days in the future you want to include in the
display time period.
This option is available in the following apps:
● Manage Work Center Utilization
● Maintenance Scheduling Board
● Assign Maintenance Order Operations
Label Changes
We've adjusted the labels for the following fields and filters:
Old Label
New Label
Why Changed
Revision
Maintenance Event
There's been a central terminology
change in the asset management area.
Activity Type
Maintenance Activity Type
The new label better reflects the infor­
mation shown.
While maintenance activity typeactivity
type is used in controlling to classify the
activities performed in a cost center.
describes the type of maintenance
work required (for example, repair,
cleaning, inspection), the term
Changed App Refresh on Back Navigation
When you navigate back to an app from another app, the app is no longer refreshed automatically but remains
in the same state as when you left it. For example, if you navigate back to the Maintenance Scheduling Board
app, entries that you had expanded are still expanded and any filters that you had added are still in place.
To check if orders and operations were changed while you were working in another app, you must refresh the
app manually, for example, by choosing Go or pressing F5 .
 Note
To show up-to-date data in the Resource Scheduling for Maintenance Planners app, you must always use
Go, regardless of whether you open it from the SAP Fiori launchpad or navigate back to it from another app.
Related Information
Display Time Period
90
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
2.3.8 App Extensibility (Key Users)
As a key user, you can now extend the Manage Work Center Utilization app and the Assign Maintenance Order
Operations app by adding custom fields for maintenance orders.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-RSH-EAM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
App Extensibility: Manage Work Center Utilization
App Extensibility: Assign Maintenance Order Operations
2.4
Country/Region Specifics
For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1117].
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Asset Management
PUBLIC
91
3
Finance
3.1
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps in Finance
All SAP Design Studio apps in Finance are deprecated in SAP S/4HANA 2021.
We recommend that you switch to the Web Dynpro apps, which are the successor apps and already the default
tiles on the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI (Finance), FIN (Financials), CO (Controlling)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With SAP S/4HANA 2021, the Web Dynpro version of the tiles become the default tiles on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. The Design Studio version of the tiles are moved to the app finder.
For a complete list of all deprecated SAP Design Studio apps in SAP S/4HANA 2021, see 3081996
.
Effects on Existing Data
Due to different technologies, you need to recreate variants in SAP Web Dynpro apps that you might have
created in SAP Design Studio Apps. For more information, see View Browser.
Related Information
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps [page 1056]
92
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.2
Fiori Content for Finance
Changes to Finance objects related to user management and authorizations for Fiori apps are delivered with
this release. These objects include, for example, business catalogs, technical catalogs, business role templates,
and target mappings.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
All Finance components
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Details about the changes for Finance are summarized in in the following SAP Notes:
Affected content
Related software components
Link to SAP Note
Fiori content for International Trade
S4CORE, UIS4HOP1
3061985
- Release Information:
Changes in SAP Fiori Content for Inter­
national Trade Management in SAP S/
4HANA 2021
Fiori content for Settlement Manage­
ment
S4CORE, UIS4HOP1
3069329
- Release Information:
Changes in SAP Fiori Content for Set­
tlement Management in SAP S/4HANA
2021
All other Finance Fiori content
S4CORE, UIAPFI70
3002134
- Release Information:
Changes in SAP Fiori Content for Fi­
nance in SAP S/4HANA 2021
For information about the user management and authorization content needed for new Fiori apps, see the SAP
Fiori apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com.
See Also
For more information about user management and authorizations, see User Management and Authorization.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
93
3.3
Functional Currency - Availability in Finance Apps
The functional currency specifies the currency of a company's primary economic environment, which is, the
currency that the company mainly uses for its business activities.
You can choose a currency type as the functional currency from the company code currency (10), the group
currency (30), and the freely defined currency. If you don't enter a functional currency, the company code
currency (10) is used by default.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
See the table below
Application Component
See the table below
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The apps in which the functional currency is available are listed here:
Apps Using Functional Currency
App Name
Application Component
Scope Item
Use
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed in
settings.
Verify General Journal Entries FI-FIO-GL-TRA
- For Requester
(Transaction Apps)
cial Close)
Verify Currency Adjustments
FI-FIO-GL-TRA
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
- For Requester
(Transaction Apps)
cial Close)
FI-FIO-GL-TRA
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
(Transaction Apps)
cial Close)
FI-FIO-GL-TRA
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
(Transaction Apps)
cial Close)
Verify Journal Entries in
General Ledger - For
Processor (Inbox)
Verify Journal Entries in
General Ledger - For
Processor (Outbox)
94
PUBLIC
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed in
settings.
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed in
journal entry line items.
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed in
journal entry line items.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
App Name
Application Component
Scope Item
Use
FI-FIO-GL-TRA
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
(Transaction Apps)
cial Close)
Threshold amount in
Functional Currency is a con­
dition option to start the
workflow.
FI-FIO-GL-TRA
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
(Transaction Apps)
cial Close)
Functional Currency Amount
can be displayed in settings.
Manage Recurring Journal
Entries
FI-FIO-GL-TRA
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
(Transaction Apps)
cial Close)
Balance Sheet/Income
Statement
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
Apps)
cial Close)
Manage Workflows for
Journal Entry Verification - In
General Ledger
Manage Journal Entries
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed in
settings.
Amounts can be displayed in
functional currency.
1GA (Accounting and Finan­
cial Close - Group Ledger
IFRS)
Balance Sheet/Income
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting
Statement - Multidimensional
Apps)
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
The functional currency can
cial Close)
be chosen as currency type
so that the respective balan­
ces in the multidimensional
balance sheet or income
statement are shown in the
selected functional currency.
Display Line Item Entry
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
G/L account line items can
Apps)
cial Close)
be filtered by Functional
Currency and Amount in
Functional Currency.
Functional Currency and
Amount in Functional
Currency can be added as
columns to the line items ta­
ble via the settings.
Display Line Items in General
Ledger
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
Apps)
cial Close)
Amount in Functional
Currency, Debit Amount in
Functional Currency, Credit
Amount in Functional
Currency, and the Functional
Currency can be added via
the settings and are then dis­
played in the line items table.
PUBLIC
95
App Name
Application Component
Scope Item
Use
Display G/L Account
Balances
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
Functional Currency can be
Apps)
cial Close)
chosen as currency so that
the balances of the general
ledger accounts are dis­
played in the respective func­
tional currency.
Trial Balance
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
Expanding Measures in the
Apps)
cial Close)
Navigation Panel Starting
Balance in Functional
Currency, Debit Amount in
Functional Currency, Credit
Amount in Functional
Currency and Ending Balance
in Functional Currency can be
added so that the respective
amounts for the balances in
the Data Analysis table are
shown in functional currency.
Trial Balance Comparison
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
Expanding Measures in the
Apps)
cial Close)
Navigation Panel Amount in
Functional Currency, Starting
Balance in Functional
Currency, Difference Amount
in Functional Currency, and
the respective comparison
amounts in functional cur­
rency can be added so that
the respective amounts when
comparing balances, for ex­
ample, for time periods from
the current and the previous
year, are shown in the Data
Analysis table in functional
currency.
Audit Journal
96
PUBLIC
FI-FIO-GL (Fiori UI for
J58 (Accounting and Finan­
General Ledger Accounting)
cial Close)
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed
for journal entries and refer­
ence documents.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
App Name
Application Component
Manage Customer Line Items FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for
Scope Item
Use
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed
Accounts Receivable)
for posted items, that is, nor­
mal items, special G/L trans­
actions, and noted items.
Amount in Functional
Currency isn't displayed for
parked items.
Manage Supplier Line Items
FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for
J60 (Accounts Payable)
Amount in Functional
Currency can be displayed
Accounts Payable)
for posted items, that is, nor­
mal items, special G/L trans­
actions, and noted items.
Amount in Functional
Currency isn't displayed for
parked items.
Schedule Job for Cutback
CA-JVA (Joint Venture
3F7 (Joint Venture Account­
In Joint Venture Accounting,
Accounting)
ing)
the functional currency is
available for cutback.
Schedule Job for Netting
CA-JVA (Joint Venture
3F7 (Joint Venture Account­
In Joint Venture Accounting,
Accounting)
ing)
the functional currency is
available for netting.
Schedule Job for Billing
CA-JVA (Joint Venture
3F7 (Joint Venture Account­
In Joint Venture Accounting,
Accounting)
ing)
the functional currency is
available for billing.
Remaining Cutback
CA-JVA (Joint Venture
3F7 (Joint Venture Account­
In Joint Venture Accounting,
Accounting)
ing)
the functional currency is
available for the remaining
cutback report.
Related Information
Define Functional Currency
Currencies Managed in Parallel in the Universal Journal
Functional Currency Support for Joint Venture Accounting Cutback, Netting, Billing [page 186]
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
97
3.4
Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for
Finance
The field ProfitabilitySegment was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2021 and will be replaced with the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2. We recommend that you switch to the field ProfitabilitySegment_2 as soon
as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable), FIGL-IS (General Ledger Accounting - Information System),
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● The field ProfitabilitySegment_2 is a character field (CHAR), while the field
ProfitabilitySegment is a numeric character field (NUMC). The field lengths are the same.
● If no profitability segment is assigned to the field ProfitabilitySegment_2, there may be entries with a
space (new entries), entries with 0000000000 (old entries), or both. When you switch to the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2, you must adapt your code that checks whether the field is empty (that is, a
space or 0000000000).
● The field ProfitabilitySegment_2 will contain non-numeric characters (that is, characters from A to Z)
after the system reaches the highest numerical value.
The following table shows the affected CDS views in Finance and their related apps:
Affected CDS Views and Apps
CDS View
Related App
Application Component
G/L Document Item
Not applicable
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable
and Payable)
Not applicable
FI-GL-IS (General Ledger Accounting
- Information System)
(I_CADocumentGLItem)
Operational Journal Entry Item - Cube
(I_OperationalAcctgDocCube)
98
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
CDS View
Related App
Application Component
Operational Accounting Document Item
Not applicable
FI-GL-IS (General Ledger Accounting
- Information System)
Not applicable
FI-GL-IS (General Ledger Accounting
- Information System)
Not applicable
FI-GL-IS (General Ledger Accounting
- Information System)
Not applicable
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Not applicable
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Not applicable
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Not applicable
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Not applicable
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
(I_OperationalAcctgDocItem)
Additional Ledger Journal Entry Item
(I_AddlLedgerOplAcctgDocItem)
Operational Item for Browser
(I_OplAcctgDocumentItemBrowser
)
Revenue Schedule Deferral Item - Cube
(I_RADefrlItemForDspCrcyCube)
Remaining Performance Obligations Cube
(I_RATotalOpenRevenueCube)
Remaining Performance Obligations
with Time Bands - Cube
(I_RAOpenRevenuePerPeriodCube)
RA Performance Obligation
(I_RAPerformanceObligation)
Disaggregation of Recognized Revenue
(C_RAYrToDteRecgdRevnQuery)
For a list of affected CDS Views in other areas, see Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page
1108].
Related Information
Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views
3.5
Financial Planning and Analysis
3.5.1 Overhead Cost Controlling (CO-OM)
3.5.1.1
Set Report Relevancy - Set Based Hierarchies
With this app, you can designate new cost center and profit center hierarchies as report-relevant when you
create them. Making changes while maintaining your cost center and profit center groups means that you need
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
99
to trigger replication of those hierarchies. This replication ensures that your changes are incorporated into the
affected hierarchies. If this replication is not performed, then these hierarchies cannot be used in reporting.
The first time you create a new root node item, you need to ensure that the new item is designated as reportrelevant in the system. This one-time effort for new root node items ensures that they are replicated in the
runtime hierarchy and can be used in reports.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)
J55 (Margin Analysis)
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
2QL (Universal Allocation)
1HB (Financial Plan Data Upload from File)
Application Component
CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)
FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use this app to:
● Mark new sets in the hierarchy as report-relevant
● Mark sets in the hierarchy for autoreplication
● Indicate report relevance and mark for autoreplication at subnode level
This app is the successor of the classic SAP GUI version of the app Set Report Relevancy - Set-Based
Hierarchies (HRY_REPRELEV). We recommend that you switch to the new app Set Report Relevancy - SetBased Hierarchies as soon as possible.
Related Information
Set Report Relevancy - Set-Based Hierarchies
100
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.5.1.2
Manage Cost Center Budgets
The Transfer Cost Center Budgets app has been enhanced and, therefore, renamed to Manage Cost Center
Budgets. Now, you can also supplement and return cost center budgets. Previously, it was only possible to
transfer cost center budgets.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)
Application Component
CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Before you can transfer, return, or supplement budgets, cost center data and budget for the current fiscal year
must exist.
To create cost center data:
● Create a cost center using the Manage Cost Centers app.
● Create a cost center budget using the Import Financial Plan Data app.
The budget processes can be controlled by the budget availability control so that you can't transfer or return a
budget amount that is more than the available budget.
Effects on Customizing
If you want to use Budget Availability Control, the following steps must also be completed:
● Create a G/L account hierarchy using the Manage Global Hierarchies app.
● Create a budget availability control profile in the Maintain Budget Availability Control Profile Customizing
activity.
● In the Manage Cost Centers app, ensure that Availability Control is set to ON.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
101
Related Information
Manage Cost Center Budgets
3.5.1.3
Block Intercompany Postings
This customizing activity allows you to configure how CO intercompany (ICO) postings are handled. You can
allow or block all intercompany postings, or allow ICO postings only for certain combinations of sender and
receiver company codes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)
Application Component
CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
Find the customizing activity Block Intercompany Postings under
Actual Postings
Controlling
Cost Center Accounting
Intercompany Postings .
Related Information
Intercompany Postings
3.5.1.4
Manage Internal Orders (Version 2)
With this app, you can display internal orders and navigate to other apps for managing internal orders, such as
Manage Internal Orders, Where-Used List – Internal Orders, and Change Log – Internal Orders.
102
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BEV (Internal Order - Actual)
Application Component
CO-FIO-OPA-MD (Overhead Orders – Master Data)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Internal Orders (Version 2)
3.5.1.5
Where-Used List – Internal Orders
With this app, you can find all mentions of a specific internal order in other objects, such as cost allocation
cycles, cost allocation segments, fixed assets, and groups. You can also navigate to other apps related to these
objects.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BEV (Internal Order - Actual)
Application Component
CO-FIO-OPA-MD (Overhead Orders – Master Data)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Where-Used List – Internal Orders
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
103
3.5.1.6
Change Log – Internal Orders
With this app, you can view the changes made to internal order master data. You can see what was changed,
who made the change and when.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BEV (Internal Order - Actual)
Application Component
CO-FIO-OPA-MD (Overhead Orders – Master Data)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Change Log – Internal Orders
3.5.1.7
Commitments by Cost Center - Classic
Commitment Management
With this app you can track commitments posted on individual cost centers and compare them with actual
expenses, plans, and budgets. It uses the classic commitment management framework.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)
Application Component
CO-FIO-CCA-IS
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
104
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Commitments by Cost Center - Classic Commitment Management
3.5.1.8
Cost Center Budget
You can use the Cost Center Budget (I_CostCenterBudget) CDS view to display information about budget,
actual costs, commitments, and available budget for your budget-carrying cost centers.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)
Application Component
CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This CDS view provides the data to answer the following business questions:
● How much of the available cost center budget has been consumed?
● Which cost centers are over budget?
● What are the expected costs in comparison to the actual costs?
● What are the planned costs in comparison to actual costs and commitments?
Effects on Customizing
Budget availability control helps you avoid budget exceedances for cost centers and the Cost Center Budget
Report app provides you with information about budget, actual costs, commitments, and available budget for
your budget-carrying cost centers.
To use budget availability control for your cost centers, you must maintain data in several configuration steps.
For more information, refer to the Configuration Steps for budget availability control in cost centers.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
105
Related Information
Cost Center Budget
Budget Availability Control for Cost Centers
3.5.2 Financial Planning
3.5.2.1
SAP IBP Integration with Financial Planning in SAP
Analytics Cloud
 Note
Please note that due to different release schedules of the products involved, this integration is only
available productively as of 13 November 2021.
For a company, it is essential to integrate different planning processes, for example, between sales and
operations planning (S&OP) and financial planning. Integration helps companies react more quickly to changes
and assess their impact. In addition, integration contributes to a better alignment between financial planning
and supply chain planning. SAP offers this integration between SAP Integrated Business Planning (SAP IBP)
and financial planning in SAP Analytics Cloud for SAP S/4HANA.
Prerequisite for using this feature is the availability and integration between an SAP IBP system, an SAP S/
4HANA system, and an SAP Analytics Cloud system.
For more information, please see Integration of SAP Integrated Business Planning with Financial Planning in
SAP Analytics Cloud.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4RC (Integrated Financial Planning)
Application Component
CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAP Analytics Cloud Planning Content)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
During the monthly S&OP process in SAP IBP, the supply chain planner calculates the quantity of the
consensus demand plan. The financial planner imports the quantity of the consensus demand plan from SAP
106
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
IBP into profitability planning in SAP Analytics Cloud. Based on the input received from SAP IBP, the net
revenue and the costs of goods sold are calculated in SAP Analytics Cloud. These values can be transferred
back to SAP IBP for further review.
This process ensures that the quantities and calculated values are consistent between the two systems. In
addition, adopting the quantity planning data from SAP IBP reduces the effort on the financial side. And the
planning results from financial planning in SAP Analytics Cloud increase the accuracy of the S&OP
management business review process.
Related Information
Integration of SAP Integrated Business Planning with Financial Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud
Financial Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud
3.5.2.2
Term 'Investment Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud'
Replaced by term 'Capital Expense Planning in SAP
Analytics Cloud'
To achieve a clearer distinction from the area of financial investment, we have renamed investment planning in
SAP Analytics Cloud as capital expense planning in SAP Analytics Cloud. In the United States in particular, what
is included in the functional scope provided by SAP is better known as capital expense planning, or CAPEX for
short .
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4RC (Integrated Financial Planning)
Application Component
CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAP Analytics Cloud Planning Content)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
107
Additional Details
The term investment planning has been replaced with the term capital expense planning in:
● The product assistance on the SAP Help Portal
● System objects such as UI texts, story, data actions, and model
Related Information
Capital Expense Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud
3.5.2.3
Landing Page for Financial Planning in SAP
Analytics Cloud
To get you started with financial planning in SAP Analytics Cloud, SAP is delivering the Integrated Financial
Planning for SAP S/4HANA business content. The landing page is now part of this business content. It gives an
overview of the financial planning scenarios offered by SAP and facilitates navigation within the content.
 Note
The following multimedia content displays screens and interfaces in English only.
108
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4RC (Integrated Financial Planning)
Application Component
CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAP Analytics Cloud Planning Content)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Landing Page for Financial Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud
Financial Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud
3.5.2.4
Import Financial Plan Data: Enhancements of CSV
File
When uploading financial plan data in the Import Financial Plan Data app, you have to use a CSV file (commaseparated values file) as the source file. The CSV structure has been enhanced with the following features that
you can optionally use.
● Decimal separators
● Fixed values
● Global field names
For more information, please see section Additional Details.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1HB (Financial Plan Data Upload from File)
Application Component
CO-FIO-OM-PL (Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
109
Additional Details
● Decimal Separator
Previously, the amounts in the CSV file could not have more than two decimal places. Now, this restriction
no longer exists. However, if you want to have more than two decimal places, you must explicitly name the
decimal separator in the CSV file.
For more information, see Structure of the Source Files.
● Fixed Values
Optionally, for each field, you can define fixed values as parameters in the CSV file. For example, you can
specify that the category is always PLN (Planning). In this way, the Category field with the value PLN is
automatically part of the plan data. You no longer need to add this field as a separate column in the CSV file
and enter the value for each row. In the Plan Data section, the Category field with the value PLN is repeated
virtually for each row. Using the FIXED_VALUE parameter makes it easier to define the plan data in the
CSV file and reduces the amount of data that needs to be transferred to the system.
For more information, see Structure of the Source Files.
● Global Field Names
In the Plan Data section of the CSV file, you define the plan data and the plan data scope of the source file.
You enter the technical names of the fields for which you want to import data. Now, you can optionally
enter the global field names instead of the technical names for the fields. Note that you can use either the
technical name or the global field name. A mixture of these two styles is not allowed.
For example, for the Planning Category field, you can enter the global field name PlanningCategory
instead of the technical name CATEGORY. Global field names are globally unique and widely used at SAP,
for example in field names of CDS views or OData services.
For more information, see Fields for Financial Plan Data Import.
The parameter section must always be enclosed by the [PARAMS] tag at the beginning and [END_PARAMS] at
the end. To define a decimal separator and fixed values for specific fields in your CSV file, add the following
rows above the row with the technical field names in the following order:
First Column
Second Column
Third Column
[PARAMS]
DECIMAL_SEPARATOR
FIXED_VALUE
COMMA or PERIOD, depending on which
decimal separator you want to use,
comma (,) or period (.)
Technical name or global field name of
the field that you want to include in the
plan data scope.
The value for the field.
Example: PLN
Example of a technical name:
CATEGORY
Example of a global field name:
PlanningCategory
[END_PARAMS]
110
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Example
Example source file with the use of the decimal separator, multiple fixed values, and global field names:
[PARAMS]
DECIMAL_SEPARATOR
COMMA
FIXED_VALUE
CompanyCode
1010
FIXED_VALUE
PlanningCategory
PLN
LedgerFiscalYear
FiscalPeriod
AmountInGlobalCurrency GlobalCurrency
Year
Posting Period
Amount in Global Currency
Global Currency
X
X
2021
1
111,456
USD
[END_PARAMS]
After the import of the source file, the system now recognizes the comma of the amount 111,456 in last row as a
decimal separator. Previously, the system would have interpreted the comma as a thousand separator.
The FIXED_VALUE parameters have the effect that the Company Code field with the value 1010 and the Plan
Category field with the value PLN are automatically included in the plan data scope.
Related Information
Import Financial Plan Data
3.5.2.5
Analyze Financial Plan Data in Financial Planning
Apps
The following financial planning apps have been enhanced with the new Analyze Plan Data button:
● F3396 - Copy Financial Plan Data
● F4850 - Set Financial Plan Data to Zero
● F4074 - Delete Financial Plan Data with Timestamp
● F4851 - Delete Financial Plan Data
The Analyze Plan Data function opens the Financial Plan Data app to display the selected data. In this report,
you can analyze the selected data scope before or after performing the main action of the app, such as copying
data, setting data to zero, deleting data using a timestamp, or deleting all data.
If you want to create your own report or find the correct data, you can go to Related Apps and choose Open
Financial Plan Data. This also opens the Financial Plan Data app. However, in this context, the app does not
contain any of the selected filter parameters. Here, you can create a report from scratch by defining the
appropriate filter criteria.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
111
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1HB (Financial Plan Data Upload from File)
Application Component
CO-FIO-OM-PL (Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Copy Financial Plan Data
Set Financial Plan Data to Zero
Delete Financial Plan Data - with Timestamp
Delete Financial Plan Data
3.5.2.6
Display Financial Plan Data
The Display Financial Plan Data app is now available on its own tile and can be accessed from the SAP Fiori
Launchpad. Before, the app could be called up only from certain apps, such as the Import Financial Plan Data
app. The Display Financial Plan Data app enables you to perform reporting using plan data for all types of
entities relevant for accounting.
For more information, see Display Financial Plan Data.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1HB (Financial Plan Data Upload from File)
Application Component
CO-FIO-OM-PL (Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
112
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Import Financial Plan Data
Display Financial Plan Data
3.5.2.7
Differentiation of Costs by Fixed and Variable
Amounts in Financial Planning with SAP Analytics
Cloud
The differentiation of costs by fixed and variable amounts that is possible in SAP Analytics Cloud planning can
now also be mapped during import and export between SAP Analytics Cloud and SAP S/4HANA Cloud.
However, this applies only to values in company code currency and global currency.
For more information, see:
● Exporting Data from SAP Analytics Cloud to SAP S/4HANA, section Exporting Plan Data, step 7.
● Importing Transaction Data, section Importing Plan Data, step 10.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4RC (Integrated Financial Planning)
Application Component
CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAP Analytics Content)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2020
Related Information
Financial Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud
3.5.3 Universal Allocation
3.5.3.1
Universal Allocation
The universal allocation apps have new and changed features. For more information, see Additional Details.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
113
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting), J55 (Margin Analysis),
2QL (Universal Allocation)
Application Component
CO-FIO
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The new and changed features are as follows:
● Flexible ledgers
You can now choose to post to a ledger different than the one defined in the allocation cycle. For more
information, see Related Information.
● Intercompany Allocation (new allocation type)
Allows you to allocate costs from one company code to cost centers and WBS elements belonging to other
company codes. This feature may require configuration. For more information, see Related Information.
● Allocation structures
When you use the Overhead Allocation or Intercompany Allocation allocation types in combination with the
Posted Amounts sender rule, you can use allocation structures to simplify the processing of allocation
cycles. This feature requires Customizing. For more information, see Related Information.
● Iterative processing
You can now choose to process an allocation cycle iteratively. For more information, see Related
Information.
● Functional currency
You can now see the Functional Currency field in the run result report.
● Job scheduling
You can now schedule allocation runs using job scheduling apps. For more information, see Related
Information.
● Reversals
You can now reverse allocation runs in the Run Allocations app by using the Reversal Run button. You can
then see the results of the reversal in the Allocation Results app and navigate to the run report. As part of
this change, the field Run Type was added to identfy the type of allocation run as live, test, or reversal.
● Calculate records
When using the Top-Down Distribution allocation type, you can use the Calculate Records button to
calculate the theoretical data volume that will be created when you run the allocation cycle.
● Manage Cycle Run Groups (new app)
Allows you to organize allocation cycles into groups to enable parallel processing.
● Manage Allocations
This app has the following new features and functions:
114
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
○ Derivation rules included in .xlsx file template
Used to re-write the default setting for derivation rules in an allocation cycle. For example, if Derive
Functional Area is enabled by default for a given cost center, and you are fine with that, then you don't
need make an entry in this sheet. If you want to turn the function off, then you make an entry in this
sheet. The opposite is also true. If Derive Functional Area is disabled and you want to enable it, then
you make an entry in this sheet.
○ Overhead Allocation and Distribution enabled for Margin Analysis.
○ Upload Cycles template enhanced to include overhead allocation and distribution in margin analysis.
○ A notes function has been added that allows you to add free text notes to allocation cycles and
allocation segments.
● Run Allocations
This app has the following new features and functions:
○ Reference data checkbox in a top-down distribution allocation run
The Reference Data in Result checkbox has been added to the run dialog for top-down distribution
allocation runs. By defaul this checkbox is not selected. This means that reference data is not stored
during the run and is therefore not available for analysis in the run result report. This improves
performance which can be negatively impacted by storing excessive data. To enable the storage of the
reference data, select the checkbox.
○ You can now run Overhead Allocation and Distribution cycles in Margin Analysis.
● Allocation Results
This app has the following new features and functions:
○ The Re-Run and Reverse Run buttons are now available in the run result report.
○ The new Technical Statistics tab allows you to see technical data about the execution of the allocation
run.
○ The network graph view has been enhanced for the Overhead Allocation and Distribution allocation
types in Margin Analysis. When you display the allocation results using the network graph view for an
allocation in margin analysis, you must use the Group By function to indicate the grouping
characteristics for senders and receivers or the display will be empty.
○ You can now see the corresponding receivers and senders in the Senders and Receivers tabs of the
allocation result report.
Related Information
Key Concepts in Universal Allocation
Intercompany Allocation
Flexible Ledger Cycle
Iterative Processing Cycle
Allocation Structures
Manage Allocations
Uploading Cycles and Segments
Run Allocations
Scheduling Allocation Runs
Allocation Results
Allocation Flow
Manage Cycle Run Groups
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
115
3.5.4 Cost Center Accounting (CO-OM-CCA)
3.5.4.1
Manage Cost Element Groups
Allows you to create, edit, and display cost element groups.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54(Overhead Cost Accounting)
Application Component
CO-FIO-CCA-MD
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Cost Element Groups
3.5.5 Product Cost Controlling (CO-PC)
3.5.5.1
Display Material Value Chain - Actual Costs
The Display Material Value Chain app has a new name. It is now called Display Material Value Chain - Actual
Costs. It includes the following new features:
● Choose to display the profit centers from the master data or as posted in the transaction
● View cost component spilts on material and activity nodes, as well as node edge lines
Technical Details
Type
116
Changed
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1ZT (Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Val­
ues), BEG (Standard Cost Calculation)
Application Component
CO-FIO-PCP
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Material Value Chain - Actual Costs
3.5.5.2
Display Material Value Chain - Estimated Costs
With the Display Material Value Chain - Estimated Costs app, you display the progression of planned quantities
and planned values for a material along a value chain using estimated costs from a specified validity date.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1ZT (Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Val­
ues), BEG (Standard Cost Calculation)
Application Component
CO-FIO-ACT
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Material Value Chain - Estimated Costs
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
117
3.5.5.3
Upload Material Inventory Prices
Use the Transfer to Other Ledgers button to transfer material inventory prices to other ledgers after upload.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1ZT (Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Val­
ues)
Application Component
CO-FIO-ML
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Upload Material Inventory Prices
3.5.5.4
Schedule Division Accounting Jobs
Allows you to schedule divisional accounting jobs.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
CO-FIO-PCA-TR
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
118
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Schedule Division Accounting Jobs
3.5.6 Profitability Analysis (CO-PA)
3.5.6.1
New App "Manage COGS Splits"
During several processes, for example, when the goods issue of a product is posted, the total cost of that
product is posted to the COGS account (called source account in the configuration settings). A journal entry is
created: the original journal entry. Depending on how the cost of goods sold splitting is configured, the total
cost is split between the cost components, and the different costs are posted to one or more target accounts.
The postings are reflected in the COGS split journal entries.
As a sales accountant, you use this app to analyze the cost of goods sold (COGS). The app helps you to
understand the COGS split postings that were made.
For a detailed process description, see Splitting the Cost of Goods Sold. For more information about the app,
see Manage COGS Splits.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J55 (Margin Analysis)
Application Component
CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following screenshots (English only) show the overview and details screens of the app:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
119
Overview Screen of the App
Details Screen of the App
Effects on Customizing
To be able to use the app in a meaningful way, you need to make settings in Customizing under
Accounting
General Ledger Accounting
Periodic Processing
Integration
Financial
Materials Management
Define
Accounts for Splitting the Cost of Goods Sold . For more information, see the documentation of this
Customizing activity.
Related Information
Splitting the Cost of Goods Sold
3.5.6.2
New Strategy Type for COGS Splitting
In the Customizing activity Define Accounts for Splitting the Cost of Goods Sold, you can now select the
following strategy type: Cost Component Split from Actual Costing (ML).
If you use actual costing, choose this strategy type as the first type in the strategy sequence. In this way, the
system reads the cost component split performed during the actual costing runs.
If you select the option Split Revalued Consumption with Actual Cost Component Split, the cost of goods sold is
split based on the actual cost component split instead of the cost component split for the standard cost
estimate. This isn't the case for original postings, such as goods issue postings, but only for revalued
consumption based on the current actual cost estimate.
Technical Details
Type
120
Changed
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J55 (Margin Analysis)
Application Component
CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following image shows where you can select the new strategy type (English only):
Effects on Customizing
You can find this option in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
General Ledger Accounting
Periodic
Processing Integration Materials Management Define Accounts for Splitting the Cost of Goods Sold . For
more information, see the documentation of this Customizing activity.
Related Information
Splitting the Cost of Goods Sold
Manage COGS Splits
Actual Costing
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
121
3.5.6.3
Product Profitability Deprecated
The Product Profitability app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA 2102 release.
Please use the successor app Product Profitability with Production Variances.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J55 (Margin Analysis)
Application Component
CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2202
3.5.6.4
Term Replacement
In SAP S/4HANA, the recommended method for profitability analysis is margin analysis. To align the user
interface and the documentation and thus achieve maximum consistency, the term "account-based
profitability analysis" has been replaced with the term “margin analysis” in the following places in this release:
● The product assistance on the SAP Help Portal (Profitability Analysis (CO-PA))
● System objects such as IMG activity texts, UI texts in transactions, the Easy Access menu, and messages
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J55 (Margin Analysis)
Application Component
CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
122
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
"Account-based profitability analysis" was the term used in SAP ERP. In SAP S/4HANA, the analysis functions
were greatly enhanced. To reflect this functional difference, the term “margin analysis” was introduced, which
is already used in SAP S/4HANA Cloud.
 Note
On user interfaces in SAP S/4HANA and in the documentation, you may still find references to accountbased profitability analysis. This may be the case in places where the term doesn't refer to the solution but
is used instead to stress the nature of the solution as being account-based. Margin analysis is an accountbased profitability analysis solution, since all values and characteristics are posted to accounts in the
ACDOCA table.
Related Information
Margin Analysis
Profitability Analysis (CO-PA)
Costing-Based Profitability Analysis
SAP Note 2340278
3.5.7 Predictive Accounting
3.5.7.1
Predictive Accounting: Obsolete Reason in Line
Item Apps
The Obsolete Reason field can now be added to the screens of the following Fiori apps:
● Display Line Items in General Ledger
● Display Line Items - Margin Analysis
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
123
Scope Item
2FD (Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders)
4Q0 (Predictive Accounting for Travel and Expense Manage­
ment)
Application Component
FI-PRA-PRA (Process Simulation and Document
Preparation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The obsolete reason shows if a line item in a predictive journal entry is still being used as a prediction for followon documents, or if the prediction is obsolete and no longer relevant in the accounting process. The value
displayed for this field indicates the following:
● When a predictive journal entry is initially created as the prediction for a follow-on document, the obsolete
reason for the predictive journal entry line items is blank. The follow-on document will be created in the
system at a future date, so the prediction is relevant for the accounting process.
● When the follow-on document is created in the system, and the corresponding journal entry for it is created
in the underlying ledger, the original prediction is no longer needed. Predictive accounting creates a
predictive journal entry to reduce the impact of the line items in the original predictive journal entry. The
obsolete reason for the line items in the newly created predictive journal entry is "3" (Reduction posting).
● If the predictive accounting process is interrupted, for example, when a source document that triggered
initial predictive journal entries is canceled, the system changes the obsolete reason for the line items in
the corresponding predictive journal entries to "1" (Outdated prediction). The system also creates
predictive journal entries to remove the impact of the original predictions. The obsolete reason for the line
items in the additional predictive journal entries is "2" (Cancellation of outdated prediction).
You can see the obsolete reason for predictive journal entries in the Universal Journal Entry Line Items
(ACDOCA) table in the back end (OBS_REASON field). In previous releases, this field could already be used in the
Fiori app, Incoming Sales Order - Predictive Accounting. With this release, you can also use this field in these
Fiori apps for analyzing line items in the prediction ledger:
● Display Line Items in General Ledger
● Display Line Items - Margin Analysis
You can add the field to the selection filters or the overview table in these apps. In the Display Line Items Margin Analysis app, for example, the Obsolete Reason added as a column to the overview table could look like
this: (Note: The following screenshot is English only, and interfaces may differ slightly depending on the version
of your apps.)
124
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes
Predictive Accounting in Travel and Expense Management
3.5.7.2
Visual Filters in Monitor Predictive Accounting Predictive Quality App
The Monitor Predictive Accounting - Predictive Quality app helps you to find and analyze the errors from checks
that are run on the source documents and in accounting for the predictive accounting process. As of this
release, the titles of the visual filters in the app refer to "documents" instead of "orders".
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
125
Scope Item
2FD (Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders)
Application Component
FI-PRA-PRA (Process Simulation and Document
Preparation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following titles were changed in the visual filters:
Old Title
New Title
Orders with Errors by System Message
Documents with Errors by System Message
Orders with Errors by Overall Process Status
Documents with Errors by Overall Process Status
Orders with Errors by Simulation Step
Documents with Errors by Simulation Step
Orders with Errors by Message Age
Documents with Errors by Message Age
The changed titles for the visual filters look like this in the app: (Note: The following screenshot is English only,
and interfaces may differ slightly depending on the version of your apps.)
126
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Monitor Predictive Accounting - Predictive Quality
3.5.7.3
Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes: Sales
Order Item Category CTAD
When you use predictive accounting in sales processes, the sales order item categories that are selected in
your configuration scope determine which sales order items are relevant for predictions. With this release, an
additional sales order item category is supported by predictive accounting: CTAD for service items with billing
plan.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2FD (Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders)
Application Component
FI-PRA-PRA (Process Simulation and Document
Preparation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You can add this new sales order item category to your scope by selecting it in the Activate Predictive
Accounting for Sales Order Item Categories activity in the SAP Reference IMG (SPRO) under
Accounting
Financial
Predictive Accounting .
Related Information
Setting Up Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
127
3.5.7.4
Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes: Changes
to Sales Order Items with a Billing Plan
With this release, predictive accounting allows you to change sales order items with a billing plan after the
reduction of predictions for partial deliveries or billing documents. Predictive accounting correctly reduces only
the open predictive journal entries for the changed sales order item and creates new predictions based on the
changed information in the sales order item.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2FD (Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders)
Application Component
FI-PRA-PRA (Process Simulation and Document
Preparation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In previous releases, after a change to a sales order item, predictive accounting reduced all predictive journal
entries, including the already reduced predictive journal entries. With this release, only the open predictive
journal entries (for which no reduction has already taken place) are reduced for sales order items with a billing
plan.
The following are examples of possible supported changes to sales order items with a billing plan:
● You can enter a reason for rejection for a sales order item with reduced predictive journal entries.
● You can make a price change in the conditions of the billing plan for an item with reduced predictive journal
entries.
In these use cases, only the still open predictive journal entries are reduced.
Related Information
Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes
128
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.5.7.5
Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes: Source
Doc. Subitem in Reduced Predictive Journal Entries
With this release, for sales orders with a billing plan, the Source Doc. Subitem (SRC_AWSUBIT) field is filled in a
predictive journal entry line item when the invoice is created and the predictive journal entry is reduced. This
allows you to map predictive journal entry line items direct to the billing plan index of the invoice document.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2FD (Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders)
Application Component
FI-PRA-PRA (Process Simulation and Document
Preparation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can see the source document subitem for reduced predictive journal entries in the Universal Journal Entry
Line Items (ACDOCA) table in the back end.
Related Information
Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes
3.5.7.6
Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes: Final
Reduction
A technical job triggers the Post Final Reduction for Completed Source Docs in Predictive Acctg
(FINS_PRED_FIN_REDUCTION) report for completed source documents to ensure that, after actual journal
entries are created, all amounts in the prediction ledger for the completed source documents have been
reduced. Since the number of source documents processed can be quite large, the way the report runs has
been changed to reduce resource consumption and improve performance.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
129
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2FD (Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders)
Application Component
FI-PRA-PRA (Process Simulation and Document
Preparation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
At regularly scheduled intervals, the report checks for all sales orders that have the status “completed”. Instead
of reading all sales orders at one time and then processing them, the report now checks and processes the
relevant sales orders in small batches, 10 documents at a time.
Related Information
Technical Jobs for Reprocessing and Final Reduction
3.5.7.7
Predictive Accounting in Travel and Expense
Management: Intercompany Process
The integration between SAP Concur and predictive accounting in SAP S/4HANA allows you to use information
from travel requests and expense reports to make predictions about the impact of these expenses on your
budget planning and cost analysis. With this release, predictive accounting supports the following aspect of the
intercompany process: Travel requests that are created by users who do not have an employee number in the
SAP Concur system and that contain items allocated to objects in different company codes can be processed.
When the travel request information is transferred from SAP Concur to SAP S/4HANA, SAP Concur must send
either the employee number or, if an employee number isn’t available, the relevant cost center. Predictive
accounting can then create the respective predictive journal entries for the travel request items.
130
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4Q0 (Predictive Accounting for Travel and Expense Manage­
ment)
Application Component
FI-PRA-PRA (Process Simulation and Document
Preparation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
Predictive accounting can only process travel requests with intercompany items if the travel requests are newly
created after the upgrade.
Related Information
Predictive Accounting in Travel and Expense Management
3.5.8 Deprecation of Plan Distribution and Allocation Apps
The following apps are deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release.
The deprecated apps may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can
find them in the app finder until they are deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor apps as
soon as possible. The functions of these deprecated apps are replaced by the apps in Universal Allocation.
● Manage Plan Overhead Allocation Cycles
● Run Plan Overhead Allocation
● Manage Plan Distribution Cycles
● Run Plan Distribution
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Deprecated
PUBLIC
131
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting), J55 (Margin Analysis),
2QL (Universal Allocation)
Application Component
CO-OM-CCA
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Universal Allocation
3.6
Accounting and Financial Close
3.6.1 General Ledger Accounting
3.6.1.1
Split of Application Component FI-FIO-GL
To accelerate the incident response and optimize the incident handling process, the FI-FIO-GL application
component is split to subcomponents that match the corresponding teams. You can choose these
subcomponents when you submit incidents for support, so that you can expect a quick response from the
teams responsible. They're able to start picking up your incidents based on the subcomponents you choose.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The FI-FIO-GL application component is split into the following subcomponents:
132
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
● FI-FIO-GL-IS for Reporting Apps
● FI-FIO-GL-TRA for Transaction Apps
● FI-FIO-GL-MD for Master Data Apps
● FI-FIO-GL-CA for Cross Application Configuration in General Ledger
● FI-FIO-GL-HIE for Hierarchy Applications in General Ledger
● FI-FIO-GL-PER for Periodic Activities Applications in General Ledger
● FI-GL-GL-POA for Purchase Order Accruals
● XX-PART-TIF for Tax Interface (USA)
To find out the subcomponent of an app, you can refer to the SAP Fiori apps reference library. It's acceptable to
still use the FI-FIO-GL component, but we recommend you use the new subcomponents because it can
speed up the handling process of your incident.
3.6.1.2
Option to Delete Journal Entry Templates
You can now delete journal entry templates that are created by you or other users in the Manage Journal Entry
Templates app. You can delete a single template or mass delete templates.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The journal entry templates that SAP per-delivered can't be deleted.
Related Information
Manage Journal Entry Templates
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
133
3.6.1.3
Changes in Automatic Account Determination
You can use the Automatic Account Determination app to configure G/L account assignments. New transaction
keys and areas have been added. To open this app, you can search for the app name in the App Finder.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-CA (Cross Application Configuration in General
Ledger)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
See new areas, processes, transaction keys, and applications in the following table:
Item
●
BUL: Ledger-Specific CoCode
Type
Description
New transaction key
For the Prepare Intercompany
Transactions process in Financial
Accounting - General Ledger
Accounting, the transaction keys are
new ones to choose.
New feature
In the Integrate with HR Postings proc­
Clearing
●
BUU: CoCode Clearing Between
Differing Amts
Asterisk wildcard
ess for General Ledger Accounting, the
asterisk (*) wildcard is supported when
you enter a customer or supplier ac­
count number, for example, *12345.
Related Information
Automatic Account Determination
134
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.1.4
Changes in Verification Workflow
To ensure that you're compliant and that your general journal entries or currency adjustments are error-free,
you can activate a verification workflow in your posting process. See the following new features for the
workflow improvement that can meet more of your business requirements:
● Withdraw of journal entries and currency adjustments
● Authorization check before forwarding journal entries for verification
● Auto reversal of journal entries
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Withdraw Journal Entries and Currency Adjustments
After you submit a journal entry or currency adjustment for verification, you want to edit it for a resubmission
for some reasons, for example, modifying an amount. It’s now possible to withdraw a request before the
processor approves or rejects it. You can choose Withdraw to take back your request in the Verify General
Journal Entries - For Requester app and the Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester app.
Not all the requests can be withdrawn. Normally you can withdraw a request when it meets the following
conditions:
● The journal entry or currency adjustment that you want to withdraw is submitted by yourself.
● The journal entry or currency adjustment that you want to withdraw has the submitted or approved status.
The approved status could happen when a request is approved but then getting blocked when moving to
the posted status because of some technical issues.
 Note
After a request is withdrawn, all the previous workflow history of this journal entry or currency adjustment
is automatically deleted in the system. A new workflow starts if you resubmit the request.
Authorization Check Before Forwarding
You can forward a journal entry or a currency adjustment for which you’re the processor, when you use the
Verify Journal Entries in General Ledger - For Processor (Inbox) app. An authorization check is done by the
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
135
system immediately you forward a task to others. Only a user who is authorized can receive your forwarded
task and verify the journal entry or currency adjustment.
The system checks whether the new processor is authorized to verify a journal entry or a currency adjustment
based on the company codes and document types that are assigned. If the new processor isn't authorized,
contact your administrator to manage the user role in the Maintain Business Roles app.
When you release a task, you're no longer assigned as a processor of this task and it becomes visible in the
Verify Journal Entries in General Ledger - For Processor (Inbox) app for the new processor.
Auto Reversal of Journal Entries
It happens sometimes when you post a general journal entry that you want to reverse later, for example, at the
end of the month. Rather than manually reverse the journal entry, you can use the auto reversal feature in
posting related apps. Now, you can even upload or post journal entries with auto reversal in the verification
workflow.
To post a general journal entry with auto reversal in the Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester app,
you've the following options:
● Download a template and upload journal entries.
 Note
You must manually add the auto reversal fields in the template before upload. The technical names for
the fields are STGRD for Reversal Reason and STODT for Planned Reversal Date.
● Create a general journal entry and post it for verification.
 Note
You must choose the default STANDARD_5 template from the list before filling the fields of the entry.
You can use the auto reversal feature in the following apps:
● Upload General Journal Entries
● Post General Journal Entries
● Manage Journal Entries
● Schedule General Ledger Jobs
● Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester
Related Information
Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester
Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester
Verify General Journal Entries - For Processor (Inbox) and (Outbox)
136
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.1.5
Purchase Order Deferrals
As part of Accruals Management, Purchase Oder Deferrals are provided by SAP S/4HANA Cloud with the
automatic deferrals calculation and postings. The deferrals and accruals for purchase orders are seamlessly
integrated. You can view the deferral amounts in the following apps：
● Display Purchase Order Accruals
● Analyze Accruals Postings
● Display Accrual Object Items
● Display Accruals Periodic Amounts
● Manage Journal Entries
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2VB (Purchase Order Accruals)
Application Component
FI-GL-GL-POA (Purchase Order Accruals)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In Purchase Order Deferrals, you can choose the following methods for deferrals calculation:
● DCSTPP - Deferred costs with linear distribution per period based on the performance period
● DCSTPC - Deferred costs based on planned costs
● DCSTLT - Deferred costs with linear distribution per period based on accrual lifetime
● DCSTPP_D1 - Deferred costs with linearization per day based on the performance period
● DCSTLT_D1 - Deferred costs with linearization per day based on the accrual lifetime
● PLN-REC - Used specifically for calculating accruals after deferrals are calculated.
Effects on Existing Data
Before you use Purchase Order Deferrals, you must create a transfer variant and assign respective company
code to the variant. Alternatively, SAP provides the 0002 variant that is specifically for use of calculating
deferrals along with accruals, and you need to assign respective company codes to the variant. See the
following table for the standard accrual items types that SAP provides for the pure accrual case and the
interplay of accruals and deferrals:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
137
Accruals/Deferrals
Accrual Item Type to Use
Accruals only
PLNCST
ACTCST
ACCRL
Accruals along with Deferrals
PLNCST
ACTCST
ACCRL_D
DFRCST
Effects on Configuration
To use Purchase Order Deferrals, you need to configure in the following configuration steps based on your
business needs:
● Define Accrual Item Types for Purchase Order Deferrals
● Assign Posting Schemas for Purchase Order Deferrals
● Create and Edit Account Determination
● Transfer Purchase Orders to Accrual Objects
Related Information
Purchase Order Deferrals
Deferrals Calculation
Customizing Purchase Order Deferrals
3.6.1.6
Amount in Global Currency and Freely Defined
Currency
In addition to the amount in transaction currency and company code currency, you can view the amount in
global currency and freely defined currency in the apps for journal entry verification. The currencies are
displayed on the line item level of a general journal entry. You can also set a condition with these fields when
you configure a workflow for journal entry verification.
138
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The amount in global currency and amount in freely defined currency are displayed in the following apps:
● Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester
● Verify Journal Entries in General Ledger - For Processor (Inbox)
● Verify Journal Entries in General Ledger - For Processor (Outbox)
In the Start Condition and the Step Condition sections of the Manage Workflows for Journal Entry Verification In General Ledger app, you can choose the following fields to trigger a workflow or a verify step for journal entry
verification:
● Threshold Amount in Global Currency
● Threshold Amount in Freely Defined Currency 1
Related Information
Defining Your Own Workflows for Journal Entry Verification
3.6.1.7
Recalculation of Local Currency Amounts for
Automatic Reversals
When a journal entry is automatically reversed, the reversal amount in transaction is exactly the same as the
amount posted with the journal entry that is to be reversed. Now you can choose to recalculate the reversal
amount in local currencies with a new exchange rate based on your business requirements. When you schedule
an automatic reversal using the Post General Journal Entries with Auto-Reverse job template in the Schedule
General Ledger Jobs app, you can select the Recalculate Local Crcy Amounts check box. As a result, the posted
amount for reversal is calculated based on the exchange rate on the planned reversal date, rather than on the
posting date of the journal entry that is to be reversed. This feature applies to all the nontransaction currencies,
for example, the company code currency and the group currency.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
139
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
When you create a similar journal entry in the Manage Journal Entries app, the Recalculate Local Crcy Amounts
option is available too. Note that the reversal journal entry with recalculation in local currencies can't be used
for intercompany transactions. This applies to the entire auto-reverse function.
Related Information
Posting Journal Entries with Auto-Reverse
Post General Journal Entries with Auto-Reverse
3.6.1.8
Changes in Manage Journal Entries
The Manage Journal Entries app enables you to analyze your journal entries and create reversals to make any
necessary adjustments. With this release, this app provides you with the following new features:
● Add country specific fields in the adapter filters.
● Display the functional currency on company code level.
● Display more fields on the header and line item levels, for example, Tax Fulfill. Date and Payment
Reason.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
140
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Journal Entries
3.6.1.9
Changes in Purchase Order Accruals
The Purchase Order Accruals application enables you to calculate and post accruals in General Ledger
Accounting automatically. You can choose to have accrual amounts reviewed and approved before posting
them. You can also have a comprehensive overview and a detail view of purchase order accruals, which
includes the posted accrual amounts, review history, lifecycle status, and so on. Now, you're able to use the
following features as of this release:
● Posting history of accruals subobjects
● Email notification for reviewing purchase order accruals
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2VB (Purchase Order Accruals)
Application Component
FI-GL-GL-POA (Purchase Order Accruals)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Posting History of Accruals Subobjects
The Postings tab is available on the details page of an accrual subobject item. You can view all kinds of posting
data such as the corresponding accrual item type, purchase order number, ledger group, and accrual object.
You can even group the postings by accrual item type, company code, posting date, and so on. The grouping
feature is in Settings on the Postings tab.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
141
Email Notification for Reviewing Purchase Order Accruals
Email notification serves as a reminder for reviewers to verify purchase order accruals. The following email
templates are available for different reviewer roles:
● For Cost Controller, use the POAC_RVW_BY_COST_CTR email template.
● For Profit Controller, use the POAC_RVW_BY_PROFIT_CTR email template.
● For WBS Element Owner, use the POAC_RVW_BY_WBS_ELEMENT email template.
To set up the email notification, you need to configure in the system:
1. Run transaction code SE80, and find the FI_GL_RVW_APPRV_ACCRUALS package.
2. Expand the Email Templates folder, and select one of the templates.
3. Copy the template to your custom name space and save it to your own package.
 Note
The custom template must follow the naming pattern: YY1_<standard email template name>,
for example, YY1_POAC_RVW_BY_COST_CTR
4. Optional: Adjust the text of the email template in your package, and save your changes.
Related Information
Review Purchase Order Accruals - For Cost Accountant
3.6.1.10 Changes in Manage Global Hierarchies
The Manage Global Hierarchies app can be used to maintain various hierarchies for your reporting needs. New
features are available as of this release.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), O58 (Accounting and
Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-HIE (Hierarchy Applications for General Ledger)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
142
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
The app provides the following new features:
● Activity Type and Statistical Key Figure are supported as new hierarchy types. Users with the relevant
authorizations as provided in the Overhead Cost Accountant (SAP_BR_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNTANT) business
role template can create and maintain such hierarchies.
● The profit center, cost center, and company code hierarchies maintained using Manage Flexible Hierarchies
are available for selection when importing nodes in Manage Global Hierarchies.
● Copying a hierarchy timeframe to create a new timeframe under a different hierarchy ID is now possible.
● When importing nodes for profit center, cost center, or activity type hierarchies, you can select Auto
Update from Source to have the nodes automatically updated when the source nodes (referenced nodes)
are changed.
● When exporting a hierarchy to a spreadsheet for editing, node descriptions of all maintained languages are
included. You can then edit the texts in the spreadsheet and import back.
● When importing a spreadsheet that exceeds 250 KB, a background job is started. Now, you can check the
job status in the Notifications ( icon) area of your Fiori launchpad.
● Bank account grouping is allowed on hierarchy nodes in financial statement version (FSV) hierarchies.
● Change log is enhanced, for example, filter bar is available and hierarchy changes are grouped by change
document.
Related Information
Manage Global Hierarchies
Define Financial Statement Versions in Global Hierarchies
Bank Account Grouping
3.6.1.11 Extended Gap Reasons in Audit Journal
In Audit Journal, gaps in journal entry numbering are explained with more detailed gap reasons.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), O58 (Accounting and
Financial Close), 2OO (External Tax Audit)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
143
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting Apps)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Gaps in journal entry numbering are explained with gap reasons in Audit Journal. The following technical
reasons were categorized as Other in prior releases:
● A rollback occurred during the posting of a journal entry.
● Parallel batch processes that create buffers. The numbers in these buffers are still available for future
postings.
● The number range objects or intervals were changed.
With this release, these reasons are assigned with a dedicated reason Rollback/buffering/intervals reorganized.
All other unknown reasons are still categorized as Other.
Related Information
Audit Journal
3.6.1.12 Migrate Financial Statement Versions to Global
Hierarchies
This new app enables you to migrate the financial statement versions (FSVs) created in Manage Financial
Statement Versions (transaction OB58) to global hierarchies. Once migrated, the FSVs can only be edited in
Manage Global Hierarchies.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), O58 (Accounting and
Financial Close)
Application Component
144
PUBLIC
FI-FIO-GL-HIE (Hierarchy Applications for General Ledger)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Migrate FSVs to Global Hierarchies
Manage Financial Statement Versions (OB58)
3.6.1.13 New Calculation Logic in Cash Flow Statement Indirect Method
Net income in company code currency is now calculated based on all the G/L accounts assigned to the
special FS item P&L Result in Manage Global Hierarchies. This is to ensure consistency among various
analytical reports in general ledger. The released CDS view C_CashFlowIndirectIFRS is also adapted to
reflect the new logic.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), O58 (Accounting and
Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting Apps)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If you still want to use the old logic for calculating net income, that is, to sum up balances of all G/L accounts
with the account type Non-operating Expense or Income or Primary Costs or Revenue, you can use the CDS
view C_CshFlwIndrctBsdOnAcctType to generate your own report. For more information, see SAP Note
2997396
.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
145
Related Information
Cash Flow Statement - Indirect Method
3.6.1.14 Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR
Accounts
When you activate extended open item management for goods receipt/invoice receipt (GR/IR) accounts you
enable the posting of journal entries with more than 999 line items on these accounts. This means that you can
post your invoice receipts and goods receipts as you received them from your suppliers.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-GL-GL-A (General Ledger Accounting - Basic Functions Posting/Clearing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● The only way to activate the extended open item management for GR/IR accounts is to use the
FINS_ACTIVATE_XUJCLR transaction or running the SA38 transaction with program
FINS_SWITCH_XUJCLR.
After activation, the new Extended Open Item Management field is visible in the details of relevant GR/IR
accounts in the Manage G/L Account Master Data app. For more information about app changes, see Open
Item Management in the Manage G/L Account Master Data App [page 148].
● You have to activate extended open item management for all your GR/IR accounts in a company code. If
you have switched to extended open item management, you cannot go back.
● If you create additional GR/IR accounts after initial activation, you must also run the program for the
relevant company code to which the newly created GR/IR accounts belong to activate extended open item
management for them.
146
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Existing Data
GR/IR accounts that are managed on an extended open item basis can only be cleared by using the
FGRIR_CLEARING transaction or running the SA38 transaction with the FINS_GR_IR_MASS_CLEARING
program.
The display behavior of analytics apps in general ledger accounting changes, if you are using extended open
item management for GR/IR accounts in the following ways:
● Display Line Item Entry (Fiori ID: F2218)
The app won't show any cleared or open-item-managed items for extended open item managed GR/IR
accounts anymore. If you want to display such kind of open items for GR/IR accounts, you have to use the
Display Line Items in General Ledger app (Fiori ID: F2217) instead.
● This also applies to the following SAP GUI transactions:
○ FAGLL03 (G/L Account Line Item Display G/L View) - For the entry view
○ FAGLL03H (G/L Account Line Item Browser (G/L View) - For the entry view
○ FBL3 (G/L Account Line Item Display)
○ FBL3H (G/L Account Line Item Browser)
○ FBL3N (G/L Account Line Item Display)
Related Information
Open Item Management in the Manage G/L Account Master Data App [page 148]
GR/IR Automatic Clearing [page 147]
Defining "Open Item Management"
GR/IR Automatic Clearing
3.6.1.15 GR/IR Automatic Clearing
With this program, clear open items from goods receipt/invoice receipt (GR/IR) clearing accounts
automatically.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
147
Application Component
FI-GL-GL-A (General Ledger Accounting - Basic Functions Posting/Clearing)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Up to now, you could clear open items from GR/IR clearing accounts using the more generic Automatic
Clearing program.
With the new program specific to GR/IR accounts, you can run or prepare for the automatic clearing in three
modes: You can either only display grouped open items for a GR/IR clearing account, you can simulate the
clearing run, or you can start the clearing as a real update run.
You find the program in the SAP Easy Access Menu under
Ledger
Periodic Processing
Management
Automatic Clearing
Accounting
Financial Accounting
General
GR/IR Accounts with Extended Open Item
(transaction FGRIR_CLEARING.
 Note
When you use extended open item management, you must use this program. The Automatic Clearing
program cannot be used with extended open item management.
Related Information
Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR Accounts [page 146]
GR/IR Automatic Clearing
3.6.1.16 Open Item Management in the Manage G/L Account
Master Data App
A new field is available in the Manage G/L Account Master Data app. The Extended Open Item Management field
indicates if extended open item management is active for a goods receipt/invoice receipt (GR/IR) account.
To align all fields related to open item management, the Clearing Specific to Ledger Groups field has also been
renamed. The new name is Open Item Management by Ledger Group. The back-end equivalent is the XLGCLR
data element.
These changes are also available in the related SAP GUI transaction, Display G/L Account Centrally (FS00 ).
148
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-MD (Master Data Apps)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Extended open item management can only be activated in a system by running the FINS_SWITCH_XUJCLR
program. After activation, the new Extended Open Item Management field is visible in the details of relevant
G/L accounts in the relevant application. The field is display only.
For more information about activating extended open item management, see Extended Open Item
Management for GR/IR Accounts [page 146].
Related Information
Manage G/L Account Master Data
3.6.1.17 Tax Fulfillment Date for Post Cash Journal Entries
Within the Post Cash Journal Entries app, a Tax Fulfillment Date field has been added to the Cash Payment, Cash
Receipts, and Check Receipts tabs. When you post the cash journal entry, this new Tax Fulfillment Date field
appears at the header level of the financial accounting document generated from the cash journal.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1GO (Cash Journal)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
149
Application Component
FI-BL-PT-CJ (Cash Journal)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Tax Fulfilment Date field is by default hidden if the Tax Reporting Date field is not activated for document
posting at company code level.
3.6.1.18 Accounting Enhancements for Banking
3.6.1.18.1 ECS Escalation
This feature enables you to trigger the escalation process for ECS items.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
AC_INT_ECS (Error Correction and Suspense Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following transactions are new in the SAP Easy Access menu:
Enhancements for Accounting
Accounting
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
Bank Applications
ECS Escalation :
● Change ECS Escalation Rules
● Start ECS Escalation
150
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Customizing
For ECS Escalation, you can carry out the following Customizing activities under
Enhancements for Accounting
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
SAP Banking
General Settings
General
Settings for Owner Groups :
● Define ECS Escalation Rules
● BAdI: ECS Ownership Escalation
Related Information
ECS Ownership Escalation
3.6.1.18.2 Planned Reversal and Inverse Posting
The Planned Reversal feature enables you to plan the reversal of MCA documents during the time of posting,
and to reverse it later using the Execute Mass Reversal of MCA Documents transaction.
The Inverse Posting feature enables you to recalculate the amounts during the reversal of MCA documents, in
case there is a difference in exchange rates.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI_GL_CU_MCA (Multi Currency Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To enable reversal reason codes for recalculation, carry out the following Customizing activity under
Customizing Implementation Guide
Accounting
Reversal
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
SAP Banking
Enhancements for Accounting
→ SAP
Multi Currency
Reversal Reason Codes for Recalculation .
PUBLIC
151
Related Information
Execute Mass Reversal of MCA Documents
3.6.1.18.3 Cross-Company Posting
This feature enables you to park or post cross-company MCA transactions.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI_GL_CU_MCA (Multi Currency Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
The target company code is specified in the field New Company Code. You can make this field visible by adding
it to the layout.
Related Information
Document Entry and Parking
3.6.1.18.4 Copying Balance Carry Forward from Actual
Version to ADB Group Reporting Versions
This feature enables you to copy balance carry forward from the actual version to ADB group reporting
versions.
152
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI_GL_GL_ADB (Average Daily Balances)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can start the report for Copying Balance Carry Forward from Actual Version to ADB Group Reporting
Versions in the SAP Easy Access menu under
Accounting
Average Daily Balances
Accounting
Bank Applications
Enhancements for
Copy Balance Carry Forward from Actuals to ADB Versions .
Related Information
ADB Group Reporting
3.6.1.19 New App: GR/IR Process Insights
The app provides insights into the GR/IR account reconciliation process managed by the app: Reconcile GR/IR
Accounts. You can visualize the activities of the reconciliation process and thereby identify opportunities for
process improvements, for example by finding bottlenecks, areas of duplicate work or root causes for delays.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2V7 (Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
153
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Fiori UI for General Ledger Accounting Information System)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Additionally, you can retrospectively review all activities on the level of a purchasing document item together
with all relevant documents from the purchasing document history. Thereby, the app enables process owners
to analyze the process efficiency of the GR/IR account reconciliation process and define areas of improvement.
Related Information
GR/IR Process Insights
Reconcile GR/IR Accounts
Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation
3.6.1.20 New App: Year-to-Date Balances
This new app helps you to analyze your data in a grid table and report on balances for certain dimensions of the
universal journal for a specific fiscal year.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Fiori UI for General Ledger Accounting Information System)
Valid as Of
154
PUBLIC
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
As default, the balances for the leading ledger, the current fiscal year up to the previous fiscal period are
calculated and displayed in company code currency. You can adapt the time selection according to your
business requirements to fiscal quarters, fiscal periods and posting dates. For the chosen combination of
dimensions and the selected time frame the debit amount, credit amount in the respective currency is shown.
Related Information
Year-to-Date Balances
3.6.1.21 Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation App:
Additional Navigation
With this app you can get an overview over the status of open items on your GR/IR accounts that need
clarification. Different cards represent different key performance indicators (KPIs). For the following cards,
additional selection options and a new navigation possibility to the Display G/L Account Line Items app is
offered:
● GR/IR Reconciliation Processing - Latest Processing Change
● Open FI Items by Posting Date
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2V7 (Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts), 2ZS (Ma­
chine Learning for Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Re­
ceipts)
Application Component
FI-FIO-GL-IS (Fiori UI for General Ledger Accounting Information System)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
GR/IR Reconciliation Processing - Latest Processing Change
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
155
The chart on this card can show as maximum 100 different data points. You can now choose whether you want
to display the 100 oldest change dates or the 100 latest change dates from the ones that are more than 180
days in the past.
Open FI Items by Posting Date
The chart on this card can show as maximum 100 different data points. You can now choose whether you want
to display the 100 oldest posting dates or the 100 latest posting dates.
You can now navigate from this card to the Display Line Items in General Ledger app where you can further
analyze the open FI items:
● To navigate for the total count of open FI items, just click on the card header
● To navigate for a specific date on the time line, just click on the date representation.
This navigation is only possible if either no filters are applied in the filter bar or you only filter by company code.
For example, you want to select items by company code and are looking at a posting date for which there is a
high number of open items: Navigate form here by just clicking on the appropriate date representation in the
time line. This leads you to the Display Line Items in General Ledger app where the list of open FI items for this
scenario is displayed and you can further analyze the items.
If you enter one specific company code, you can navigate to all of its open FI items by clicking on the card
header.
Related Information
Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation
Reconcile GR/IR Accounts
Display Line Items in General Ledger
3.6.1.22 Manage Manual Accruals
With this app, you can display accrual objects and view the parameters assigned to them.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-GL-GL-AAC (Manual Accruals)
156
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Manual Accruals
3.6.1.23 Carry Forward Balances
The Carry Forward Balances app has been deprecated and will be removed from the launchpad as of version
SAP S/4HANA 2022.
Now, you can run the balance carryforward using the Schedule General Ledger Jobs app to schedule the
Balance Carryforward application job. Instead, you can also, use the FAGLGVTR transaction and schedule a
corresponding background job.
You can use the Balance Carryforward Status app to view details about the balance carryforward, such as the
status, when it was run, and more.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The balance carryforward involves carrying forward account balances for all currencies into the new fiscal year.
After you've manually run the balance carryforward, opening balances for a fiscal year are made available.
Related Information
Carry Forward Balances
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
157
Balance Carryforward
Balance Carryforward Status
Schedule General Ledger Jobs
3.6.1.24 Balance Carryforward Status
With the Balance Carryforward Status app, you can view details about a balance carryforward, such as the
status, when it was run, and more.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The balance carryforward involves carrying forward account balances for all currencies into the new fiscal year.
After you've manually run the balance carryforward, opening balances for a fiscal year are made available.
To run the balance carryforward, use the Schedule General Ledger Jobs app and schedule the Balance
Carryforward application job. Instead, you can also use the FAGLGVTR transaction and schedule a
corresponding background job.
The Carry Forward Balances app has been deprecated and will be removed from the launchpad as of version
SAP S/4HANA 2022.
Related Information
Balance Carryforward Status
Schedule General Ledger Jobs
Balance Carryforward
158
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.1.25 Balance Carryforward Application Job
Now, you can run the balance carryfoward using the Schedule General Ledger Jobs app to schedule the Balance
Carryforward application job. Instead, you can also still use the FAGLGVTR transaction and schedule a
corresponding background job.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The balance carryforward involves carrying forward account balances for all currencies into the new fiscal year.
After you've manually run the balance carryforward, opening balances for a fiscal year are made available.
You can use the Balance Carryfoward Status app to view details about the balance carryforward, such as the
status, when it was run, and more.
The Carry Forward Balances app has been deprecated and will be removed from the launchpad as of version
SAP S/4HANA 2022.
Related Information
Schedule General Ledger Jobs
Balance Carryforward
Balance Carryforward Status
3.6.1.26 Deferred Summarization of Production Costs
Deferred Summarization is a process that summarizes or aggregates journal entry data after it has been
entered into the system. During deferred summarization, journal entry details are moved to a separate detail
table (ACDOCD) from the Universal Journal (ACDOCA) and the aggregated details remain in the ACDOCA
table.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
159
If you consider using deferred summarization of production costs, you should first check whether it is useful in
your particular situation.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This function is intended only for exceptionally large data volumes that are causing critical performance and
data storage issues. You should only use deferred summarization when absolutely necessary and when you've
already used other available summarization options, since it restricts the flexibility of reporting.
If you decide to use this function, keep in mind that its effects normally can't be reversed. The effects can be
undesirable if the function is used incorrectly.
In the following apps, you can view the aggregated data for production costs, which remains in the Universal
Journal (ACDOCA):
● Production Cost Analysis
● Analyze Costs by Work Center/Operation
Limitations
● Analytics capability, based on ACDOCD and ACDOCA, isn't enabled for deferred summarization of production
costs. After you run deferred summarization of production costs, you can no longer view detailed cost
information for cost objects, production orders, process orders or CO production orders in your reporting.
● Archiving of ACDOCD isn't supported for production costs.
Effects on Customizing
You can find this activity and related activities in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
Accounting Global Settings
Document
Summarization
Deferred Summarization
Financial
Deferred
Summarization of Production Costs .
160
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Deferred Summarization
Production Cost Analysis
Analyze Costs by Work Center/Operation
3.6.1.27 New Business Context in the Manage Substitution/
Validation Rules App
This feature enables you to create substitution and/or validation rules for the Journal Entry Item business
context in the Manage Substitution/Validation Rules app. Values entered into the system can then be
automatically substituted and/or validated depending on the preconditions and rules defined in the app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Substitution/Validation Rules
Rules for Substitution/Validation
3.6.2 Asset Accounting
3.6.2.1
Depreciation Posting: Posting in Prior Periods
You can now execute the depreciation posting run again for periods that are before the last posted period.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
161
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1GB; J62
Application Component
Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Until now, the following restriction applied for the depreciation posting run (transaction AFAB): If you wanted to
execute a depreciation run again within a fiscal year, this was only possible for the last posted period or for a
future period. If you tried to post the depreciation in a period already posted that was before the last posted
period, then the system issued error message AAPO524.
As of release SAP S/4HANA 2021, this restriction no longer applies: You can now execute the depreciation
posting run again for periods that are before the last posted period of the fiscal year.
 Example
In the current fiscal year YYYY, you last performed the depreciation posting run for period 005. You need to
repeat the depreciation posting run for period 003. This is now possible.
If two fiscal years are open (for example: YYYY-1 and YYYY), the depreciation can be posted in both fiscal years
before the last period posted.
Please also take into consideration that: As a result of the depreciation posting in previous periods, the values
for the posted and planned depreciation and the net book values change; the system displays these changed
values in the Asset Explorer (transaction AW01N).
Effects on Existing Data
The above applies to all open fiscal years after the release upgrade.
Effects on Data Transfer
None.
162
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on System Administration
None.
Effects on Customizing
None.
More Information
For more information about posting depreciation, see the application help (product assistance) for Asset
Accounting under Post Depreciation in the program documentation in the system.
3.6.2.2
Tile “Execute/Undo Year-End Closing”
If you use the SAP Fiori Launchpad for the Asset Accountant role, please note the following:
The tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing will be deleted in the next release.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1GB; 1GF; BFH; J62
Application Component
Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
Valid from
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
163
Additional Details
Deprecated Tile
The tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing from the business catalog Asset Accounting - Periodic Activities
(SAP_SFIN_BC_AA_PER_ACT) will be deleted in the next release:
Title - Subtitle
Execute/Undo Year-End Closing
App ID (= Transaction)
FAA_CMP
Business Catalog
Asset Accounting - Periodic Activities
(SAP_SFIN_BC_AA_PER_ACT)
Replacement: Other Existing Tile
As before, you can use the functions belonging to the tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing using the following
tile:
Title - Subtitle
Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific
App ID (= Transaction)
FAA_CMP
Business Catalog
Asset Accounting – Current Settings
(SAP_SFIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET )
 Recommendation
We therefore recommend that you now use the tile Make Company Code Settings – Asset AccountingSpecific instead of the tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing .
Effects on Existing Data
None.
Effects on Data Transfer
None.
Effects on System Administration
For you to be able to use the app Make Company Code Settings – Asset Accounting-Specific, the business
catalog SAP_SFIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET must be assigned to your role.
164
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Customizing
None.
More Information
For more information, see the configuration help of the app Make Company Code Settings - Asset AccountingSpecific. To call up the configuration help, choose the pushbutton Configuration Help in the app.
3.6.3 Revenue and Cost Accounting
3.6.3.1
Restructuring of Revenue Accounting and
Reporting
A new Help Portal structure for Revenue and Cost Accounting has been created. Event-Based Revenue
Recognition has been added and can now be found alongside Revenue Accounting and Reporting.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)
33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock IFRS)
Application Component
CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Revenue Accounting and Reporting
Event-Based Revenue Recognition
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
165
3.6.3.2
3.6.3.2.1
Revenue Accounting and Reporting
Direct Posting
You can have close integration with the universal journal by posting directly to the universal journal without
persistence of the Revenue Accounting (RAR) subledger. The benefits of direct posting are the following:
● A simplified process for small- and medium-volume business scenarios
● When direct posting is used, no RAR subledger is used, and this leads to reduced reconciliation effort.
● A reduction in the number of period-end batch jobs required to execute the Transfer Revenue transaction
for time-based revenues and the Calculate Contract Liabilities and Contract Assets transaction
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4 HANA 2021
Additional Details
When you activate direct posting, the key features are the following:
● No data is generated in RAR subledger FARR_D_POSTING.
● All postings are made directly in the universal journal (ACDOCA) without running transaction Start Revenue
Posting Run (FARR_REV_POST).
● Revenue and cost postings for the contracts are triggered by events from the revenue accounting items
(RAIs).
● Revenue and cost postings for time-based POBs without events are triggered by the transaction Transfer
Revenue (FARR_REV_TRANSFER).
● Asset and liability posting documents are created immediately by the transaction Calculate Contract
Liabilities and Contract Assets (FARR_LIABILITY_CALC).
● Posting documents are generated per revenue contract.
● All posted amounts are reflected in the relevant SAP Fiori apps, for example, Manage Revenue Contracts
and Revenue Schedule. These amounts can also be disclosed in Disclosure reports, such as Disaggregation
of Revenue and Contract Balance.
166
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Existing Data
The existing revenue contract before the activation of direct posting is still posted in an aggregated way.
Effects on Customizing
You activate direct posting under
Revenue Accounting
Revenue Accounting Contracts
Define Posting
Mode for Company Code .
Furthermore, in the Customizing activity
Revenue Accounting Contracts
Number Ranges
Define Number
Ranges for Reference Document Number , you need to configure the number range object FARR_BELNR as the
reference document number for direct posting.
Related Information
Direct Posting
3.6.3.2.2
Manual Price Allocation
With the new Price Allocation app, you can manually change allocated amounts of multiple performance
obligations that belong to one contract.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
These changes can be made directly on-screen in the Price Allocation app. Alternatively, you can download the
spreadsheet, make changes to the data, and then upload the edited file. You can also reset the manually
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
167
allocated amount to the system default amount. The system performs the necessary checks and saves the new
allocated amounts. If some changes mean that allocation is triggered later, the system overwrites the manually
captured allocated amounts with allocated amounts determined by the system, which leads to an allocation
conflict. To resolve this conflict, you can adjust the allocated amounts manually or reuse the default amount
from the system.
Related Information
Manual Price Allocation
3.6.3.2.3
Intercompany Sales and Drop Shipment
Revenue Accounting and Reporting supports the Intercompany Sales and Drop Shipment scenarios for the
integration with SAP Sales and Distribution. Revenue and cost recognition for the selling company can be
triggered by
● An intercompany billing document
● An incoming vendor invoice
To support this, Revenue Accounting provides the new fulfillment event types Intercompany Billing (IB) and
Purchase Invoice (PI).
168
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Data Transfer
Related Information
Fulfillment by Drop Shipment
Fulfillment by Intercompany Billing
3.6.3.2.4
Cancellation of Early Termination
You can now cancel an early termination after the revenue contract has been terminated. This means that the
contract will not be terminated anymore but instead will be changed back to the original status. You trigger the
cancellation of an early termination with an order revenue accounting item (RAI). The early termination will be
canceled only if all related order RAIs have an empty value for the early termination indicator. When the early
termination has been canceled successfully, existing postings to the revenue account and cost account for the
early termination expenses will be reversed.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
169
Available As Of
SAP S/4 HANA 2021
Related Information
Early Termination
Cancellation of Early Termination
3.6.3.2.5
Monitor Revenue Contracts
The Monitor Revenue Contracts app provides you with a list of significant figures for your revenue contracts. For
example, this includes the contractual price, number of manual fulfillment performance obligations, number of
manually created performance obligations, and the contract end date.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Monitor Revenue Contracts app enables you to search for revenue contracts based on operational
documents, monitor the status of the revenue contracts, and navigate to other applications to perform other
tasks.
Related Information
Monitor Revenue Contracts
170
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.3.2.6
Revenue Catch-up
Revenue Accounting and Reporting (RAR) provides a multidimensional report: Revenue Catch-up. Two
applications are delivered to provide the Revenue Catch-up functions:
● Calculate Revenue Catch-up: This calculates quarterly and yearly revenue catch-up.
● Revenue Catch-up: This is the current yearly revenue catch-up, quarterly revenue catch-up, or period
revenue catch-up.
The Revenue Catch-up is the amount of recognized revenue in the reporting period from all performance
obligations (POBs) that were satisfied in previous periods.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Revenue Catch-up (Deprecated) app will be deprecated in SAP S/4HANA 2022. It is being replaced by the
Calculate Revenue Catch-up application job app and the Revenue Catch-up multidimensional report.
Related Information
Revenue Catch-up
3.6.3.2.7
Contract Balance Reclassification
Revenue Accounting and Reporting (RAR) provides the Contract Balance Reclassification report. This report
helps classify balance sheet items related to revenue contracts into Short or Long-term items.
This report only focuses on contract balance (for example, contract liability or contract asset) reclassification
when the default Contract Liability and Asset Calculation Method is Calculate net CL/CA directly on Contract.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
171
For First In, First Out (FIFO), consumption is applied to the current balance sheet items, based on future
fulfillments or a future invoice
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Contract Balance Reclassification
3.6.3.2.8
Clean-up Productive Data
Revenue Accounting and Reporting (RAR) now provides the Clean-up Productive Data Fiori application. You can
use the app to clean-up and reverse the productive data.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
172
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
The clean-up and reversal of the productive data can be based on the following search criteria:
● Company Code
● Sender Component
● Source Item Logical System
● Order Header ID
● Posting Date
Related Information
Clean Up and Reverse Productive Data
3.6.3.2.9
Early Warning Mechanism for Standalone Selling
Price Compliance Risks
Automation in SAP Financial Compliance detects a critical deterioration of the actual selling prices compared
to the standalone selling prices applied in accounting for the transactions.
The early warning mechanism enables a timely reaction by the company. This is a game-changer compared to
today’s after-the-fact analysis and year-end reporting as part of the corporate financial year.
Utilizing SAP Financial Compliance Management allows the expansion and automation of the company’s (SOX)
controls landscape. This is just one of many examples of progress towards an intelligent self-auditing financial
landscape with SAP S/4.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
173
Related Information
Early Warning Mechanism for Standalone Selling Price Compliance Risks
3.6.3.2.10 Enhance Disclosure Reports with Cost
These analytical reports allow you to disclose cost by category.
The following analytical reports can be used for category-based disclosure of costs:
● Disaggregation of Recognized Revenue: Enables you to analyze the recognized cost together with
recognized revenue.
● Disaggregation of Revenue: Enables you to analyze the posted cost together with posted revenue once
posting is completed.
● Remaining Performance Obligations: Enables you to analyze the total open cost together with total open
revenue, up to the reporting period.
● Remaining Performance Obligations with Time Bands: Enables you to analyze when the outstanding cost is
expected to be recognized together with outstanding revenue.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Revenue Catch-up
Disaggregation of Revenue
Remaining Performance Obligations
Remaining Performance Obligations (with Time Bands)
174
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.3.2.11 Start Date Type 3 (Is Always the Event Date)
When the operational system requests the creation of a time-based performance obligation (POB), it can
specify how the start date and the end date are determined by using the start date type attribute.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With the new start date type Is always the event date, the start date and the end date are not set when a
performance obligation is created, but determined automatically when the first invoice is being processed in
Revenue Accounting and Reporting. The start date of the POB is filled with the posting date of the invoice and
the end date is determined based on the duration and the duration unit defined in BRFplus. The fulfillment of
the POB will be distributed according to the start date, end date, and deferral method.
Related Information
Start Date Types
Start Date Is Always the Event Date
3.6.3.2.12 Reprocess Contracts
The Reprocess Contracts function allows you to select a set of revenue contracts and reprocesses any
processed revenue accounting items (RAIs) within them. The accounting team can redetermine attributes of
existing contracts and performance obligations, based on updated BRFplus rules and configuration.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
175
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Reprocessing Contracts
3.6.3.2.13 Reprocessing Postponed Revenue Accounting
Items
With the new report FARR_REPROCESS_POSTPONED_RAI, the system automatically reprocesses postponed
revenue accounting items (RAIs).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Processing Postponed Revenue Accounting Items
176
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.3.2.14 Enhance Manage Revenue Accounting Items App
with Processed RAIs
The Manage Revenue Accounting Items SAP Fiori application has been renamed from Manage Postponed
Revenue Accounting Items and now enables a business user to check and display postponed revenue
accounting items (RAIs) and processed RAIs.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can search for and display a list of all postponed RAIs that failed to be processed in the system. You can
also view the detailed logs of a postponed RAI and then process the postponed RAIs.
Furthermore, you can review additional information on the item level for the processed RAIs, such as related
condition items.
Item Status is used to differentiate between the different types of revenue accounting items.
Related Information
Manage Postponed Revenue Accounting Items
3.6.3.2.15 Migration from Operational Orders into Revenue
Accounting
Revenue Accounting enables you to create revenue contracts from existing operational orders by using the
Migrate Your Data SAP Fiori app and the Revenue accounting migration object. To use the Migrate Your Data
SAP Fiori app, you need to be assigned to the SAP_BR_CONFIG_EXPERT_DATA_MIG business role.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
177
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.6.3.2.16 Upload of Revenue Accounting Items for Legacy
Data from Contract Accounting
If you use Contract Management (CM), you can now upload revenue accounting items from Contract
Accounting as part of a migration.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
5VW (Revenue Accounting)
Application Component
FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Loading of Revenue Accounting Items for Legacy Data
178
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.3.3
3.6.3.3.1
Event-Based Revenue Recognition
Support of Event-Based Revenue Recognition for
Sales Orders
With this release, Event-Based Revenue Recognition is now supported for sales orders (sell from stock
scenario) with delivery-related billing. This integration allows you to calculate and post real-time revenue and
cost adjustment for sales orders.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)
33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock IFRS)
Application Component
CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
End-To-End Process Description
For an overview of the end-to-end process of Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Sales Orders, see EventBased Revenue Recognition for Sales Orders .
Assessment Process and Customizing Requirements
Due to very specific customizing requirements, Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Sales Orders is released
individually to customers using an assessment process. Before you use the solution and its respective
customizing activies, follow the steps described in this note regarding the assessment process: 3067643 .
Using Customizing, your system administrator can individually define parameters for Event-Based Revenue
Recognition for Sales Orders such as revenue recognition keys or item categories. However, some specific
customizing requirements have to be met for both Event-Based Revenue Recognition and Sales. To learn more
about these requirements, see
● Customizing Requirement Checklist for Event-Based Revenue Recognition
● Customizing Requirement Checklist for Integration of Sales with Event-Based Revenue Recognition
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
179
New Fiori Apps
The following new apps are available:
● Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) - Sales Orders
● Run Revenue Recognition - Sales Orders
● Manage Revenue Recognition Issues - Sales Orders
● Manage Real-Time Revenue Recognition Issues
● Revenue Recognition Reversal - Sales Orders
To learn more about the apps and the respective business catalogs, see Fiori Content for Finance [page 93].
Related Information
Sales Order Management and Processing
3.6.3.3.2
Deprecated App: Revenue Recognition (EventBased) - Projects
The App Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) - Projects is deprecated and will no longer be available as of SAP
S/4HANA 2022. Please use the successor app Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) (2) – Projects instead.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)
33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock IFRS)
Application Component
CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
180
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Existing Data
The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app
finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Related Information
Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) - Projects
3.6.3.3.3
Renamed Apps in Event-Based Revenue
Recognition
The Run Revenue Recognition – Projects and Run Revenue Recognition – Sales Orders apps have been renamed
and now include the respective backend transaction.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)
33M(Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock IFRS)
Application Component
CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The apps have been renamed to make a clear distinction between the SAP GUI for HTML apps now called Run
Revenue Recognition – Projects (REV_REC_COL_PRO) and Run Revenue Recognition – Sales Orders
(REV_REC_COL_SD) and the newly added Fiori apps which have taken up the previous app names Run Revenue
Recognition – Projects and Run Revenue Recognition – Sales Orders. While both versions are available and
cover the same functionalities, we recommend to switch to the Fiori apps if possible.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
181
Previous Name
New Name
Run Revenue Recognition
Run Revenue Recognition - Projects
Projects
(REV_REC_COL_PRO)
Run Revenue Recognition
Run Revenue Recognition - Sales Orders
Sales Orders
(REV_REC_COL_SD)
Related Information
Run Revenue Recognition - Sales Orders
Run Revenue Recognition - Projects
3.6.4 Joint Venture Accounting
3.6.4.1
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps in Joint
Venture Accounting
All SAP Design Studio apps in Joint Venture Accounting are deprecated and will be removed from the system as
of SAP S/4HANA 2022 .
We recommend that you switch to the Web Dynpro apps, which are the successor apps and already the default
tiles on the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)
Application Component
CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
182
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
With SAP S/4HANA 2021, the Web Dynpro version of the tiles become the default tiles on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. The Design Studio version of the tiles are moved to the app finder.
Here’s a list of all deprecated Design Studio apps in Joint Venture Accounting and their successor apps:
Design Studio Apps
Fiori ID
Design Studio App Name
Successor App
F4060
Partner Billing Report
W0143
F4061
Gross Non-Operated by Cost Object
W0142
F4063
Remaining Cutback
W0146
F4064
Partner Net by Cost Object
W0144
F4065
Venture Expenses
W0141
Effects on Existing Data
These apps are the successors of the Design Studio apps. The Design Studio apps are no longer supported and
will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2022. The apps may no longer be available by
default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find them in the app finder until they are deleted. We
recommend that you switch to the successor apps as soon as possible.
Related Information
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps [page 1056]
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps in Finance [page 92]
Reporting
3.6.4.2
Joint Venture Funding - Options for Reimbursement
and Interest Calculation
In the Schedule Job for Funding app, you can now choose between three process options in order to list,
simulate or post either interest calculations or reimbursements. Furthermore, the selection of data for interest
calculation is now controlled by two flags: one for the selection of interest groups and the other for the
selection of ventures that are not assigned to an interest group. That way you don't accidentally select data
when the interest group selection or the unassigned venture selection is left empty.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
183
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)
Application Component
CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Funding
Interest calculation
3.6.4.3
Non-Operator Invoice Functionalities
Enhance and adapt the invoice details table according to your needs with buttons that add an input line, modify
or delete an added line, display line settings as well as asset details.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)
Application Component
CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Processing Non-Operated Invoices by Operator
Processing Non-Operated Invoices by Venture
184
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.4.4
JV Interest Calculation History
This feature allows you to:
● display the interest calculation history based on daily balances during clearing from interim to final bank
account for inter-venture transactions;
● permit detailed reporting on the Opening Balance, Rate Threshold and Closing Balance by Venture, Equity
Group, Recovery Indicator, Funding Currency, Period, Interest Charge, Interest Calculation Group and
Group Balance, Reference Rate and Cycle;
● use further Fiori report standard functions: item details; sort; filter; select, change, and save layout; list
print; export the list as local file and spreadsheet.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)
Application Component
CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Interest Calculation History Report
3.6.4.5
Joint Interest Billing (JIB) Report
The joint interest billing (JIB) report can show gross billable balance per JIB and JIB subclass which can then be
used for partner billing reconciliations. Furthermore, the report enables you to review the billable expenses
prior to the execution of the month-end process and to view the JIB code classification for each account and
cost object combination. Use the drill-down capability to document on line item level.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
New
PUBLIC
185
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)
Application Component
CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Joint Interest Billing Detail
3.6.4.6
Functional Currency Support for Joint Venture
Accounting Cutback, Netting, Billing
This feature allows you to:
● Display the functional currency in an additional column in the transactional documents created by the
Joint Venture Accounting apps Schedule Job for Cutback, Remaining Cutback, and Schedule Job for
Netting.
● Display the functional currency in an additional column in the Partner Billing document created by the
Joint Venture Accounting Schedule Job for Billing app.
The display of the functional currency is based on the general finance currency configuration.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)
Application Component
CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Running Cutback
186
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Reporting the Remaining Cutback by Cost Object
Executing Partner Netting
Extracting Expenditure/Supplemental Detail
Functional Currency - Availability in Finance Apps [page 94]
3.6.4.7
Joint Venture Accounting in a Central Finance
Scenario
This feature allows you to create the initial load from a source system to the Central Finance system for Joint
Venture Accounting (JVA) master data and documents. The initial load of the balance function is not yet
available. In a JVA Central Finance scenario, JVA master data and documents are continuously replicated
between a source system, for example an SAP ERP system, and the central SAP S/4HANA system where JVA is
activated in the source system and the Central Finance system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)
Application Component
CA-JVA-JVA-IF (Joint Venture Accounting Integration
Functionality)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following features for JVA are available:
● Initial load of historic data (documents and master data).
● Replication of the main JVA master data (Joint Operating Agreements, Ventures, Equity Groups, Venture
Partners).
● Integration of the JVA split results in the FI document replication.
● Replication of internal JVA documents posted by several JVA month-end processes. (Internal JVA
documents are documents that are not posted to FI or CO ledgers but posted to the classic JV ledgers
4A/4B/4C/4D or to the Universal Journal, only.)
● Reports for documents and master data comparison between source and Central Finance system so that
you can validate whether data is replicated correctly.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
187
 Note
For the source system:
Joint Venture Accounting in a Central Finance scenario is available for source systems running on:
● SAP ERP EHP6 or higher
● SAP S/4HANA 1610 or higher (only JVA classic)
For the central SAP S/4HANA system:
Joint Venture Accounting in a Central Finance scenario is available for source systems running on SAP S/
4HANA 1909 or higher (JVA on ACDOCA).
Depending on the support package of the release you are running, you might need to implement additional SAP
Notes. You can find all relevant SAP Notes in the SAP Note 2941357.
Related Information
Joint Venture Accounting in Central Finance
Joint Venture Accounting (JVA)
Universal Journal
SAP Note 2941357
3.6.5 Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation
3.6.5.1
Intercompany Document Matching with Machine
Learning
In addition to intercompany document matching based on user-define rules, ICMR introduces SAP S/4HANA
Cloud for intelligent intercompany reconciliation to leverage machine learning algorithms to match
intercompany documents. With that, your intercompany document matching and reconciliation process can be
accelerated.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process), 4LG (Intelligent
Intercompany Reconciliation)
188
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and
Reconciliation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
To enable the machine learning training and inference, the following three apps are delivered:
● Schedule Training Jobs
● Schedule Inference Jobs
● Machine Learning Monitor
These apps are available to users who are assigned with the business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_ICA_MLM
(Intelligent Intercompany Matching).
Effects on System Administration
As the solution calls the microservice Intelligent Intercompany Reconciliation, which runs on SAP Business
Technology Platform (BTP), the service provisioning and system connection need to be set up. For more
information, see Provision ICR Service in SAP BTP and Establish Service Connection.
Additionally, Intelligent Scenario Management is required to deploy and activate useful trained models. To
access it, users must be assigned with a role that contains the business catalog SAP_BASIS_BC_ISM_ISO
(Intelligent Scenario Management).
Effects on Customizing
You need to set a matching method to Enable machine learning by using the customizing activity Define
Additional Settings for Matching Methods (transaction ICAAS).
Related Information
Intelligent Intercompany Reconciliation
3.6.5.2
Changes in Define Matching Methods
The Define Matching Methods app is enhanced to support the following:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
189
● When defining data slices of a matching rule, you can switch to expert mode to compose a SQL string,
which supports more functions and expressions than the basic mode.
● When defining matching expressions of a matching rule, you can use the new operator
TOLERANCE_PERCENT to compare amounts or quantities.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process)
Application Component
FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and
Reconciliation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Expert Mode for Defining Filters
Functions and Comparison Operators
3.6.5.3
Display Matching Items (Unit View)
The Display Matching Items (Unit View) - By Reconciliation Case
● Display document items related to the same transaction types (as defined in a reconciliation case display
group) by selecting leading unit and partner units.
● Track change history of assignment details by using Key Timestamp.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process)
190
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and
Reconciliation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Matching Items (Unit View) - By Reconciliation Case
3.6.6 Group Reporting
3.6.6.1
"Check All" and "Import All" Options in Import
Master Data for Consolidation Fields App
There are two new options for importing master data for consolidation fields in the Import Master Data for
Consolidation Fields app: Check All and Import All. These enable you to import large quantities of entries at the
same time - securely up to 100,000 but more is also possible.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)
Application Component
FIN-CS (SAP S/4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Previously, only the options Check and Import were available. It was necessary to select individual entries
either one-by-one or with the Select All function. However, this Select All function would only select the entries
that were loaded into the UI by the paging mechanism. Therefore, only a portion of the total entries to import
would be selected.
Now, the options Check and Import have been replaced with Check Selected and Import Selected respectively,
and the new options Check All and Import All have been added. Check Selected and Import Selected check and
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
191
import only the entries that you've individually selected. As such, the Check Selected and Import Selected
options are only available if entries have been selected. However, Check All and Import All check and import all
the entries, including the ones that aren't yet visible on the UI. Since these two options don't require you to
select any entries, they're always available.
Related Information
Import Master Data for Consolidation Fields
3.6.6.2
+/- Sign Change for Consolidation Financial
Statement Item Nodes
In the Manage Global Hierarchies app, you can reverse the +/- sign for the values of consolidation financial
statement (FS) item nodes and the FS items belonging to them.
Technical Details
Type
Must know
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In Finance, revenue is stored as a negative number, which indicates a credit. If you select +/- Sign Change for a
node of revenue FS items, the revenue is displayed as a positive number in the relevant consolidation reports
depending on the key figures that are used in the reports.
+/- Sign Change can only be selected for a node in a Consolidation Financial Statement Item hierarchy. The +/sign change settings are then inherited by the FS items directly belonging to that node. These settings aren't
visible when the hierarchy is created or edited but are only inherited when the hierarchy is activated.
Selecting +/- Sign Change does not impact values in the database nor calculations. It is purely for display
purposes in reports.
The +/- sign change is displayed only in reports and released queries that are based on the new reporting logic
and don't contain reporting rules. Here are some examples:
192
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
● Group Data Analysis (SAC)
● Group Data Analysis
● Group Financial Statements
 Note
In SAP-delivered hierarchies that you activate in SAP S/4HANA 2021 or later, the +/- sign change is already
maintained. However, for SAP-delivered hierarchies that you've activated before SAP S/4HANA 2021, you
must maintain the +/- sign change yourself. You must also maintain the +/- sign change for any hierarchies
you create or have created.
Related Information
+/- Sign Change
3.6.6.3
Set Global Parameters
This feature allows you to set the global parameters that apply to your Customizing settings and all further
steps of the consolidation process. You set the global parameters in the new IMG activity Set Global
Parameters.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)
Application Component
FIN-CS (SAP S/4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Valid As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Before you assign values to these parameters, these values must exist in the current system. You have the
following options to do this:
● Install the SAP Best Practices content for Group Reporting – Financial Consolidation (scope item 1SG).
Details and instructions for installing these best practices can be found in SAP Note 2659672
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
.
PUBLIC
193
 Note
For more information about scope item 1SG, see Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
in the
SAP Best Practices Explorer.
● Alternatively, execute the IMG activity Initialize Settings. This should only be done if no SAP Best Practices
content is installed.
● Create the global parameter values prior to specifying them in the IMG activity Set Global Parameters.
Effects on Customizing
A new IMG activity has been created under
SAP S/4HANA for Group Reporting
Set Global Parameters .
See Also
For further details, see the documentation for the IMG activity Set Global Parameters.
Related Information
Customizing
3.6.6.4
Financial Statement Item Extensibility
You can create your own financial statement (FS) item attributes. They can then be used in selections,
reclassification rules, totals validation rules, and analytics.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)
Application Component
FIN-CS (SAP S/4HANA Financial Consolidation)
194
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Before creating your own FS item attributes, you need authorizations for extensibility.
To create your own FS item attributes, you must first define new custom fields for FS item master data in the
Custom Fields app.
There are two types of FS item attributes that you can define: attributes that are time- and versionindependent and attributes that are time- and version-dependent. Depending on which of these two options
you choose, you select a specific Business Context when creating a new custom field. For time- and versionindependent attributes, select Consolidation Financial Statement Item for the business context. For time- and
version-dependent attributes, select Consolidation Financial Statement Item Time/Version Dependent for the
business context.
After creating and publishing the custom fields for your FS item attributes, you can maintain the assignment of
FS item attribute values to FS items in the Define FS Items app and the Import Consolidation Master Data app.
Your custom FS item attributes can be used in the folloing ways:
● In selections with the Define Selections app
● In reclassification rules with the Customizing activity Define Reclassification Methods
● In totals validation rules with the Define Validation Rules app
● In Analytics for Group Reporting, such as in the Group Data Analysis app
 Note
Only custom FS attributes that are time- and version-independent can be used in analytics.
Custom FS Item Selection and Target Attributes
You can create time- and version-dependent FS item attributes that can be used like standard selection
attributes or target attributes. To do so, you must make specific selections when defining the custom fields.
● For FS item selection attributes:
○ For Type, select Code List. This then reveals the List Values section.
○ In the List Values section, define a list of Code Value and Description combinations. Later, users can
choose entries from this list to assign them as attribute values to FS items. If necessary, descriptions
can be translated into different languages.
 Note
Descriptions must be maintained language dependent. If your description is translated into
multiple languages, then any changes to the description must also be maintained for each
language that the description is translated in.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
195
● For FS item target attributes:
○ For Type, select Association to Business Object. This then reveals the selection field Business Object.
○ For Business Object, select Consolidation Financial Statement Item.
Effects on System Administration
To maintain your custom FS item attributes in the Define FS Items app, the administrator must adapt the UI to
add the custom fields for the FS item attributes.
Also, the administrator can add filters and columns for the custom FS item attributes centrally for the tables in
the Define FS Items app and the Import Consolidation Master Data app and save as a public view. This way, the
filters and columns appear for all users. However, any user can adjust the filters and columns for their own
individual use.
Related Information
Financial Statement Item Extensibility
3.6.6.5
Define Consolidation Units and Define FS Items
With the new release, the Define Consolidation Units app and the Define FS Items app were enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following new features are added for the Define Consolidation Units app:
196
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
● On the overview page, you can now create a consolidation unit by copying an existing one. You can decide if
you want to copy the time- and version-dependent data for all periods and versions or only for a certain
period and version.
● From the overview page, you can now open the Manage Group Structure app. The navigation from the
Manage Group Structure app to the Define Consolidation Units app is now also possible.
● On the details page, you can now copy the selected consolidation unit and create a new one. You can also
delete the selected consolidation unit, and check where the consolidation unit is used by choosing Check
Where Used, or navigate to the Manage Group Structure app.
The following new features are added for the Define FS Items app:
● On the overview page, you can now create an FS item by copying an existing one. You can decide if you
want to copy the time- and version-dependent data for all periods and versions or only for a certain period
and version.
● On the details page, you can now copy the selected FS item and create a new one. You can also check
where the FS item is used by choosing Check Where Used.
Related Information
Define FS Items
Define Consolidation Units
3.6.6.6
Other Comprehensive Income in Total Divestiture
Consolidation of Investments was enhanced to feature Other Comprehensive Income in Total Divestiture. The
Business Combinations rules require an investor unit to post the group value of the other comprehensive
income (OCI), such as currency translation differences, with an effect on earnings when it experiences a loss of
control. The system posts the other comprehensive income to the profit and loss (P&L) statement in the event
of a loss of control or total divestiture (also known as OCI recycling).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
197
Related Information
Other Comprehensive Income in Total Divestiture
3.6.6.7
Equity Pickup (EPU) Adjustments
Now, it’s possible to post Equity Pickup adjustments in the general ledger in Finance. To use this feature, you
have to configure your settings under
Processing
Configure Your Solution
Finance
Corporate Close
Data
Define G/L Settings for Equity Pickup .
Previously, posting Equity Pickup adjustments was only possible in group reporting.
For non-controlling units that are included in the ownership chain, you can now record these units for entries
that are posted to non-controlling FS items on the partner unit field. To record the non-controlling unit for these
entries, select the Record Non-Controlling Unit option in the Define General Settings for Equity Pickup
configuration step.
Furthermore, when you run the Equity Pickup app, the system creates the additional Excel file
EPU_LOGYYYYMMHHMMSS. This file lists the source data that is read read by Equity Pickup, and the
corresponding journal entries that are created.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Equity Pickup
198
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.6.8
Carryforward of Financial Statement (FS) Items
The financial statement (FS) items to be carried forward to different FS items are now configured using FS item
roles. When you need to change an FS item, it’s enough to assign the correct role to the FS item to apply it
during the balance carryforward. For more information see the Additional Details section below.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following entries are defined:
FS Item Role in the Old Year FS Item in the Old Year
FS Item Role in the New
Year
FS Ítem in the New Year
S-RETAINED-EARNING
316000 – Retained
Earnings
S-ANI-BS
317000 – Net Income
S-NET-INC-CLEARING
319000 - Clearing C/I
S-ANI-BS
317000 - Net Income
S-NCI-NET-INC-BS
321150 - NCI Net
income BS
S-NCI-RETAINED-EARN
321100 - NCI Retained earnings
S-NET-INC-PART-DIVEST
318000 - Net Income
Partial Divesture
S-RETAINED-EARNING
316000 - Retained
earnings
Related Information
Balance Carryforward
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
199
3.6.6.9
Reclassification Enhancement for Inventory Profit
Elimination
You can now eliminate profit that results from inventory transfers between consolidation units. For this, the
buying unit must report the inventory value and identify the partner unit (selling unit). The selling unit must
report the margin rate (%). This margin rate can be specific to a buying unit or valid for all buying units.
The reclassification method for this task is S2015 (IC Elim. Inventory Profit), which is configured with the
document type 2J and posting level 20.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Interunit Elimination
Example for Interunit Elimination of Profit in Inventory
3.6.6.10 New fields Available in the Validation/Substitution
Rules App
There are three additional fields available in the Validation/Substitution Rules app:
● PartnerConsolidationUnit (ACDOCU-RBUPTR)
● SubItem (ACDOCU-SUBIT)
● SubItemCategory (ACDOCU-SITYP)
 Note
If you use the PartnerConsolidationUnit, SubItem or SubItemCategory field in the substitution rules please
be aware that there might be conflicts with the internal breakdown check. SAP recommends to create
"non-conflicting" substitutions for these fields.
200
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Rules for Substitution/Validation
3.6.6.11 Multiple Group Currencies in Import Group Journal
Entries app
The Multiple Group Currencies function is now also supported in the Import Group Journal Entries app. You can
now post multiple group currency entries under one journal entry ID, within one document.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Multiple Group Currencies
Multiple Group Currencies in the Import Group Journal Entries App
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
201
3.6.6.12 Extensibility in Import Group Journal Entries App
You can now import custom fields and post data to these custom fields in the Import Group Journal Entries app.
To use this new feature the downloaded import template now contains additional columns used to import data
to your custom fields.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Import Group Journal Entries
Custom Fields
3.6.6.13 Improved Messaging in Release of Universal Journals
in the Data Monitor
Messaging, during the Release of Universal Journals in the Data Monitor, has been improved as follows:
Improved messaging capabilities including a trace log to capture the task-release process.
Improved functions for the predicted document release:
Release of documents in test mode so that you can check the data before release.
202
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Release Universal Journals
3.6.6.14 Enhanced Release of Universal Journals
The release of universal journals in the data monitor was enhanced. These enhancements are related to the
Test and Update Run modes in the data monitor and to their underlying functions Universal Documents (Total),
Universal Documents (Difference), and Data from Prior Periods Without Release.
● In the Test mode, you can now save your test data. In addition, the new features Map Fields ACDOCA
(accounting data) and Map Fields ACDOCP (plan data) are now available.
● In the Update Run mode, there are new features available for the Save option. When you open a particular
item in the Documents column and then open a particular document, you see the number of documents in
ACDOCU, which is different from the number of documents in ACDOCA. In addition, you can also find the
line item here.
● For both the Test and Update Run modes, you can now define your own layout using the Admin option.
Also, a variety of new features is available when you choose the new Documents option. If you choose
Documents, a window is displayed with a summary of the posting results based on the key field. It also
contains the new Documents column. In the lower right corner of the window you can choose Toggle View
to switch between the three views: GL Account, FS Items, and Original Company Code. The "old"
Documents option, known from prior releases, is next to the Toggle View option and displays all documents.
When you choose the icon in the Documents column of a particular line of the table, detailed information
for the selected line items are displayed in a new window. The icon drills-down to more specific
information.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
203
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Release Universal Journals
3.6.6.15 Posting Group Journal Entries to Multiple
Consolidation Groups
You can now post and display multiple consolidation groups in the Post Group Journal Entries, Import Group
Journal Entries, and Display Group Journal Entries apps.
In the Import Group Journal Entries app, you can upload documents using a template that defines multiple
consolidation groups under one journal entry ID, within one document.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
204
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
The following image is an example of a template, which you fill out to import group journal entries that you want
to post to multiple consolidation groups.
Related Information
Import Group Journal Entries with Multiple Consolidation Groups
Post Group Journal Entries to Multiple Consolidation Groups
3.6.6.16 Custom Tasks in the Data and Consolidation Monitor
You can now define your own Custom Tasks in the Data and the Consolidation Monitor.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To define custom tasks in the Data and Consolidation Monitor you:
1. Define the Customizing activities under
Consolidation
SAP S/4HANA for Group Reporting
Custom Tasks for
Custom Task for Data Monitor / Custom Task for Consolidation Monitor
Add Custom
Task for Data Monitor / Add Custom Task for Consolidation Monitor .
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
205
2. Then you implement the BAdI BADI_FINCS_CUST_DATAMON or BADI_FINCS_CUST_CONSMON for the
custom task/s you defined in step 1.
To do so choose in the Customizing
SAP S/4HANA for Group Reporting
BAdIs for Group Reporting
BAdI: Custom Task for Data Monitor / BAdI: Custom Task for Consolidation Monitor .
By opening the BAdI (Business Add-In) Documentation tab you can view the BAdI-specific documentation.
Then follow the standard steps to implement a BAdI/s for your defined Custom Task/s for Data Monitor
and/or Custom Task/s for Consolidation Monitor in the Custom Logic app based on the Group Reporting:
Journal Entry Item business context.
Related Information
Custom Tasks in the Data and Consolidation Monitor
3.6.6.17 Application Log in Release of Group Journal Entries
Now, the application log feature is also supported for the release of group journal entries in the data monitor. If
an error occurs during the release of a group journal entry, the application log is also displayed in the Schedule
Jobs for Consolidation Tasks app, in the details of the jobs that were run.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Jobs for Consolidation Tasks
206
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.6.18 CDS View: Group Data Analysis Query of Old and
New Reporting Logic
A new CDS view for Group Data Analysis Query of Old and New Reporting Logic,
C_ConsolidationMatrixRpt01Q, is available.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)
Application Component
FIN-CS (SAP S/4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The CDS view C_ConsolidationMatrixRpt01Q provides access to the combined data of old and new
reporting logic. If you're using fiscal year periods where some of them belong to the old reporting logic and
some to the new reporting logic, then you can use this CDS view.
Constraints
This view does not support the following features, which are typically available in the new reporting logic:
● multiple group currency
● hierarchy elimination logic
● period mode PER
Related Information
Group Data Analysis Query of Old and New Reporting Logic
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
207
3.6.6.19 CDS View: Group Data Analysis Cube of Old and New
Reporting Logic
A new CDS view for Group Data Analysis Cube of Old and New Reporting Logic,
I_MatrixCnsldtnReport01C, is available.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)
Application Component
FIN-CS (SAP S/4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The CDS view I_MatrixCnsldtnReport01C provides access to the combined data of old and new reporting
logic. If you are using fiscal year periods where some of them belong to the old reporting logic and some to the
new reporting logic, then you can use this CDS view. This view uses year-to-date (YTD) mode.
Constraints
This view does not support the following features, which are typically available in the new reporting logic:
● multiple group currency
● hierarchy elimination logic
● period mode PER
Related Information
Group Data Analysis Cube of Old and New Reporting Logic
208
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.6.20 BAdI: Change Field Values in Reclassification
Results
You can now use this BAdI to change certain field values in the results of reclassification. For each input record,
also known as a trigger, there are two results:
● One result that is created following the configuration for the source. See the Src-dest tab of a rule in the
Customizing activity Define Reclassification Methods.
● The result for the destination.
For more information see in the Customizing
Reporting
SAP S/4HANA for Group Reporting
BAdIs for Group
BAdI: Change Field Values in Reclassification Results
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation
Application Component
FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.6.6.21 CDS View: Consolidation Group
A new CDS view for consolidation group, I_CnsldtnGroup_3, is available.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)
Application Component
FIN-CS (SAP S/4HANA Financial Consolidation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
209
Additional Details
This new CDS view does not replace the view I_CnsldtnGroup, which is also named Consolidation Group.
Unlike I_CnsldtnGroup, the new view I_CnsldtnGroup_3 provides different results depending on the From
Year for New Group Reporting Logic, which is maintained in the configuration step Check Global System
Settings. If the fiscal year is before this from year, then this view displays consolidation groups defined in the
old group reporting logic. If the fiscal year is the same as this from year or after this from year, then this view
displays consolidation groups defined in or migrated to the new group reporting logic.
Also, this new CDS view is enabled for data extraction with SAP Business Warehouse, whereas
I_CnsldtnGroup is not.
Related Information
Consolidation Group
3.6.7 Central Finance
3.6.7.1
Initial Load for Ledger-Specific Open Items
The open item load now supports ledger-specific postings as part of the standard initial load.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-CO (Central Finance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Previously, the open item load did not include ledger-specific postings. For these cases, the customer had to
implement a project-specific solution.
210
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
With this feature, the ledger-specific open items can be loaded as part of the standard initial load.
Effects on Existing Data
The open item load considers ledger-specific open items during the extraction step. Therefore, extractions
which were created before the feature was delivered will no longer contain the ledger-specific open items. To
extract them as well, repeat the data extraction step of the initial load.
3.6.7.2
Initial Load of Material Cost Estimates
With this feature, you can initiate an initial load of material cost estimates to transfer the material cost
estimates from a source system to the Central Finance system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-PCP (Replication: Product Cost Planning)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
After you start the initial load of material cost estimates in SLT, the data will be retrieved from the source
system based on the conditions defined in SLT and be transferred to the Central Finance system. The
transferred data will be first validated against the transfer rules. Only data that passes the validation will be
transferred into the Central Finance system.
To configure transfer rules, go to Customizing of Central Finance (transaction: CFINIMG) under
Finance: Target System Settings
Replication Settings for Cost Estimates
Central
Define Rule for Cost Estimate
Replication .
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
211
Related Information
Initial Load of Material Cost Estimates
3.6.7.3
Intermediate Data Retention - General Availability
and Postings in the Future
The Intermediate Data Retention (IDR) approach for the initial load is now generally available.
Customers using IDR as the recording method can already start earlier even though there are postings in one of
the future periods.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-CO (Central Finance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Intermediate Data Retention (IDR) approach for the initial load is now generally available.
This approach offers an increased level of data quality by recording the raw accounting data and eliminates
FI/CO matching issues.
The IDR process can be managed via a central cockpit located in the IMG for Central Finance under
Finance: Target System Settings
Initial Load
Execution for Selected Company Codes
Initial Load Execution for Financial Accounting
Central
Initial Load
Manage Intermediate Data Retention .
A deletion report is also available with which to delete the captured raw data and initial load data.
In addition, it is now also possible to activate IDR recording for a period in the future, even if there are already
postings in the future. For these postings in the future, the standard initial load approach (with the existing
restrictions) is used.
212
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Initial Load with Intermediate Data Retention
3.6.7.4
Account to Ledger Solution
The ledger-based approach for parallel accounting is the standard approach in SAP S/4HANA. This feature
provides a simple way in which to support this approach in Central Finance with a straightforward configuration
option.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-CO (Central Finance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This feature makes it possible to connect a source system that uses parallel accounting with accounts to a
Central Finance system which uses parallel accounting using ledgers.
In the Customizing activity Assign Source G/L Accounts to Central Finance Ledger Groups you configure the
relationship between the chart of accounts and G/L account in the source system and the ledger group in the
Central Finance system. You can assign a range of source G/L accounts to one target ledger group. Postings for
accounts that are not maintained in this activity will not be processed.
As a result of this Customizing, certain ledger-specific postings will only go into one ledger group. This means
that the same G/L account can be used in all ledger groups as it shows the relevant values per ledger. This
reduces the number of G/L accounts.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
213
Effects on Customizing
A new IMG activity - Assign Source G/L Accounts to Central Finance Ledger Groups - is available to support
this feature. You can find this activity under
Central Finance: Target System Settings
Settings for
Accounting Document Replication .
Related Information
Parallel Accounting: Account to Ledger Solution
3.6.7.5
Central Budgeting for Projects
This feature enables you to run Central Budgeting for Projects in a Central Finance scenario. Central Budgeting
for Projects is allowing a centralized approach to managing budget in a Central Finance system while the
budget is typically consumed in a process carried out in a source system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-CO (Central Finance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You are using a Central Finance scenario which means you are running a system landcape which typically
consists of several source systems, for example SAP ERP, connected to one Central Finance (SAP S/4HANA)
system. Central Budgeting for Projects allows you to manage budget centrally in the Central Finance system
while the budget is consumed in the processes carried out in the source systems. With Central Budgeting for
Projects a remote budget check from a source system to the Central Finance system is active during the
posting process in the source systems. This remote budget check considers the Customizing settings made in
the Central Finance system for the budget profile and tolerance limits for availability control. Please be aware
that you need to perform Customizing settings both in the source system and the Central Finance system to
enable the budget check to run. For more information, please read Central Budgeting for Projects.
214
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
 Note
● For the source system: Central Budgeting for Projects is available for source systems running on SAP
ERP 6.0 or higher. To be able to use it you need to implement SAP Note 3025235
in your source
system.
● For the Central Finance system: Central Budgeting for Projects is available for Central Finance systems
running on SAP S/4HANA 2021 or higher.
Effects on Existing Data
● Budget data which have already been created in the source system will not be considered anymore after
you have activated Central Budgeting for Projects. You do this by performing the Settings for Projects
Customizing activity.
● The availability control in the source system is inactive after you have activated Central Budgeting for
Projects.
● If you change the project hierarchy in the source system it will be checked during the replication to the
Central Finance system if the changed WBS element has the Availability control active (AVAC) or Budgeted
(BUDG) status in the Central Finance system. In this case the change of the project hierarchy will not be
replicated to the Central Finance system and an error is raised in SAP AIF.
Effects on Customizing
For Central Budgeting for Projects a Customizing activity has been enhanced and a new Customizing activity is
available in Customizing for Central Finance. You can access Customizing using transaction SPRO or
transaction CFINIMG which leads you directly to the settings for Central Finance.
● Customizing in Source System
IMG (Implementation Guide) Path:
Financial Accounting
Central Finance
Central Finance: Source
System Settings :
○
Set up Connection to Central Finance System
Maintain RFC Assignments and Settings for the
Central Finance System
You perform this activity to create an RFC destination in the source system for Central Budgeting for
Projects.
○
Settings for Central Budgeting Settings for Projects
You perform this activity to define the combinations of company codes and project profiles for which
you want to enable Central Budgeting for Projects.
● Customizing in Central Finance System
The following Customizing for your Central Finance system has been enhanced:
Central Finance: Target System Settings Central Budgeting Settings for Projects
You perform this activity to define the combinations of company codes and project profiles for which you
want to enable Central Budgeting for Projects.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
215
Related Information
Central Budgeting for Projects
3.6.7.6
SD Down Payment Status Transfer
With this feature, your Central Finance system can remotely update the down payment status in certain SD
documents (both sales orders and sales contracts) in your Cloud source system when a down payment is
posted or reset in the Central Finance system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-APR (Central Payment)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021 for the Central Finance system
SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2108 for cloud source systems or SAP
S/4HANA 2021 for on-premise source systems
Effects on Customizing
A Customizing activity is available for you to switch on the SD down payment status transfer for a specific
source logical system. (IMG Path: in transaction CFINIMG, under
Central Payment
Central Finance: Target System Settings
Central Payment Feature Toggles .)
Related Information
SD Down Payment Status Transfer
216
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.6.7.7
SEPA Replication from Cloud Source System to
Central Finance
With this feature, SEPA mandates can be replicated from the SAP S/4HANA Cloud source system to the
Central Finance system and then be used there for Central Payment. The usage data in the Central Finance
system can also be transferred back to the SAP S/4HANA Cloud source system after payment.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
19M (Direct Debit)
1W4 (Subsidiary Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud to Cen­
tral Finance)
Application Component
FI-CF-APR (Central Payment)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021 for the Central Finance system
SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2108 for the source system
Related Information
Replicating SEPA Mandate from SAP S/4HANA Cloud System to Central Finance
3.6.7.8
Cross-System Navigation
With this feature, you can navigate from any Fiori app running on your source or Central Finance system via a
smart link in a journal entry (semantic object AccountingDocument), to the Manage Journal Entries app on
the other system. You can also navigate from a Central Finance document displayed in the Related Documents
tab of Manage Journal Entries app on your Central Finance system to the corresponding source documents.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
New
PUBLIC
217
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-INF (Cross-System Navigation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021 for the Central Finance system
SAP S/4HANA 2021 or SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105 for the
source system (smart link navigation)
No requirement for the source system release (related docu­
ment navigation)
Related Information
Cross-System Navigation
3.6.7.9
SAP AIF Improvements - Recipient Handling
With this feature, users can define their own message categories and assign them to recipients.
Previously, the AIF recipient was assigned to the accounting interfaces. Therefore, all error messages were
assigned to this one recipient. For the user it was not clear which messages were relevant for them.
It is now possible to assign the message category based on the logical system and company code to different
recipients.
The following interfaces in the Central Finance namespace /FINCF are supported:
● AC_DOC version 2
● AC_DOC_EX version 2
● AC_DOC_CHG version 2
● AC_CHG_EX version 1
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
218
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
FI-CF-CO (Central Finance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For each of the interfaces above, you define the recipient to which messages should be distributed. The AIF
recipient that is assigned to a user determines which messages the user sees in the interface monitor and for
which messages the user receives alerts.
You can differentiate based on message category. For example, you can define that a particular recipient
should receive messages relating to one type of category (for example, mapping) for interface AC_DOC version
2 but messages relating to another message category (for example, technical messages) are distributed to a
different recipient.
Note that the same error message can be assigned to more than one message category.
In addition to recipient and message category, you can define that messages are also distributed according to
the source logical system and source company code from which they originate.
Making settings in this activity allows you to distribute AIF messages in a targeted manner, so that they are only
received by those users for whom they are relevant.
Effects on Existing Data
The configuration of the recipient handling is only used for new AIF messages. Existing ones are assigned to the
recipient configured for the accounting interface.
Effects on Customizing
A new IMG activity Assign AIF Recipients to Accounting Interfaces has been created, in which you can make
the relevant settings. You can find this activity under
Settings
Central Finance
Central Finance Target System
Settings for Accounting Document Replication .
3.6.7.10 Fiori App: Manage Pending Journal Entries
Using the app Manage Pending Journal Entries, you can display journal entries that have not yet been
successfully posted to your Central Finance system and see the financial impact of the documents. You can
choose to group the documents by company code and see totals in company code currency or by group
currency. You can navigate to the journal entry in question and decide how to proceed.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
219
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-CO (Central Finance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this app, you can display pending journal entries in a central worklist and navigate to the details of the
specific pending journal entry, for example the error messages and the line items of the documents.
To use this app the business role SAP_BR_GL_ACCOUNTANT has to be assigned to the user.
The tile belongs to the section Period Activities for General Ledger.
Related Information
3.6.7.11 Third-Party System Interface: Replicating
Withholding Tax Information at Payment
This feature enables the replication of withholding tax information at time of payment via the third-party
system interface. It allows you to move your withholding tax reporting to the Central Finance system and
enables you to activate Central Payment for countries where the withholding tax process is required. This
feature is based on and is only supported for Extended Withholding Tax.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
220
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-EX (Central Finance - External Interface non-sap
systems)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Withholding tax is an income tax where the payer of the income is entitled to withhold or deduct the tax from
the payment and pay the tax to the tax authority on behalf of the receiver of the income. There are two
categories of withholding tax depending on when the tax is due and the tax amount is posted to the withholding
tax account: withholding tax at invoice and withholding tax at payment.
In the third-party system scenario of Central Finance you are running a system landscape where one or more
third-party source systems are connected to one Central Finance (SAP S/4HANA) system. Together with the
financial accounting documents, the withholding tax information is replicated from a third-party source system
via the third-party system interface to the Central Finance system. Depending on whether the replicated
withholding tax information is complete, the withholding tax calculated in the source system is posted in the
Central Finance system or the withholding tax is recalculated in the Central Finance system.
Effects on Customizing
The Customizing, such as the withholding tax types/codes and the withholding tax accounts, in both the thirdparty source system and the Central Finance system need to be semantically identical for the scenario to
function. For the third-party system interface there is no additional Customizing necessary for withholding tax
at time of payment.
Related Information
Replicating Withholding Tax Information
Installing Financial Data Structures on SAP LT Replication Server
3.6.7.12 Central Payment with Third-Party Source System
With this feature, you can activate Central Payment for third-party source systems on company code level.
After activation, the third-party source system interface will control the replication of documents from thirdparty source systems for the activated company code or company codes, so that payments and clearings can
only be made in the Central Finance system.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
221
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-APR (Central Payment)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
If you have activated Central Payment in lower releases and do not want to reactivate Central Payment, you can
still carry out payment or clearing in the Central Finance system, but double payment cannot be technically
avoided. The clearing status check of the reversal is also not available. Make sure that the payments are only
being made in the Central Finance system and prevent payments from taking place in the third-party source
system.
Effects on Customizing
A Customizing activity Activate Central Payment for Third-Party Source Systems is available in the Central
Finance system. With this activity, you can choose to activate Central Payment for all or individual company
codes of a third-party source system. (IMG Path: In transaction CFINIMG, go to
System Settings
Central Finance: Target
Central Payment .)
Related Information
Central Payment with Third-Party Source System
3.6.7.13 AVL with Third-Party Source System
With this feature, you can replicate the Accounting View of logistics information (AVL) including AVL sales
documents (service orders, orders, returns, orders without charge, credit memo requests, debit memo
requests), customer invoices, purchase orders, and supplier invoices from a third-party source system to the
Central Finance system using SLT or OData Services V4.
222
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-AVL (Accounting View of Logistics Information)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With SLT, AVL data and changes from third-party source systems can be continuously replicated to the SAP S/
4HANA Central Finance system.
With OData Services V4, AVL sales documents, customer invoices, supplier invoices, and purchase orders from
third-party source systems can be created, updated or deleted in the SAP S/4HANA Central Finance system as
required using API calls. Four API services are available:
● Central Finance Sales Document (Replicated)
● Central Finance Customer Invoice (Replicated)
● Central Finance Supplier Invoice (Replicated)
● Central Finance Purchase Order (Replicated)
Related Information
AVL with Third-Party Source System
3.6.7.14 IMG Target System Settings
The Central Finance: Target System Settings section of the IMG has been restructured for reasons of clarity.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Changed
PUBLIC
223
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-CO (Central Finance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
A number of activities that were previously grouped under
Systems
Central Finance: Target System Settings
Set Up
have been moved.
● The following activities can now be found under
Central Finance: Target System Settings
Basic
Central Finance: Target System Settings
Settings for
Settings
○ Activate Business Function
○ Configure Error Handling
● The following activities can now be found under
Accounting Document Replication :
○ Activate Tax Consistency Check for Company Codes
○ Define Handling of Reconciliation Accounts per Company Code
○ Subsitute Original Document Type in Central Finance System
In addition, this section also contains two new activities:
○ Assign Source G/L Accounts to Central Finance Ledger Groups
○ Assign AIF Recipients to Accounting Interfaces
3.6.7.15 Extended Selection in Configuration Consistency
Check Report
When using Configuration Consistency Check report, you can add an extra navigation node for
customized validations in the Application Log of the output screen, with which you can locate and check
specific validation results more easily and quickly.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
224
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF-INF (Configuration Consistency Check Report)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If a validation is relevant to the organization, you can define the Attribute for Error Message Variable 1 as an
organization-relevant value, such as Company Code, Controlling Area. The organizational value will be added as
an attribute in the left navigation tree of the Application Log. You do this in Customizing activity Manage
Validations. (IMG Path: in transaction CFINIMG under
Configuration Consistency Check
Central Finance: Target System Settings
Customer-Defined Validations )
Related Information
Customer-Defined Validations
3.6.7.16 Advanced Compliance Reporting: Additional
Country-/Region-Specific Reports
For statutory reporting, the country-/region-specific reports from Advanced Compliance Reporting which are
listed below in the table in the Additional Details section are additionally available in a Central Finance scenario.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for the countries/regions listed
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CF (Central Finance)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
225
Additional Details
For a complete list of statutory reports supported in a country/region in the Central Finance scenario, see here.
Country/Region-Specific Statutory Reports in Central Finance
Country/Region
Name of Statutory Report
Australia
Australia Payment Time Reporting (PTR)
Belgium
Belgium Declaration for VAT Units
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT In (Company Code Level)
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT Out (Company Code Level)
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT Imports (Company Code Level)
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT Exports (Company Code Level)
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT Exports (Business Place Level)
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT Imports (Business Place Level)
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT In (Business Place Level)
Indonesia
Indonesia VAT Out (Business Place Level)
Israel
Israel Withholding Tax Declaration 856
Luxembourg
Luxembourg Periodic VAT Return
Norway
Norway SAF-T Reporting
Poland
Poland Withholding Tax declaration - IFT2R
Poland
Poland Withholding Tax declaration - IFT2
Poland
Poland Withholding Tax declaration - CIT_10Z
Qatar
Qatar Withholding tax Supplier Certificates
Qatar
Qatar Withholding Tax Return - Form 2-1
Singapore
Singapore GST Return Submission
South Africa
South Africa Cash Flow Statement
South Korea
South Korea Zero Tax Rate Sales Statement
USA
USA Withholding Tax - 1042 S
USA
USA Withholding Tax - 1099 G
226
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Country/Region
Name of Statutory Report
USA
USA Withholding Tax - 1099 INT
USA
USA Withholding Tax - 1099 K
USA
USA Withholding Tax - 1099 MISC
USA
USA Withholding Tax Report - 1099 NEC
Related Information
Advanced Compliance Reporting: Country-/Region-Specific Reports in Central Finance
3.6.8 Advanced Compliance Reporting
With this release, the Run Compliance Reports app and the Define Compliance Reports app were enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1J2 (Advance Compliance Reporting)
Application Component
Run Compliance Reports app: FI-LOC-SRF-RUN
Define Compliance Reports app: FI-LOC-SRF-DEF
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following features are available for SAP S/4HANA for advanced compliance reporting:
● Standard Functions as a Data Source
You can use class method as a query source to create your own queries in Define Compliance Reports app.
We recommend that you use Class Method instead of BRFplus Function as query source. While creating the
query, choose the required class, method, and message parameter. You can access data in chunks using
the limit and offset importing parameters.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
227
● Managing Fraction Digits
You can modify the currency fields in you report and control the number of decimals displayed during
report generation using the field Number of Decimals for Currency Amounts. The default number of
decimals are taken from the data source initially, which can later be modified as required. Based on the
adjustment done, during preview, the values are validated against the data already given during preview.
The ability to customize fraction digits are enabled only for CDS, ABAP Dictionary, or query-based
documents.
● Enabling Schema changes
You can now easily view the selected CDS fields during schema creation in the CDS Field Selection dialog.
Additionally, you can view the selected fields while editing the schema as well.
● Enabling Activity Group for Activities
You can categorize similar reporting activities into a single group based on their functions. Assigning
reporting activities into groups help when you want to perform some additional actions, such as identifying
a specific reporting activity based on the group they are allotted to. The activity group value assigned to
the reporting activity group will be available in the Run Compliance Reports app and based on this value,
appropriate business checks can be processed.
● New Organizational Units
Two new organizational units Profit Center and Segment are introduced in SAP S/4HANA. These new
options can also be used as organizational units while defining report category in place of Business Area.
● New Statuses for Documents
The Document Status column is enhanced with two new statuses such as In Process (Editing) and In
Process (Regeneration). In Process (Editing) status appears when the document is saved with manual
changes and In Process (Regeneration) status appears when the document is being regenerated.
● New Event 0015
You can use this event to modify the messages in Reported Items Log and query any data source and
perform validations. You can implement this event through the interface
IF_SRF_EVENT_REPOER_RUN_LOG.
● Migration Report
Migrate the existing configuration parameters using the migration report SRF_CFG_PARAM_MIGRATION to
ensure they are usable across any report definition.
3.6.9 Contract and Lease Management
3.6.9.1
New App: Contract Management
With this app you can manage many aspects of your contract portfolio. You can search and filter for existing
contracts, create new contracts, and edit contracts. For each contract, you can edit information such as
general information, term, partners, objects, conditions, posting parameters, reminders, and more.
Technical Details
Type
228
New
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1T6 (Lease-In Accounting), 21P (Lease-In Accounting Group Ledger IFRS), 21Q (Lease-Out Accounting), 21R
(Service Contract), 2O9 (Intercompany Process for Sublease
Accounting), 2SA (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting Group Ledger IFRS), 2SB (Lease-Out for Sublease Account­
ing), 34N (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP),
34O (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger US
GAAP)
Application Component
RE-FX-FIO ()
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
This app is the successor of the Contract Management app. The Contract Management app is deprecated and
will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2022. The deprecated app may no longer be
available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted.
We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Effects on Data Transfer
Effects on System Administration
Effects on Customizing
3.6.9.2
New App: Contract Cash Flow
With this app, you can display the detailed cash flow for contracts that have a cash flow enabled.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
229
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1T6 (Lease-In Accounting), 21P (Lease-In Accounting Group Ledger IFRS), 21Q (Lease-Out Accounting), 21R
(Service Contract), 2O9 (Intercompany Process for Sublease
Accounting), 2SA (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting Group Ledger IFRS), 2SB (Lease-Out for Sublease Account­
ing), 34N (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP),
34O (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger US
GAAP)
Application Component
RE-FX-FIO ()
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
3.6.9.3
Deprecated App: Contract Management
The Contract Management app has been deprecated and will be removed from the launchpad.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1T6 (Lease-In Accounting), 21P (Lease-In Accounting Group Ledger IFRS), 21Q (Lease-Out Accounting), 21R
(Service Contract), 2O9 (Intercompany Process for Sublease
Accounting), 2SA (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting Group Ledger IFRS), 2SB (Lease-Out for Sublease Account­
ing), 34N (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP),
34O (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger US
GAAP)
230
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
RE-FX-FIO
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.7
Treasury Management
3.7.1 Cash and Liquidity Management
3.7.1.1
Manage Bank Account Balances
With this app, you can view bank account balances updated by imported end-of-day bank statements. You can
also manually enter or import balances for bank accounts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Bank Account Balances
Cash Positioning Based on Bank Account Balances
3.7.1.2
Monitor Bank Account Balances
With this app, you can monitor whether bank account balances have been updated in time for your bank
accounts.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
231
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
Before you use this app, make sure you have defined the following attributes for the bank accounts you want to
monitor on the Bank Relationship tab of the Manage Bank Accounts app:
● Interval and Interval Unit: Together, the two attributes define the frequency of the expected bank account
balance update, for example, one day or two weeks.
● Factory Calendar ID (optional): You can specify a factory calendar if you want to take it into consideration.
Related Information
Monitor Bank Account Balances
3.7.1.3
Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements
With this app, you define settings for integrating end-of-day electronic bank statements with cash
management for individual bank accounts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)
232
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You can retrieve settings defined for company codes by choosing the Retrieve Default Settings button.
Settings for company codes are defined in the new Customizing activity Integrate with End-of-Day Bank
Statements. You can find it in the Customizing under
Liquidity Management
Financial Supply Chain Management
Cash and
Bank Account Management .
Related Information
Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements
3.7.1.4
Bank Account Contract Types
A new attribute Bank Account Contract Type has been introduced in the bank account master data. You can
view this attribute in the Manage Bank Accounts app. By enabling this feature, you can use predefined bank
account contract types to classify your bank accounts and get various configuration options for customizing
your bank account master data and bank account management processes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
233
Additional Details
In addition to the attribute Account Type, you can now use the new attribute Contract Type to classify different
types of bank account based on your contract category with the financial service provider. Unlike account
types, which can be defined freely by users, contract types are predefined by SAP.
A Customizing option for enabling the bank account contract type has been introduced in the Customizing
activity Define Basic Settings. With this option, you can decide whether you want to use features related to the
contract type.
● If you do not want to use the bank account contract type feature, leave the Enable Bank Account Contract
Types indicator deselected.
You can see that all bank accounts are assigned with the bank account contract type Current Account, but
there is nothing that you need to do.
● If you want to enable the bank account contract type feature, set the Enable Bank Account Contract Types
indicator.
You can then use the following predefined bank account contract types and customize your bank account
master data and bank account management processes using this attribute:
○ Current Account: Bank accounts that are held by banks. They are used for making and receiving
payments and money transfers.
○ Technical Account: Bank accounts that belong to a bank with the category Technical Bank. Technical
banks are usually pseudo-banks created for internal payment processes.
○ Payment Service Provider Account： Bank accounts that belong to a bank with the category Payment
Service Provider.
○ Others: Bank accounts with other types of contract.
Effects on Existing Data
With this release, the bank account contract type becomes one of the parameters that form the logical key of a
bank account.
● Technical bank accounts: company code + house bank + house bank account ID
● Bank accounts with the bank country/region defined as Japan: bank account contract type + bank control
key + bank account number + bank country + bank key + currency
● Other bank accounts: bank account contract type + bank account number + bank country + bank key +
currency
Effects on Data Transfer
Since the bank account contract type has been used as one of the parameters that form the logical key of a
bank account, we do not recommend that you replicate bank accounts from SAP S/4HANA 2108 and above to
lower versions because bank account contract types are not supported in lower versions.
For more information, see Data Replication.
If you have enabled the bank account contract type feature, in the Migrate House Bank Accounts program
(transaction code FCLM_BAM_MIGRATION), you can see the Contract Type attribute. By assigning account
234
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
types to house bank accounts before the migration, the contract types are automatically filled according to the
defined settings in the Customizing activity Define Settings for Bank Account Master Data.
Effects on System Administration
After you have enabled the bank account contract type, please run a health check for your bank account
master data. This helps ensure that your bank account master data is correct and valid after the new attribute
is added.
It's also recommended that you run the health check each time after you have made changes to the contract
type assignment for account types. It helps you ensure that bank account logical keys are not duplicate due to
the change of the contract type assignment.
To do so, in the Health Check Program of Cash Management program (transaction code FCLM_HC_FREE),
create a job with the Bank Accounts checkpoint selected.
Effects on Customizing
After you have enabled the bank account contract types, configure the following settings in Customizing. For
details, see the implementation guide of the Customizing activities.
● (Required) In the Customizing activity Define Settings for Bank Account Master Data, assign bank account
types to contract types.
● (Optional) In the Customizing activity Define Settings for Bank Account Contract Types, define what
statuses are relevant in the bank account lifecycle, how bank accounts are activated in each status, and
what UI tabs are visible in the bank account master data for a certain type of bank account.
You can use this Customizing activity to define different closing processes for different types of bank
account. For more information, see Closing Processes Based on Bank Account Contract Types.
● (Optional) In the Customizing activity Manage Field Status Groups, define field statuses for UI screens of
the Manage Bank Accounts app based on bank account contract types.
3.7.1.5
Closing Process for Bank Accounts
The standard closing process for bank accounts has been enhanced with a new status Marked for Closing. You
can now set a bank account to this status using the Mark for Closing button. With the new attribute bank
account contract type, you can customize the closing process for bank accounts basaed on bank account
contract types.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
235
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The diagram below explains the new process flow and the possible steps in each stage:
You can now customize the closing process for bank accounts using bank account contract types. For more
information, see Bank Account Contract Types [page 233].
Effects on Existing Data
Bank accounts with the Marked for Closing status can still be viewed or processed in the following apps:
● Review Bank Accounts: Review bank accounts with this status.
● Maintain Payment Approver - For Multiple Bank Accounts: Update payment approvers for bank accounts
with this status.
● Import Bank Fees: Import bank fee data for bank accounts with this status.
● Monitor Bank Fees: Monitor bank fee import status for bank accounts with this status.
● Bank Statement Monitor - Intraday: Monitor the import of intraday bank statements for bank accounts with
this status.
● Bank Statement Monitor - End-of-Day: Monitor the import of end-of-day bank statements for bank
accounts with this status.
236
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
● Manage Bank Account Balances: Enter or import bank account balances for bank accounts with this status.
● Monitor Bank Account Balances: Monitor bank account balances for bank accounts with this status.
● Importing bank accounts and replicating bank accounts: Import or replicate bank accounts with this
status.
Related Information
Closing Bank Accounts
Closing Processes Based on Bank Account Contract Types
3.7.1.6
Submit Bank Account Applications
With this app, you can submit an application to request a new bank account and track the status of your
application.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
After a bank account application is submitted, authorized users can approve or reject the application in the
Approve Bank Account Applications app.
For more information, see Approve Bank Account Applications.
Effects on System Administration
To use this app, you must be assigned a business role that contains the business catalog Cash Management Submit Bank Account Applications (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BAA_SUBMIT_PC).
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
237
Effects on Customizing
SAP has predefined a set of email notification templates to notify applicants and approvers about the status
changes in the bank account application process. You can configure these templates if needed.
For more information, see Email Notification Templates.
Related Information
Submit Bank Account Applications
Approve Bank Account Applications
Bank Account Applications
3.7.1.7
Approve Bank Account Applications
With this app, you can view the applications you have received requesting new bank accounts. You can approve
or reject the bank account applications.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Once a bank account application is approved, the system automatically creates an inactive bank account
according to information specified in the application.
To activate the bank account, you can find the approved bank account application in the Bank Account
Applications app, and then choose the link of the bank account Technical ID to navigate to the Manage Bank
Accounts app to add necessary information and activate the bank account.
238
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on System Administration
To use this app, you must be assigned a business role that contains the business catalog Cash Management Approve Bank Account Applications (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BAA_APPROVE_PC).
Effects on Customizing
SAP has predefined a set of email notification templates to notify applicants and approvers about status
changes in the bank account application process. You can configure these templates if needed.
For more information, see Email Notification Templates.
Related Information
Submit Bank Account Applications
Approve Bank Account Applications
Bank Account Applications
3.7.1.8
Bank Account Applications
With this app, you can check bank account applications in different statuses. You can also activate bank
accounts created for approved applications.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
239
Effects on System Administration
To use this app, you must be assigned a business role that contains the business catalog Cash Management Submit Bank Account Applications (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BAA_SUBMIT_PC).
Effects on Customizing
SAP has predefined a set of email notification templates to notify applicants and approvers about the status
changes in the bank account application process. You can configure these templates if needed.
For more information, see Email Notification Templates.
Related Information
Submit Bank Account Applications
Approve Bank Account Applications
Bank Account Applications
3.7.1.9
Field Status Groups Supported in Flexible
Workflows for Bank Accounts
You can now use field status groups defined in the Customizing activity Manage Field Status Groups in flexible
workflows for bank accounts. In the Manage Workflows - For Bank Accounts app, you can set field status groups
to control what fields can be displayed and what fields can be edited in each workflow step.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
240
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
In the Manage Workflows - For Bank Accounts app, you can assign a field status group for the display mode and
the edit mode respectively for each workflow step. You assign the field status groups under Step Properties for
the following fields:
● Field Status Group - Edit: Specify a field status group for the edit mode of the workflow step
● Field Status Group - Display: Specify a field status group for the display mode of the workflow step
Effects on Customizing
You define the field status groups in the Customizing activity Manage Field Status Groups. You can find it in
Customizing under
Management
Financial Supply Chain Management
Cash and Liquidity Management
Bank Account
Basic Settings .
Apart from this configuration step, you can also use the BAdI Field Statuses and Field Checks to control the field
statuses in workflow processes. Please note that the settings defined in the Customizing activity Manage Field
Status Groups overrides the implementation in this BAdI.
Related Information
Defining Your Own Workflows
3.7.1.10 Situation Template: House Bank Account to Be
Checked
The situation template FIN_CLOSEDACCOUNTINPAYCONFIG (House Bank Account to Be Checked) is now
deprecated. You don't need to use this situation template any more because validation checks have been
added for house bank accounts when their linked bank accounts are to be closed in the last step Complete
Closing.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
241
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Situation Template: House Bank Account to Be Checked (Deprecated)
3.7.1.11 Application Logs for Bank Account Management
You can now check application logs for changes related to bank account master data in the transaction SLG1.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
The following application logs are provided:
Function
Object
Subobject
Importing bank accounts
BAM_UPLOAD
Migration for bank control keys
BAM_MIGRATE
CONTROL_KEY
Migration for bank account master data BAM_MIGRATE
MASTER_DATA
Background processing of payment ap­
prover in multiple bank accounts
FCLM_BAM
MASS_CHG_SIG
Importing bank fees
FCLM_BAM
IMPORT_BANK_FEE
3.7.1.12 Health Check for Bank Accounts
A checkpoint Bank Accounts has been added to the Health Check Program of Cash Management (transaction
FCLM_HC_FREE). The checkpoint has also been added to the Customizing activity Assign Checkpoints to
242
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Profiles. The new checkpoint for bank accounts helps you examime your bank account master data to find
duplicate or invalid bank accounts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFB (Basic Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use the following transactions to perfrom a health check for bank account master data:
● FCLM_HC_FREE： To perform a health check on bank accounts, select the Bank Accounts checkpoint
under the Master Data section.
● FCLM_HEALTH_CHECK: To perform a health check on bank accounts, select a profile that contains the
checkpoint 8 (Bank Accounts in Master Data).
To assign the checkpoint to a profile, you can do so in the Customizing activity Assign Checkpoints to
Profiles under
Management
Financial Supply Chain Management
Cash and Liquidity Management
Cash
Health Checks .
3.7.1.13 Deprecated App: Track Bank Transfers
The Track Bank Transfers app has been deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP
S/4HANA 2022. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this
case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app
Monitor Payments as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Deprecated
PUBLIC
243
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Monitor Payments
3.7.1.14 Enhancements for Manage Cash Concentration
The Manage Cash Concentration app has been enhanced with fields for payment instruction keys. In addition,
you can define a reference text for cash pool subaccounts. The concentration status is no longer used to
indicate whether payment requests have been created. Instead, a new indicator Payment Request Is Created
has been added to show whether any payment request has been created for a cash concentration.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to this app:
● The Payment Instruction Key fields: The instructions in the payment transactions are used to give the
banks details on how to carry out the payment orders. Payment instruction keys are also required in
payment regulatory reporting.
With the instruction key fields, cash managers can specify payment instruction information while creating
bank transfers. The information will be contained in the payment medium and passed to the banks. These
244
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
fields can be used in countries such as Germany, Austria, the Netherlands, Spain, Norway, Finland, and
Japan, as well as for the international SWIFT format MT100.
● The Reference Text field for cash pool subaccounts: The reference text will appear with the subaccounts in
cash concentration and payment processes. To define a reference text, in the Manage Bank Accounts app,
go to the Cash Pool tab. You can define a reference text for cash pool subaccounts.
● The Cash Concentration Status can now have the following statuses:
○ Error: The cash concentration has failed.
○ Success: The cash concentration has been successfully performed.
○ Partial Success: Some of the bank account transfers are not created successfully for this cash
concentration.
○ Payment Request Created (Deprecated): This status is deprecated and no longer relevant. Please use
the Payment Request Is Created indicator to check if payment requests have been created.
Effects on Existing Data
The new status Payment Request Is Created and the enhanced Cash Concentration Status are also shown in
existing cash concentration data.
Related Information
Manage Cash Concentration
3.7.1.15 Restore Deleted Cash Pools
You can now retore a deleted cash pool in the Manage Cash Pools app using the Restore button. The cash pool
status is then changed from the Deleted to In Use.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
245
Related Information
Manage Cash Pools
3.7.1.16 Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday Memo Records
You can now reconcile memo records with forecasted cash flows from classic cash management systems with
the certainty level CMIDOC in the Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday Memo Records app and the transaction
FCLM_CR_INTRAM.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this release, the following forecasted cash flows are considered in cash flow reconciliation:
● Distributed Cash Management (certainty level CMIDOC): Forecasted cash flows transferred via IDOC from
classic cash managemen systems
● Accounts receivable (certainty level REC_N)
● Accounts payable (certainty level PAY_N)
● Self-initiated cash in transit (certainty level SI_CIT)
● General memo records (certainty level MEMO)
Related Information
Classic Cash Management in One Exposure from Operations
Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday Memo Records
246
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.7.1.17 Enhancements for Bank Transfers
You can now set the Single Payment indicator to create separate payment documents for your payment
requests in Manage Cash Concentration, Make Bank Transfers, and Make Bank Transfers - Create with Template.
In addition, some new fields for payment data have been added to these apps.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the automatic payment transaction, payment requests can be grouped for payment. If you do not want your
payment request to be combined with others, you can set the Single Payment indicator before you save the
bank transfer or cash concentration. A separate payment document is created for a payment request with the
Single Payment indicator set.
The following fields have been added to the Payment Data section on the General Information tab:
● Central Bank Indicator
● Supplying Country/Region
● Payment Method Supplement
● Payment Reference
3.7.1.18 Account Transfers in Manage Memo Records
You can now offset memo records of the certainty level MEMO in the Manage Memo Records app. With the new
Account Transfer button, you can offset the amount of a memo record by creating another memo record for its
offsetting bank account.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
247
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFB (Basic Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
To offset a memo record, proceed as follows:
 Note
This feature works only for general memo records that have the certainty level MEMO.
1. In the Manage Memo Records app, create a memo record with the information required.
2. Fill the fields under the Offsetting Information section on the Additional Data tab.
3. Choose the Account Transfer button.
A new memo record is created for the offsetting bank account.
For example, you created a memo record with 500 EUR for bank account A. You defined the offsetting bank
account B. When you choose the Account Transfer button, a new memo record is created for bank account
B with the amount -500 EUR.
Related Information
Manage Memo Records
3.7.1.19 CDS Views for Cash and Liquidity Management
Some CDS (Core Data Services) views have been released for Cash and Liquidity Management.
248
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following CDS views have now been released:
● Risk Business Partner (I_RiskBusinessPartner)
● Defaultable Business Partner (I_DefaultBusinessPartner)
● House Bank (I_HOUSEBANK)
Related Information
Risk Business Partner
Defaultable Business Partner
House Bank
3.7.1.20 Time Zone Settings for Memo Record Expiration
Dates
User time zones are now taken into account for the expiration dates of memo records. With this change, memo
record expire according to the respective user time zones. This change affects apps including Manage Memo
Records, Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday Memo Records, and Check Cash Flow Items.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Changed
PUBLIC
249
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFB (Basic Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
Previously, the expiration dates of memo records were checked against the system time zone. Now user time
zones are taken into consideration for the expiration dates.
To set user time zones, in the Manage Business Users app, find the user record that you want to edit and then
go to the General tab. You can specify a time zone under the Regional Settings section. For users that have not
been defined with a user time zone, the system time zone will be used.
Related Information
Manage Memo Records
3.7.1.21 OData API: Bank (Version 0002)
With this release, you can use version 0002 of the Bank API to create, read and update bank master data and
bank address data. You can also use it do mark bank master data for deletion.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)
Application Component
CA-BK (Bank)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
250
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.7.1.22 Status Performance Improvements for Monitor
Payments and Approve Bank Payments
Status performance improvements were implemented for the SAP Fiori apps Monitor Payments and Approve
Bank Payments.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
 Note
If you have custom code in your back-end system manipulating the status field in the BNK_BATCH_HEADER
or BNK_BATCH_ITEM tables that is stored in crm_jest table, you need to make sure to update the cursts field consistently to keep your applications functioning correctly.
3.7.2 Payments and Bank Communications
3.7.2.1
Two-Factor Authentication
With this release, you can use two-factor authentication with IAS in the BNK_APP transaction.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
New
PUBLIC
251
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can activate the two-factor authentication for the processing of payment batches with the Customizing
activity Specify Optional User Authentication. You find it under
Communication Management
3.7.2.2
Financial Supply Chain Management
Bank
Basic Settings .
Enable Late Reject
You can now use this Customizing activity to enable the rejection of payments that were previously accepted by
the bank.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.7.2.3
3.7.2.3.1
Advanced Payment Management
Grouping of Multiple Payments
This feature enables you to group multiple payments coming from subsidiaries in a payment forwarding
scenario into one payment medium. Grouping can be activated at the clearing agreement with dedicated
processing times. Once the processing time has reached, all payments will be grouped together and sent with
one payment medium. An option to remove individual payments from the group is available.
252
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4MT (Advanced Payment Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Grouping
3.7.2.3.2
Simplified Maintenance of Evaluation Checks and
Notifications for SLAs
With this release, you can use a simplified setup to maintain Service Level Agreements (SLAs) with
participating subsidiaries in a central payment factory. The changes enable the following:
● Central option to activate enrichment and validation checks and notifications
● Flexible usage of set of rules to increase the transparency
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4MT (Advanced Payment Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Level Agreement
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
253
3.7.2.3.3
Direct Display of Payment Medium in Manage
Payments App
This feature enables you to display the payment medium directly in Manage Payments Fiori app without
needing to navigate. The display feature works without knowing the technical storage and reads data either
from SAP Multi-Bank Connectivity outbound message, Temse or Advanced Payment Management internal
storage. An appropriate authorization must be granted to allow the display of a medium characterized as
sensitive.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4MT (Advanced Payment Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Payments
3.7.2.3.4
Simplified Quick or Mass Approval of Payments in
Manage Payments App
The quick or mass approval feature does not replace the existing Approve Payments Fiori app, but offers a
convenient way for approvers to display and approve due batches in Manage Payments Fiori app without
needing to navigate. The same authorization and approver determination as for Approve Payments app are
applied. Two-factor authentication is available in Manage Payments app. For rejection or partial rejection of a
payment, you only need to use Approve Payments app.
Technical Details
Type
254
Changed
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4MT (Advanced Payment Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Payments
Approve Payments
Configuring Bank Communication Management (BCM) Integration
3.7.2.3.5
Enhancements to Situations for Exceptions
Occurred During Payment Execution
The improved exception handling enables to bring payment issues occurred in a central payment factory to the
attention of business users faster. The scenarios triggering such exceptions are for example negative bank
status reports or internal error situations like a sanctioned party list screening hit.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4MT (Advanced Payment Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following situations are covered in Advanced Payment Management:
● Payment Reject (FIN_APM_PAYMENT_REJECT)
● Payment Transaction Reject (FIN_APM_TRANSACTION_REJECT)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
255
● Payment Requires Manual Repair (FIN_APM_PAYMENT_REPAIR)
● Payment Item Requires Manual Repair (FIN_APM_TRANSACTION_REPAIR)
3.7.2.3.6
Configuration for Format Mappings
With this release, you can use the Map Format Data for Advanced Payment Management app to create and
maintain format mappings for Advanced Payment Management. This app replaces the Map Payment Format
Data app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4MT (Advanced Payment Management)
Application Component
CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
This app is the successor of the Map Payment Format Data app. The Map Payment Format Data app is
deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. The deprecated app may
no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it
is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
All the format mapping data that you created in the deprecated app is available in the new app and there is no
difference in the functions provided. Note that you may need to recreate your variants though.
Related Information
Map Format Data for Advanced Payment Management
256
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.7.3 Treasury and Risk Management
3.7.3.1
Renewed Swaps
With this feature, swaps (based on product category620) offer you a variety of new functions, such as parallel
interest conditions, new repayment methods, new interest calculation types, and much more.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
SAP S/4HANA 2020 FPS01
SAP S/4HANA 1909 FPS04
SAP S/4HANA 1809 FPS06
SAP S/4HANA 1709 FPS08
SAP S/4HANA 1610 FPS10
For more information, see also 2971185
.
Additional Details
● All kinds of interest rate swaps (including specific kinds of interest rate swaps such as cross-currency
interest rate swaps) based on product category 620 now offer the same Condition Details: Interest (New
FiMa) screen as interest rate instruments and securities. This includes new interest calculation types , such
as Exponential Interest Calculation with Factors, Compound Interest Calculation, and Average Compound
Interest Calculation. So, you can now also enter variable interest conditions with risk-free reference rates.
For more information, see also Interest Calculation Types.
In addition, parallel interest conditions are possible now.
 Note
You can still create an interest rate condition with a start date before the Start date of the financial
transaction.
● Additional kinds of repayment methods, such as installment repayment, or annuity repayment are
available now.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
257
● The default setting in the Rule for Date Update field for conditions on Dates tab, is now set to Regular and in
the Shift Due Date field, the default value is After end of fixed period.
● When you terminate an interest rate swap with final repayment, the system automatically generates a final
repayment flow and an interest flow for the period up to the termination date.
Settings in Customizing
In the Define Product Types - OTC Derivatives Customizing activity under
Transaction Manager
OTC
Derivatives Transaction Management , you must choose Parallel Conditions in the Cash Flow Generation
field for product types for product category 620 Swap.
 Note
As of SAP S/4HANA 2021 all new interest rate swaps are created using the parallel conditions (new FiMa),
even if the setting in the product type isn't set to Parallel Conditions.
Related Information
Swaps
3.7.3.2
Net Payment for Swaps
With this feature, swaps (excluding cross-currency interest rate swaps) offer you the settlement with net
payment.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
258
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
SAP S/4HANA 2020 FPS01
SAP S/4HANA 1909 FPS04
SAP S/4HANA 1809 FPS06
For more information, see also 2971185
.
Additional Details
● You can settle swaps via net payments (excluding cross-currency interest rate swaps). The netting flow is
generated as derived flow and the original flows aren’t posting relevant (all the flow types ending with 5). In
general, all flow types are posting relevant but the final decision on the posting relevancy is defined in the
update types. Define derivation procedures and assign them to the standing instruction for derived flows
( Derived Flows) of your business partners.
● The Run Accrual/Deferral app allows grouping and netting of original flows with different directions and
update types. For more information, see also Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues
Effects on Customizing
● Flow types and update types for business transactions of nominal changes, for the interest flows and the
net payments must be defined. Only the update types then decide whether the flows are relevant for
posting. For net payments, the update types for the original flows are not relevant for posting.
Flow Type
Direction
Update Type
1105 Nom.Amt Incr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1105+ Increase in Nominal Amount
(Not Rel. for Posting)
1105 Nom.Amt Incr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1105- Reduction in Nominal
Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)
1115 Nom.Amt Decr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1115+ Increase in Nominal Amount
(Not Rel. for Posting)
1115 Nom.Amt Decr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1115- Reduction in Nominal
Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)
1125 Contract (Not Rel.for Posting)
Inflow
DE1125+ Contract (Not Relevant for
Posting)
1125 Contract (Not Rel.for Posting)
Outflow
DE1125- Contract (Not Relevant for
Posting)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
259
Flow Type
Direction
Update Type
1135 Install. rep.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1135+ Instalment Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
1135 Install. rep.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1135- Instalment Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
1145 Annuity Rep. (Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1145+ Annuity Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
1145 Annuity Rep. (Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1145- Annuity Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
1205 Interest (to be netted)
Inflow
DE1205+ Interest (to be netted)
Not relevant for posting
1205 Interest (to be netted)
Outflow
DE1205- Interest (to be netted)
Not relevant for posting
1250 Interest (net)
Inflow
DE1250+ Interest (net)
1250 Interest (net)
Outflow
DE1250- Interest (net)
● Define derivation procedures in the Define Derivation Procedures and Rules Customizing activity and you
assign the derivation procedure in the standing instructions to your business partners, if you agreed on net
payments.
Examples:
○ NTINT Swap: Net Interests
Netting of interest flows only
○ NTALL Swap: Net Int. and Nom.
Separate netting of interests and nominal changes
○ NTTOT Swap: Net All Flows
One net payment/posting of all flows together.
● In the Assign Update Types for Accrual/Deferral Customizing activity, you must define a grouping, for
example SWAP_IRS for your company codes, net payment update types 1205+ and 1205-, and product
category 620.
Related Information
Swaps
Interest Rate Swaps
260
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.7.3.3
Net Payment for Cross-Currency Interest Rate
Swaps
With this feature, you can settle cross-currency interest rate swaps with a net payment. This is enabled by the
introduction of a settlement currency for cross-currency interest rate swaps and an FX rate adjustment
function, which is required for the currency conversion into the settlement currency.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
SAP S/4HANA 2020 FPS01
For more information, see also 2971185
.
Additional Details
● Settlement currency
Cross-currency interest rate swaps have two currencies, one for outgoing and one for incoming interests.
In order to allow netting of flows in different currencies, it’s necessary to convert the amounts in one joint
currency. System uses the settlement currency as the currency of the net payments. The flows are
calculated in the position currency and then translated to the payment currency, which is the settlement
currency. The net payments are created in settlement currency.
○ The original flows of the outgoing and incoming side, such as the flows representing nominal changes
and the condition-based flows (for example interests and repayments) have an amount in position
currency and an amount in payment currency.
○ The derived flows only have an amount in payment currency.
● Fixing FX rates for currency conversion into the settlement currency
Therefore, the FX rates for translation into the payment currency (= settlement currency) must also be
adjusted. You fix FX rates using the functions that are also used for interest rate adjustments.
 Note
Since these transactions now allow FX rate adjustment, their names have been adapted. For the
following transactions, the name has been changed from Interest Rates/Prices to Rates/Prices. The
new names are:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
261
○ Create Adjustment - Rates/Prices (transaction TI10)
○ Change Adjustment - Rates/Prices (transaction TI11)
○ Display Adjustment - Rates/Prices (transaction TI12)
○ Reverse Adjustment - Rates/Prices (transaction TI13)
● Net payment
The netting flow is generated as derived flow and the original flows aren’t posting relevant (all the flow
types ending with 5). In general, all flow types are posting relevant and the final decision on the posting
relevancy is defined in the update types. Define derivation procedures and assign them to the standing
instruction for derived flows (Derived Flows) of your business partners.
● The Run Accrual/Deferral app allows the following:
○ Grouping and netting of original flows with different directions and update types.
○ Grouping in payment currency allows grouping of accruals with same settlement currency.
Prorated amount in position currency is translated to payment currency and grouped with other
accruals in the same payment currency
For more information, see also Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues
Effects on Customizing
● Flow types and update types for business transactions of nominal changes, for the interest flows and the
net payments must be defined. Only the update types then decide whether the flows are relevant for
posting. For net payments, the update types for the original flows are not relevant for posting.
Flow Type
Direction
Update Type
1105 Nom.Amt Incr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1105+ Increase in Nominal Amount
(Not Rel. for Posting)
1105 Nom.Amt Incr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1105- Reduction in Nominal
Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)
1115 Nom.Amt Decr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1115+ Increase in Nominal Amount
(Not Rel. for Posting)
1115 Nom.Amt Decr.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1115- Reduction in Nominal
Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)
1125 Contract (Not Rel.for Posting)
Inflow
DE1125+ Contract (Not Relevant for
Posting)
1125 Contract (Not Rel.for Posting)
Outflow
DE1125- Contract (Not Relevant for
Posting)
1135 Install. rep.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1135+ Instalment Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
262
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Flow Type
Direction
Update Type
1135 Install. rep.(Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1135- Instalment Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
1145 Annuity Rep. (Not Rel.f.Postg)
Inflow
DE1145+ Annuity Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
1145 Annuity Rep. (Not Rel.f.Postg)
Outflow
DE1145- Annuity Repayment (Not
Rel. for Posting)
1205 Interest (to be netted)
Inflow
DE1205+ Interest (to be netted)
Not relevant for posting
1205 Interest (to be netted)
Outflow
DE1205- Interest (to be netted)
Not relevant for posting
1250 Interest (net)
Inflow
DE1250+ Interest (net)
1250 Interest (net)
Outflow
DE1250- Interest (net)
1107 Cross Curr. Swap Payment (net)
Inflow
DE11107+ Cross Curr. Swap Payment
(net)
1107 Cross Curr. Swap Payment (net)
Outflow
DE11107- Cross Curr. Swap Payment
(net)
● Define derivation procedures in the Define Derivation Procedures and Rules Customizing activity and you
assign the derivation procedure in the standing instructions to your business partners, if you agreed on net
payments.
Examples:
○ NTINT Swap: Net Interests
Netting of interest flows only
○ NTALL Swap: Net Int. and Nom.
Separate netting of interests and nominal changes
○ NTTOT Swap: Net All Flows
One net payment/posting of all flows together.
● In the Assign Update Types for Accrual/Deferral Customizing activity, you must define a grouping, for
example SWAP_IRS for your company codes, net payment update types 1205+ and 1205-, and product
category 620.
Related Information
Swaps
Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swaps
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
263
3.7.3.4
Additional Differentiation Terms for Treasury
Positions
This feature enables you to use the following account assignments of other areas to differentiate treasury
positions for securities and OTC transactions:
● Cost Center
● Profit Center
● WBS Element
● Functional Area
When the flows are posted to Financial Accounting, the account assignment values for a treasury position are
also transferred to Financial Accounting.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X7 (Debt and In­
vestment Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management, 1X9 (Foreign Cur­
rency Risk Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
3WY (Bond Management), 3WZ (Bond Management - Group
Ledger IFRS)
1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management), 1XB (Interest
Rate Derivatives Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● When a financial transaction is created, you can enter the values for the differentiation-relevant account
assignments on the Administration tab. When flows are posted to Financial Accounting, the values for the
account assignments are transferred to the accounting document. The fields WBS Element, Cost Center,
Profit Center, and Functional Area can be used.
● The new fields are available in the functions/apps for position management, such as key date valuation and
accrual/deferral, and in the treasury position reporting apps such as the Treasury Position Flows - Classic
and Treasury Position Values - Classic apps. The determination of the account assignment reference can
also be influenced by these fields.
264
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Customizing
You must create and assign differentiations using the account assignment elements Cost Center, Profit Center,
WBS Element, and Functional Area in the Define and Assign Differentiations Customizing activity available in the
Customizing of the Transaction Manager under
General Settings
Accounting
Settings for Position
Management .
 Note
You can only assign new differentiations to new valuation areas/company codes in which treasury positions
do not yet exist.
Related Information
Differentiation Terms
3.7.3.5
Account Assignment Transfer
With this feature, you can transfer the units/nominals of a treasury position to another position with different
account assignments (such as cost center, WBS element, functional area, and profit center). In this internal
transfer, the position component values are transferred proportionally according to the transfer category of the
target position management procedure.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X7 (Debt and In­
vestment Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management, 1X9 (Foreign Cur­
rency Risk Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
3WY (Bond Management), 3WZ (Bond Management - Group
Ledger IFRS)
1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management), 1XB (Interest
Rate Derivatives Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
Application Component
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
PUBLIC
265
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Account Assignment Transfer is available as app on SAP Fiori launchpad and also in the area menu of the
Transaction Manager under
Accounting
Money Market/Foreign Exchange/Derivatives/Secruities/Trade Finance
Account Assignment Transfer
Account Assignment Transfer
(transaction TPM80). The
Account Assignment Transfer app provides the following key features:
● You can execute the account assignment transfer of treasury positions as an internal transfer or as an
external transfer.
○ During the internal account assignment transfer, the units/nominals are transferred from the source
position to the target position, including the position component values that are transferred
proportionally by derived business transactions taking into account the transfer category of the target
position management procedure.
○ If you treat the account assignment transfer as an external transfer, the transfer is executed in the
same way as a sale from the source position and a purchase to the target position. In this case, the
realized gains and losses are calculated. If the Calculate Accrued Interest indicator is set when the
account assignment transfer is executed, accrued interest is also calculated.
● You can transfer partial positions.
● You can enter the incoming or outgoing payment amounts in position currency.
You can reverse an account assignment transfer using the Reverse Account Assignment Transfer (transaction
TPM81) which is also available as app on SAP Fiori launchpad.
 Note
If you have activated the Integration Scenario with Public Sector Management and use the fund and grant
account assignments as differentiation criteria for your treasury positions, the account assignment
transfer can also be used to transfer a treasury position from one fund to another or from one grant to
another. The Account Assignment Transfer function is the renamend and enhanced Fund Transfer function,
which has already been available for the Integration Scenario with Public Sector Management.
Effects on Customizing
You must assign update types for the internal and for the external account assignment transfer in the Assign
Update Types for Account Assignment Transfer Customizing activity that is available in the Customizing of the
Transaction Manager under
General Settings
Accounting
Account Assignment Transfer .
● For the internal account assignment transfer, you must assign update types for both the position outflow
and the position inflow.
● For the external account assignment transfer, you must assign update types for the Main Flows and the
Accrued Interest Flows:
266
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
○ For the Main Flows, you enter update types for the following cases:
○ Asset: Position Outflow
○ Asset: Position Inflow
○ Liability: Position Outflow
○ Liability: Position Inflow
○ For the Accrued Interest Flows, you enter update types for the following cases:
○ Asset: Position Outflow
○ Asset: Position Inflow
○ Liability: Position Outflow
○ Liability: Position Inflow
You also must choose the exchange rate type for currency conversions.
Related Information
Account Assignment Transfer
Reverse Account Assignment Transfer
3.7.3.6
Current Portion Transfer
This feature enables you to post the current portion of your long-term liabilities/assets to a specific G/L
account for balance sheet purposes. You define the current portion of your long-term liabilities/assets by
specifying the time frame (for example, the next 12 months) within which the repayments of a treasury position
are due.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X7 (Debt and In­
vestment Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
3WY (Bond Management), 3WZ (Bond Management - Group
Ledger IFRS)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
267
Additional Details
● The current portion transfer is executed as an additional valuation step as part of the key date valuation.
● The current portion transfer posting is reset on the next day, regardless of the valuation category.
Effects on Customizing
Make settings for the current portion transfer in the following Customizing activities in the Customizing of the
Transaction Manager:
● In the Define Current Portion Transfer Procedure Customizing activity, create a procedure for the valuation
category 012 Current Portion Transfer by entering the period for calculating the current portion. Also,
assign the exchange rate type for the currency translation for treasury positions in foreign currencies.
In addition, you can specify which exchange rate is used for the currency translation:
○ Book Rate (default setting)
The last book rate is used for the currency conversion.
○ Market Rate
The exchange rate on the valuation date is used for the currency conversion.
The valuation category is relevant for the following position management categories:
○ Securities/Loans/Money Market Transactions/Listed Options
○ Normal Style (Without Index-Linked Bonds), Securities/Loans with Installment Repayment (Without
Index-Linked Bonds)
● In the Define Position Management Procedures Customizing activity, you must assign the CPT procedure to
the position management procedures for long-term treasury positions with installment repayment.
● Define update types to post the current portion from the source position account to the target position
account in the Define Update Types and Assign Usages Customizing activity and assign them to the usage
Key Date Valuation.
For example:
○ V800 Transfer Current Portion (Asset)
○ V801 Transfer Current Portion (Liability)
○ VR800 Reset Transfer Current Portion (Asset)
○ VR801 Reset Transfer Current Portion (Liability)
● In the Assign Update Types for Valuation Customizing activity, on the Current Portion Transfer tab, you must
assign the update types for each affected position management procedure.
● In the Indicate Update Types as Relevant to Posting Customizing activity, you must add the update types
and set the relevant for posting indicator.
● In the Define Account Determination Customizing activity, you must define the posting specifications and
assign them to the update types. This may require the definition of a new account symbol. For the new
account symbol, you must assign the G/L account.
Related Information
Current Portion Transfer
268
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.7.3.7
Simulate Period-End Closing
With this app, you can simulate the period-end closing of treasury positions including valuation, accrual/
deferral of expenses and revenues, and classification.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X7 (Debt and In­
vestment Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management, 1X9 (Foreign Cur­
rency Risk Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
3WY (Bond Management), 3WZ (Bond Management - Group
Ledger IFRS)
1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management), 1XB (Interest
Rate Derivatives Management - Group Ledger IFRS)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The simulated period-end closing uses the framework of the operative period-end closing functions. Therefore,
the simulated valuation includes, for example, all relevant valuation results that are also generated by the real
valuation during period-end closing.
● The simulated valuation is based on the book value and stores the results without generating persistent
flows and postings from the subledger.
The treasury positions are valued in exactly the same way as for the real key date valuation, in accordance
with the settings in the position management procedures.
● Accrual/deferral of expenses and revenues
Accrual/deferral of expenses and revenues is used to determine expenses and revenues from financial
transactions or positions for a given period and to assign them to the correct accounting period,
irrespective of when they were due.
The simulation of the accrual/deferral of expenses and revenues can be executed for money market
transactions and bonds.
● Classification
Classification is the last step of the valuation process of the designated subpositions of hedging
relationships. It splits the valuation result according to the hedge accounting rule into the different position
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
269
components, which reflect effective and ineffective amounts of the designated components, the nondesignated components, and the amortization.
● A message log is shown before you can navigate to the results list of the run.
Each row represents a treasury position and shows the results, such as the new book value in position
currency and in valuation currency as well as all other new position component values.
● Simulated period-end closing results can be deleted from the database tables using the Delete Results of
Simulated Period-End Closing app.
Related Information
Simulate Period-End Closing
Delete Results of Simulated Period-End Closing
3.7.3.8
Money Market Funds: Fix Price and Units After
Payment
With this feature, you can use new processing categories (00003 Order - Contract - Contract Priced) and 00004
Order - Contract - Settled - Contract Priced - CP Settled) for money market funds with variable net asset value
(VNAV). The new processing categories allow payment of the purchase/sale amount even if the exact price and
therefore also the exact quantity isn't known. You can fix the price and the units later.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2UN (Money Market Mutual Fund Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
SAP S/4HANA 2020
SAP S/4HANA 1909
SAP S/4HANA 1809
270
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
● Process steps of the MMF process using the new processing types:
1. Create the contract.
Enter the payment amount. The provisional price and quantity are determined using existing market
data. The creation of the contract automatically triggers creation of the business transactions Fund
Order Payment and Purchase.
2. Settle the contract.
When the contract is settled, the payment flow of the business transaction Fund Order Payment is
flagged for posting.
3. Execute the payment using the Post Flows app.
4. Using the Fixing function, the exact price and quantity can be entered. Fixing updates the purchase/
sale quantity flow of the business transaction Purchase.
5. Settle the priced contract.
The purchase flow that updates the Treasury position with the exact values (with the business
transactionPurchase) is now flagged for posting.
6. Execute the Post Flows app.
The purchase flow that updates the Treasury position with the exact values (with the business
transaction Purchase) is posted.
Effects on Configuration
In Customizing, under
Transaction Manager
Securities
Transaction Management
Transaction Types
Define Transaction Types - Securities , you must define specific transaction types, for example 101 Purchase Priced Later and 201 Sale - Priced Later based on the new processing categories 00003 Order - Contract Contract Priced or 00004 Order - Contract - Settled - Contract Priced - CP Settled
Related Information
Securities
3.7.3.9
Hedge Balance Sheet FX Risks Using FX Spot
Transactions
When creating a balance sheet hedge request using Generate Balance Sheet Exposure Hedge Requests, you can
now choose FX Spot as the Instrument Category in the Parameter section.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
271
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
SAP S/4HANA 2020
SAP S/4HANA 1909
SAP S/4HANA 1809
Additional Details
To generate a balance sheet hedge request, use Generate Balance Sheet Exposure Hedge Requests. A trade
request with the category B/S Hedge is generated automatically once the balance sheet hedge request is
released.
Related Information
Trade Request
3.7.3.10 Real-Time Update of Market Risk Key Figures
With this feature, you can install a real-time update of the base values for market risk key figures calculated by
the Calculate Market Risk Key Figures report. Based on the basic calculation run, all newly created or changed
financial transactions, security positions and exposure positions will automatically trigger an adjustment run.
This setting ensures that the query views that calculate the market risk key figures are always based on current
data.
Technical Details
Type
272
Changed
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management), 1WV (Debt and In­
vestment Management), 3WY (Bond Management), 1X3 (In­
terest Rate Derivatives Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● You activate the real-time update for a market risk key figure set using the Manage Market Risk Key Figures
Sets app.
Set the Real-Time Update indicator if you want changes made to objects covered by the market risk key
figure set (such as when financial transactions, security positions, or exposure positions are changed) to
trigger an automatic adjustment run of the Calculate Market Risk Key Figures report.
 Note
The adjustment run uses the same parameters (derived from the market risk key figure set) as the
basic run. Even if you have changed the market risk key figure set in the meantime, the adjustment run
uses the same parameters as the basic run. This ensures that all financial objects are processed
according to the same parameters on a key date.
This setting ensures that the query views that calculate the market risk key figures are always based on
current data.
 Caution
Note that setting this indicator will increase the workload during working hours, depending on the
operational processes. For example, if you create many financial transactions in a short period of time,
market risk key figures will be calculated for them immediately, rather than in a nightly batch run.
Value-at-risk calculations can be particularly resource-intensive.
● You must schedule the basic run of the Calculate Market Risk Key Figures background job to run daily.
● Using the new Monitor Key Figure Calculations - Market Risk Key Figure Sets app, you can monitor the
message logs and calculation details for basic runs and adjustment runs of the Calculate Market Risk Key
Figures report.
Constraints
The real-time update is not available for bank accounts.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
273
Related Information
Manage Market Risk Key Figure Sets
Calculate Market Risk Key Figures
Monitor MR Key Figure Calculations
3.7.3.11 Changed Tab for Create Securities Transaction
For securities transactions, the fields from the Trading Data tab are now shown on the Structure tab.
When you create a new transaction under Create Securities Transaction, all the trading data is now shown in the
Structure tab. Trading data for bonds will continue to be shown on the Trading Data tab.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1WV Debt and Investment Management
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Creating a Security Transaction
Structure
Trading Data - Bonds Only
3.7.3.12 BAdI: Derive Administration Fields for FX
Instruments
With this BAdI, you can derive field values on the Administration tab in a financial transaction, mainly in the
blocks Additional Fields and Position Allocation. You can find this BAdI in Customizing under
Risk Management
Transaction Manager
Transaction Management
Treasury and
Derivation of Fields in Financial
Transactions .
274
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management), 2F5 Treasury
Trading via Trading Platforms )
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM-TM (Transaction Manager)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following foreign exchange instruments are supported:
● FX spots, forwards, NDFs, swaps
● FX options and collars
 Note
Although it is possible, we recommend not to define fields derived using this BAdI as mandatory.
You can customize the derivation of the following fields:
Name
Type
DDIC Reference
portfolio
TYPE
rportb
general_valuation_class
TYPE
tpm_com_val_class
risk_mitigation
TYPE
ftr_threshold_risk_mitigating
hedging_classification
TYPE
toe_hedging_classification
assignment
TYPE
tb_zuond
internal_reference
TYPE
tb_refer
characteristics
TYPE
tb_merkm
profit_center
TYPE
prctr
cost_center
TYPE
kostl
wbs_element
TYPE
ps_psp_pnr
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
275
Name
Type
DDIC Reference
business_area
TYPE
gsber
country/region
TYPE
land1
segment
TYPE
fb_segment
on_behalf_of_company
TYPE
trba_behalf_of_company
isin
TYPE
ranl_isin
Related Information
Processing of Financial Transactions
Transaction Manager
3.7.3.13 Integration of Counterparty Limits in Trading
Platform Integration Application
With this release, the Integration with External Trading Platforms scenario supports counterparty limit
utilization on the trading platform integration application. This way, traders can display counterparty limits
and utilizations without having to access Limit Management in the back-end system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2F5 (Treasury Trading via Trading Platforms)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This integration is available as of SAP S/4HANA 1909 FPS 1.
276
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Limit Management
https://help.sap.com/trm_tpi
3.7.3.14 CDS Views in Treasury and Risk Management
With this feature, some CDS (Core Data Services) views have been changed and some new CDS views are
available in Treasury and Risk Management. Using released CDS views as a basis, you can create your own
query views. Released CDS query views can be used by any tool that supports CDS views, such as the SAP
Analysis for Microsoft Office, Design Studio, SAP Lumira, or SAP Analytics Cloud.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management), 1WV (Debt and In­
vestment Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
New CDS Views
● Reference Interest Rate Value (I_ReferenceInterestRateVal)
● Delete Results of Simulated Period-End Closing (C_HistFinancialStatusQuery)
Related Information
CDS Views for Treasury and Risk Management
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
277
3.7.3.15 Changes in Customizing of Treasury and Risk
Management
With SAP S/4HANA 2021, some changes also occur in Customizing for Treasury and Risk Management, for
example, Customizing activities have been renamed and changed, and new Customizing activities have been
added.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
n.a.
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
New Customizing Activities
● Define Current Portion Transfer Procedure
Use this Customizing activity to create a procedure for the valuation category 012 Current Portion Transfer
by entering the period for calculating the current portion. Also, assign the exchange rate type for the
currency translation for treasury positions in foreign currencies.
The Define Current Portion Transfer Procedure Customizing activity is available in the Customizing of the
Transaction Manager under
General Settings
Accounting
Settings for Position Management
Valuation .
● BAdI: Derive Administration Fields for FX Instruments
With this BAdI, you can derive field values on the Administration tab in a financial transaction, mainly in the
blocks Additional Fields and Position Allocation. You can find this BAdI in Customizing under
and Risk Management
Transaction Manager
Transaction Management
Treasury
Derivation of Fields in Financial
Transactions .
Renamed Customizing Activities
● Define Account Determination for Treasury and Risk Management
This Customizing activity has been renamed from Define Account Determination to Define Account
Determination for Treasury and Risk Management.
The Define Account Determination for Treasury and Risk Management Customizing activity is available in
the Customizing of the Transaction Manager under
General Settings
Accounting
Link to Other
Accounting Components .
278
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
● Define Derivation Rules for Tax Flows
This Customizing activity has been renamed from Define Tax Rates to Define Derivation Rules for Tax Flows.
The Define Derivation Rules for Tax Flows Customizing activity is available in the Customizing of the
Transaction Manager under
Securities
Position Management
Securities Account Management .
● Define Update Types for Account Assignment Transfer
This Customizing activity has been renamed from Define Update Types for Fund Transfer to Define Update
Types for Account Assignment Transfer.
The Define Update Types for Account Assignment Transfer Customizing activity is available in the
Customizing of the Transaction Manager under
General Settings
Accounting
Account Assignment
Transfer .
Changed Customizing Activities
● Define and Assign Differentiations
New additional differentiation terms are available for treasury positions for securities and OTC
transactions. The new additional differentiation terms are the following account assignments of other
areas:
○ Cost Center
○ Profit Center
○ WBS Element
○ Functional Area
 Note
You can only assign new differentiations to new valuation areas/company codes in which treasury
positions do not yet exist.
The Define and Assign Differentiations Customizing activity is available in the Customizing of the
Transaction Manager under
General Settings
Accounting
Settings for Position Management .
● Define Transaction Types - Securities
For product category 020 Investment Fund, you can create additional transaction types using the new
processing categories 00003 Order - Contract - Contract Priced or 00004 Order – Contract – Settled –
Contract Priced – CP Settled if needed.
The Define Transaction Types - Securities Customizing activity is available in Customizing of the
Transaction Manager under
Securities
Transaction Management
Transaction Types
.
● Assign Update Types for Valuation
On the new Current Portion Transfer tab, you must assign the update types for the current portion transfer
for each affected position management procedure.
The Assign Update Types for Valuation Customizing activity is available in the Customizing of the
Transaction Manager under
General Settings
Accounting
Key Date Valuation
Update Types .
● Define Product Types - OTC Derivatives
In the Define Product Types - OTC Derivatives Customizing activity under
Transaction Manager
OTC
Derivatives Transaction Management , you must choose Parallel Conditions in the Cash Flow Generation
field for product types for product category 620 Swap.
 Note
As of SAP S/4HANA 2021 all new interest rate swaps are created using the parallel conditions (new
FiMa), even if the setting in the product type isn't set to Parallel Conditions.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
279
● Define Product Types - Securities
For product types of all product categories of the securities area, the new Cash Flow Generation area is
available where you can choose in the Cash Flow Calculation field between the settings Single Interest
Condition and Parallel Interest Conditions. With this setting, you activate the new FiMa espescially relevant
for interest conditions.
This setting enables the usage of extended financial mathematic functions (New FiMa), such as parallel
conditions and the assignment of up to 5 calendars for the working day check.This influences how
conditions are managed and therefore how cash flow is calculated.
If you make this settings you also get the Condition Details: Interest (New FiMa) screen to enter the interest
conditions, this includes additional interest calculation types, such as Exponential Interest Calculation with
Factors, Compound Interest Calculation, and Average Compound Interest Calculation. So, you can enter
variable interest conditions with risk-free reference rates. For more information, see also Interest
Calculation Types. In addition, parallel interest conditions are possible.
3.7.3.16 Configuration for Format Mappings
With this release, you can use the Map Format Data for Treasury Correspondence app to create and maintain
format mappings for Treasury Correspondence. This app replaces the Map Treasury Correspondence Format
Data app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine), FINFSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
This app is the successor of the Map Treasury Correspondence Format Data app. The Map Treasury
Correspondence Format Data app is deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an
upcoming release. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In
this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor
app as soon as possible.
All the format mapping data that you created in the deprecated app is available in the new app and there is no
difference in the functions provided. Note that you may need to recreate your variants though.
280
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Map Format Data for Treasury Correspondence
Define Your Own Format Mapping
3.8
Financial Operations
3.8.1 Invoice Management
3.8.1.1
Manage Payment Plans
This app enables you to manage in one place all kinds of regular payment runs, such as payments to your
suppliers and expense payments. You no longer have to manually and repetitively create payment runs.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J60
Application Component
FI-FIO-AP
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use this app to create payment plans centrally for different company codes and payment methods.
Payment plans can be scheduled to run on regular fixed dates, or on non-fixed dates, based on your needs.
Factory calendar is supported in this app. An active payment plan runs automatically.
Related Information
Manage Payment Plans
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
281
3.8.1.2
Payment Reason for Storing Purpose Code
When making a payment, purpose codes from both the house bank country or region and payee bank country
or region are required in order to comply with the regulatory reporting requirements of the banks or local
authorities. Payment Reason stores purpose codes of house bank and payee bank and is assigned into each
payment transaction, which is populated into the payment medium file as the instruction for the payee bank.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
J60 (Accounts Payable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AP
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can define reasons for your payments to classify the type of the payment transaction, such as salary
payment, purchase of goods, purchase of services, and so on. Payment reason could be maintained in the
business partner master data and company code level data. In the meantime, a specific payment reason could
be given into an individual business transaction based on business needs, for example, when an invoice or
other business document is posted.
The Payment Reason field is added to the following apps:
● Manage Journal Entries
● Create Incoming Invoices
This field is also enabled in the following SAP GUI transactions:
● FV60 (Park Vendor Invoice)
● FV65 (Park Vendor Credit Memo)
Effects on Customizing
To support the payment reasons and their assigned purpose codes, make settings in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under
Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable
Automatic Outgoing Payments
282
PUBLIC
Payment Media
Business Transactions
Data Medium Exchange
Outgoing Payments
Define Payment Reasons .
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Payment Reason for Storing Purpose Codes
3.8.1.3
New Situation Templates for Monitor Payments
With this release the following situation templates were added to the Monitor Payments app:
● Situation Template: Payment Batch Status Check
● Situation Template: Payment Batch Was Rejected
● Situation Template: Payment Batch Partially Rejected
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Monitor Payments
Situation Template: Payment Batch Status Check
Situation Template: Payment Batch Was Rejected
Situation Template: Payment Batch Partially Rejected
3.8.1.4
View Payments in Functional Currency
By default, the company code currency is defined as the functional currency. In some cases, you may need to
view your payments in currencies other than your default currency. This feature enables you to view your
payment items and payments in your predefined functional currency.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
283
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J60 (Accounts Payable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Configuration
To view payment items in your predefined functional currency, you can add relevant columns in your view
settings. In the Manage Automatic Payments app, choose the payment item you want to view in Proposals
Processed section and add relevant functional curreny columns to your view. The columns can be added to the
Payments and Exceptions views.
The following options are available:
● Amount in FuntCrcy (Amount in Functional Currency)
● Cash Discount FunctCrcy (Cash Discount Functional Currency)
● Functional Currency
To view your payments in your predefined functional currency, execute the same actions in the Payments
Processed section. The following options are available:
● Cash Disc FunctCrcy (Cash Discount Functional Currency)
● Fuctional Currency
● Payt Amt FunctCrcy (Payment Amount Functional Currency)
You must define your functional currency before you can view your payments in functional currency.
Related Information
Define Functional Currency
3.8.1.5
CDS Views for Payment Proposal
The following new CDS views are now available for payment proposal details management:
● Payment Proposal Payment (I_PaymentProposalPayment)
● Payment Proposal Item (I_PaymentProposalItem)
284
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J60 (Accounts Payable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AP
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The CDS view Payment Proposal Payment provides access to all the details of payment proposal payment
data. Payment Proposal Item provides access to all the details of payment proposal item data. The data include
the major business entities, such as payments and exceptions. The most important attributes of these
business entities are included.
Related Information
Payment Proposal Payment
Payment Proposal Item
3.8.1.6
Payment Advice Job Template
With the Create and Send Payment Advices to Payees job template, you can schedule payment advices and
send them to your suppliers. The template is available and can be scheduled in the Schedule Accounts Payable
Jobs app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J60 (Accounts Payable)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
285
Application Component
FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs app, you choose Create, select the job template Create and Send
Payment Advices to Payees, give it a name, and specify your scheduling options and selection parameters.
Related Information
Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs
Create and Send Payment Advices to Payees
3.8.1.7
BAdI for Payment List Forms
One Business Add-In (BAdI) FINS_PAYMENT_LIST_PRINT_ITEM (Payment List Output Item Adaption) is
available for adding custom fields to payment list forms.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J60
Application Component
FI-FIO-AP ( (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable))
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You use the Business Add-In (BAdI) FINS_PAYMENT_LIST_PRINT_ITEM (Payment List Output Item Adaption)
to implement your custom logic for filling in the values for the custom fields added to the items for payment.
286
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
For more information about the entire business process for adding a custom field to the payment list form and
about how the BAdI is involved in this process, see the documentation referenced in the Related Links section
below.
Effects on Customizing
You use the customizing activity Assign Form Templates for generating payment list forms in which you have
added custom fields.
Related Information
Adding Custom Fields to Payment List Forms
3.8.2 Receivables Management
3.8.2.1
3.8.2.1.1
Bank Statement Processing
Automated Creation of Dispute Cases with
Reprocessing Rules
Use this feature to have the system automatically create dispute cases if a reprocessing rule cannot process
your bank statement items. In the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app, you can define when and
how the system should create a dispute case.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
287
Additional Details
When you create a reprocessing rule in the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app, you can select the
Clear in Sequence action type and you can see the new fields about the automated creation of dispute cases:
● Reason Code
You can set a reason code to each processing instruction. If the reprocessing rule is applicable to a bank
statement item and if it uses a specific processing instruction and if there is a residual amount after the
posting, the system uses the reason code to automatically calculate and process the residual amount.
● Creation of Dispute Cases
If a processing instruction is not able to successfully post and clear your bank statement items, and if the
system creates a residual item or detects a partial payment, you can define that the system automatically
creates a dispute case for the residual item or partial payment.
● Enable On-Account Posting as a Fallback
If all the processing instructions that you have defined in the sequence do not manage to post and clear
your bank statement items, you can define that the reprocessing rule carries out an on-account posting to
the respective business partner accounts. You can define whether a dispute case is created or not.
The following screenshot shows you where to find the fields on the UI:
The advantage of defining the possibilities for the automated creation of dispute cases in reprocessing rules is
that you reduce your manual workload and save time.
 Tip
If you want to select a reason code to determine how the system should process a residual item, you need
to make sure that the settings of the reason code are correct. To do that, you need to carry out the following
steps:
1. Either go to the OBBE transaction, or go to the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide and choose
Financial Accounting (New)
Outgoing Payments
Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable
Manual Outgoing Payments
Business Transactions
Overpayment/Underpayment
Define Reason
Codes (Manual Outgoing Payments) .
288
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
2. After selecting a company code, you can see an overview of the reason codes. In order to have the
reason codes work properly when you select them in the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
app, you need to deselect the Charge Off Difference, Disputed Item, Do Not Copy Text and Advice Note
Difference checkbox. By deselecting these checkboxes, you allow the system to create residual items if
the respective reason codes are selected in a reprocessing rule.
If you reverse a bank statement item for which the system had automatically created a dispute case, then
the system only reverses the bank statement item. The dispute case is still open. In this case, you need to
go to the Manage Dispute Cases app, and void the dispute case manually.
Related Information
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
How to Create Reprocessing Rules
3.8.2.1.2
CDS Views for Bank Statements
The following CDS views are now available: I_BankStatement and I_BankStatementItem. With these CDS
views, you can retrieve data from your bank statements.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Bank Statement Header
Bank Statement Item
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
289
3.8.2.1.3
Change in Standard View
In the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app, the standard view of the table has changed. The
Applicable Open Items KPI, that displays the number of open items that are applicable to a reprocessing rule, is
not visible by default anymore. If you still want to display that data in a column, you can change the table
settings accordingly by selecting the cogwheel icon on the top-right corner of the table.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
3.8.2.1.4
Changes in Posting
With the improved posting process, the system posts bank statement items in different parallel work
processes. This enhances the overall performance.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
290
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Parallel Posting
Bank Statement Processing
Manage Bank Statements
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
3.8.2.1.5
Company Code Filter
With this feature, you can filter your reprocessing rules by company code. This improves the search in the
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
3.8.2.1.6
Configuration for Format Mappings
With this release, you can use the Map Format Data for Incoming Files from Banks app to create format
mappings for your bank statements.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
291
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The system imports bank statements in certain formats. Your configuration expert can tell the system to map
the values of certain records of the incoming format to output fields that are given in the target structure. To do
that, your configuration expert creates format mappings based on already existing mappings for bank
statement data.
You can select the format mappings your configuration expert creates in the Manage Incoming Payment Files
app and also in the FF.5 and FF_5 SAP GUI transactions.
Related Information
How to Create a Format Mapping
Manage Incoming Payment Files
Map Format Data for Incoming Files from Banks
3.8.2.1.7
Configuration for Payment Clearing Groups
With this release, a new configuration step for making settings related to bank statement processing has been
added. Your configuration expert can create IDs for the payment clearing groups. You can find the configuration
step in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide under
Business Transactions
Payment Transactions
Financial Accounting (New)
Electronic Bank Statement
Bank Accounting
Define Payment Clearing
Groups . You can create and edit your payment clearing groups by defining IDs and descriptive names for the
payment clearing groups.
292
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app, you can use the Payment Clearing Group attribute as a
condition of a reprocessing rule.
Related Information
Payment Clearing Group [page 293]
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
3.8.2.1.8
Payment Clearing Group
Use this attribute to categorize your suppliers and customers into groups. In the Manage Bank Statement
Reprocessing Rules app, you can use the attribute as a condition of a reprocessing rule. That means, with the
Payment Clearing Group attribute, you have another option to actively influence the processing of your bank
statement items. The advantage of this attribute is that you can refer to certain business partners in one
condition by using the correct payment clearing group.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
293
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The advantage of this attribute is that you do not need several reprocessing rules or numerous conditions in a
reprocessing rule referring to your business partner. Instead, you can use payment clearing groups to refer to
certain business partners in one condition in a compact way. Your configuration expert can edit and create your
payment clearing groups in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide under
Bank Accounting
Business Transactions
Payment Transactions
Financial Accounting (New)
Electronic Bank Statement
Define
Payment Clearing Groups . You can then assign the IDs of the payment clearing groups to the respective
business partners in your business partners' master data (for example, in the Manage Business Partner Master
Data or Manage Customer Master Data or Manage Supplier Master Data apps). In this way, you determine
which business partners belong to which payment clearing groups.
 Note
For each company code, the business partner can belong to only one payment clearing group. That means,
if you have a business partner in more than one company code, you can assign different payment clearing
groups to the business partner for the different company codes.
Related Information
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
Manage Business Partner Master Data
Manage Customer Master Data
Manage Supplier Master Data
Configuration for Payment Clearing Groups [page 292]
3.8.2.1.9
Deprecated Apps in Bank Statement Processing
The Upload Bank Statements and Upload Bank Statements - Using Format Selection apps, which are accessible
on the SAP Fiori launchpad via the App Finder, have been deprecated. The apps are deleted with this release:
SAP S/4HANA 2021. We recommend that your users switch to using the Manage Incoming Payment Files app
as soon as possible.
294
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Deleted
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
The Manage Incoming Payment Files app is the successor of the Upload Bank Statements (FF_5) and Upload
Bank Statements - Using Format Selection (FF.5) apps. The Upload Bank Statements (FF_5) and Upload Bank
Statements - Using Format Selection (FF.5) apps are no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP
Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2021. The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the
successor app as soon as possible.
Related Information
Manage Incoming Payment Files
3.8.2.1.10 Deprecated Default Value for Transaction Type
The default value, CAMT053, for the Transaction Type field has been deprecated. This default value will not be
available with SAP S/4HANA 2021. We recommend that you maintain the Transaction Type field for every bank
account in the Manage Bank Accounts app.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
295
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
So far, the system uses the transaction type, that you have defined in the Manage Bank Accounts app, for the
import of bank statements. However, if you have not maintained the Transaction Type field for a bank account
in the Manage Bank Accounts app, the system uses the default value CAMT053 to post and clear bank
statement items when you import bank statements with the Manage Incoming Payment Files app or with SAP
Multi-Bank Connectivity. From SAP S/4HANA onwards, this default behavior will not be available.
Effects on Existing Data
If the transaction type is maintained in the Manage Bank Accounts app, the system automatically uses this
information for the import of the bank statement. If you do not maintain the transaction type in the Manage
Bank Accounts app, the system will not be able to post and clear bank statement items correctly or to post and
clear them at all from the SAP S/4HANA 2021 release onwards. To avoid this problem in the area of bank
statement processing, we recommend that you maintain the Transaction Type field for every bank account
manually in the Manage Bank Accounts app.
Related Information
Manage Incoming Payment Files
Manage Bank Accounts
SAP Multi-Bank Connectivity
3.8.2.1.11 Enhanced Processing of Payment Advices
With this feature, you can process payment advices more efficiently in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items
app.
296
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If the system cannot find the correct payment advice belonging to a bank statement item during the import of a
bank statement, the system displays the bank statement item in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app. You
can select the value help of the Payment Advice No. field and connect the bank statement item with the
payment advice. After selecting the payment advice, the system displays the open items that can be matched
to the payment advice items. If there is a deduction of a payment listed in the payment advice, the system
automatically creates a residual amount for it. The following simplified screenshot shows the relevant UI for
this feature:
Related Information
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
How to Match Payment Advice Items with Open Items
Identification of the Company Code and the Customer Account
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
297
Manage Payment Advices
3.8.2.1.12 Extension of the Business Partner Identification
You can use the feature for business partner identification with incoming payment advices via the Payment
Advice - Create API.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this feature, you can use the business partner ID category for an enhanced identification mechanism for
the processing of your payment advice. The business partner can only be identified if you have assigned the
Customer (Fin.Accounting) or Supplier (Fin.Accounting) roles or even both roles to your business
partners. You can maintain your business partners' identification number and assign the correct business
partner ID category to the business partner ID type.
 Note
● Please be aware that this feature is only available to you if you implement the
FAR_IDENTIFY_FILE_BUPA BAdI to find out the identification number for the business partner
identification. Then, you have to initiate the business partner service again, with the newly found
identification number. Then, the system automatically looks for the FARAP0 identification category.
Otherwise, the feature described here does not work in your system.
● You can run the RP_FAR_IDENTIFY_FILE_BUPA test report to try out this new feature.
Related Information
Payment Advice - Create
Bank Statement Processing
298
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Business Partner Identification
3.8.2.1.13 Machine Learning Status for Account
Determination
Use this feature to view a bank statement item's machine learning status for account determination. In the
Reprocess Bank Statement Items app, the Machine Learning Status Account and Machine Learning Status
Account Name fields display whether the machine-learning-based technology succeeded in determining the
business partner's account or not.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
1MV (Cash Application Integration)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app, you can filter the bank statement items using the values for
Machine Learning Status Account (Machn Lrn Status Acc) and Machine Learning Status Account
Name (Machn Lrn Status Acc Nm). You can also add them as columns in the overview table.
That means, additionally to the Machine Learning Status (Machine Lrn. Status) and Machine Learning
Status Name (Mach. Lrn. Stat. Nm.) fields, which refer to the machine learning status of open items, you
can also view the machine learning status referring to the customer and supplier accounts with the new fields.
Furthermore, for all four fields, there is the new value: 60. This value appears if an error occurs, for example, if a
bank statement item could not be processed at all because it was already cleared in the meantime.
Related Information
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
Machine Learning Status Values of SAP Cash Application
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
299
3.8.2.1.14 New Attributes for Conditions of Reprocessing
Rules
In the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app, there are three new attributes for conditions of
reprocessing rules: Partner Name, Partner Bank Code, and Partner Bank Account.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Now, you can specify that a reprocessing rule should be applicable to a specific business partner or to specific
partner banks or to partner bank accounts by using the three new attributes for conditions of reprocessing
rules: Partner Name, Partner Bank Code, and Partner Bank Account.
 Note
If you have purchased and activated the 4X8 scope item, be aware that the new attributes are not available
in templates for reprocessing rules, but only in reprocessing rules that you create manually. However, if you
create a reprocessing rule based on templates, you can further edit the rule and add the new attributes to
the Conditions section.
Related Information
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
How to Create Reprocessing Rules
Template-Based Reprocessing Rules
300
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.2.1.15 New Scope Item: 4X8
In the area of bank statement processing, there is a new scope item: 4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement
Automation). Certain features that were comprised in the scope item 1MV (Cash Application Integration) have
been removed from this scope item and added to the new scope item 4X8.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)
1MV (Cash Application Integration)
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
From now on, the 1MV scope item (Cash Application Integration) comprises only the machine-learning based
features, such as line-item matching. The 4X8 scope item (Advanced Bank Statement Automation) comprises
rule-based features, such as the creation of reprocessing rules based on templates or the automation of
reprocessing rules. If you already have the 1MV scope item (Cash Application Integration), you also have the
4X8 scope item (Advanced Bank Statement Automation) from now on.
Related Information
https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/SAP_CASH_APPLICATION/Latest/en-US?task=discover_task
Manage Bank Statements
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
301
3.8.2.1.16 One Exact Match Allocation Algorithm
Use the One Exact Match - Clear Matching Open Item allocation algorithm in the Reprocess Bank Statement
Items and Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules apps to have the system find exactly one open item to
clear a bank statement item that has the same amount as the open item.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use allocation algorithms in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app to manually post bank statement
items. You can also use allocation algorithms in the Clear in Sequence action type of reprocessing rules.
Additionally to the First In First Out - Clear oldest open items first allocation algorithm, SAP predelivers another
allocation algorithm: One Exact Match - Clear Matching Open Item. In order to clear a bank statement item, the
One Exact Match allocation algorithm looks through your open items, and selects only one open item for
clearing that has the same, exactly matching amount as the bank statement item.
Related Information
Allocation Algorithms
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules
3.8.2.1.17 Payment Advice Reorganization
In the Payment Advice Reorganization job template in the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app, you can
select two new parameters that allow you to delete held payment advices.
302
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With the Delete Held Advices and Time of Deletion (in Days) parameters, you can define which held payment
advices the system should delete.
Related Information
Payment Advice Reorganization
Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs
3.8.2.1.18 Posting Category
Use the posting category field in the Manage Bank Statements app to determine whether bank statements get
processed or not after having been imported into your system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
303
Additional Details
In the Manage Bank Statements app, every bank statement has the Posting Category field. If the value of the
Posting Category field is Posting to Be Processed, the system is going to process the bank statement as usual
(for example, post the bank statement items). If the value of the Posting Category field of a bank statement is
No Posting Processing, the system carries out the following actions:
● The system simply saves the bank statement after importing it.
● The system does not process the bank statement further (for example, it does not run any accountingrelevant checks like searching for applicable posting or reprocessing rules).
● The system sets the bank statement's as well as the bank statement items' posting status to completed.
That means, bank statements with the No Posting Processing posting category are saved in the database and
set to completed without having been posted. Using the No Posting Processing posting category can be useful
for you if, for example, you do not want to post a bank statement, but you want your Cash Position app to get
updated nonetheless. Or it can also be useful if you have not assigned a G/L account to the house bank
account to which the bank statement belongs.
In the Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements app, you can define what posting category a bank
account should have.
Effects on Customizing
In the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide, under
Liquidity Management Bank Account Management
set the posting category for a company code.
Financial Supply and Chain Management
Cash and
Integrate with End-of-Day Bank Statements , you can
Related Information
Manage Bank Statements
Cash Position
Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements
Overview on Automatic Bank Statement Processing
3.8.2.1.19 Reversal of Multiple Journal Entries
With this feature, you can reverse multiple journal entries at the same time in the Reprocess Bank Statement
Items app.
304
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Until now, you could only reset one bank statement item at a time by reversing its journal entry. Now, you can
reset multiple bank statement items at the same time by initiating a mass reversal of selected journal entries. If
you notice that there are wrongly posted bank statement items in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app,
you can select them all and choose the Reverse button. This will reverse the last journal entry of each bank
statement item. This way, you can reverse the posting of all the selected bank statement items at the same
time.
Related Information
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
How to Reverse Postings
3.8.2.1.20 Reversal of Postings
A part of the user interface for the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app has been reworked for usability
reasons.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
305
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the detailed view of a bank statement item, under the Documents tab, the Reverse button has been moved to
the bottom right corner, and is now situated next to other buttons (see the simplified screenshot below).
Selecting the Reverse button makes the system reverse the latest posting that was carried out for the selected
bank statement item.
That means, the system reverses the latest journal entry. To do that, the system first looks if there is a journal
entry in the subledger. If there is one, it reverses it. If there is none, it proceeds to look for a journal entry in the
general ledger to reverse.
Related Information
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
How to Reverse Postings
3.8.2.1.21 SOAP API: Bank Statement - Post (Synchronous)
The API Bank Statement - Post (BankStatementPost_In) has been changed.
306
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1EG (Bank Integration with File Interface)
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The PostInBackground field has been added to the header node (MessageHeader). If the value of this field
is set to true, the system imports the bank statement and initiates a posting that runs in the background. That
means, if the value of the PostInBackground field is set to true, the imported bank statement items are
posted automatically in the background. If the value of the PostInBackground field is set to false, the system
only imports the bank statement and saves the bank statement items for later manual processing.
However, the PostInBackground field is optional. Its default setting is to be false, which means the system
does not post any bank statement items.
Related Information
Bank Statement - Post
BankStatementPost_In - MessageHeader
3.8.2.1.22 Updating Cash Position
Use this feature to automatically update the data in the Cash Position app when importing bank statements.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
New
PUBLIC
307
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J59 (Accounts Receivable)
Application Component
FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If a bank statement, that belongs to a bank account which is relevant for cash management, is imported into
the system, the data in the Cash Position app gets automatically updated. If the bank account is relevant for
cash management and if updating the Cash Position app is successful, the system confirms the update by
automatically filling in the Cash Position Update Status field in the bank statement header. In both the filter
selection in the header toolbar and in the overview table of the Manage Bank Statements app, you can view the
Cash Position Update Status. The Cash Position Update Status informs you of the following:
● whether updating the data in the Cash Position app with the data of the incoming bank statement was
successful (Updated).
● whether updating the data in the Cash Position app with the data of the incoming bank statement was not
successful and needs to be retriggered (Update required).
In this case, you have to trigger the update manually by opening the detailed view of a bank statement,
whose information could not get transferred to the Cash Position app, and select the Update Cash Position
button.
● or whether updating the data in the Cash Position app with the data of the incoming bank statement is not
relevant (Not relevant for cash update).
In the Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements app, you can define whether a bank account is relevant
for cash management or not by selecting either Balance and Bank Statement Items, Balance Only, Bank
Statement Items Only, or No Update for Cash Management as the Transfer Mode in the account settings.
Effects on Customizing
In the Customizing, under
Account Management
company code.
Financial Supply Chain Management
Cash and Liquidity Management
Bank
Integrate with End-of-Day Bank Statements , you can set the transfer mode for a
Related Information
Manage Bank Statements
Overview on Automatic Bank Statement Processing
Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements
Cash Position
308
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.2.2
3.8.2.2.1
Credit Evaluation and Management
Manage Documented Credit Decisions
Use this app to see an overview of the important data for assessing credit decisions. You can check or release
the relevant document in the case of a credit decision for the document. You can navigate to the blocked sales
document or to the credit check log. To meet your legal disclosure obligations regarding documentation, you
can download a snapshot of the data upon which the negative credit decision was based, to send it to the
business partner concerned.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-CR ( Fiori-UI for SAP Credit Management)
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This app is the successor of the Manage Documented Credit Decisions (HTML GUI) app. The replaced app is
deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in SAP S/4HANA release 2022. The deprecated
app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app
finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Effects on System Administration
The app was added to the following standard business catalog: Credit Management - Credit Cases
(SAP_FIN_BC_CR_CASES_PC)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
309
Related Information
Manage Documented Credit Decisions
3.8.2.2.2
New Features for Manage Credit Accounts
You can now maintain and delete credit data in the credit profile and on credit segment level. For this release,
implement a note to ensure the functionality of the app.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-CR ( Fiori-UI for SAP Credit Management)
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● Calculate Credit Limit
On credit segment level, you can use the new Calculate Credit Limit button to calculate the credit limit for
this segment, using the formula of the underlying rule.
To calculate the credit limit for a segment, open the credit account for a business partner and choose Edit.
Then navigate to the credit segment and choose the Calculate Credit Limit button:
● Delete Credit Segment
310
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
You can delete credit segments. The following data will be deleted: Business partner relationships, credit
analyst assignment, notes, credit insurance data, collaterals, check exceptions, additional credit limits, and
payment behavior summaries.
Note that you can't reverse the deletion. Instead, you would have to enter all data again manually and
resend the payment behavior summaries.
You can delete credit segments on credit segment level. Choose
only):
Edit
Delete
(screenshot in English
More information: How to Delete Credit Segments
● Changing External Ratings Manually
You can manually maintain and remove external ratings in the External Ratings section (screenshot in
English only):
● Assign Credit Analysts
You can assign credit analysts to credit segments of business partners. You can assign groups or persons.
They are assigned in relationship type in Credit Management is managed by (TUKMSB0). Enter the credit
segment of the business partner to assign the credit analysts (screenshot in English only):
More information: Business Partner Relationships
● Maintaining Credit Data
You can maintain the following sections in the credit profile: Credit Insurances, Collateral, Negative Credit
Events, and Check Exceptions.
You can maintain the following sections in the credit segments: Credit Insurances, Collateral, Check
Exceptions, and Additional Credit Limit.
To maintain these fields, choose Edit. In each respective section, new Create and Delete buttons are
available.
● Analytical Graphics
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
311
3 new analytical graphics are available: Scoring Trend, Credit Limit Trend, and Aging Grid (screenshot in
English only):
Scoring Trend: Shows the changes of internal scoring for the business partner. Available on the credit
profile.
Credit Limit Trend: Shows the changes of the credit limit for the business partner. On the credit profile, you
see the evaluation of the main segment. When you navigate into a segment, you see the respective
evaluation for the segment.
Aging Grid: Shows the overdue amounts and the due amounts according to defined intervals. If you want to
adjust the intervals, see How to Adapt the Aging Grid.
Effects on System Administration
For technical reasons, you have to implement the following note to be able to use this app: 3072069
Related Information
Manage Credit Accounts
3.8.2.2.3
API: Credit Management Master Data
This new service enables you to maintain data related to SAP Credit Management for business partners. For
example, after creating new business partners, you can create the role SAP Credit Management for the
business partners and maintain the relevant data. You can read, create and update data related to credit
management for business partners in the business partner role SAP Credit Management, such as risk class,
limit rule, or check rule. You can also read, create, update, and delete credit segment data, such as credit limit,
special attention flag, block reason, and others.
312
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Credit Management Master Data
3.8.2.2.4
New Information Category: High Season
The new information category 50 - Additional Adjustment with information type 01 - High Season is available.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With the new information type 01 - High Season in the new information category 50 - Additional Adjustment,
you can maintain seasonal credit limit changes for a business partner. For example, you want to allow a higher
credit limit during the harvest time for a business partner in the agricultural sector.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
313
You can maintain information categories in the credit profile or in the credit segment. If you're using SAP Fiori
apps, you can also maintain them in the Maintain Business Partner and Manage Credit Accounts apps.
3.8.2.2.5
Changed View: Integration of External Credit
Agencies (V_UKM_EXTAG_INT)
A new integration option was added to the Integration of External Credit Agencies (V_UKM_EXTAG_INT) view.
Depending on your system landscape, you might have to adjust your settings.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1RY (Credit Agency Integration)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
FIN-FSCM-CAI ( Credit Agency Integration)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Active flag is replaced by the Integration dropdown menu. You can select the following options:
● <space> None: Default setting. You don't integrate with any external credit agencies.
● O Custom: You integrate with external credit agencies using the Business Add-Ins BAdI: ID Search and
BAdI: Evaluate External Credit Information. These BAdIs are available in the IMG under the following path:
Financial Supply Chain Management
Credit Management
Credit Risk Monitoring
Enhancements
● X SAP S/4HANA Cloud for credit integration: You integrate with external credit agencies using the solution
SAP S/4HANA Cloud for credit integration.
Effects on Existing Data
If you have integrated with external credit agencies using the BAdIs BAdI: ID Search and BAdI: Evaluate External
Credit Information, you have to change the default setting None to Custom with this new release.
314
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Integration with External Credit Agencies
3.8.2.2.6
Display Credit Master Data (Deleted)
The Display Credit Master Data (SAP GUI) app has been deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of this
release. It has been replaced by the Display Credit Account Data (SAP Fiori) app.
Technical Details
Type
Deleted
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Credit Account Data
3.8.2.2.7
Display Credit Exposure (Deleted)
The Display Credit Exposure (HTML GUI) app has been deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of this release.
It has been replaced by the Display Credit Exposure (SAP Fiori) app.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Deleted
PUBLIC
315
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Credit Exposure
3.8.2.2.8
Manage Business Partner - Credit Profile
(Deprecated)
The Manage Business Partner - Credit Profile app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori
launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2022. It has been replaced by the Manage Credit Accounts app. The deprecated
app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app
finder until it's deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Credit Accounts
Maintain Business Partner: Credit Profile
316
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.2.2.9
Display Credit Limit Utilization (Deprecated)
The Display Credit Limit Utilization app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad
as of S/4HANA 2022. It has been replaced by the Credit Limit Utilization app. The deprecated app may no
longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is
deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Credit Limit Utilization
3.8.2.2.10 Display Credit Data - Segment (Deprecated)
The Display Credit Data - Segment app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad
as of S/4HANA 2022. It has been replaced by the Display Credit Account Data app. The deprecated app may no
longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is
deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
317
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Credit Account Data
3.8.2.2.11 Display Credit Data - Credit Profile (Deprecated)
The Display Credit Data - Credit Profile app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori
launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2022. It has been replaced by the Display Credit Account Data app. The
deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in
the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Credit Account Data
318
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.2.2.12 Display Payment Behavior (Deprecated)
The Display Payment Behavior app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as
of SAP S/4HANA 2022. It has been replaced by the Display Credit Account Data app. The deprecated app may
no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it
is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Credit Account Data
Display Payment Behavior
3.8.2.2.13 Manage Credit Rules (Deprecated)
The Manage Credit Rules app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of
SAP S/4HANA 2022. It has been replaced by the job template Update Rules for Scoring and Credit Check,
which is available in the Schedule Credit Management Jobs app. The deprecated app may no longer be available
by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We
recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Deprecated
PUBLIC
319
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD6 (Basic Credit Management)
1QM (Advanced Credit Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Credit Management Jobs
Update Rules for Scoring and Credit Check
3.8.2.3
3.8.2.3.1
Collections Management
Process Receivables
Collection Specialists can use this app to collect open receivables. To do this, the app provides you with a list of
all open receivables that exist with regard to a particular business partner. The Process Receivables app is
supported by other new apps and is the starting point for managing promises to pay, resubmissions, collection
contact persons, and documenting customer contacts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
320
PUBLIC
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
This app consolidates data from other new apps: Manage Promises to Pay [page 322], Manage Resubmissions
[page 323], Manage Collection Contact Persons [page 325], and Manage Customer Contacts [page 326]. Use
the Process Receivables app as a starting point to enter these supporting apps and directly maintain the related
data.
This app (Fiori ID F0106A) replaces the Process Receivables app (Fiori ID F0106). The replaced app will be
deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of release 2022.
The following screenshot shows the overview of a business partner in the new Process Receivables app,
including key data from SAP Credit Management, and a visualization of due and overdue amounts and the
payment trend (English only):
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Process Receivables
Customizing Activity: Activate Distribution of Invoice Information by Company Code [page 333]
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
321
3.8.2.3.2
Manage Promises to Pay
Use this new app to manage promises to pay of customers, which were created in the collection process using
the Process Receivables app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following screenshot shows the overview of a promise to pay in the new Manage Promises to Pay app,
including the status of the promise to pay, the promised amount, and related customer information (English
only):
322
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
You can create and edit installment plans with this app (screenshot in English only):
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Manage Promises to Pay
3.8.2.3.3
Manage Resubmissions
Use this new app to manage resubmissions for business partners that were created for outstanding
receivables. You use these resubmissions in the collection process with the Process Receivables app.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
323
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following screenshot shows the overview of a resubmission in the new Manage Resubmissions app,
including related data and journal entries (English only):
324
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Manage Resubmissions
3.8.2.3.4
Manage Collection Contact Persons
Use this new app to create and manage contact persons for business partners. You use these contacts in the
collection process with the Process Receivables app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
SAP S/4HANA 2021
PUBLIC
325
Additional Details
The following screenshot shows the overiew page of a collection contact person at a business partner,
including relevant business partner information and communication details (English only):
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Manage Collection Contact Persons
3.8.2.3.5
Manage Customer Contacts
Use this new app to create and manage the customer contacts for your business partners, which are created
by collections specialists as result of a customer contact. You use these contacts in the collection process with
the Process Receivables app.
326
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following screenshot shows a customer contact in the app, including the result of the contact and related
object during the customer contact (English only):
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
327
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Manage Customer Contacts
3.8.2.3.6
Display Head Office Receivables
Use this new app to display the customer line items of the head office debtor account which belong to your
currently processed business partner in the collection segment. To use this function, it's required to actively
use the head office / branch relationship in accounts receivable accounting. You access this app via the Process
Receivables app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You access the app via the Process Receivables app (screenshot in English only):
328
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
The new app includes key figures and data from Credit Management and Dispute Management (screenshot in
English only):
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Display Head Office Receivables
3.8.2.3.7
Manage Collections Master Data
Use this new app to maintain the collection master data for your business partners. You can change the
collection profile for a business partner, maintain the collection groups and assign collection specialists.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
329
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Manage Collections Master Data
3.8.2.3.8
Manage Invoice Prioritization Rules
Use this new app to define rules to prioritize invoices by the collection strategies. This supports collections
specialists in their daily work, since the invoices in the Process Receivables app are prioritized.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
330
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalogs:
● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC)
● Accounts Receivable - Collections (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_COLWL)
Related Information
Manage Invoice Prioritization Rules
How to Prioritize Invoices
3.8.2.3.9
Migrate Collection Contact Persons
If you have maintained temporary contact persons for a business partner, you can use this app to migrate
these. This is necessary for the transition to the new Process Receivables app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
SAP S/4HANA 2021
PUBLIC
331
Additional Details
Temporary contact persons are contacts that aren’t created as business partner in the system. To display
these in the new Process Receivables app (F0106A), migrate your temporary contact persons to business
partners or to a sticky note using this new app.
The Migrate Collection Contact Persons app supports the transition from the deprecated Process Receivables
app (F0106) to the new Process Receivables app (F0106A). It’s deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP
Fiori launchpad together with the deprecated Process Receivables app as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105.
3.8.2.3.10 Situation Template: Collections Invoice
Information
You want accounts receivables accountants to be informed automatically of certain information related to the
invoices that appear on their collections worklist in the Process Receivable app. You can highlight
recommended actions using this situation template.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Situation Template: Collections Invoice Information
Example - How to Adapt the Situation Template: Collections Invoice Information
332
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.2.3.11 Customizing Activity: Activate Distribution of
Invoice Information by Company Code
Use this new Customizing activity to activate the company codes for which you want the invoice information to
be available in the new Process Receivables app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
Specify whether you want the invoice information for your company codes to be available in the Process
Receivables app.
In this way, you can exclude, for example, invoices from company codes that are not used.
For new and existing company codes, make this setting for all company codes individually.
You can find the activity in the IMG under the following path:
Financial Supply Chain Management
Accounting
Collections Management
Distribution of Data in Collections Management
Integration with Accounts Receivable
Activate Distribution of Invoice Information by
Company Code
Related Information
Process Receivables [page 320]
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
333
3.8.2.4
3.8.2.4.1
Dispute Resolution
Manage Dispute Cases
Use this app to analyze and further process existing dispute cases. This new app app is a revision to the former
Manage Dispute Cases app. It comes with improved performance, in-depth data insight, and an improved the
user experience.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-DM (Dispute Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
334
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Existing Data
To make existing attachments available in this app, you have to migrate attachments. For this purpose, the
following app is available for you: Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases (Deprecated)
This app (SAP Fiori ID F0702A) is the successor of the Manage Dispute Cases app (SAP Fiori ID F0702). The
replaced Manage Dispute Cases app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as
of release 2022. The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can
find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as
possible.
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following standard business catalog:
● Accounts Receivable - Dispute Resolution (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DISPUTE_RES)
Related Information
Manage Dispute Cases
3.8.2.4.2
Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases
Use this new app to migrate the attachments related to dispute cases. This is necessary to make existing
attachments available in the new Manage Dispute Cases app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-DM (Dispute Management)
Valid as Of
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
SAP S/4HANA 2021
PUBLIC
335
Additional Details
This app supports the transition from the deprecated Manage Dispute Cases app (SAP Fiori ID F0702) to the
successor app (SAP Fiori ID F0702A). It will be removed from the SAP Fiori launchpad, along with the replaced
app, as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud release 2105. Please plan the migration of your attachments accordingly.
Effects on System Administration
The app is included in the following new standard business catalog:
● Accounts Receivable - Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases (SAP_SFIN_BC_AR_DM_MIG)
Related Information
Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases (Deprecated)
3.8.2.4.3
Situation Handling for Manage Dispute Cases
The new template Dispute Case Processing (FIN_FSCM_DISPUTECASE) is available for Situation Handling. It
can be used to inform accounts receivable accountants about changes in the processing state of their dispute
cases. Adapt this generic template to your purposes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-DM (Dispute Management)
Valid as Of
336
PUBLIC
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Situation Template: Dispute Case Processing
Example - How to Adapt the Situation Template: Dispute Case Processing
3.8.2.4.4
Teams for Dispute Resolution
You can use the capabilities of Responsibility Management to manage teams and responsibilities for Dispute
Resolution.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)
Application Component
FIN-FIO-CCD-COL ( Fiori-UI for Collections and Dispute
Management)
FIN-FSCM-DM (Dispute Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following team is available:
Team Category
Team Type
Dispute Case Processing (FSCM_DC)
Dispute Case Processing (FSCM_DC)
Team Roles
●
Dispute Case Manager (DC_MNGR)
●
Dispute Case Processor (DC_PROC)
Related Information
Managing Teams and Responsibilities for Dispute Resolution
Managing Teams and Responsibilities for Dispute Resolution
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
337
3.8.3 Settlement Management
3.8.3.1
Manage Supplier Condition Contracts
With this feature, you can get an overview of supplier condition contracts related to purchasing rebate
processing with the ability to search for specific supplier condition contracts, as well as to perform actions
quickly like, for example, lock and release supplier condition contracts for settlement. You can navigate to a
specific supplier condition contract to display additional information such as the current contract value and
open accruals amount.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
View SAP Note 3031293
to learn more.
Related Information
Manage Supplier Condition Contracts
3.8.3.2
Manage Customer Condition Contracts
This feature enables you to get an overview of your customer condition contracts related to sales rebate
processing with the ability to search for and navigate to specific customer condition contracts. You can perform
actions quickly, like, for example, lock and release customer condition contracts for settlement.
338
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
View SAP Note 3031293
to learn more.
Related Information
Manage Customer Condition Contracts
3.8.3.3
Manage Royalty Condition Contracts
With this feature, you can get an overview of your royalty condition contracts related to royalties settlement
processing with the ability to search for and navigate to specific royalty condition contracts. You can perform
actions quickly, like, for example, lock and release royalty condition contracts for settlement.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
339
Effects on System Administration
View SAP Note 3031293
to learn more.
Related Information
Manage Royalty Condition Contracts
3.8.3.4
Manage Settlement Documents
With this feature, you can now view pricing and account assignment information of a current settlement
document and analyze the full document flow in a detailed way. Dependent on the relevancy of settlement
documents, you can now view contract accounting information and journal entry data.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing), 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate
Processing), 2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Rep­
resentative), 55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Settlement Documents
3.8.3.5
Manage Scheduling Worklists - Settlement
Management
With this feature, you can get an overview of all settlement management scheduling worklists relevant to your
role. You can easily create scheduling worklists for condition contract settlement, manage and monitor your
340
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
scheduling worklists, and get a detailed view of a selected scheduling worklist including processing statuses
and error information of assigned work items.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing), 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate
Processing), 2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Rep­
resentative), 55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Scheduling Worklists - Settlement Management
3.8.3.6
Display Settlement Dates
This feature enables you to display a list of settlement dates together with their condition contracts. You can
filter the list of settlement dates by selecting different filter criteria, such as settlement date, settlement date
type, condition contract, supplier, customer, sales organization, purchasing organization, or settlement status.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)
2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)
2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)
Application Component
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
PUBLIC
341
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Settlement Dates
3.8.3.7
Personnel Settlement Document
This feature enables you to display personnel settlement document data that was created in Settlement
Management based on commissions data transferred from SAP Sales. You can enter the personnel settlement
document directly using the Enterprise Search. You can display the details of the personnel settlement
document data from within the Manage Personnel Settlement Documents app and Monitor Personnel
Settlement Documents app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales
Cloud)
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Personnel Settlement Document
3.8.3.8
Analyze Detailed Statement: Royalties
This feature enables you to view an itemization of the business volume for selected condition contract
settlement documents. The sales billing documents relevant for royalties are the business volume base.
342
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Analyze Detailed Statement: Royalties
3.8.3.9
Schedule Contract Settlement - Royalty Contracts
This feature enables you to create, schedule, and monitor the settlement of royalty condition contracts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Contract Settlement - Royalty Contracts
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
343
3.8.3.10 Schedule Accruals Update - Royalty Contracts
This feature enables you to create, schedule, and monitor the update of accruals relevant to royalty condition
contracts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Accruals Update - Royalty Contracts
3.8.3.11 Schedule Accruals Reversal - Royalty Contracts
This feature enables you to create and schedule jobs to reverse open accruals for obsolete royalty condition
contracts that were relevant for settlement.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
344
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Schedule Accruals Reversal - Royalty Contracts
3.8.3.12 Schedule Settlement Document List Creation
With this feature, you can manually schedule a job to create settlement document lists. You can specify which
settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for example, only those with a specific
settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to party). At the appointed time, the
system then creates the settlement document lists.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Settlement Document List Creation
3.8.3.13 Schedule Customer Settlement Creation
With this feature, you can manually schedule a job to create customer settlements. You can specify which
settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for example, only those with a specific
settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to party). At the appointed time, the
system then creates the customer settlements.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
345
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Customer Settlement Creation
3.8.3.14 Schedule Customer Settlement List Creation
With this feature, you can manually schedule a job to create customer settlement lists. You can specify which
settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for example, only those with a specific
settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to party). At the appointed time, the
system then creates the customer settlement lists.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Managment)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Customer Settlement List Creation
346
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.3.15 Schedule Supplier Settlement Creation
With this feature, you can manually schedule a job to create supplier settlements. You can specify which
settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for example, only those with a specific
settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to party). At the appointed time, the
system then creates the supplier settlements.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Supplier Settlement Creation
3.8.3.16 Schedule Supplier Settlement List Creation
With this feature, you can manually schedule a job to create supplier settlement lists. You can specify which
settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for example, only those with a specific
settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to party). At the appointed time, the
system then creates the supplier settlement lists.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
347
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Supplier Settlement List Creation
3.8.3.17 Schedule Mass Pricing - Settlement Management
With this feature, you can manually schedule the mass pricing of settlement management documents. You can
specify which settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for example, only those with
a specific settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to party). The system then
carries out the mass pricing for the selected settlement management documents at the appointed time.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)
2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)
2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)
55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Mass Pricing - Settlement Management
348
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.3.18 Schedule Document Completion - Settlement
Management
With this feature, you can manually schedule the completion of settlement management documents. You can
specify which settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for example, only those with
a specific settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to party). The system then
completes the selected settlement management documents at the appointed time.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)
2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)
2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)
55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Document Completion - Settlement Management
3.8.3.19 Schedule Revoke Completion - Settlement
Management
With this feature, you can manually schedule a job to revoke the completion of settlement management
documents. You can specify which settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for
example, only those with a specific settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to
party). At the appointed time, the system then revokes the completion of the selected settlement management
documents.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
349
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Revoke Completion - Settlement Management
3.8.3.20 Schedule Document Message Processing
With this feature, you can manually schedule the message processing of settlement management documents,
for example, the processing of messages with the status Not processed or In preparation. You can specify which
settlement documents are to be considered in the job, for example, only those with a certain posting date or
document date. The system then processes the messages at the appointed time and, provided the job
completes successfully, changes the message status to Successfully processed.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Document Message Processing - Settlement Management
350
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.8.3.21 Schedule Document Message Redetermination
With this feature, you can manually schedule the message redetermination of settlement management
documents. You can specify which settlement management documents are to be considered in the job (for
example, only those with a specific settlement document type, settlement process type, posting date, or bill-to
party). The system then redetermines the messages for the selected settlement management documents at
the appointed time.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Document Message Redetermination - Settlement Management
3.8.3.22 Enterprise Search
With this feature, you can search for additional business objects in Settlement Management directly from the
SAP Fiori launchpad.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
351
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The additional business objects are as follows:
● Customer settlement documents
For more information, see Search for Customer Settlement Documents.
● Supplier settlement documents
For more information, see Search for Supplier Settlement Documents.
● Expense settlement documents
For more information, see Search for Expense Settlement Documents.
● Supplier billing documents
For more information, see Search for Supplier Billing Documents.
● Customer settlement list documents
For more information, see Search for Customer Settlement List.
● Supplier settlement list documents
For more information, see Search for Supplier Settlement List.
● Settlement document lists
For more information, see Search for Settlement Document List.
You can already use enterprise search to search for condition contracts, settlement documents, and personnel
settlement documents.
3.8.3.23 OData API: Condition Contract
With this feature, you can retrieve and process transactional data of condition contracts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
352
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Condition Contract
3.8.3.24 OData API: Settlement Document
This feature enables you to consume settlement documents that can be used by external applications. It has
been further enhanced. You can now read pricing elements of settlement documents on header and item level,
complete settlement documents, and revoke the completion.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Settlement Document
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
353
3.8.3.25 CDS Views for Settlement Management
New CDS views are available for Settlement Management. One CDS view has been deprecated.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
See the table below
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Name
Status
Application Component
I_CndnContrActvtnStatus(Condi­
New
LO-GT-CHB
New
LO-AB
C_SuplrBillgDocDEX(Supplier Billing New
LO-AB
tion Contract Activation Status)
For more information, see Condition
Contract Activation Status
C_ExpnSettlmtDEX (Expense Settle­
ment Extraction)
For more information, see Expense Set­
tlement Extraction
Document Extraction)
For more information, see Supplier Bill­
ing Document Extraction
C_SuplrSettlmtDEX
New
LO-AB
(Supplier Settlement Extraction)
For more information, see Supplier Set­
tlement Extraction
354
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Name
Status
Application Component
C_CustSettlmtDEX(Customer Settle­
New
LO-AB
Deprecated
LO-GT-CHB
ment Extraction)
For more information, see Customer
Settlement Extraction
I_CndnContrIsInactive (Condition
Contract Inactive State)
For more information, see Condition
Contract Inactive State
Related Information
CDS Views for Settlement Management
3.8.3.26 Settlement Document List Events
Three new Settlement Document List events are now available to inform a remote system about created,
changed and released settlement document lists in the SAP S/4HANA system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Settlement Document List business object triggers the following events:
● Created: This event is raised when a settlement document list instance has been created.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
355
● Changed: This event is raised when a settlement document list instance has been changed.
● Released: This event is raised when settlement document list instance has been released.
This event is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Business Event Handling for Settlement Document List
3.8.3.27 Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in
Settlement Management
This feature enables you to easily handle multiple addresses for your business partners in settlement
management documents.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-AB (Settlement Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Multiple address handling requires the activation of the business functions Multiple Address Handling for
Customer Master Data in Business Partner and Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Sales and
Distribution. For detailed information and general prerequisites, see Multiple Address Handling for Customer
Master Data in Business Partner and Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Sales and Distribution.
Effects on Customizing
To use multiple address handling in Settlement Management, you need to maintain the partner schema on the
header level of relevant settlement management document types in Customizing for Settlement Management
356
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
under Basic Settings Partner Determination on Header Level . If you want to use multiple addresses for
your item partners, you must maintain the partner schema on item level.
Related Information
Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Settlement Management
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
3.9
Billing and Revenue Innovation Management
3.9.1 Convergent Invoicing
3.9.1.1
App for Uploading of Consumption Items
With the Upload Consumption Items app, you can import consumption items for Convergent Invoicing from an
external source file. You can also simulate an upload of consumption items.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Data Transfer
This app enables you to transfer consumption items to your system, as an alternative to the transaction Upload
of Consumption Items FKKBIXCIT_UPLOAD.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
357
Related Information
Upload Consumption Items
3.9.1.2
Display Error Logs for Consumption Items and
Billable Items
With the apps Display Error Logs - Consumption Items and Display Error Logs - Billable Items, you can display
error logs for consumption items and billable items. These error logs enable you to investigate issues with
processes in Convergent Invoicing.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Display Error Logs - Consumption Items app, you can display error logs for the following processes:
● Creation of consumption items
● Transfer of consumption items from status Raw to status Rateable
● Rating of consumption items
In the Display Error Logs - Billable Items app, you can display error logs for the following processes:
● Creation of billable items
● Transfer of billable items from status Raw to status Billable
Effects on System Administration
If you set up the writing of additional logs, you need to ensure that clean-up activities for these logs are in place.
358
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Customizing
To use this feature, you need to define the settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under Convergent Invoicing Error Logging . You activate error logging separately for consumption
items and billable items, and separately for individual processes.
Related Information
Display Error Logs - Consumption Items
Display Error Logs - Billable Items
3.9.1.3
Simplified Reversal of Invoice Documents in
Convergent Invoicing
You can reverse billable items, billing documents, and invoicing documents by selecting them in the hit list of
the relevant display apps.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Billable Items
Display Billing Documents
Display Invoicing Documents
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
359
3.9.1.4
Attachment of Customer-Specific Content to
Billable Items
You can use technical extensions to make sets of customer-specific fields available in Convergent Invoicing
processes. Unlike the customer-specific fields that are added directly to the billable item tables, the technical
extension provides a link between the billable items and the data persisted in a customer-specific table.
Technical extensions are created with the related billable items, and can be seen as an additional record type of
a billable item.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can create technical extensions for main items and attachment items. To define an extension, you create a
database table or CDS view containing a predefined key and the fields you require, then integrate your
extension in your billable item class.
If you create technical extensions, you must ensure that you delete the personal data of customers in your
extension tables after the end of purpose (EoP).
Effects on Customizing
To define a technical extension, you need to define the settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under
Management
Convergent Invoicing
Basic Functions
Billable Items
Billable Item
Define Extensions for Billable Items .
To integrate your extension within the standard record type Main item, include the interface component
EXTN_IT (Extensions - Main Items) in your billable item class. To integrate your extension within the standard
record type Attachment items, include the interface component EXTN_TT (Extensions - Attachment Items) in
your billable item class. In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, define the settings under
Convergent Invoicing
360
PUBLIC
Basic Functions
Billable Items
Billable Item Classes .
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Technical Extensions
3.9.1.5
Cost Consideration of Consumption Related to
Services
Cost posting in Convergent Invoicing enables you to enter and post the cost of goods and services sold. The
cost can then be used for cost recognition in controlling or profitability analysis.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The basis for a cost posting is a billable item that has a cost type and cost subtype.
Effects on Customizing
To set up cost posting, you need to define the settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under
Convergent Invoicing
Cost Posting .
In addition, you need to include the interface component CO_DATA (Cost Postings) in your billable item class.
This interface component allows you to enter the cost type and cost subtype.
Related Information
Cost Posting
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
361
3.9.1.6
Provide Subscription and Usage Information for
Cash and Liquidity Management
The individual procedure for accrual/deferral posting in Convergent Invoicing enables you to update the cash
and liquidity forecast for usage transactions that haven't yet been billed. Unbilled receivables and revenues are
processed at contract account level.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Accrual/deferral postings enable you to separate the time of revenue recognition from the time of invoice
creation. In the individual procedure, the accrual/deferral data is determined during invoicing and posted by
period as provisional revenues. When the invoice is created, a transfer posting is made to real revenues. In
contrast to the summary procedure for accrual/deferral postings, processing is on the level of an individual
contract account.
Effects on Customizing
To use this feature, you need to include the interface component BILLAC (Accrual/Deferral Postings - Individual
Procedure) in your billable item class. You also need to assign the invoicing function INV_BILLAC (Accrual/
Deferral Postings - Individual Procedure) to your invoicing process.
Related Information
Individual Procedure
362
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.9.1.7
Support for Compliance with Legal Requirements
You can specify for certain posting processes that the system doesn't post a correction amount of an invoice as
relevant to sales/purchase tax until the time of clearing. This special treatment of correction amounts to an
invoice for tax purposes can assist you in complying with statutory requirements (for example, §17 UStG in
Germany).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To use this feature, you need to define the settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under
Convergent Invoicing
Invoicing
Additional Functions
Actual Taxation of Corrections .
You also need to assign the invoicing function ACTTAX_CORR (Actual Taxation of a Correction) to your invoicing
process.
Related Information
Actual Taxation of a Correction
3.9.2 Contract Accounting
3.9.2.1
Business Function: Convergent Contract
Accounting
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
363
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2AR, 2BI, 2BK, 2DP, 2KH, 2SJ, 2UJ, 33X, 3L3, 43Y
Application Component
FI-CAC (Convergent Contract Accounting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With the business function Convergent Contract Accounting (FICAC_CORE), cross-industry use of Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA/Contract Accounting) is provided.
A prerequisite for using the business function is that you so far have not used an industry solution that is
integrated with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.
Convergent Contract Accounting provides best practices content for the following scope items:
● 43Y (Contract Accounting - Integration with Sales Documents)
● 47I (Contract Accounting - Cash Application)
● 2BI (Contract Accounting - Customer-Initiated Payments)
● 2AR (Contract Accounting - Master Data and Basic Functions)
● 2DP (Contract Accounting - Company Initiated Payments)
● 2BK (Contract Accounting - Daily and Monthly Closing)
● 2KH (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Contract Accounting Manager)
● 2SJ (Contract Accounting - External Tax Audit)
● 2UJ (Contract Accounting - Open Item Management)
● 33X (Contract Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS)
● 3L3 (Contract Accounting - Contract-Based Revenue Recognition)
Related Information
Convergent Contract Accounting
3.9.2.2
Manage Contract Accounts
The Manage Contract Accounts app provides a central entry point for contract account maintenance.
364
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use this app to do the following:
● Display a list of contract accounts
Filter the list according to your needs, for example, by business partner and company code
● Display a contract account by clicking on it
● Change a contract account
To change a contract account, select the desired contract account in the list and press Change. This takes
you to the app for changing contract accounts.
● Create contract accounts
To create a new contract account, press Create. This takes you to the app for creating contract accounts.
Related Information
Manage Contract Accounts
3.9.2.3
Open Item Management: Summarized Item Display
in Manual Account Maintenance
In the item display, you can display summarized items. Items belong together if certain characteristics match,
such as business partner, contract account, and due date. The classification key is now available as an
additional summarization criterion. You can summarize items if the enhancement Classification Key (field
OPORD) is active in the line items of the items and the classification key has no more than 19 characters.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
365
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BF ( Basic Functions)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the standard system, summarization means that items with the same reference document number are
displayed summarized. Items without a reference document number are summarized at document number
level.
In the settings for displaying the items in account maintenance, you can make the following constraints for
summarization by classification key:
● Do Not Summarize
With this setting, there is no summarization by classification key. The summarization is the same as in the
standard system.
● 1 Only Summarize If Reference Document Number Is Not Filled
With this setting, items with a classification key and without a reference document number are
summarized by classification key.
● 2 Always Summarize by Classification Key
With this setting, all items with a classification key (regardless of whether the reference document number
is filled) are summarized by classification key.
Related Information
Deactivating the Summarized Item Display
3.9.2.4
Payments: Clarification of Payment Exceptions in
Payment Run
For clarifying payment exceptions, in addition to transaction FPCPR, transaction FPCPRN is also now available.
Whereas in transaction FPCPR you select clarification cases from a list to process them in full screen,
transaction FPCPRN offers processing in a split screen.
366
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT-PY (Payments)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Clarify Payment Exceptions
3.9.2.5
Payments: Parallel Processing of Bank Data
Memory
As an alternative to making a transfer using the FI-CA data transfer programs, you can process the bank data
storage in parallel by using a mass activity (transaction FPB7M).
The mass activity imports the payment data in parallel jobs to payment lots and posts them. These postings
take place during the creation of the payment lots and not only when all payment lots are complete and have
been closed. This means that clarification work can start during the transfer and earlier.
The mass activity transfers payments that cannot be included in a payment lot to separate error lots. In the
event of errors, each job creates its own error stack.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT-PY-PP (Processing Incoming and Outgoing
Payments)
Available As Of
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
SAP S/4HANA 2021
PUBLIC
367
Effects on Customizing
You have activated parallel processing of the bank data storage in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under
Payments
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Processing Incoming and Outgoing Payments
Business Transactions
Activate Parallelized Incoming Payment
Processing .
Related Information
Parallelized Transfer in Mass Run
3.9.2.6
Payments with Credit Cards
If you refund card payments to payment service providers, you can now create a reference to the original
payment during the refund. To do this, you define the inheritance of the card data for the credit memo in
Customizing, as well as the payment method for the credit memo either in Customizing or in event 0150.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT-PY (Payments)
Valid from
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under
Basic Functions
Postings and
Documents Basic Settings Maintain Central Settings for Posting , you can define how the card data is to be
inherited in the event of the reversal of a cleared receivable or a clearing reset. Set the required indicator to
pass on the card data from the original receivable or from the payment to the open credit. This means that the
credit is repaid using the same payment method with the same card data as in the receivable or payment.
368
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Set the payment method "Card" for the repayment of the credit in Customizing activity Define Default Payment
Methods for Payments Through API for the typeCard Payment for Reset Clearing (see
Payments
Processing of Incoming-/Outgoing Payments
Business Transactions
Payments Through API .
Related Information
Refund of Credit Card Payments with Reference to the Original Payment
3.9.2.7
Manage Repayment Requests
The Manage Repayment Requests app provides a central entry point for repayment requests processing.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT-PY (Zahlungen)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use this app to do the following:
● Using the filters available, you can search for repayment requests. You can sort the result list by various
criteria.
● You can create your own filter variants, show and hide columns in the list, and hide the filter panel.
● You can select and display details of a repayment request.
● In the list as well as in the detail view, provided the status of a repayment request permits this, you can
reverse a repayment request or change the due date and usage text.
● By default, the app only displays repayment request that have not been executed. Using the filters, you can
display repayment requests that have been reversed or executed, as well.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
369
Related Information
Manage Repayment Requests
3.9.2.8
Dunning: Specifying a Reason when Reversing a
Dunning Notice
If you reverse a dunning notice in the dunning history, you can now specify a reason.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT-DU (Dunning Notices)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If you have maintained reversal reasons in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under
Business Transactions Reversal Define Reversal Reasons , the system queries the specification of a
reason. If you have not entered any reasons here, the system does not prompt you to enter a reason. Specifying
a reason is optional.
Related Information
Reversing Dunning Notices
3.9.2.9
Manage Installment Plans
The Manage Installment Plans app provides a central entry point for installment plan maintenance.
370
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT-DI (Deferral and Installment Plans)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Using the filters available, you can search for installment plans. You can sort the result list by various criteria.
By clicking on an entry in the result list, you can display installment plan details.
You can change an open installment plan and create new installment plans.
You can display the history for an installment plan.
You can access the Analyze Installment Plans app. Click on an installment plan number in the list and choose
Analyze Installment Plans to get an overview of installment plans that have been created.
Related Information
Manage Installment Plans
3.9.2.10 Promise to Pay
A promise to pay can now also provide for payment by credit card. If you use SAP digital payments add-on and
SAP digital payments add-on supports the corresponding payment card type, you can register the credit card
directly with SAP digital payments add-on .
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
New
PUBLIC
371
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT (Business transactions)
Valid from
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Promise to Pay
3.9.2.11 Debt Collection Management: Maintain Debt Sets in
Automated Processes
You can create, read, and change debt sets using an API. Using event 381, you can change debt set attributes of
the current dunning notice during the dunning activity run.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT (Business Transactions)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Debt Set API
Changing Debt Set Attributes: Event 381
372
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.9.2.12 Factoring
Reversal of the Offer of Receivables
If technical problems occur during the transfer of data to the factor, in the SAP menu under
Processing For Contract Accounts Factoring Send Reversal Information Again
FPFA8_RESEND), you can send data selected by a run again.
Periodic
(transaction
Factoring for Installment Plans and Promises to Pay
You can now offer for sale source receivables of installment plans and promises to pay.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-BT (Business Transactions)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To activate factoring for installment plans and promises to pay, set the Factoring for Installment Plans /
Promises to Pay indicator in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under
Functions
Postings and Documents
Basic Settings
Basic
Maintain Central Settings for Posting .
Related Information
Reverse Offer
3.9.2.13 Integration with Sales and Distribution (SD):
Contract Partner-SD Customer Mapping
If you integrate Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and Sales and Distribution (SD) in the same system,
the customer and business partner have the same number by default. However, at Event 4070, you can now
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
373
specify a different business partner for the SD customer in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. If you
want to use master data synchronization with Customer Vendor Integration (CVI), a suitable example
implementation is in sample function module FKK_SAMPLE_4070_CVI.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-IN (Integration)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Integration Between SD and FI-CA in the Same System and Client
3.9.2.14 Forwarding of Payment Information via Information
Container
In a business process, information containers save information that you can send to external systems at a later
point in time. SAP provides the connection of the information container to the payment run by using
information container category FI-CA: Payments from Payment Run (0003). You use this information container
category to inform other systems about payments made with the payment run. The data contained in the
information container entries is sent by using the Forward Information transaction (FPINFCO1) in the SAP
menu under Periodic Processing
Payment – Notification SOAP API.
Transfer Data
Information Container
. The data is sent using the Full
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
374
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
FI-CA-IN (Integration)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Information Containers
Full Payment – Notification
3.9.2.15 Integration with the Closing Cockpit
You can plan, execute, and monitor closing tasks centrally by using the Schedule Manager (CA). In addition,
provided you have purchased the appropriate license (SKU 7019413) you can plan, execute, and monitor
closing tasks centrally by using SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced financial closing.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-IN (Integration)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can include the following programs in the Schedule Manager (CA):
● RFKKOP03 (Key Date-Based Open Item List)
● RFKK_RECLASS (Reclassification Postings)
● RFKK_RECLASS_DUEGRID (Posting of Reclassification by Due Date)
● SAPFK100 (Foreign Currency Valuation)
● RFKKABS1 (Check Totals Records)
● RFKKABS10 (Display for Posting Totals)
● RFKKABS30 (Itemization for Posting Totals)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
375
● RFKKABS5 (Check Transfer Status of Reconciliation Key)
● RFKKABS6 (Display for G/L Transfer)
● RFKKAV00 (Transfer of Payment Advice Notes from a Sequential File)
● RFKKBELJ00 (Document Journal)
● RFKKBIB0 (Document Transfer Program)
● RFKKCFUPD (Data Transfer to Cash Management)
● RFKKCM00 (Data Transfer: Manually Issued Checks Lot)
● RFKKCO20 (Check CO-PA Documents)
● RFKKCOPM (Read Collection Agency File)
● RFKKCR00 (Transfer of Cashed Checks)
● RFKKFIKEYCLOSE (Delete and Close Reconciliation Keys)
● RFKKGL00 (Transfer of FI-CA Totals records to General Ledger)
● RFKKGL20 (Check General Ledger Documents)
● RFKKGL30 (Itemization for G/L Documents from FI-CA)
● RFKKJOURNAL (Account Assignment Details for Single Documents)
● RFKKKA00 (Transfer of Data from Account Statement to Payment/Returns Lots)
● RFKKOP04 (Item List)
● RFKKOP10 (Reconciliation Between Open Items and General Ledger)
● RFKKOP20P (Reconciliation Between Open Items and General Ledger (Parallel))
● RFKKPCDS (Payment Cards: Execute Billing)
● RFKKRD00 (Revenue Distribution: Create and Post Documents)
● RFKKRL00 (Returns Lot Transfer)
● RFKKRSTF (Assign New Reconciliation Key to Returns Lot)
● RFKKZE00 (Payment Lot Transfer)
● RFKKZSTF (Assign New Reconciliation Key to Payment Lot)
You can include the following mass activities in the Schedule Manager (CA):
● Prepare Value Adjustment Analysis (transaction FPRT)
● Transfer Adjusted Receivables (transaction FPRV)
● Adjust Receivables According to Age, transaction FPRW)
You can include the following programs in SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced financial closing:
● RFKKOP03 (Key Date-Based Open Item List)
● RFKK_RECLASS (Reclassification Postings)
● RFKK_RECLASS_DUEGRID (Posting of Reclassification by Due Date)
● SAPFK100 (Foreign Currency Valuation)
You can include the following mass activities in SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced financial closing:
● Prepare Value Adjustment Analysis (transaction FPRT)
● Transfer Adjusted Receivables (transaction FPRV)
● Adjust Receivables According to Age (transaction FPRW)
376
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Include Programs and Mass Activities in the Closing Cockpit
https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/AFC/latest/en-US
3.9.2.16 Integration with One Exposure from Operations Hub:
Degree of Detail of Update
By default, Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable updates One Exposure from Operations to the level of
the cash management group (FKKVKP-FDGRP).
Based on integration schemas that you define in Customizing and then assign to the contract account
categories, you can achieve a higher degree of detail in the upgrade.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-IN-CM (Cash Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The integration schema defines that relevant postings, such as new documents, clearings, and document
changes, are not only updated at planning group level, but in more detail at business partner and document
number level. The following document characteristics are also updated:
● Tax amount of receivable
● Origin of posting
● Clearing reason (for cleared items)
● Distinguish between revenue that has already been billed and revenue that has not yet been billed.
● Differentiate between active and passive payment mode by analyzing the payment method in the line item
and contract account, provided this option was selected in Customizing under Set Up Company Codes for
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable .
"Active payment mode" means that the item can be expected to be paid by the payment run.
● The corresponding reconciliation account (reconciliation account), provided this option was selected in
Customizing under Set Up Company Codes for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
377
The finer data granularity results in more and more detailed individual records in One Exposure from
Operations, which permit extended valuation options.
 Note
We recommend that you do not activate this more detailed update for all contract accounts, but only for
contract accounts that require special monitoring.
Effects on Customizing
You make the system settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under
Integration
Cash Management
Define Level of Detail for Update .
Related Information
Updating Cash and Liquidity Management
3.9.2.17 Closing Operations: Foreign Currency Valuation
To valuate mass data, on the SAP Easy Access screen under
Periodic Processing
Closing Preparation
Receivable Valuation , the following transactions are provided:
● Foreign Currency Valuation Run (transaction FPW1M)
● Display Results of Foreign Currency Valuation Run (transaction FPW1D)
● Repeat Posting of Foreign Currency Valuation Run (transaction FPW1P)
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-CL-FC (Foreign Currency Valuation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
378
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Parallelized Valuation of Foreign Currencies
3.9.2.18 Display Posted Value Adjustments
With the Display Posted Value Adjustments Fiori app, you can display the receivables adjustments posted. You
can evaluate posted receivables adjustments, that is, doubtful entries and individual or flat-rate value
adjustments.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-CL-DR (Doubtful Receivables)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The app displays the adjusted receivables for the selection criteria entered. You must enter the key date and
valuation variant as selection criteria.
In addition, you can select by FI-CA documents. To do this, specify the following selection criteria:
● Company code
● Business partner
● Contract account
● Document number
For more details, expand the desired document displayed in the list. By clicking the arrow at the end of a row,
you can navigate to the detailed page of the value adjustment to get more information.
Related Information
Display Posted Value Adjustments
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
379
3.9.2.19 Situation Handling
For situation handling, the following new templates are provided:
● Business Critical Locks in Application Jobs
● Business Critical Customizing Errors in Application Jobs
● Business Critical SEPA Errors in Application Jobs
● Business Critical Master Data Errors in Application Jobs
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Handling Situations
3.9.2.20 Archiving: ILM Notifications
All archiving objects in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable now support data protection notifications.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
380
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Blocking and Deleting Personal Data
3.9.2.21 APIs on the SAP API Business Hub
To extend Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA), you can use the following new and enhanced
APIs which have been published on the SAP API Business Hub .
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Contract Accounting Dispute Case – Manage (DisputeCase) OData API has been enhanced as follows:
● The Update, Assign Attachment, and SetDisputeCaseToVoid operations have been added to the
DisputeCase entity.
● The DisputeCaseObject entity including the Create and Delete operations have been added to the API.
The following new APIs are made available:
Name
Technical Name
Factoring – Offer Data
ContractAccountingFact SOAP
oringOfferBulkInformat
ion _Out
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Type
Comment
PUBLIC
381
Name
Technical Name
Type
Factoring – Clearing Data
ContractAccountingFact SOAP
oringClearingBulkInfor
mation_Out
Factoring – Answer Data
ContractAccountingFact SOAP
oringAnswerBulkInforma
tion_In
Factoring – Offer Reversal
Data
ContractAccountingFact SOAP
oringOfferReversalBulk
Request_Out
Cash Security Deposit
CASecurityDeposit
Disconnection Request –
Bulk Send
ContractAccountingServ SOAP
iceDisconnectionPropos
alNotification_Out
Comment
OData
Reconnection Request – Bulk ContractAccountingServ SOAP
iceReconnectionProposa
Send
lNotification_Out
External Cash Point - In­
bound Payment Notification
ECC_CASHPOINTPAYMENTCR SOAP
TNO
External Cash Point - In­
bound Reversal Notification
ECC_CASHPOINTPAYMENTRE SOAP
VNO
External Cash Point - In­
bound Closing Notification
ECC_CASHPOINTCLOSINGDO SOAP
CNO
External Cash Point - In­
bound Closing Reversal Noti­
fication
ECC_CASHPOINTCLOSINGDO SOAP
CCNCNO
External Cash Point - Open
Item Summary
CashPointOpenItemSumma SOAP
ryNotification_Out
Collection Agency - Submit
Bulk Request
CommissionedOutstandin SOAP
gCollectionsERPBulkReq
uest_Out
Collection Agency - Confirmation
CommissionedOutstandin SOAP
gCollectionsERPBulkCon
firmation_In
Promise to Pay - Request In­
formation
PROMISETOPAYIDQR
SOAP
Promise to Pay - Request
Profiles
P2PALLWDPRFLQR
SOAP
Contract Accounting Docu­
ment – Manage
CADOCUMENTMANAGE
OData
Contract Accounting Install­
ment Plan – Manage
FKCMANAGEINSTALLMENTPL SOAP
AN
Contract Accounting Credit­
worthiness – Read
Creditworthiness
382
PUBLIC
OData
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Name
Technical Name
Type
Comment
CONTRACTACCOUNTBULKREP SOAP
Contract Account – Bulk
Replicate from Client System LICATEREQUEST_IN
Contract Account – Return
Status of Bulk Replication to
Client System
ContractAccountBulkRep SOAP
licateConfirmation_Out
Contract Account – Bulk
Replicate from SAP S/
4HANA to Client
CONTRACTACCOUNTBULKREP SOAP
LICATEREQUEST_OUT
Full Payment – Notification
FKC_FULLPAYMENT_BULK_R SOAP
EQUEST_OUT_SPRX
Contract Accounting Busi­
ness Transaction - Read
CABUSINESSTRANSACTION
OData
Contract Account
CONTRACTACCOUNT
OData
With the RetrieveAccountBa­
lance operation, you can read
an account balance of a con­
tract account.
Related Information
APIs in SAP API Business Hub
3.9.2.22 Business Events on the SAP API Business Hub
On the SAP API Business Hub, Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable provides new business events to
notify consumer applications that an SAP Object Type has changed.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
383
Additional Details
The following business events are provided:
● Contract Account Events
● Contract Accounting Document Events
● Contract Accounting Installment Plan Events
● Contract Accounting Provider Contract Events
Related Information
Contract Account Events
Contract Accounting Document Events
Contract Accounting Installment Plan Events
Contract Accounting Provider Contract Events
3.9.2.23 Extensibility: Customer Fields in BRIM and Revenue
Accounting
You can use the Custom Fields app to transfer the value of customer-specific fields from the provider contract
item to Revenue Accounting.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You create the customer field in the business context Contract Accounting: Transfer Record to Revenue
Accounting (FICA_RAR_TRANSFER_RECORD) and activate the field usage in the business scenarios Contract
Accounting: FI-CA / RAR Transfer Record for RAR Contract Item and Contract Accounting: Provider Contract
Item for FI-CA / RAR Transfer Record.
384
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
To make the field also available in apps, CDS views, and APIs for the provider contract item, for example, enable
the field usage accordingly in the business context Contract Accounting: Provider Contract Item
(FICA_PROVIDER_CONTRACT_ITEM).
Proceed in the same way in the business context Revenue Accounting: Contract Item
(FARR_CONTRACT_ITEM).
Related Information
Adding Fields Using the Custom Fields App
Creation of Order Items from the Provider Contract
3.9.2.24 Extensibility of BAPIs
You can use the Custom Fields app to add customer fields in BAPIs.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can supplement the following BAPIs:
● Object type CA_CONTACC (contract account)
○ BAPI_CTRACCONTRACTACCOUNT_CR1
○ BAPI_CTRACCONTRACTACCOUNT_CH1
○ BAPI_CTRACCONTRACTACCOUNT_GD1
The technical conversion for processing customer fields is described in the EXTENSIONIN and EXTENSIONOUT
parameters of the named BAPIs.
Utilities (IS-U)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
385
For object type ISUACCOUNT (IS-U contract account), you can supplement customer fields in the following
BAPIs:
● BAPI_ISUACCOUNT_CREATEFROMDATA
● BAPI_ISUACCOUNT_CHANGE
● BAPI_ISUACCOUNT_GETDETAIL
Insurance (FS-CD)
For object type BUSISI006 (FS-CD contract account), you can supplement customer fields in the following
BAPIs:
● BAPI_CD_ACCOUNT_CREATE1
● BAPI_CD_ACCOUNT_CHANGE1
● BAPI_CD_ACCOUNT_GETDETAIL1
Public Sector Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (PS-CD)
You can supplement customer fields in BAPI BAPI_CTRACCOUNT_EASYCREATE.
Related Information
Adding Fields Using the Custom Fields App
3.9.2.25 Program Enhancements: Temporary Deactivation of
Event Modules
For test purposes, for example, you can temporarily deactivate registered installation-specific function
modules.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
386
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Additional Details
In the Customizing activity Define Customer-Specific Function Modules, you can define a function module you
programmed at an event predefined by SAP to intervene in the process flow of standard programs and to
include installation-specific processing. The system executes the function modules when the event in the
program is reached.
In the Customizing activity Deactivate Customer-Specific Function Modules, you can temporarily deactivate
registered installation-specific function modules, for example, for test purposes.
To avoid data inconsistencies, you cannot deactivate customer-specific function modules in the production
system.
For the deactivation, you must have authorization for activity 220 of authorization object F_KK_SOND.
Effects on Customizing
You make both settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Program
Enhancements.
3.9.2.26 Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS View
I_CADocumentGLItem
The field ProfitabilitySegment is replaced with the field ProfitabilitySegment_2. The field occurs in
the I_CADocumentGLItem CDS view. Switch your custom developments to the ProfitabilitySegment_2
field as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FI-CA-IN-GL (General Ledger Accounting)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
387
Related Information
Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page 1108]
GL Line Item
3.9.3 Subscription Order Management
3.9.3.1
Display Allowances
The Display Allowances app enables you to view the allowances and valid allowance definitions for a
subscription contract and view its details from SAP Convergent Charging, as well as the refilled and charged
values for the allowances from Convergent Invoicing. You can also trigger the execution of allowance refills in
SAP Convergent Charging.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can also use the Display Allowances app to do the following:
● Track your aggregated monetary allowance value via key figures on different granular levels.
● View the allowances assigned to your contract, and their details like validity, counters, and parameters
from SAP Convergent Charging.
● View the allowance definition(s) defined for your subscription contract and the related charge plans.
● Trigger an allowance refill in SAP Convergent Charging.
● Navigate to Convergent Invoicing to view the creation and usage of billable items for an allowance.
● Navigate from the app to related objects such as the subscription contract, contract document,
subscription product-specific data, allowance definition table, and business partner.
388
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Display Allowances
3.9.3.2
Improved User Experience for Managing
Subscription Products
The Manage Subscription Product-Specific Data app is enhanced so that you can now assign and maintain the
assignment schema, assigned to your cross-catalog mapping data. directly in the app itself.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
Your former settings on the product master data will stay valid. When you edit a a product via the Manage
Subscription-Product Specific app, the resource assignment schema will be automatically migrated to the
subscription product-specific data and used from here in the future. The assignment schema is then hidden
from the product master data.
Related Information
Manage Subscription Product-Specific Data
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
389
3.9.3.3
Supporting Multiple Lock Types During a Lock/
Unlock Change Process
This feature enables you to support multiple lock types for FI-CA and CI billing plan, using the Lock and Unlock
change processes of the subscription contract.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now maintain against a Lock Reason whether:
● The provider contract in SAP Convergent Charging should be locked by setting the Lock CC flag.
● Your locks shall only be executed in subscription contract, lock the SAP Convergent Charging contract, or
set individual lock reasons for specific FI-CA processes, like billing plan request, invoicing, payment, or
dunning.
● The lock/unlock change process are executed directly in the contract or via a change order, by setting the
respective lock strategy. You should use the change order option, for example, if the lock process has
implications on the price and you require repricing.
Effects on Existing Data
With this enhancement, the following activities will be deprecated in the future, in the Customizing
Transactions
Settings for Subscription Transactions
Contract Changes
Service
Lock Processing :
● Define Lock Levels
● Define Lock Reasons
● Define Unlock Reasons
390
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Effects on Customizing
The following settings must be defined in the Customizing:
● You have defined the lock/unlock reasons and set the lock flags in the Customizing for Service under
Transactions
Settings for Subscription Transactions
Lock/Unlock Reasons
Contract Changes
Lock Processing
Define
.
● The ODI lock/unlock schema definition PCLK is activated in the schema determination in the Customizing
for Service under
Transactions
Settings for Subscription Transactions
Document Distribution
Define Settings for Document Distribution .
Related Information
Locking and Unlocking Services
3.9.3.4
Change Processes for Phased Contracts
This feature enables you to execute certain change processes on a phased contract. You can choose to extend
or add an extension phase to a phased contract, correct errors in a phased contract with distribution errors, or
even reject a phased contract before it is activated.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following change processes are available for phased contracts:
● You can use the Add Extension Phase change process to add an extension phase to the end of the phased
contract, by explicitly providing attributes such as quantity and configuration.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
391
● You can use the Contract Extension change process to extend a phased contract by copying the details of
the current last phase and changing the Contract End Date as per the entered extension period.
● You can use the Correct Errors change process to fix the distribution errors for an inactive phased contract.
 Note
This change process is only available on the UI if there is an error during contract distribution.
● You can use the Reject All Items process, that is available at the subscription contract document level on
the UI, to reject inactive phased contracts.
Effects on Data Transfer
The following change processes have been added to the delivery Customizing (list processes below):
● Add Extension Phase
● Contract Extension
● Correct Errors
● Reject All
Effects on Customizing
These change process are now available in the Customizing for Service, under
Transactions
Contract Changes
Settings for Subscription
Settings for Maintenance Framework (BTMF) .
Related Information
Phased Contracts
Add Extension Phase
Contract Extension
3.9.3.5
Change Processes with Activation Date in the Past
This feature is enhanced so that you can now execute a contract cancellation or an item level contract transfer,
for a contract with an activation date in the past.
392
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.9.3.6
Validation for Change Technical Resource
This validation disallows a change in the technical resource, if usage billable items exist beyond the contract
activation date.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You must define the activation date to validate the start of the new technical resource ID. If billable items exist
after the provided activation date, the change process is stopped and an error message is displayed. You can
only proceed with the change process if you change the activation date such that no billable items exist after it.
Related Information
Change Technical Resources
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
393
3.9.3.7
Automatic Extension of Sub-Item During Contract
Extension
This feature enables you to automatically extend a sub-item together with the main item, via the Subscription
Contract Change Process and Business Solution Quotation APIs, as long as the sub-item has the same end
date as the main item.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Contract Extension
3.9.3.8
Maintaining Custom Price Conditions in Price
Agreements Created Using A Master Agreement
You can maintain price conditions for any desired condition type in a price agreement created from a master
agreement.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
394
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now add price conditions for a condition type in a price agreement created using a master agreement.
The condition record is created based on master agreement document category CMMA. This price is then
copied to a subscription order/ solution quotation during call-off.
Related Information
Master Agreement
3.9.3.9
Assigning New Master Agreements during Sold-to
and Product Change Processes
This feature enables you to assign/unassign the existing master agreement in a change order item, while
executing the Product Change and Change Sold-to-Party change processes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
During the execution of the Product Change or Change Sold-To change processes, the assigned master
agreement may become irrelevant due to a change in the Sold-To Party and Product combination. In such a
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
395
case, you can use the change order to unassign the existing master agreement either by assigning a new,
relevant master agreement or simply not assigning one at all.
If a new master agreement is assigned in the change order, the corresponding attributes such as the CCM
version, redefined convergent charging tables and parameters, billing cycle, configuration, sharing group, and
contracts are derived and assigned.
Related Information
Product Change
Change Sold-To Party
3.9.3.10 Assigning External PO Numbers to Subscription
Items
This feature enables you to maintain external references (purchase order numbers) on the header and for
subscription items in the subscription order or solution quotation.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The assigned PO numbers are copied over to the subscription contract and further distributed to the FI-CA
provider contract.
 Note
As long as you have maintained the purchase order number at the item level (Ship-to PO Number), it is
distributed to the FI-CA provider contract by default. If the item level number is not provided, the header
level (Ship-to PO Number), is distributed to the FI-CA provider contract.
396
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Related Information
Purchase Order Numbers in Subscription Items
3.9.3.11 Solution Quotation Search by External Reference
Number
This feature enables you to search for solution quotations via external reference numbers.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can search for solution quotations as below:
● Search by external quote reference number
● Search by business solution portfolio reference number
3.9.3.12 Contract Transfer with Single Item
This feature enables you to transfer an individual subscription contract into a new subscription contract, such
that the existing contract is delimited and a new contract is created.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
397
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The transfer relevance of a change process is driven by the Document Flow Strategy attribute in the definition
of the change process:
● If the value is set to N ("Create new contract in a new contract document"), the transfer process shall result
in the creation of a new subscription contract in a new subscription contract document.
● If the value is set to U ("Create new contract in the same contract document"), the transfer process shall
result in the creation of a new subscription contract in the same subscription contract document.
You can define the document transfer strategy in the Customizing settings for the specific change process.
During the transfer, the existing contract will be delimited, copied and adjusted, and recreated. The allowances
and counters from the old contract are copied to the new contract. You can run the single item transfer either
via the UI or via an API.
Effects on Customizing
Set document flow strategy for scenario-specific attributes of change process in the Customizing for Service
under
Transactions
Settings for Subscription Transactions
Contract Changes
Settings for the
Maintenance Framework (BTMF) .
Related Information
Contract Transfer
398
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.9.3.13 Business Events for Subscription Contracts
This feature enables you to notify internal and external applications about the state of the contract and
changes executed on the contract.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use the business events to do the following:
● Use these events in a business event handler in S/4HANA (BEH) so that internal and external applications
can link to the events.
● Send cloud events via XBE to the SAP Event Mesh on SAP BTP, to notify external applications.
● Determine whether an event needs to be sent out for a change process.
● Filter, based on your contract data, if events shall be sent by implementing a BAdI.
● Find subscription contract events in the API Hub.
Effects on Customizing
You can define if your change processes raise an event in the Customizing for Service under
Settings for Subscription Transactions
Contract Changes
Transactions
Settings for the Maintenance Framework
(BTMF) , in the scenario-specific attributes for the respective change process.
The BTMF Customizing has been enhanced with the field Business Event, in the sub-view Define Scenario Dep.
Attributes. The event ID maintained in this field will be raised for the specific BTMF change process that should
trigger a business event. An empty field value means that no events will be triggered for the selected BTMF
change process.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
399
Related Information
Business Events for Subscription Orders and Contracts
3.9.3.14 Business Events for Subscription Orders
This feature enables you to notify internal applications about the order state and any changes executed on the
subscription orders.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use these events in a business event handler in SAP S/4HANA (BEH) so that internal applications can
link to the events.
Related Information
Business Events for Subscription Orders and Contracts
3.9.3.15 OData API: Business Solution Quotation
The new fields on the Business Solution Quotation OData API (API_BUS_SOLUTION_QUOTATION) enable you
to read recurring charge, read the autorenewal date and extension period, and read and maintain the variant
condition key for variant prices.
400
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following fields have been added to the API:
Name
Property
Necessity
Description
A_BusSolnQtanSubscrpnItem
Recurring Charge
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgNe Read-only
Recurring charge net amount
tAmt
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgGr Read-only
Recurring charge gross
ossAmt
amount
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgTa Read-only
Recurring charge tax amount
xAmount
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgDu Read-only
Recurring charge duration
ration
Renewal/Autorenewal
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgDu Read-only
Recurring charge duration
rnUnit
unit
SbscrpnContrItmRnwlDte Read-only
Auto renewal extension date
Tme
SbscrpnContrArnwlStrtD Read-only
Auto renewal extension start
urn
duration
SbscrpnContrArnwlStrtD Read-only
Auto renewal extension start
urnUnit
duration unit
A_BusSolnQtanItmPriceElement
Variant Price
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
VariantCondition
Optional
Variant condition key
PUBLIC
401
Related Information
Subscription Related Item
Currency Code Conversion [page 1111]
3.9.3.16 OData API: Subscription Contract Read
The new fields on the Subscription Contract Read OData API (API_SUBSCRIPTIONCONTRACT) enable you to
read recurring charges and cancellation information, read the rejection state, autorenewal date, and extension
period, read a BTMF change process and contract transfer relations, in addition to reading the variant condition
key for variant prices.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following fields have been added to the API:
Name
Property
Necessity
Description
A_SubscriptionContractItem
Recurring Charge
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgGr Read-only
Recurring charge gross
ossAmt
amount
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgTa Read-only
Recurring charge tax amount
xAmt
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgDu Read-only
Recurring charge duration
ration
402
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Name
Cancellation
Property
Necessity
Description
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgDu Read-only
Recurring charge duration
rnUnit
unit
SbscrContrItmCancInPro Read-only
Cancellation procedure
cedure
SbscrContrItemCancInRe Read-only
Cancellation reason
ason
SbscrContrItemCancInPa Read-only
Cancelling partner
rty
Rejection
Renewal/Autorenewal
SbscrpnContractItemIsR Read-only
Subscription contract is re­
ejected
jected
SbscrpnContrItmRnwlDte Read-only
Auto renewal extension date
Tme
SbscrpnContrArnwlStrtD Read-only
Auto renewal extension start
urn
duration
SbscrpnContrArnwlStrtD Read-only
Auto renewal extension start
urnUnit
duration unit
BTMF Change Process
SrvcTransChangeProcess Read-only
BTMF change process ID
Contract Transfer
SbscrContrPrdcssrExtID Read-only
Contract transfer predeces­
sor subscription contract ID
SbscrContrSuccssrExtID Read-only
Contract transfer successor
subscription contract ID
A_SubscrpnContrItmPrElmnt
Variant Price
VariantCondition
Read-only
Variant condition key
Related Information
Subscription Contract Change Process (Asynchronous)
Currency Code Conversion [page 1111]
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
403
3.9.3.17 SOAP API: Subscription Order Create
The new fields on the Subscription Order Create SOAP API (II_CRMS4_PRVO_CREATE_IN) enable you to set
the auto renewal indicator and the auto renewal extension period, and read and maintain the variant condition
key for variant prices.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following fields have been added to the API:
Name
Property
Necessity
Description
Variant Price
VariantCondition
Optional
Variant condition key
SubscriptionOrder
Autorenewal
Item
AutoRenewal
SbscrpnContrAutoRnwlIs Optional
Auto renewal indicator
Actv
SbscrpnContrAutoRnwlDu Optional
Auto renewal extension start
rn
duration
SbscrpnContrAutoRnwlDu Optional
Auto renewal extension start
rnUnit
duration unit
Related Information
Subscription Order Create (Asynchronous)
404
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.9.3.18 Data Archiving: ILM Notifications
All archiving objects in Subscription Order Management now support data protection notifications.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For more details about enabled extractions, and how to setup and process ILM notifications, refer to SAP
Information Lifecycle Management documentation.
Effects on Existing Data
You can send ILM notifications for the following ILM objects:
● Subscription Order ( ILM object CRM_PRVO)
● Subscription Contract ( ILM object CRM_PRVC)
● Master Agreement ( ILM object CRM_PRVMA)
● Allowance Definition Group (ILM object SOM_ADG)
● Subscription Product-Specific Data (ILM object SOM_PROD)
● Sharing Group (ILM object SOM_SHGR)
Related Information
ILM Notifications for Data Protection
Blocking and Deleting Personal Data
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
405
3.10 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance
3.10.1 International Trade
3.10.1.1 Business Partner: Adoption of multiple Addresses in
Global Trade Services
In accordance with the adoption of multiple address handling in SD documents using SAP Business partner,
the transfer of multiple addresses for each business partner to SAP Global Trade Services, edition for SAP
HANA is now possible. Also, the transfer of business partner master data to SAP GTS, edition for SAP HANA
has been changed and is now possible through delta replication framework (DRF) methodology.
This benefits in reduced time and costs on master-data maintenance. Also, it is now possible to screen multiple
addresses for business partners in Sanctioned party list screening in SAP GTS, edition for SAP HANA.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SLL-ITR (International Trade)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
3.10.1.2 Classification for International Trade
3.10.1.2.1 Additional Filter on Country in International Trade
Classification Apps
You can now narrow down your worklist of products to classify with the help of an additional filter.
406
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
This does the following:
● Enable the user to reduce the list of products to be classified according to the countries of the plants.
● Save time by classifying a product only if the classification is really needed.
Relevant for App:
● Classify Products - Commodity Codes
● Classify Products - Intrastat Service Codes
● Classify Products - Legal Control
● Classify Products - Customs Tariff Number
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2U3
Application Component
SLL-ITR-CLS (International Trade - Classification)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3 International Trade Compliance
3.10.1.3.1 New Fiori App in International Trade: Analyze and
Resolve Blocked Documents - Trade Compliance
You can use this app to analyze and resolve blocked documents that, for example, may have missing
classifications, are blocked by embargo, or are missing licenses. To continue the business transactions in
question, you either have to enter additional licenses that the system can assign automatically, or you can
assign existing licenses and release the transaction manually by using this app. With this app, you can make
use of analytical features such as the visual filter bar and chart view result list.
Key Features
● Display of blocking reasons for international-trade-relevant documents.
● Select documents by visual filter for specific attributes such as Legal Regulation, Company Code, or
Document Type.
● Resolve blocked documents and assign international trade attributes, such as the following:
○ Control Classes
○ Licenses
○ Embargo Status
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
407
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control)
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Information
 Note
The Resolve Blocked Documents - Trade Compliance app is deprecated and will soon be deleted from the
launchpad.
We recommend that you switch to the successor app Analyze and Resolve Blocked Documents - Trade
Compliance as soon as possible.
3.10.1.3.2 Enhancements of Trade Compliance Checks in
Sales Documents
The Trade Compliance checks in the sales documents have been enhanced for plants abroad scenarios. Legal
regulations are now also determined and checked for a plant if the country differs from the company code.
 Example
If the company code is in Germany and the plant is in Netherlands, then this results not only in the
determination and check of the legal regulations for Germany, but also for the Netherlands.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Re­
stricted Party Screening with SAP Watch List Screening)
Application Component
408
PUBLIC
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3.3 Enhancement of Trade Compliance Checks in
Purchasing Documents
The Trade Compliance checks in the purchasing documents have been enhanced for plants abroad scenarios.
Legal Regulations are now also determined and checked for a plant if the country differs from the company
code.
 Example
If the company code is in Germany and the plant is in Netherlands, then this results not only in the
determination and check of the legal regulations for Germany, but also for the Netherlands.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Re­
stricted Party Screening with SAP Watch List Screening)
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3.4 Display of International Trade Compliance Status
in Delivery Documents
You can now display the trade compliance status for embargo, legal control, and SAP watch list screening in
visual harmonized apps for delivery documents. The trade compliance status can also be displayed in filter and
result lists of delivery document apps.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
409
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Re­
stricted Party Screening with SAP Watch List Screening)
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3.5 Display of International Trade Compliance Status
in Sales Documents
You can now display the trade compliance status for embargo, legal control, and SAP watch list screening in
visual harmonized apps for sales order, sales order without charge, sales contract, sales quotation, and sales
scheduling agreement. The trade compliance status can also be displayed in filter and result lists of Manage
Sales Orders, Manage Sales Orders without Charge, and Customer 360 apps.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Re­
stricted Party Screening with SAP Watch List Screening)
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3.6 Integration of Embargo and SAP Watch List
Screening into Sales Quotation
The following trade compliance checks can be carried out for the sales quotation:
● Embargo
● SAP Watch List Screening
410
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
The result of the checks can be managed with the following apps.:
● Manage Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Embargo checks for sales quotation
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for sales quotation
● Analyze and Resolve Blocked Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Embargo checks for sales quotation
● Schedule Postprocessing - SAP Watch List Screening
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for sales quotation
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Restricted Party Screening
with SAP Watch List Screening)
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3.7 Integration of Legal Control, Embargo, and SAP
Watch List Screening into Inbound Delivery
The following trade compliance checks can be carried out for inbound delivery:
● Legal Control
● Embargo
● SAP Watch List Screening
The result of the checks can be managed with the following apps.:
● Manage Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Legal control checks for inbound delivery
○ Embargo checks for inbound delivery
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for inbound delivery
● Analyze and Resolve Blocked Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Legal control checks for inbound delivery
○ Embargo checks for inbound delivery
● Schedule Postprocessing - SAP Watch List Screening
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for inbound delivery
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
411
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Re­
stricted Party Screening with SAP Watch List Screening)
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3.8 Integration of Legal Control, Embargo, and SAP
Watch List Screening into Sales Scheduling
Agreements
The following trade compliance checks can be carried out for the sales scheduling agreement:
● Legal Control
● Embargo
● SAP Watch List Screening
The result of the checks can be managed with the following apps.:
● Manage Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Legal control checks for sales scheduling agreement
○ Embargo checks for sales scheduling agreement
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for sales scheduling agreement
● Analyze and Resolve Blocked Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Legal control checks for sales scheduling agreement
○ Embargo checks for sales scheduling agreement
● Schedule Postprocessing - SAP Watch List Screening
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for sales scheduling agreement
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Re­
stricted Party Screening with SAP Watch List Screening)
412
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.3.9 Integration of Legal Control, Embargo, and SAP
Watch List Screening into Trading Contract
The following trade compliance checks can be carried out for trading contract:
● Legal Control
● Embargo
● SAP Watch List Screening
The result of the checks can be managed with the following apps.:
● Manage Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Legal control checks for trading contract
○ Embargo checks for trading contract
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for trading contract
● Analyze and Resolve Blocked Documents - Trade Compliance
○ Legal control checks for trading contract
○ Embargo checks for trading contract
● Schedule Postprocessing - SAP Watch List Screening
○ SAP Watch List Screening checks for trading contract
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1W8 (Legal Control), 1WC (Embargo Control), 1WE (Re­
stricted Party Screening with SAP Watch List Screening)
Application Component
SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade - Trade Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
413
3.10.1.4 Integration for International Trade
3.10.1.4.1 Trade Compliance Status Synchronization from
Global Trade Services into Sales Documents
Trade Compliance Status Synchronization from Global Trade Services into sales order and sales scheduling
agreement offers the synchronization of legal control, embargo, and sanctions party list (SPL) check results
from SAP Global Trade Services (SAP GTS) and guarantees the persistence of trade compliance check results
from SAP GTS. The main benefit of this is to make trade compliance check results from SAP GTS directly
available in sales orders and sales scheduling agreements and to enable automatic updates of trade
compliance check results from SAP GTS.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
24J
Application Component
SLL-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade - GTS Integration)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.4.2 Schedule Sales Document Status Update – Global
Trade Services
After the compliance status of the sales order or sales scheduling agreement was changed in the SAP Global
Trade Services system, the updated status can be automatically synchronized with the SAP S/4HANA system.
If this status update fails - for example when the sales order or sales scheduling agreement is blocked in SAP
S/4HANA - you can use the Schedule Sales Document Status Update - Global Trade Services app to schedule
the status update job to get the sales order or sales scheduling agreement updated in SAP S/4HANA.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
414
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Scope Item
24J
Application Component
SLL-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade - GTS Integration)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.4.3 Activation of Transfer of Documents to SAP Global
Trade Services on Document Type/Company
Code Level
It is now possible to activate the transfer of documents to SAP Global Trade Services not only on document
type level, but also on document type / company code level. This provides more options to fine-tune the
transfer of documents and will reduce the data traffic between S/4HANA and SAP GTS.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
24J, 2U1
Application Component
SLL-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade - GTS Integration)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5 Intrastat
3.10.1.5.1 Third Party Declarants for Spain
In Spain, it is now possible to assign third party declarants to providers of information and create Intrastat
declarations with information relevant for third party declarants.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
New
PUBLIC
415
Functional Localization
Localized for Spain
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5.2 Additional Fields in Intrastat Declarations for
Dispatches in Slovakia
For Slovakia, a new legal change is planned to take effect on January 1st, 2022. The following 2 new fields were
added to Intrastat declarations for dispatches:
● Partner VAT registration number
● Country of origin
Before January 1st, 2022, these two fields are optional. Companies can start to specify this information before
January 1st, 2022, to adapt their business processes in advance of the legal change.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for Slovakia
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5.3 Additional Fields in Intrastat Declarations for
Dispatches in Denmark
For Denmark, a new legal change is planned to take effect on January 1st, 2022. The following 2 new fields were
added to Intrastat declarations for dispatches:
● Partner VAT registration number
● Country of origin
Before January 1st, 2022, these two fields are optional. Companies can start to specify this information before
January 1st, 2022, to adapt their business processes in advance of the legal change.
416
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for Denmark
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5.4 Additional Fields in Intrastat Declarations for
Dispatches in Slovenia
For Slovenia, a new legal change is planned to take effect on January 1st, 2022. The following 2 new fields were
added to Intrastat declarations for dispatches:
● Partner VAT registration number
● Country of origin
Before January 1st, 2022, these two fields are optional. Companies can start to specify this information before
January 1st, 2022, to adapt their business processes in advance of the legal change.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for Slovenia
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5.5 Additional SDF File Format for Intrastat
Declarations in Denmark
Prior to SAP S/4HANA 2021, INTRA-DK file format has been supported for Denmark. The INTRA-DK file format
will be phased out at the end of 2021.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
417
After the upgrade to SAP S/4HANA 2021, the additional SDF file format is supported for Denmark. The SDF file
format can also be used after the end of 2021.
 Note
The two new fields in dispatch declaration, partner VAT registration number and country of origin, are
supported by the SDF file format and not by the INTRA-DK file format.
For more information, see the legal announcement of the Danish authority.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for Denmark
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5.6 Availability of Items for Corrections to previous
Months for all Countries
Prior to SAP S/4HANA 2021, items for corrections to previous months were supported only for Italy and the
Netherlands. After the upgrade to SAP S/4HANA 2021, items for corrections to previous months are supported
for all countries. The following country-specific details must be taken into account:
● Items for corrections to previous months are taken over into declaration files only for Italy and the
Netherlands. For all other countries, they are for Information purpose only. Users can check and decide if
items for corrections to previous months must be reported to the authority by other means than
declaration files.
● Items for corrections to previous months in French dispatch declarations are not available because
corrections to previous months for dispatches in France are declared in the same section as normal items.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
418
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5.7 Additional Fields in Intrastat Declarations for
Dispatches in Luxembourg
For Luxembourg, a new legal change took effect on January 1st, 2021. The following 2 new fields were added to
Intrastat declarations for dispatches:
● Partner VAT registration number
● Country of origin
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for Luxembourg
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.10.1.5.8 Additional Fields in Intrastat Declarations for
Dispatches in the Netherlands
For the Netherlands, a new legal change took effect on January 1st, 2021. The following 2 new fields were added
to Intrastat declarations for dispatches:
● Partner VAT registration number
● Country of origin
In addition, the Procedure field is obsolete as of January 1st, 2021.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
419
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Localized for the Netherlands
Scope Item
BDT
Application Component
SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.11
Commodity Management
3.11.1 Commodity Procurement
3.11.1.1 Deal Capture
This feature helps you capture the details of physical and strategy trade deals in the oil and gas industry in an
intuitive and efficient way.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM-CRM ()
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Refineries generally operate an integrated network of midstream and downstream oil and gas operations with
the objective of refining crude oil and other feedstocks into transportation fuels. To support this business,
traders negotiate the purchase of crude oil and feedstocks to supply the refineries demands and also negotiate
sales contracts for refined fuels such as gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel. Traders can also sell crude oil and
420
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
feedstocks to other oil trading companies when there is an oversupply at the refineries, and can procure refined
fuels when the refineries are not able to meet demand.
Therefore, traders need to capture sales deals, purchase deals, borrow and loan deals, strategy deals, and even
buy and sell deals that include both purchase and sales agreements in the same deal.
This feature supports capturing all these types of deals.
Related Information
Deal Capture
3.11.2 Commodity Sales
3.11.2.1 Deal Capture
This feature helps you capture the details of physical and strategy trade deals in the oil and gas industry in an
intuitive and efficient way.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM-CRM ()
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Refineries generally operate an integrated network of midstream and downstream oil and gas operations with
the objective of refining crude oil and other feedstocks into transportation fuels. To support this business,
traders negotiate the purchase of crude oil and feedstocks to supply the refineries demands and also negotiate
sales contracts for refined fuels such as gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel. Traders can also sell crude oil and
feedstocks to other oil trading companies when there is an oversupply at the refineries, and can procure refined
fuels when the refineries are not able to meet demand.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
421
Therefore, traders need to capture sales deals, purchase deals, borrow and loan deals, strategy deals, and even
buy and sell deals that include both purchase and sales agreements in the same deal.
This feature supports capturing all these types of deals.
Related Information
Deal Capture
3.11.3 DCS Floating Price Definition
With this function in transaction Specify Commodity Derivative Specification (FDCS01), on the new Floating
Price Details tab, you can indicate that the selected exchange-traded contract is subject to a settlement price
calculation, based on one or more underlying legs as relevant for swap futures or spread futures. Setting this
flag enables you to maintain the underlying's risk breakout information and using risk breakout views in
Commodity Risk Analytics.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
FIN-FSCM-TRM-CRM ()
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
3.12 APIs for Finance
3.12.1 SOAP API: Journal Entry – Change (Asynchronous)
The API Journal Entry - Change (Asynchronous) (JournalEntryBulkChangeRequest_In) has been changed
as follows:
● The field PaymentDifferenceReasonChange has been added to the JournalEntryGLItem and
JournalEntryDebtorCreditorItem nodes. This enables you to update the reason code for a payment
difference of an existing accounting document.
422
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Accounting and Financial Close
Application Component
AC-INT
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Journal Entry - Change (Asynchronous)
3.12.2 SOAP API: Journal Entry – Post (Asynchronous and
Synchronous)
The APIs Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous) (JournalEntryBulkCreationRequest_In) and Journal Entry
- Post (Synchronous) (JournalEntryCreateRequestConfirmation_In) have been changed as follows:
● The field JointVentureBIllingType has been added to the DebtorItem node. This enables you to
categorize expense types on the partner's bill (invoice).
● The field VATRegistration in the CreditorItem node is supported.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
AC-INT
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
423
Related Information
Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous)
Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous)
3.12.3 SOAP API: Journal Entry – Clearing (Asynchronous)
The API SOAP API: Journal Entry – Clearing (Asynchronous) (JournalEntryBulkClearingRequest_In) has
been changed as follows to support partial and residual clearing:
● The following fields have been added to the APARItems node:
○ PartialPaymentAmtInDspCrcy
○ CashDiscountAmountInDspCrcy
○ OtherDeductionAmountInDspCrcy
○ PaymentDifferenceReason
In addition, the APARItems node has been updated with the PaymentDifferenceDistribution field and
the APARItems- PaymentDifferenceDistribution substructure.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
O58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
Application Component
AC-INT
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Journal Entry – Clearing (Asynchronous)
424
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
3.12.4 SOAP API: Journal Entry by Ledger - Post
(Asynchronous)
The Journal Entry by Ledger - Post (Asynchronous) service enables you to post journal entries asynchronously
by ledger from external systems to your SAP S/4HANA system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Accounting and Financial Close
Application Component
AC-INT
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Journal Entry by Ledger - Post (Asynchronous)
3.12.5 General Ledger Account Events
General Ledger Account events are now available on SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ): The
Created event informs a remote system about newly created G/L accounts in an SAP S/4HANA tenant. The
Changed event informs a remote system when a G/L account is changed in in the chart of accounts view in an
SAP S/4HANA tenant.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
PUBLIC
425
Application Component
Accounting Interface (AC-INT)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
General Ledger Account Events
3.12.6 Journal Entry - Event
The Journal Entry event is available on SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
system about created journal entries in an SAP S/4HANA tenant.
). It informs a remote
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Accounting and Financial Close
Application Component
AC-INT
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Journal Entry Event
3.13 Country/Region Specifics
For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1117].
426
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Finance
4
Human Resources
4.1
External Employment in the New Business Partner
Model
This feature enables you to process HR master data for external employees (e.g. contingent workers) in the
new employee business partner (BP) model. You can also maintain HR master data for external employees with
multiple external contracts, as well as for mixed employment scenarios (internal and external assignment of an
employee). This feature enhances the existing model with new BP roles, a new BP identification type, as well as
new BP relationship categories.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-HR-S4 (Cross-Application HCM Objects in S/4HANA)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the new employee BP model, you can create a BP representing the contract for each external employment.
This BP is linked to the corresponding BP representing the external employee.
To distinguish between internal employees and external employees, you can use the new Business Add-In BAdI:
Contingent Worker (/SHCM/B_EXTERNAL_EMP). To maintain the supplier master data for external employees,
you use the new infotype Supplier (3435).
To maintain the master data for external resources, you can use the following new role types, BP relationship
categories, and identification type.
New Roles
● The role Service Performer (BBP005) is added to the root BP representing the external employee.
● The role External Employment (BUP011) is assigned to the BP representing the contract.
New BP Relationship Categories
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Human Resources
PUBLIC
427
● The BP relationship category External Employment (HCM002) links the root BP to the BP representing the
contract.
● The BP relationship category Service Performer (BUR025) links the root BP to the BP of the external
supplier.
● The BP relationship category Service Performer Contract (HCM003) links the BP representing the contract
to the BP of the external supplier.
New BP Identification Type
The BP identification type Service Performer (HCM030) links the root BP to the central person (CP).
Effects on System Administration
To syncronize master data for external employees, you use the BP synchronization report S/4 BP
Synchronization (/SHCM/RH_SYNC_BUPA_FROM_EMPL).
To display an overview of a BP and the different objects assigned to it (e.g. other BP instances or roles), you can
use the report Employee Business Partner Relation Overview (/SHCM/R_EE_BP_RELATION_OVW).
Effects on Customizing
To access the new features, refer to the customizing under
Human Resources
Personnel Management
SAP S/4HANA for
Synchronize Business Partners with an Active Business Partner Integration
External
Resource .
Related Information
New Employee Business Partner Model in S/4HANA
External Resource in the New Employee Business Partner Model in S/4HANA
4.2
Country/Region Specifics
For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1117].
428
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Human Resources
5
Manufacturing
5.1
Production Engineering
5.1.1 Integration with SAP S/4HANA Change Record
With this new feature, you can now use SAP S/4HANA for Manufacturing together with SAP S/4HANA Change
Record.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on
Process Order), 1NF (Engineering Change Management with
Change Records)
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-MRC (Master Recipe); PP-PI-MD-PRV
(Production Version); PP-PI-POR (Process Order); LO-MDBOM (Bills of Material); PLM-CR (Change Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To enable approved production for process orders, you need to make the following settings in Customizing for
Manufacturing:
● To enable automatic approval, enable the Required Approval feature under
Process Industries
Process Orders
Recipe.
Process Order
Master Data
Order
Production Planning for
Define Order-Type-Dependent Parameters for
and configure a process order type to require approval on tab Master Data in the section
● Optional: For the creation or change of a master recipe, you can set a more restrictive change rule than the
one in the recipe profile. You can find this option under
Master Data
Master Recipe
Production Planning for Process Industries
Settings for the Task List Type
Define Master Recipe Profiles with Default
Values .
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
429
● Configure a change record type (or different change record types) according to your needs with master
recipe, BOM, and inspection plan as item types.
There are two new change rules available:
● 4: Requires a change record to change the master recipe.
● 5: In addition to a change record, a change record type is also required. If you choose change rule 5, the
change record type is set automatically by the system according to the used change record for this change.
Any further change requires a change number generated from a change record of the specified change
record type.
Related Information
Change Management (PLM-CR)
5.1.2 Production Resources/Tools
These apps enable users to view, create, and update miscellaneous PRTs. Users can assign document PRTs
and miscellaneous PRTs to routings and master recipes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),
BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-BD-PRT (Production Resources/Tools)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Production Resources/Tools
430
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
5.1.3 Display Material PRT Usage in Production Orders
These apps enable users to view, create, and update material PRTs. Users can assign material PRTs to routings
and master recipes in addition to document PRTs and miscellaneous PRTs.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),
BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-BD-PRT (Production Resources/Tools)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Production Resources/Tools
5.1.4 OData API: Work Center
With the OData API Work Center (API_WORK_CENTERS), you can read, create, and update all details of a work
center. Batch mode is supported for create and update operations of specific entities in a work center.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
431
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Work Center
5.1.5 Apps for Production Engineering
With this feature, you have access to several new apps for Production Engineering.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),
BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-MRC(Master Recipe
PP-BD-RTG (Production Routing
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following apps are now available:
● Manage Standard Text (transaction CA10)
● Usage of Work Centers in Routings (transaction CA80)
● Usage of Resources in Master Recipes (transaction CA81)
● Replace Work Centers in Routings (transaction CA85N)
● Replace Resources in Master Recipes (transaction CA86)
● Display Task List Changes (transaction CA60)
● Delete Task Lists without Archiving (transaction CA98)
432
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Manage Standard Text
Display Task List Changes
Delete Task Lists Without Archiving
Usage of Resources
Replace Resources
Usage of Work Centers
Replace Work Centers
5.1.6 Manage Routings
With this app, you can search through existing routings and navigate to the apps for creation of new routings
and change of existing routings.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-BD-RTG (Manage Routings)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Routings
5.1.7 Manage Master Recipes
With this app, you can search through existing master recipes. You can also navigate to the apps for creation of
new master recipes and change of existing master recipes.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
433
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc­
ess Order)
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-MRC ( Master Recipe)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Master Recipes
5.1.8 Business Events for Work Center / Resource
This feature enables you to trigger business events such as Change, Create, and Delete in the Work Center
business object.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),
BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc­
ess Order)
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-RSC (Resource)
PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)
Valid as Of
434
PUBLIC
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Work Center Events
5.1.9 Business Events for Master Recipe
This feature enables you to trigger business events such as Change, Create, and Delete in the Master Recipe
business object.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc­
ess Order)
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-MRC (Master Recipe)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Master Recipe Events
5.1.10 SOAP API: Work Center (Version 2)
With the SOAP API Work Center (Version 2) (CO_PPINT_WRK_CTR_INFO_OUT_V2), you can replicate a work
center from S/4 HANA Cloud system to Manufacturing Execution System(MES). In this API, the sent messages
are monitored using Application Interface Framework (AIF).
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
New
PUBLIC
435
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BNJ(Create Production Work Center)
Application Component
PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Work Center - Replicate (Version 2)
5.1.11 SOAP API: Production Routing (Version 2)
With the SOAP API Production Routing (Version 2) (CO_PPINT_MFG_ROUTING_V2), you can replicate
production planning routing messages from S/4 HANA system to Manufacturing Execution System(MES). With
this API, the sent messages are monitored using Application Interface Framework (AIF)
.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3W4(Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)
Application Component
PP-BD-RTG (Production Routing)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Production Routing - Replicate (Version 2)
436
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
5.1.12 SOAP API: Master Recipe (Version 2)
With the SOAP API Master Recipe (Version 2) (CO_PPINT_MFG_MASTER_RECIPE_V2), you can replicate
production planning master recipes from S/4 HANA system to Manufacturing Execution System(MES). With
this API, the sent messages are monitored using Application Interface Framework (AIF).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
3W4(Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-MRC (Master Recipe)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Master Recipe - Replicate (Version 2)
5.1.13 SOAP API: Production Version (Version 2)
With the SOAP API, Production Version (Version 2), you can replicate the changes in production version from
S/4 HANA Cloud system to Manufacturing Execution System(MES). With this API, the sent messages are
monitored using Application Interface Framework (AIF).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
3W4((Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)
3W3(Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Process Industry)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
437
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-PRV (Production Version)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Production Version - Replicate (Version 2)
5.1.14 OData API: Work Center
With this feature, you can create, read, and update work centers using an API service based on OData V4
protocol. The service contains entities such as work center header, work center description, cost center
allocation, pooled capacity assignment, capacity header, capacity description, capacity intervals and capacity
shifts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc­
ess Order)
Application Component
PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Work Center
5.1.15 OData API: Pooled Capacity
With this feature, you can create, read and update pooled capacity with a service based on OData V4 protocol.
The service contains entities such as pooled capacity header, pooled capacity description, pooled capacity
interval and pooled capacity shift details.
438
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Work Center Pooled Capacity
5.1.16 OData API: Production Routing
With this feature, you can read the production resource/tools (PRT) that are required to carry out an operation
in Production Routings. You can perform the read operation on the Material PRT, Equipment PRT,
Miscellaneous PRT, or Document PRT.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
3W4(Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)
Application Component
PP-BD-RTG (Production Routing)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Production Routing
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
439
5.1.17 OData API: Master Recipe
With this feature, you can describe the standard work formula parameters for the phase of a master recipe.
● StandardWorkFormulaParam1
● StandardWorkFormulaParam2
● StandardWorkFormulaParam3
● StandardWorkFormulaParam4
● StandardWorkFormulaParam5
● StandardWorkFormulaParam6
● StandardWorkFormulaParamName1
● StandardWorkFormulaParamName2
● StandardWorkFormulaParamName3
● StandardWorkFormulaParamName4
● StandardWorkFormulaParamName5
● StandardWorkFormulaParamName6
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
3W3(Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Process Industry)
Application Component
PP-PI-MD-MRC (Master Recipe)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Master Recipe
5.1.18 Manage Work Center Groups
With this release, you can now view and edit the Shift Node Type and Shift Report Type with reference to a work
center or resource in the details page of the app under the Shop floor Execution Details facet.
440
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BNJ(Create Production Work Center)
Application Component
PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Work Center Groups
5.2
Production Planning
5.2.1 Material Requirements Planning
5.2.1.1
Time-Dependent Safety Stock
With this feature you can use the time-dependent safety stock to make the safety stock more flexible and
dynamic.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning), BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock
Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
441
Additional Details
The current level of the time-dependent safety stock as an absolute value. The progression of the timedependent safety stock is shown in the planning situation as safety demands. It has an absolute value for the
current period, followed by delta quantities with reference to the predecessor safety stock.
Effects on Data Transfer
In the Manage Product Master Data app, you can specify the safety stock method. A new field is available to
select static or time-dependent safety stock.
5.2.1.2
Monitor Material Coverage
The following features are now available for the Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments and Monitor Material
Coverage - Net and Individual Segments apps:
● Intraday supply
● Shortage with reference to safety time
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Intraday Supply
The new intraday supply is a combination of days' supply and a statistical statement about how long (evenly
averaged over the day) the final previous days’ inventory will be sufficient relative to the aggregated daily
requirement. You can filter and sort the displayed lists by this new column. The intraday supply is displayed
with two decimal places.
442
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Shortage with Reference to Safety Time
Two new threshold types are available in the material shortage profile. These threshold types determine the
colors used in the Stock Availability column of the Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments and Monitor
Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments apps. The column displays a chart that shows the stock
availability of a selected material within the horizon you select.
A new calculation of the colors of the Stock Availability chart is only done for days that have a supply or
demand. Otherwise the color stays like on the day before.
 Note
The new features are available for the successor apps of Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments
(Obsolete) and Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments (Deprecated), which are based on
the SAP Fiori Elements framework. For more information, see Deprecated Apps in Material Requirements
Planning [page 444].
Effects on Existing Data
To display shortages with referenc to safety time, one of the following settings must be made in the material
master:
● Safety time (complete days)
● Material shortage profile (which has the relevant threshold type, see below) (days with decimals)
Effects on Customizing
To display shortage with reference to safety time, you must select one of the following new threshold types in
Customizing for Production under
Planning
General Settings
Material Requirements Planning
Apps for Material Requirements
Define Material Shortage Profiles :
● Avail.Qty Below Zero with Days Coverage
● Avail.Qty Below Safety Stock with Days Coverage
The chart displays the colors as follows, depending on the material shortage profile:
● Avail.Qty Below Zero with Days Coverage
○ Stock < 0: red
○ 0 <= stock < dynamic safety stock: yellow
○ Dynamic safety stock <= stock: green
● Avail.Qty Below Safety Stock with Days Coverage
○ Stock < dynamic safety stock: red
○ Stock >= dynamic safety stock: green
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
443
Related Information
Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments
Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments
5.2.1.3
Deprecated Apps in Material Requirements
Planning
The following apps were deprecated or removed from the SAP Fiori launchpad and replaced with successor
apps that are based on the SAP Fiori elements framework:
● Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders (deprecated)
● Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments (deprecated)
● Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments (Obsolete) (removed from the SAP Fiori launchpad)
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
The successor apps of Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders, Monitor Material Coverage - Net and
Individual Segments and Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments (Obsolete) cover the same functionality as
the apps that were deprecated or removed. However, using the Fiori elements framework caused some minor
changes on the user interface.
The deprecated apps Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders and Monitor Material Coverage - Net and
Individual Segments will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2022. They may no
longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find them in the app finder until
they are deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor apps as soon as possible.
444
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments
Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments
Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders
5.2.1.4
Production Planning with Alternative Plant
With this feature, you can display information on the planning plant and the supplying / receiving plant in the
Manage Material Coverage and Manage Production Orders or Process Orders apps if a material is planned and
produced in two different plants. The new column with this information is only visible if a material is relevant for
this scenario. Information on the special procurement type was added to the material info and the material
quick view of the apps.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
The material to be produced must be assigned a special procurement type that indicates the production in
another plant.
Related Information
Manage Material Coverage
Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
445
5.2.1.5
Create MRP Change Requests
With this new app, you can now create change requests and send them to suppliers using an external system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can create change requests for existing purchase order schedule lines based on the list of purchase orders
from MRP rescheduling checks. You can send these change requests to the supplier to request that the
supplier changes the quantity or delivery date in a purchase order so that material availability can be ensured
and customer requirements can be fulfilled.
 Note
For each change request, you can specify a reason and priority to provide additional information to the
supplier. Reasons and priorities can also be determined automatically depending on your configuration
settings or based on an implementation of the Business Add-Ins Retrieve Reason for MRP Change Request
and Retrieve Priority for MRP Change Request. When suppliers reject a change request, they can specify a
rejection to indicate why a change request was not accepted.
After you have received an answer from the supplier, depending on the answer, you either apply the changes,
which automatically updates the purchase order, or you discard the change request. Responses to change
requests can also be processed automatically according to your configuration settings or based on an
impementation of the Business Add-In Retrieve Settings for Automatic Processing of Responses to MRP Change
Requests.
If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component PP-FIO-MRP.
Effects on System Administration
You must set up jobs by using the following scheduling apps:
446
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
● Schedule MRP Rescheduling Checks
Using this job, you generate the list of MRP proposals that is displayed in the Create MRP Change Requests
app.
● Schedule Sending of MRP Change Requests
Using this job, you send the change requests that you have created, as well as status updates of changes
requests, to your suppliers.
Effects on Customizing
You must define the available change request reasons, priorities, and rejections. In addition, you can enable
automatic processing of responses to MRP change requests by defining the criteria according to which
responses to MRP change requests are applied or discarded.
In Customizing for Production under
Planning
Material Requirements Planning
Apps Material Requirements
Settings for MRP Change Requests , use the following activities:
● Define Reasons for MRP Change Requests
● Define Priorities for MRP Change Requests
● Define Rejections for MRP Change Requests
● Define Automatic Processing of Responses to MRP Change Requests
In addition, you can create implementations of the following Business Add-Ins to automate the determination
of change request priorities and reasons, as well as, the processing of responses to MRP change requests:
● Retrieve Reason for MRP Change Request
● Retrieve Priority for MRP Change Request
● Retrieve Settings for Automatic Processing of Responses to MRP Change Requests
Related Information
Create MRP Change Requests
SOAP API: MRP Change Request - Send [page 450]
SOAP API: MRP Change Request Response - Receive [page 451]
SOAP API: MRP Change Request Confirmation - Send [page 452]
OData API: MRP Change Request Reason - Read [page 452]
OData API: MRP Change Request Priority - Read [page 453]
OData API: MRP Change Request Rejection - Read [page 454]
5.2.1.6
My Area of Responsibility for Work Center Groups
With this feature, you can use the My Area of Responsibility for Work Center Groups app to display all work
center groups of each plant and assign the names of the work center groups and plants for which you are
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
447
responsible. You can change the assignment of the work center groups and plants at any time. The app is
available in the search function embedded in the shell bar and in the app finder.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You need to group work centers into groups based on the group type and plant in the Manage Work Center
Groups app.
Related Information
My Area of Responsibility for Work Center Groups
Manage Work Center Groups
5.2.1.7
Schedule Unassigning of MRP Areas
With this new application job app, you can schedule the deletion of assignments of materials to MRP areas in
the product master as a background job using the job template Schedule Unassigning of MRP Areas. For the
assignments that shall be deleted, the deletion indicator must be set.
Technical Details
Type
448
New
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Schedule Unassigning of MRP Areas
Application Jobs
5.2.1.8
Schedule MRP Rescheduling Checks
With this new app, you can now schedule MRP rescheduling checks to run periodically.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component PP-FIO-MRP.
Related Information
Schedule MRP Rescheduling Checks
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
449
MRP Change Request
5.2.1.9
Schedule Sending of MRP Change Requests
With this new app, you can now schedule MRP change requests and status updates to be sent to your suppliers
periodically, by using the APIs provided.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component PP-FIO-MRP.
Related Information
Schedule Unassigning of MRP Areas
Application Jobs
5.2.1.10 SOAP API: MRP Change Request - Send
This service enables you to send MRP change requests to suppliers using an external system. Using this
asynchronous outbound service, you can transfer one or more change requests.
450
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning), PP-ES
(Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
MRP Change Request - Send
5.2.1.11 SOAP API: MRP Change Request Response - Receive
This service enables you to receive MRP change request responses from suppliers using an external system.
Using this asynchronous inbound service, your can receive one or more responses at the same time.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning), PP-ES
(Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
).
PUBLIC
451
Related Information
MRP Change Request Response - Receive
5.2.1.12 SOAP API: MRP Change Request Confirmation - Send
This service enables you to send MRP change request confirmations to suppliers using an external system.
Using this asynchronous outbound service, you can send one or multiple confirmations at the same time.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning), PP-ES
(Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
MRP Change Request Confirmation - Send
5.2.1.13 OData API: MRP Change Request Reason - Read
This OData API enables external systems to read the reasons that are configured for change requests in
Material Requirements Planning. Change request reasons can be assigned to change requests to provide
additional information about why a change request was created. This synchronous inbound service reads the
available reasons along with their descriptions to make them available to suppliers using an external system.
452
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning), PP-ES
(Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Change request reasons are determined automatically for change requests that are based on rescheduling
proposals. If required, they can be changed in the Create MRP Change Requests app before a change request is
transferred to the external system.
Effects on Customizing
To use this service, you must complete the configuration activity Define Reasons for MRP Change Requests in
Customizing for Production under
Planning
Material Requirements Planning
Apps for Material Requirements
Settings for MRP Change Requests .
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
MRP Change Request Reason - Read
5.2.1.14 OData API: MRP Change Request Priority - Read
This OData API enables external systems to read the priorities that are configured for change requests in
Material Requirements Planning. Priorities can be assigned to change requests to provide information about
which change requests are most important and must be processed first. This synchronous inbound service
reads the available priorities along with their descriptions to make them available to suppliers using an external
system.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
453
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning), PP-ES
(Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For change requests that are based on rescheduling proposals, change request priorities can be determined
automatically according to your configuration. If required, they can be added or changed in the Create MRP
Change Requests app before a change request is transferred to the external system.
Effects on Customizing
To use this service, you must complete the configuration activity Define Priorities for MRP Change Requests in
Customizing for Production under
Planning
Material Requirements Planning
Apps for Material Requirements
Settings for MRP Change Requests .
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
MRP Change Request Priority - Read
5.2.1.15 OData API: MRP Change Request Rejection - Read
This service enables external systems to read the rejection reasons that are configured for change requests in
Material Requirements Planning. When suppliers reject a change request, they can specify one of the rejections
reasons to provide additional information about why a change request was rejected. This synchronous inbound
service reads the available rejections along with their descriptions to make them available to suppliers using an
external system.
454
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning), PP-ES
(Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To use this service, you must complete the configuration activity Define Rejections for MRP Change Requests in
Customizing for Production under
Planning
Material Requirements Planning
Apps for Material Requirements
Settings for MRP Change Requests .
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
MRP Change Request Rejection - Read
5.2.2 Capacity Planning
5.2.2.1
Manage Work Center Capacity
With this feature, you can select a date range or set an offset value before and after the current date in the
Evaluation Horizon filter to narrow down your search. You can also set an overdue horizon using the Overdue For
filter.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
New
PUBLIC
455
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
31L (Production Capacity Leveling)
Application Component
PP-CFS-CE (Capacity Evaluation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
You may have to update the display variants that you have previously saved (for example, with 14 days as the
evaluation horizon) with the new filtering options.
Related Information
Manage Work Center Capacity
5.2.2.2
Mass Maintenance of Work Center Capacities
With this app, you can perform a mass create of intervals for the selected work center capacities. As a
Production Planner, you must manage the capacities of multiple work centers to meet future demands. When
you foresee a spike in demand, you can create multiple intervals for a few or all capacities that belong to the
work centers in a production line/Work Center group. Intervals can be created for both working and nonworking days. Within the given interval, you can create shifts for a single day and allow it to repeat on a daily,
weekly or monthly basis.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
31L(Production Capacity Evaluation)
Application Component
PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
456
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Mass Maintenance of Work Center Capacities
5.2.2.3
Capacity Scheduling Table
This app was renamed from Schedule Production to Capacity Scheduling Table. Additionally, you can do the
following:
● Set an offset value before and after the current date in the Evaluation Horizon filter based on which the
dates are calculated.
● Set a threshold for scheduling order operations in the past while rescheduling using the Past Scheduling
Threshold option under App Settings.
● Realign your order schedules to a past or future date.
● Assign work center groups from the Area of Responsibility control under App Settings.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3LQ (Production Capacity Leveling)
Application Component
PP-CFS-SCH (Capacity Scheduling)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Related Information
Capacity Scheduling Table
5.2.2.4
Capacity Scheduling Board
This app was renamed from Monitor Work Center Schedules to Capacity Scheduling Board. In this app, the
placement of Order Details has been moved to the top-right corner, next to Set Strategy. In addition to this,
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
457
Operation Details is now called Operation Info, Reschedule is now called Manage Operation, and Schedule
Production has been moved to the extreme left.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3LQ (Production Capacity Leveling)
Application Component
PP-CFS-GNT (Monitor Work Center Schedule Gantt View)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can also do the following:
● View details related to the operation in the Manage Operation page, where you can now change the
scheduling start or the scheduling end of the operation based on the strategy.
● Select a free slot on the chart and view its start and end times.
● View the order receipt date and requirement date in the Operation Info.
● Select a date range or set an offset value before and after the current date in the Evaluation Horizon filter to
narrow down your search.
● Re-prioritize the order schedules in pacemaker work centers to an earlier or a later date using the Realign
Schedules button.
● Set a threshold for scheduling order operations in the past (while rescheduling or realigning orders) using
the Past Scheduling Threshold option under App Settings.
Related Information
Capacity Scheduling Board
5.2.3 OData API: Planned Order
With the OData API Planned Order (API_PLANNED_ORDERS), you can read, create, change, and delete planned
orders. The API has been made extensible for reading header data.
458
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Additional Details
 Recommendation
It is recommended to use Planned Order OData version 4 service to manage planned orders.
Related Information
Planned Order (OData V4)
Planned Order (OData V2)
5.2.4 CDS Views for Production Planning
With this release, you can use new CDS views for Production Planning. Elements of existing CDS views are
deprecated.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
459
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),
BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Pro­
duction Order), J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-VDM (Virtual Data Model in PP)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following CDS views are now available for Production Planning:
● I_ConfirmationApplOrigin
● I_ConfirmationApplOriginText
● I_ConfirmationRecordType
● I_ConfirmationRecordTypeText
● I_FinalConfirmationType
● I_FinalConfirmationTypeText
● I_PlannedOrderStdVH
● I_ProductMRPArea
● I_MRPAreaPlanningFileEntry
● I_RepetitiveMfgProfile
● I_RepetitiveMfgProfileText
● I_MRPMasterDataIssueBasic
● I_MfgOrderOperationTrggrPoint
The following CDS view elements are deprecated:
Deprecated Elements for CDS Views
CDS View
Deprecated Element
Successor Element
I_PlannedOrderComponent
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
BillOfMaterialInternalID
BillOfMaterialInternalID_2
BillOfMaterialItemNumber
BillOfMaterialItemNumber_2
ProdnRsceToolCategory
ProdnRsceToolCategory_2
_ProdnRsceToolCategory
_ProdnRsceToolCategory_2
ProdnRsceToolCategory
ProdnRsceToolCategory_2
_ProdnRsceToolCategory
_ProdnRsceToolCategory_2
I_RptvMfgProdCostCtrlgOrdItem
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
I_FailedGoodsMovementItem
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
I_RepetitiveMfgConfirmation
ProductionLot
ProductionLotInternalID
MaterialRevisionLevel
MaterialRevisionLevel_2
I_ProdnRscToolByInternalKey
I_ProdnRsceToolMasterData
460
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
CDS View
Deprecated Element
Successor Element
ScrapQuantityInEntryUnit
RptvMfgConfEntryQuantity
_Batch
_Batch2
I_CapacityRequirementItemCap
Operation
Operation_2
I_MfgBOOOperationChangeState
Operation
Operation_2
I_MfgBOOOpBOMItemChangeState
BillOfMaterial
BillOfMaterial_2
BillOfMaterialRoot
BillOfMaterialRoot_2
I_MfgBOOMaterialAssgmtChgSt
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
I_MfgOrderOperationWithStatus
ManufacturingOrderOperation
ManufacturingOrderOperation_2
ManufacturingOrderSubOperation ManufacturingOrdSubOperation_2
BillOfMaterialInternalID
BillOfMaterialInternalID_2
_MfgOrderOpComponent
_MfgOrderOpComponent2
_MfgOrderOperationPRT
_MfgOrderOperationPRT2
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
MaterialRevisionLevel2
MaterialRevisionLevel_2
BillOfMaterial
BillOfMaterialInternalID
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
MaterialRevisionLevel2
MaterialRevisionLevel_2
BillOfMaterial
BillOfMaterialInternalID
I_MfgOrderItemAmountCube
FiscalYear
FiscalYear_2
I_MfgOrderConfirmation
ManufacturingOrderOperation
ManufacturingOrderOperation_2
I_MfgOrderOperationComponent
ManufacturingOrderOperation
ManufacturingOrderOperation_2
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
BillOfMaterialItemNumber
BillOfMaterialItemNumber_2
BillOfMaterialInternalID
BillOfMaterialInternalID_2
I_MfgOrderOperationPRT
ManufacturingOrderOperation
ManufacturingOrderOperation_2
I_ManufacturingOrderOperation
ManufacturingOrderOperation
ManufacturingOrderOperation_2
I_MfgOrderWithStatus
I_ManufacturingOrder
ManufacturingOrderSubOperation ManufacturingOrdSubOperation_2
I_MfgOrderSequence
I_ManufacturingOrderItem
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
MfgOrderOperationOrSubOp
MfgOrderOperationOrSubOp_2
BillOfMaterialInternalID
BillOfMaterialInternalID_2
_MfgOrderOpComponent
_MfgOrderOpComponent2
_MfgOrderOperationPRT
_MfgOrderOperationPRT2
MfgOrderSequenceBrnchOperation MfgOrderSqncBranchOperation_2
MfgOrderSequenceRetOperation
MfgOrderSqncReturnOperation_2
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
PUBLIC
461
CDS View
Deprecated Element
Successor Element
I_PlannedOrder
WBSElementInternalID
WBSElementInternalID_2
MaterialRevisionLevel
MaterialRevisionLevel_2
The elements are deprecated due to non-permitted conversion routines in the domains. The replacement
elements contain no or only permitted conversion routines.
Related Information
Master Data Related Issues of an MRP Run
MRP Area Planning File Entry
Repetitive Manufacturing Profile Text
Repetitive Manufacturing Profile
Product MRP Area
Manufacturing Order Operation Trigger Point
Production Resource Tool Master Data
Production Resource Tool Master Data by Internal Key
Manufacturing Bill of Operations Operation Change State
Manufacturing Bill Of Operations Operation - BOM Item Change State
Manufacturing Bill of Operations: Change State of Material Assignment
Planned Order
Planned Order Component
Manufacturing Order
Manufacturing Order Item
Manufacturing Order Item Amount Cube
Manufacturing Order Operation
Manufacturing Order Operation Component
Manufacturing Order Operation With Status
Manufacturing Order Sequence
Manufacturing Order With Status
Manufacturing Order Confirmation
Mfg Order Operation Production Resource Tool
Failed Goods Movement Item
Repetitive Manufacturing Product Cost Controlling Order Item
Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation
Capacity Requirement Item Capacity
Mfg Order Operation Production Resource Tool
Application Origin for Order Confirmation
Confirmation Record Type
Text of Application Origin for Order Confirmation
Text for Confirmation Record Type
Final Confirmation Type
Text for Final Confirmation Type
Standard Value Help for Planned Orders
462
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
5.2.5 OData API: Material Planning Data - Read
With the OData API Material Planning Data – Read (API_MRP_MATERIALS_SRV_01), you can read planning
data for materials in Material Requirements Planning (MRP). This API has been made extensible for reading
material master data.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning)
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Material Planning Data – Read
5.3
Extended Production Planning and Scheduling
5.3.1 Demand-Driven Replenishment
5.3.1.1
Customizing for Demand-Driven Replenishment
With this feature, you can make additional Customizing settings for demand-driven replenishment for better
integration of Integrated Business Planning (IBP) and support of repetitive manufacturing.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
463
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
J44 (Material Requirements Planning), 1Y2 (Demand-Driven
Buffer Level Management), BJH (Make-to-Stock Production
- Repetitive Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
PP-REM (Repetitive Manufacturing)
PP-DD (Demand-Driven Replenishment)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You can make additional Customizing settings under
Data
Check MRP Types
Production
Material Requirements Planning
Master
for the Demand-Driven Replenishment procedure.
Related Information
Demand-Driven Replenishment Planning Procedure
5.3.1.2
Projected On-Hand Alerts
With this app, you can monitor the occurrence of material stockouts closely and hence ensure that optimum
quantities of stock are maintained. This app is designed to display stock alerts in the future till the decoupled
lead time (DLT) before the actual replenishment takes place.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
464
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Scope Item
2QI (Demand-Driven Replenishment Planning and Execu­
tion)
Application Component
PP-DD-REP (Demand-Driven Replenishment Planning and
Execution)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The app also displays an alert chart that represents the projected-on hand alerts in time- from today till DLT.
You can also view the planning view and execution view of stock projections for buffered materials from the
time-dependent buffer level charts.
Related Information
Projected On-Hand Alerts
5.3.2 Predictive Material and Resource Planning (pMRP)
5.3.2.1
Forecast Delivery Schedules for Materials in a
Demand-Driven Environment
With this feature, you can use predictive material and resource planning (pMRP) to send forecast delivery
schedules for subcomponents of demand-driven materials to suppliers.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management), 4B5 (Pre­
dictive Material and Resource Planning)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
465
Application Component
PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)
PP-PMR (Predictive MRP)
PP-DD (Demand-Driven Replenishment)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In pMRP, you can create planned independent requirements (PIR) for subcomponents of demand-driven
materials and for non-MRP Kanban materials, to create scheduling agreement delivery schedule lines.
Related Information
Forecast Delivery Schedules for Materials in a Demand-Driven Environment
5.3.2.2
Flexible Constraints
With this feature you can use the following enhancements for flexible constraints:
● In the Define Flexible Constraints app, you can create constraints for multiple materials, for example
materials of a material group, supplied materials or materials of a production line. In addition, a constraint
that is added without saving, is available as a draft. This prevents any loss of work before saving, for
example.
● In the Simulation Components view of the Process pMRP Simulations app, you can now display the
constraint quantities for each material and source of supply in a simulation. An exceeded constraint
quantity is displayed in red. If there is an issue with a material constraint in a simulation, you can now
check which maximum constraint for which material component has been violated.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management), 4B5 (Pre­
dictive Material and Resource Planning)
466
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Application Component
PP-PMR (Predictive MRP)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Related Information
Define Flexible Constraints
5.3.2.3
OData API: Flexible Constraints
A new API allows you to read flexible constraints in your system. You can also manage certain aspects of the
flexible constraints, for example, by assigning a period or language-specific text.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4B5
Application Component
PP-PMR (Predictive Material and Resource Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA On-Premise 2021
5.3.3 Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling
5.3.3.1
Fill Level View Periodic and Fill Level Detail List
With this feature, you can now display details on the fill level of resources with storage characteristics
(container resources), like tanks, in the Product Planning Table and the Detailed Scheduling Planning Board in
Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS).
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
467
Technical Details
Type
New
Application Component
SCM-APO-PPS-DST (Detailed Scheduling Planning Board)
SCM-APO-PPS-PPT (Product Planning Table)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Product Planning Table, now has the following new features:
● On the selection screen, you can now specify that resources with storage characteristics (container
resources) that aren't part of the production data structure (PDS) but are assigned via the product storage
definition (PSD) of selected objects are also loaded.
● In the Product Planning Table, you can now use the new Fill Level View: Periodic chart that displays
information rows for container resources:
○ Fill level
○ Filling and draining quantities
○ Highest and lowest fill level
○ Remaining filling quantity
○ Lowest remaining filling quantity
For each resource in the Fill Level View: Periodic, you can open a Detail List which shows, for example, the
following detailed information for the periods:
○ Fill level
Total quantity of all products that is available in the resource at the start or end of intervals within the
period
○ Product fill level
Quantity of the product that is available in the resource at the start or end of intervals within the period
○ Filling or draining quantities
Quantites that are filled into or drained from the resource
In the Detailed Scheduling Planning Board, you can display the Fill Level Detail List as dynamic chart similar to
the Detail List in the Product Planning Table.
Effects on Existing Data
If you already have a user variant and want to add new information rows, follow the steps described in 3085787
468
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Fill Level View: Periodic
Defining User Settings for the Periodic Fill Level View
Displaying the Fill Level
5.3.3.2
SAP S/4HANA Manufacturing for Planning and
Scheduling
SAP S/4HANA Manufacturing for planning and scheduling is a new capability of SAP Digital Supply Chain
Management, edition for SAP S/4HANA. It can be deployed independently from other solution
implementations.
With this new capability, you can use the advanced planning features of Production Planning and Detailed
Scheduling (PP/DS) in a separate SAP S/4HANA system that is deployed side-by side to one or more existing
ERP systems.
Technical Details
Type
New
Application Component
SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed
Scheduling)
SCM-S4H-INT-MD (Master Data)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021 (as PP/DS system) in combination with
one the following systems as ERP systems:
●
SAP Enhancement Package 7, Support Package 23 for
SAP ERP 6.0 or higher
●
SAP Enhancement Package 8, Support Package 17 for
SAP ERP 6.0 or higher
●
SAP S/4HANA 2020 FPS01 or higher
Additional Details
The SAP S/4HANA Manufacturing for planning and scheduling capability enables you to use selected PP/DS
innovations without having to upgrade the system in which you use other ERP components.
The SAP S/4HANA system that you use for PP/DS is connected via Core Interface (CIF) to one or more SAP S/
4HANA or SAP ERP systems that you use for other ERP components with harmonized master data. Master
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
469
data is integrated from the ERP systems to the PP/DS system, transactional data is exchanged bidirectionally.
The integration is controlled via integration models that are created and activated in the ERP systems.
For current restrictions and a detailed integration guide, see SAP Note 2997719
5.3.3.3
.
Flexible Integration
Flexible Integration is aimed at providing flexibility for a customer to choose between different scope
limitations for PP/DS with respect to Advanced Planning and Detailed Scheduling capabilities. It is designed to
help in differentiating ownership of planning & scheduling capabilities between SAP S/4HANA PP, PP/DS and
other external planning applications like IBP.
Flexible Integration takes a generic approach to provide flexibility of Advanced Planning by introducing ‘Scope
Limitation’ and ‘Scope Profile’ fields in the Material Master > Advanced Planning tab.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Scope Item
n/a
Application Component
SCM-APO-PPS
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following are the available options for Scope Limitation and they define the behaviour and features for the
Advanced Planning applications ● '1 PP/DS Display Only'- Create/Update/Delete (CUD) operations, Heuristics as well as Planning function
execution are not allowed for both Inhouse and External Procurement Planning Objects from PP/DS
applications for Product Locations with Scope Limitation ‘1 PP/DS Display Only ‘.
● '2 PP/DS Restricted for Inhouse Only' - Create/Update/Delete (CUD) operations and Planning function
execution are allowed ONLY for Inhouse Planning Objects but not for External Procurement Planning
Objects from PP/DS applications for Product Locations with Scope Limitation ‘2 PP/DS Restricted for
Inhouse Only’. Though Heuristics execution is allowed, it is limited only as per the list of allowed heuristics
maintained in the ‘Scope Profile’ for Inhouse planning objects like planned and production orders (but not
for external procurement requisitions and orders).
● '3 PP/DS Restricted' - Create/Update/Delete (CUD) operations and Planning functions execution are
allowed for both Inhouse and external procurement Planning Objects manually from PP/DS applications
for Product Locations with Scope Limitation ‘3 PP/DS Restricted’. Heuristics execution is allowed only as
470
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
per the list of allowed heuristics maintained in the ‘Scope Profile’ for the Product Locations in the material
master.
● '4 PP/DS Entire Scope for Inhouse Only' - Create/Update/Delete (CUD) operations, Heuristics as well as
Planning function execution are allowed ONLY for Inhouse Planning Objects but not for External
Procurement Planning Objects from PP/DS applications for Product Locations with Scope Limitation ‘4
PP/DS Entire Scope for Inhouse Only’.
● ' ' (Blank) - In the material master, if the user selects the Advanced Planning flag but does not select a
specific ‘Scope Limitation’, the blank scope is selected by default and all the PP/DS applications run
without any restrictions for such Product Locations.
Related Information
Flexible Integration
5.3.3.4
Demand Driven Scheduling
With this feature, we now support the process of Demand Driven Scheduling in PP/DS.
For supporting this, a new scheduling heuristic (based on the algorithm - /SAPAPO/
DD_SCHEDULE_HEURISTIC) is provided. This heuristic is provided to support and complement the concepts
of Demand Driven (DD) planning in S/4 . This heuristic considers safety stock parameters for the products
relevant for DD planning (referred to as Buffered Product and in general identified by MRP type) and calculates
the priorities of operations of orders for buffered and non-buffered products.
Additionally, for better visualization of DDMRP related KPIs in PP/DS, such KPIs as Projected Stock, Projected
Stock Status, Safety Stock, Max Stock and Reorder Point are available in PP/DS transactions such as Product
view, Receipts view and Resource Planning table.
It is now possible to navigate from DDMRP Fiori applications such as Replenishment Planning, Replenishment
Execution and Projected On-Hand Alerts to PP/DS apps such as Resource Planning Table, Product View and
Receipts View.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SCM-APO-PPS-DDP (Production Planning Optimizer
Application)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
471
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Demand Driven Scheduling
5.3.3.5
Production Planning Optimizer
Following new functionalities/enhancements have been added as a part of Production Planning Optimizer:
● Enhancement of Product Planning table for better visualization of PPO inputs and outputs:
○ Product View Periodic – New information rows such as Safety Stock Planned, Safety Days' of Supply,
Projected Stock, Max Stock, Max Days' of Supply have been added.
○ Resource View Periodic – New information rows such as Extended Capacity (in percentage and value)
and Minimum Capacity (in percentage and value) have been introduced.
○ New Period Category (SAP_PPO) has been introduced to display time buckets in periodic display as
per PPO time bucket profile.
● Ability to execute DS optimizer as a back to back run after PPO execution to convert bucket based plan to a
time continuous plan.
● Product Interchangeability is also supported in PPO.
● Support Maximum Days’ of Supply as a constraint.
● Ability to maintain Safety Stock Method to determine whether time dependent or time independent Safety
Stock or Safety Days' of Supply should be considered.
● Support maintenance of PPO related fields using material master (MM01,MM02) transactions. These
fields are also supported by material master related BAPI and SOAP.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SCM-APO-PPS-PPO (Production Planning Optimizer
Application)
Valid as Of
472
PUBLIC
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Production Planning Optimization
5.3.3.6
Time-dependent Safety Stock
Following new functionalities/enhancements have been added as a part of time-dependent safety stock:
● Time-dependent Safety stock methods: With this feature, you can maintain time-dependent safety stock
methods, and can use them for planning.
● Auto-determination of safety stock method: This feature enables you to auto-determine safety stock
methods based on the values of safety stock, safety time and MRP procedure.
● Period factor for TDS (time-dependent safety stock): This feature enables the system to calculate the
validity time of changes applied to time-dependent stock levels within a day.
● Additional fields in RRP3 transaction: New fields, such as Safety Stock, Projected Safety Stock and Max.
Stock have been added to the RRP3 transaction.
● Planning File entry: Any changes in the time-dependent stock level master data triggers a planning file
entry, which is then used for production planning run.
● Period Factor: This factor is used by the system to calculate the availability date or time of a receipt
element within a time period (bucket).
● Use Period Factor: You can use this indicator to define how the system determines the desired availability
date or time of the receipts that should cover the requirements within a time period.
● Target Stock Level Method: You can choose target stock level methods as Blank (Target days' supply from
product master) or 7 (No target stock level).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed
Scheduling)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
473
Effects on Existing Data
Effects on Data Transfer
Effects on System Administration
Effects on Customizing
Related Information
Safety and Target Stock Level Planning in PP/DS
Period Factor for Time-Dependent Safety Stock
5.4
Production Operations (Execution and Control)
5.4.1 Manage Production Orders
This feature supports you in your daily work as a production supervisor. You can now use new functions and
features that provide you with more information about your production orders.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
474
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Application Component
PP-FIO-SFC (Fiori UI for Production Orders)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to the app:
● You can now display parallel and/or alternative sequences for your standard sequences in a graphical
representation in the Order Schedule section on the detail screen.
● You can now use a new filter to display whether production resources/tools (PRTs) are assigned to any
operation of an order. In the Order Schedule section on the detail screen, you can open a dialog to display
the PRTs for the current operation or all PRTs for the order.
● You can now display suboperations in the Order Schedule section on the detail screen. The relevant column
is displayed by default.
● You can now create a tile for your personalized view of the apps and define where the tile will be stored on
the SAP Fiori launchpad. If you work with the home page, you can select one or more groups. If you work
with spaces and pages, you can select one or more pages.
● You can now split a production order in the Manage Production Orders app as well as in transaction CO02.
You can also split a production order and instruct the system to transfer the component costs to the child
order.
For more information, see Order Split with Component Transfer (No By-Product) [page 477].
● Several new features have been developed for the app that are available for shop floor orders (PEO).
For more information, see Manage Production Orders [page 541].
Related Information
Manage Production Orders
How to Work with Sequences
5.4.2 Manage Production Operations
This feature supports you in your daily work as a production supervisor. You can now use new functions and
features that provide you with more information about your production operations.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
475
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-FIO-SFC (Fiori UI for Production Orders)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to the app:
● You can now display parallel and/or alternative sequences for your standard sequences in a graphical
representation in the Order Schedule section on the detail screen.
● You can now use a new filter to display whether production resources/tools (PRTs) are assigned to any
operation of an order. In the Order Schedule section on the detail screen, you can open a dialog to display
the PRTs for the current operation or all PRTs for the order.
● You can now display the batch number of the produced material.
● You can display suboperations as well in the worklist as in the Order Schedule section on the detail screen.
A default filter for suboperations is available.
● You can now create a tile for your personalized view of the apps and define where the tile will be stored on
the SAP Fiori launchpad. If you work with the home page, you can select one or more groups. If you work
with spaces and pages, you can select one or more pages.
Related Information
Manage Production Operations
How to Work with Sequences
5.4.3 Production Order Object Page
With this feature, you can now display an overview of documented goods movements for a production order on
the Production Order object page. From the documented goods movements section, you can navigate to apps
related to the material, batch, material document, and purchase order if the respective roles are assigned to
your user.
476
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-SFC (Production Orders)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Production Order
5.4.4 Confirm Repetitive Manufacturing
With this feature, you can now use the explosion date of the bill of materials (BOM) to determine which BOM
version is valid when you create a confirmation for repetitive manufacturing. The feature is only available for
the make-to-stock scenario. The field has been added to the Confirm Repetitive Manufacturing application
(MFBF) as well as to the Business API BAPI_REPMANCONF1_CREATE_MTS and the OData API Repetitive
Manufacturing Confirmation.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJH (Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-REM (Repetitive Manufacturing)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
5.4.5 Order Split with Component Transfer (No By-Product)
With this feature, you can perform an order split for a production order and repost the actual component costs
at order split. At order split, the system performs a reversal goods issue posting for the components (using the
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
477
goods movement type 262) for the parent order and a standard goods issue posting (using the goods
movement type 261) for the components for the child order. It is also now possible to move the entire parent
order quantity from the parent to the child order. Depending on configuration settings, you can create the child
order with a new header material, change the WB element during the order split, or change the order type of
the child order. You can now also perform the order split from the Manage Production Orders app as well as
transaction CO02.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-SFC-EXE (Order Processing)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To perform an order split with component transfer, you first have to complete the following tasks:
● Define in Customizing under
Production
Shop Floor Coontrol
Operations
Define Settings for Order
Split , whether the WBS element and/or order type for the child order can be changed during the order
split. You can define this setting for a specific plant or for a combination of plant and parent order type.
● In Customizing under Production Shop Floor Control System Modifications Business Add-Ins ,
you have implemented the BAdI BADI_GOODS_ISSUE_TRANSFER Determination of Goods Issue Items for
Transfer at Order Split. You implement this BAdI to reverse goods issue postings for the parent order and
post them again for the child order during an order split.
● In Customizing under Production Shop Floor Control System Modifications Business Add-Ins ,
you are also recommended to implement the BAdI BADI_SPLIT_QUANTITY_CHECK Additional Check for
Split Quantity. This BAdI ensures that all goods movements have been successfully completed for the
operations before the split point.
Related Information
Manage Production Orders [page 474]
478
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
5.4.6 SOAP API: Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)
With the SOAP API Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)
(ManufacturingOrderExecuteRequest_Out_V2), you can send manufacturing orders from an SAP S/
4HANA system to one or more external manufacturing execution systems (MES). The API has been enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to the API:
● You can now add values for the total work quantity to be confirmed for the work center.
● You can now include numerous new fields for the production resources/tools (PRTs) node
(ManufacturingOrderProdnRsceTool).
● For the category Document of production resources/tools (PRTs), you can now include reference links to
the original file attachments in the SOAP message.
● The categories M – Material and S – Miscellaneous (PRT with a PRT Master Record) have been added as
categories for PRTs.
● The ManufacturingOrderMESReference node has been inserted as subnode to the
ManufacturingOrderActivityNetworkElement node to enable you to send information on
operations that belong to routings defined in an external manufacturing execution system.
● The ResvnItmRequiredQtyInEntryUnit field has been added to the
ManufacturingOrderComponent node. The required quantity in base unit of measure has already been
provided. You can now use the required quantity in entry unit of measure to expose quantities in alternative
units of measure.
● The Warehouse field has been added to the ManufacturingOrderItem and the
ManufacturingOrderComponent nodes. Using this field, you can now include the warehouse number for
order items and order components in the SOAP message.
● The new Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Exclusion of Operations from Distribution to Specific Systems
(BD_COBADICFL_ORDER_FLT_OP_INIT) enables you to filter operations of production or process orders
in a way that they can be excluded from the distribution to specific manufacturing execution systems.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
479
● A new method in the Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Control Redistribution of Production Orders After
Changes (CO_MES_INT_REDISTRIBUTION) enables you to prevent the distribution of distribution-relevant
production orders depending on the order data or order status.
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)
5.4.7 OData API: Production Order (Version 2)
With the OData API Production Order (Version 2) (API_PRODUCTION_ORDER_2_SRV), you can create, read, and
update production orders as well as set a wide range of statuses. The OData API has been enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to the API:
● You can now read information on alternative items.
● This API has been made extensible for reading operation and component data.
● The new entity Production Order Component Extended (A_ProductionOrderComponent_3) including
the key field ReservationRecordType has been added to enable you to work with discontinuation
control for materials.
● The Production Resources/Tools entity (A_ProductionRsceTools_2) has been enhanced with numerous
properties.
● The ProductionResourceTool property has been added to the A_ProductionRsceTools_2 entity.
● For unit of measure properties, the properties for the ISO code (*UnitISOCode) and the internal SAP code
(*UnitSAPCode) for the unit of measurement have been added.
480
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Production Order (Version 2)
5.4.8 OData API: Production Order Confirmation
With the OData API Production Order Confirmation (API_PROD_ORDER_CONFIRMATION_2_SRV), you can
process confirmations for production orders. The API has been enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to the API:
● Before you create a confirmation, you can now fetch proposal data for quantities, work activities, dates and
times, personnel data, and goods movements using the new functions GetConfProposal and
GetGdsMvtProposal.
● The entity Batch Characteristics for Material Movements (ProdnOrderConfBatchCharc) has been added
that you can use to read batch characteristics for goods movements and to create material documents
with batch characteristics for goods receipts.
● The API has been made extensible. Key users can enable the usage of custom fields for reading and
writing.
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
).
PUBLIC
481
Related Information
Production Order Confirmation
5.4.9 OData API: Process Order (Version 2)
With the OData API Process Order (Version 2) (API_PROCESS_ORDER_2_SRV), you can create, read, and
update process orders as well as set a wide range of statuses. The OData API has been enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on
Process Order)
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to the API:
● You can now read information on alternative items.
● This API has been made extensible for reading operation and component data.
● The ProductionResourceTool property has been added to the entity Process Order Production
Resources/Tools (A_ProcessOrderProdnRsceTools_2).
● For unit of measure properties, the properties for the ISO code (*UnitISOCode) and the internal SAP code
(*UnitSAPCode) for the unit of measurement have been added.
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Process Order (Version 2)
482
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
5.4.10 OData API: Process Order Confirmation
With the OData API Process Order Confirmation (API_PROC_ORDER_CONFIRMATION_2_SRV), you can process
confirmations for process orders. The API has been enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on
Process Order)
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made to the API:
● Before you create a confirmation, you can now fetch proposal data for quantities, work activities, dates and
times, personnel data, and goods movements using the new functions GetConfProposal and
GetGdsMvtProposal.
● The entity Batch Characteristics for Material Movements (ProdnOrderConfBatchCharc) has been added
that you can use to read batch characteristics for goods movements and to create material documents
with batch characteristics for goods receipts.
● The API has been made extensible. Key users can enable the usage of custom fields for reading and
writing.
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Process Order Confirmation
5.4.11 OData API: Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation
With the new OData version 4 API Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation (REPETITIVEMFGCONFIRMATION),
you can process repetitive manufacturing confirmations for the make-to-stock and the make-to-order
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
483
scenario. You can create, read, and cancel confirmations. When creating confirmations, you select the scenario
and one of the processing types relevant for the scenario. For both scenarios, you can create confirmations for
assemblies. For the make-to-stock scenario, you can in addition create confirmations for reporting points,
activities, and components. Your cancelations can be document-specific or document-neutral.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJH (Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-ES (Enterprise Services)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation
5.4.12 BAdI for Excluding Operations from Distribution to
Specific Systems
With the Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Excluding Operations from Distribution to Specific Systems
(BD_COBADICFL_ORDER_FLT_OP_INIT), you can now filter operations of production or process orders in a
way that they can be excluded from the distribution to specific manufacturing execution systems when using
the SOAP API Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2).
484
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-SFC (Production Orders)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You find the Business Add-In in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide under
with a Manufacturing Execution System
Production
Integration
Integrate Production Order with a Manufacturing Execution System
BAdI: Excluding Operations from Distribution to Specific Systems
.
Related Information
Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)
5.4.13 BAdI for Controlling Redistribution of Production
Orders After Changes
This feature enables you to prevent the distribution of distribution-relevant production orders depending on the
order data or order status if you are using SOAP messages for distribution. A new method
(CHECK_DISTRIBUTION_REL_SOAP) has been added to the Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Control
Redistribution of Production Orders After Changes (CO_MES_INT_REDISTRIBUTION).
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
485
Application Component
PP-MES (Integration with Manufacturing Execution Systems)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You find the Business Add-In in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide under
with a Manufacturing Execution System
Production
Integration
Integrate Production Order with a Manufacturing Execution System
BAdI: Control Redistribution of Production Orders After Changes
.
Related Information
Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)
5.4.14 Hide Pricing Information for Production and Process
Orders
With this new feature, you can now hide the display of pricing information for users according to their roles.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-SFC (Production Orders), PP-PI-POR (Process Order)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now grant or restrict the authorization to display price information for your users.
The following apps are affected:
486
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
● CO01 - Create Production Order
● COR1 - Create Process Order
● CO02 - Change Production Order
● COR2 - Change Process Order
● CO03 - Display Production Order
● COR3 - Display Process Order
● COOIS - Monitor Production / Planned Orders
● COOISPI - Monitor Process / Planned Orders
● COHV - Mass Processing Production Orders
● COHVPI - Mass Processing Process Orders
● F2261 - Production Order Object Page
Effects on System Administration
To use this restriction, you need to activate the corresponding scenario with the switchable authorization check
framework (SACF). You can find the scenario PP_MFG_HIDE_PRICE_INFO in the Workbench for Switchable
Authorization Check Scenarios (transaction SACF).
5.4.15 Tightened Authorization Checks for Documents in
Production Order Release
Authorizations for document types and objects are now strictly checked when adding documents to the
production order. To ensure all relevant documents for manufacturing are added to a released order, the
release is rejected when documents are automatically added during a release for which the user has no
authorization.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)
Application Component
PP-SFC (Production Orders)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
487
Additional Details
The new authorization check now verifies the connection with C_DRAD_OBJ. These are the relevant fields:
● The field DOKOB needs to be set to PORDER
● The field DOKAR needs to be set to a document type the user has access to.
● The field STATUS needs to be set to a document status the user has access to.
For the release of production order with automatic attachment of documents, find Define Production
Scheduling Profile for Discrete Manufacturing in Customizing under
Production
Shop Floor Control
Master Data .
5.4.16 Manage Process Orders
This app allows users to select multiple orders and release or technically complete them. You can also choose
to perform these actions immediately or schedule it for later. You can now calculate operations in progress
based on the activities recorded during time ticket and time event confirmations, view the interruptions at the
phase level for time event confirmations which includes details such as date and timestamp of interruption and
reason for interruption.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc­
ess Order)
Application Component
PP-FIO-PI (Manage Process Orders)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following features were added to the Manage Process Orders app:
● New facet Other Manufactured Products shows details of Co-products & By-products and MicroChart
shows a comparison of Planned and Delivered quantities
● Order Schedule facet has a popover representing details on Secondary Resources
● Time Delay issue popover enhanced with Delay Duration details
● Order Information facet displaying a pie chart depicting Delivered, Open and Confirmed Scrap Quantities
488
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
● Quantity in Base Unit in the list page
● Add-on Order Header Information
● Implemented Common AOR for both Manage Process Orders and Manage Process Order Operations app.
● Added additional filters to distinguish between all and active confirmations.
You can use the new Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) PP_PI_MNGPROCORDOP_CALCTPRGRS to customize the logic
of calculating the progress of operations for Manage Process Orders app expressed as a percentage. Refer to
the BAdI documentation embedded in the Manage Process Orders app for more details.
Related Information
Manage Process Orders
5.4.17 Manage Process Order Operations
With this app, you can monitor the progress of process orders at the detailed operations level. You can have an
overview of the phases, components, relationships between phases, all the other operations linked to the
process order.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc­
ess Order)
Application Component
PP-FIO-PI (Manage Process Order Operations)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following features are added to the Manage Process Orders Operations app:
● View the details of all the operations involved in a process order.
● Determine whether the operation has been released, planned, or in progress.
● View the progress of operation expressed as a percentage and the number of confirmed phases.
● Filter operations using filters such as processing status, scheduled start date, component availability
status, and quality status.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
489
● Determine whether the order has issues owing to time delay, missing components, or quality.
● View details about the product, resource, status of operation, control key and scheduled and actual start
and end time in the details page of the app.
● The various facets of this app are as follows:
○ Facets
○ Long Text
○ Phases
○ Components
○ Secondary Resources
○ Relationship
○ All Operations
○ Confirmations
○ Goods Movement
○ Quality Management
Related Information
Manage Process Order Operations
5.4.18 Kanban
5.4.18.1 Enhancements for the Kanban Board
The following enhancements are now available in the Kanban Board app:
● Create new event-driven kanban containers
● Define a time interval for automatically refreshing the list of kanban containers with the latest status and
information
● Set back the status of containers that are on "Error" to their previous valid status
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
490
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Scope Item
1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro­
curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - InHouse Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan­
ban - Stock Transfer)
Application Component
PP-KAB (Kanban)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Three enhancements are available in the Kanban Board:
● Create Event-Driven Kanban Containers
You can manually create new containers for event-driven control cycles by using the + Create Containers
button.
● Automatic Refresh
You can define an interval setting in minutes, for the system to automatically refresh the list of kanban
containers with the latest status and information. In addition, a button allows you to refresh the list directly.
● Reverse Status Change
When you change the status of a kanban container, the system carries out validity checks which can result
in errors and the container status is set to "Error".
The Set back to ... button allows you to set a container on "Error" back to its previous valid status. The
button automatically shows the previous valid status.
For example, you change a kanban container status from "Empty" to "Full". However, the system detects
that there is no material available, and sets the container status to "Error". Later, when stock for the
material has been booked, you use the Set back to EMPTY button to change back to the previous container
status. Lastly, you repeat the first step and you change the container status from "Empty" to "Full"
successfully.
Related Information
Kanban Board
Create Event-Driven Kanban Container
5.4.18.2 Withdraw Quantity from Kanban Container
The Set Kanban Container Status Fiori app has been enhanced to allow quantities to be withdrawn from kanban
containers.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
491
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro­
curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - InHouse Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan­
ban - Stock Transfer)
Application Component
PP-KAB (Kanban)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This feature enables you to withdraw a partial or the complete quantity of a material from a kanban container.
You can choose one of the two processing options Change Status or Withdraw Quantity and select these
options individually for each entered kanban container.
Related Information
Set Kanban Container Status
5.4.18.3 Kanban Control Cycles Analysis
This new app is a graphical analysis tool which provides an aggregated overview of the status of kanban
containers in selected control cycles. By selecting measures and dimensions you can create evaluations to
visualize the overall replenishment situation and identify errors or critical situations in the kanban process.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
492
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Scope Item
1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro­
curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - InHouse Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan­
ban - Stock Transfer)
Application Component
PP-KAB (Kanban)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● Analyse kanban control cycles to check container statuses within the plant and production supply area, or
based on additional filter criteria.
● Use different chart types and personalization options for quick insights into the overall kanban
replenishment situation.
● Take prompt actions based on your analysis results, for example, check the container information on the
SAP Fiori kanban board.
● With the measure Days Since Last Container Change you can evaluate when the last status change of a
container in this group happened. With this information you can identify Kanban control cycles that are
inactive or no longer needed.
Related Information
Kanban Control Cycles Analysis
5.4.18.4 Monitor Kanban Containers
This new app helps you to monitor and evaluate your Kanban containers allowing you to act quickly to solve
issues. You can personalize the displayed list of Kanban containers according to your use cases. You can
navigate to a Kanban container to see more details.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
493
Scope Item
1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro­
curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - InHouse Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan­
ban - Stock Transfer)
Application Component
PP-KAB (Kanban)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this app, you can see a list of all your Kanban containers. You can configure and save the displayed list of
Kanban containers according to your use cases. For example, you want to display empty Kanban containers
with delayed replenishment elements, or you want to see the Kanban containers in error state together with
their error messages. Use the Export to Spreadsheet option to download your list, or the Save as Tile option to
create a tile on the launchpad allowing you to quickly access your personalized worklist.
Related Information
Monitor Kanban Containers
5.4.18.5 Kanban Monitoring and Correction Catalogs
In the current release, the existing business catalog SAP_BCR_SCM_KNBN_MNTRG_MC (old name: Production
Control - Kanban Monitoring, new name: Production Control - Kanban Monitoring (Deprecated)) was deprecated
and replaced by two new business catalogs:
● SAP_BCR_SCM_KNBN_MNTRG_PC (Production Control - Kanban Monitoring)
● SAP_BCR_SCM_KNBN_CORRECTION_PC (Production Control - Kanban Correction)
Technical Details
Type
Change
Functional Localization
Not applicable
494
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Scope Item
1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro­
curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - InHouse Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan­
ban - Stock Transfer)
Application Component
PP-KAB (Kanban)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the current release, the existing business catalog SAP_BCR_SCM_KNBN_MNTRG_MC (old name: Production
Control - Kanban Monitoring, new name: Production Control - Kanban Monitoring (Deprecated)) was deprecated
and replaced by two new business catalogs:
● SAP_BCR_SCM_KNBN_MNTRG_PC (Production Control - Kanban Monitoring)
● SAP_BCR_SCM_KNBN_CORRECTION_PC (Production Control - Kanban Correction)
With the split into two business catalogs, the monitoring of Kanban processes and the correction of Kanban
containers are now separated and can be assigned individually. If a group of users should not be allowed to
make Kanban container corrections, then the second business catalog can be omitted when you compose your
own business roles.
5.4.19 Just-In-Time (JIT) Supply to Production
With this release, the following new features are available:
● Migrate control cycle and communication group data
You can migrate control cycles data and communication group data using the migration tool. The migrated
data displays in the Manage JIT Control Cycles and Manage Communication Groups applications,
respectively.
● Blocked Status of JIT Calls
A warehouse clerk responsible for the extended warehouse managed (EWM) production supply area (PSA)
can block a JIT call during the warehouse task processing. In such a scenario, it is not possible to edit the
same JIT call in the Manage JIT Calls application. The internal processing status change to Picking Started.
On using the Edit option, the warning message Warehouse request for JIT calls (*) is blocked for demand
date/time displays. The lifecycle status of the JIT call is retained as active.
● Picking reversal
When a warehouse clerk responsible for the extended warehouse managed (EWM) production supply area
updates or reverts the JIT call for which the warehouse task processing is done, then the internal
processing status of the JIT call is updated to Picking Started. In addition, the picking quantity is updated
with the respective number in the details page of the JIT call within the Manage JIT Calls and Manage JIS
Calls and Reorder applications.
● Deviation Quantity
Additional field referencing deviation quantity. In the case of internal replenishment of goods, the deviation
quantity is calculated as the difference between the picked quantity of goods and requested quantity. In
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
495
external replenishment of goods, the deviation quantity is the difference between the Advanced Shipping
Notification (ASN) quantity or delivered quantity and the requested quantity. The number of picked
quantity and requested quantity is visible within the detail page of JIT calls in the Manage JIT Calls
application.
● Restrict edit of JIT Calls
In case of external replenishment, not possible to edit or modify JIT calls once a message is successfully
sent to suppliers or partners.
● Calculate physical stock at production supply area
You can calculate the physical stock of a component before the production backflush. Rather determine
the stock at the storage during the transient state. To achieve this, you need to sequence the planned
orders or production orders based on the confirmation date and time at the factory layout and map the
current position of the planned orders or production orders in the sequence with the work centres. In this
scenario, the planned orders or production orders that crosses the particular work centre is considered as
consumed physically for the particular work centre.
For repetitive manufacturing and Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PPDS) manufacturing
scenarios, it is planned and production orders, whereas in discrete manufacturing, it is production orders.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LE-JIT-S2P
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021 FPS0
Additional Details
The following new applications have been added:
● Monitor JIS Calls: With this application, a Production Supervisor - Lean Manufacturing can get a view of
number of JIS calls available in the responsible area. Also, possible to identify the active, completed, or
cancelled JIS calls against different filter criteria.
● JIT Supply to Production Overview: With this analytical application, a Production Supervisor - Lean
Manufacturing can get an overview of all JIT calls in the responsible area against different filter criteria.
Effects on Customizing
The relevant customizing activities are:
496
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
● Define Priority Types for Just-In-Time Calls under
Generation)
Just-In-Time Processing (Next
JIT Supply to Production . You can maintain the priority types of JIT calls here.
● Define Maximum Number of JIT Calls under
Generation)
Logistics Execution
Logistics Execution
Just-In-Time Processing (Next
JIT Supply to Production . The number of JIT calls are defined using this activity.
● Define JIT Actions under
Logistics Execution
Just-In-Time Processing (Next Generation)
Action
Control . In this IMG activity, you check the standard actions. Then you define further actions.
● Data Aging under Logistics Execution Just-In-Time Processing (Next Generation) . This activity
enables you to move large volumes of data within a database so as to gain more working memory. The data
is moved from the current area (hot area) to the historical area (cold area).
For better usability, shortcuts are provided for the following customizing activities:
● Define Delivery Priorities under
Logistics Execution
Just-In-Time Processing (Next Generation)
JIT
Supply to Production . Define how you would like to prioritize your deliveries.
● Define Customer Calendars under
Logistics Execution
Just-In-Time Processing (Next Generation)
JIT
Supply to Production . Using this IMG activity, you define customer-specific calendars in this menu
option. By this calendar, the SAP System determines the customer's workdays and public holidays.
● Define Person in Charge of Supply Area under
Generation)
supply area.
Logistics Execution
Just-In-Time Processing (Next
JIT Supply to Production . In this IMG activity you can define a person in charge of the
● Define Shift Sequences under
Logistics Execution
Just-In-Time Processing (Next Generation)
JIT
Supply to Production . Define shifts, break schedules, and shift sequences for specific areas.
● Define BOM Usages under
Logistics Execution
Just-In-Time Processing (Next Generation)
JIT Supply
to Production . Define configuration of the item status while defining a bill of material (BOM) usage. The
item status controls how the BOM item is processed in the related application areas.
5.4.20 Just-In-Time Supply to Customer
With this release, the following new features have been included:
● Process Customer JIT Calls – By Scan/Data Entry
As a production operator, you can confirm the production of the component group of a JIT call by scanning
or data entry.
● Schedule Custom Action Execution for Customer JIT Calls
This app enables you to schedule the execution of custom actions using a background job.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
497
Scope Item
2EM (Just-In-Time Supply to Customer)
Application Component
LE-JIT-S2C
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Links
For more information, refer to the product documentation at https://help.sap.com under
Manufacturing
5.5
Production Operations
SAP S/4HANA
Just-In-Time (JIT) Supply to Customer .
Quality Management
5.5.1 Manage FMEAs
This app enables you to execute a Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA) using a graphical framework.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-PT-FA (Failure Mode and Effects Analysis)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
See Technical Compatibility of FMEA Cockpit and Manage FMEAs App
498
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Manage FMEAs
5.5.2 Action Priority in FMEA
You can now use the action priority as the valuation method for a failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-PT-FA (Failure Mode and Effects Analysis)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To use the action priority method, you need to activate a BC Set containing the relevant Customizing settings.
For more information, see Customizing for Quality Management under
Effects Analysis (FMEA)
FMEA Definition
Quality Planning
Failure Mode and
Activate BC Sets for Action Priority in FMEA .
Related Information
Calculation of Action Priority
5.5.3 Distinction of Valuation Procedures for FMEA and Audit
Management
It is now possible to distinguish the valuation procedures that can be used in Failure Mode and Effects Analysis
(FMEA) and in Audit Management. Up to now, all filter values defined in the implementations for the Business
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
499
Add-In (BAdI) PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE were available in both applications. Now you can enter the relevant
procedures for FMEA and Audit Management in different Customizing activities.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-PT-FA (Failure Mode and Effects Analysis), CA-AUD
(Audit Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
For existing BAdI implementations, the system behaves as before. That is, the defined filter values are visible in
both components as procedures if you do not enter them in one of the Customizing activities. Only for new
BAdI implementations you need to define the procedures separately in Customizing.
Effects on Customizing
The following new Customizing activities are available:
● FMEA:
Quality Planning
Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA)
FMEA Definition
Define
Procedures to Calculate Result and Rating
● Audit Management:
Quality Management
Audit Management
Audit Definition
Procedures to
Calculate Result and Degree of Fulfillment
5.5.4 Manage Inspection Plans
With this app, you can now:
● Copy dependent characteristic specifications along with the header, material assignments, operations, and
characteristics from one inspection plan to create a new one
● Assign dependent characteristic specifications for the characteristics assigned in inspection plans
500
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM
(Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Man­
agement in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Han­
dling)
Application Component
QM-PT-IP (Inspection Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Inspection Plans
5.5.5 Manage Inspection Lots
With this app, you can now record inspection results and make usage decisions for inspection lots from the
worklist page.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1MP (Quality Management in Sales), 1MR (Quality Manage­
ment in Stock Handling), 1E1 (Quality Management in Dis­
crete Manufacturing), 1FM (Quality Management in Procure­
ment)
Application Component
QM-IM (Quality Inspection)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
501
Related Information
Manage Inspection Lots
5.5.6 New App: Record Inspection Results
With the new Record Inspection Results app, you can record and process results for characteristics for one or
more inspection lots effectively. You can also use this app to create defects manually for different categories,
such as inspection lots, inspection operations, and characteristics.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM
(Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Man­
agement in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Han­
dling)
Application Component
QM-IM-RR (Results Recording)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
This app is the successor of the Record Inspection Results (Deprecated) app. The deprecated app (as of SAP
S/4HANA 2021) will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in SAP S/4HANA 2022 release. You can continue
using the deprecated app until it is deleted. However, it may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder.
Related Information
Record Inspection Results (New)
502
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
5.5.7 Renamed App: Display Inspection Lots – Outstanding
Quantities
For consistency reasons, the Display Inspection Lots – Outstanding Quantities app (transaction QVM2) has
been renamed to Display Inspection Lots – Open Quantities (in English only).
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-IM (Quality Inspection)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
5.5.8 Customizing Structure for Quality Planning
The Customizing structure for quality planning in the SAP Reference IMG has changed. To transfer these
changes your the project Customizing, you need to newly generate the project Customizing.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-PT (Quality Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Some Customizing activities in the implementation guide (IMG) for quality planning consisted of several views
to be maintained in one activity. Since these composite activities can cause technical problems, they have been
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
503
split and included separately in the IMG structure. In addition, some smaller changes were made (for example,
renaming) and new IMG activities were created for the new developments for Failure Mode and Effects Analysis
(FMEA).
Effects on Existing Data
The views of the activities that were split up are identical to those of the composite activities. Therefore the
data that you previously maintained in the composite activities is also available in the new Customizing
activities.
Effects on Customizing
In detail, the following changes were made to the Customizing structure under
Quality Management
Quality Planning :
Basic Data
● Under Inspection Characteristic, Inspection Method, the Customizing activity Define Number Range was
split into the following activities:
○ Define Number Range for Master Inspection Characteristics
○ Define Number Range for Inspection Methods
● Under Sampling, SPC, the Customizing activity Define Valuation Mode was split into the following activities
(under Define Valuation):
○ Define Valuation Modes
○ Define Valuation Rules
Inspection Planning
● Under General, the Customizing activity Define Task List Usages was renamed to Define Task List Usage for
Inspection Plans.
Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA)
The following changes were made to reflect the latest FMEA developments:
● Under FMEA Definition, the following new activities were added:
○ Activate BC Sets for Action Priority in FMEA
○ Define Procedures to Calculate Result and Rating
In addition, the Customizing activity Rating was renamed to Define Rating Profiles.
● Under Risk Analysis, the following new activity was added:
Assign Risk Analysis Profile to Procedure
5.5.9 Customizing Structure for Quality Inspections
The Customizing structure for quality inspections in the SAP Reference IMG has changed. To transfer these
changes to your project Customizing, you need to newly generate the project Customizing.
504
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-IM (Quality Inspection)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
One Customizing activity in the implementation guide (IMG) for quality inspections consisted of several views
to be maintained in one activity. Since these composite activities can cause technical problems, they have been
split and included separately in the IMG structure. Two Customizing activities were joined for technical reasons.
In addition, some smaller changes were made (for example, renaming).
Effects on Customizing
In detail, the following changes were made to the Customizing structure under
Quality Management
Quality Inspection :
Inspection Lot Creation
● Under Inspection at Shipping, the existing Customizing activity was split into the following activities:
○ Assign Inspection Lot Origin to Delivery Type
○ Assign Inspection Type to Delivery Category
In addition, the existing Customizing activity is still included and is now called Inspection at Shipping
(Composite Activity)
● The activity Maintain Number Ranges was renamed to Define Number Ranges for Inspection Lots.
Results Recording
● The following Customizing activities were combined into one activity called Make Settings for Results Copy
and Operation Completion:
○ Make Settings for Operation Completion
○ Make Settings for Copy of Inspection Results
The data to be maintained is the same as before.
Subsystems
● The activity Process Quality Inspections Using QM-IDI Interface was renamed to Define Subsystems for
External Inspection Processing because the settings are also relevant for other interfaces.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
505
5.5.10 Customizing Structure for Quality Notifications
The Customizing structure for quality notifications in the SAP Reference IMG has changed. To transfer these
changes to your project Customizing, you need to newly generate the project Customizing.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-QN (Quality Notifications)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Some Customizing activities in the implementation guide (IMG) for quality notifications consisted of several
views to be maintained in one activity. Since these composite activities can cause technical problems, they
have been split and included separately in the IMG structure. In addition, some smaller changes were made (for
example, renaming).
Effects on Existing Data
The views of the activities that were split up are identical to those of the composite activities. Therefore the
data that you previously maintained in the composite activities is also available in the new Customizing
activities.
Effects on Customizing
In detail, the following changes were made to the Customizing structure under
Quality Notifications
Quality Management
Notification Creation :
Notification Type
● The Customizing activity Define Number Ranges was renamed to Define Number Ranges for Notification
Type.
506
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
● The Customizing activity Define Screen Templates was remaned to Define Screen Templates (Composite
Activity).
For some of the activities within this composite activity, separate activities were created additionally for
ease of maintenance:
○ Define Screen Areas and Tabs (view cluster VC_TQSCR)
○ Define Initial Screens (view V_TQ80_E)
● The Customizing activity Allocate Start Values for Transactions was renamed to Set Start Values for
Transactions.
Partners
● The Customizing activity Define Partner Determination Procedures was split into the following activities:
○ Define Partner Functions and Determination Procedures
○ Assign Partner Determination Procedure to Notification Type
○ Assign Partner Functions to Notification Type
5.5.11 Customizing Structure for QM Environment
In the SAP Reference IMG, the Customizing structure for quality management-related environment settings
(for example, archiving, digital signatures) has changed. To transfer these changes to your project
Customizing, you need to newly generate the project Customizing.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM (Quality Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Some Customizing activities in the implementation guide (IMG) for QM-related environment settings consisted
of several views to be maintained in one activity. Since these composite activities can cause technical
problems, they have been split and included separately in the IMG structure. In addition, some smaller changes
were made (for example, renaming).
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
507
Effects on Existing Data
The views of the activities that were split up are identical to those of the composite activities. Therefore the
data that you previously maintained in the composite activities is also available in the new Customizing
activities.
Effects on Customizing
In detail, the following changes were made to the Customizing structure under
Environment
Quality Management
Central Functions :
● Under Authorization Management, the Customizing activity Define Authorization Groups and Digital
Signature was split into the following activities:
○ Define Authorization Groups for QM Master Data
○ Define Material Authorization Groups
● A new node called Digital Signature was included under Central Functions to group the settings for digital
signatures at one place.
○ Under this new node, a new activity for defining signature methods is included: Specify Signature
Method for Approval Using Simple Signature. This activity replaces the old activity that was previously
included in the composite activity Define Authorization Groups and Digital Signature.
○ In addition, the settings for signature strategies were moved to the new node.
5.5.12 CDS Views for Defect Codes and Code Groups
With this feature, several CDS views for defect codes are released in the area of quality improvement.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-QN-DEF (Defects Recording)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
508
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Additional Details
The following CDS views are released:
● Defect Code Group (I_DefectCodeGroup)
● Defect Code Group Text (I_DefectCodeGroupText)
● Defect Code Group (Value Help) (I_DefectCodeGroupStdVH)
● Defect Code (I_DefectCode)
● Defect Code Text (I_DefectCodeText)
● Defect Code (Value Help) (I_DefectCodeStdVH)
Related Information
Defect Code Group
Defect Code Group (Value Help)
Defect Code
Defect Code (Value Help)
5.5.13 Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for
Quality Management
The field ProfitabilitySegment was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2021 and will be replaced with the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2. We recommend that you switch to the field ProfitabilitySegment_2 as soon
as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-IM (Quality Inspection)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
509
Additional Details
● The new field ProfitabilitySegment_2 is a character field (CHAR), while the field
ProfitabilitySegment is a numeric character field (NUMC). The field lengths are the same. The switch
to a character field allows the generation of more profitability segment numbers.
● If no profitability segment is assigned to the field ProfitabilitySegment_2, there may be entries with a
space (new entries), entries with 0000000000 (old entries), or both. When you switch to the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2, you must adapt your code that checks whether the field is empty (that is, a
space or 0000000000).
● The field ProfitabilitySegment_2 will contain non-numeric characters (that is, characters from A to Z)
after the system reaches the highest numerical value.
The following CDS view is affected:
● Inspection Lot (I_InspectionLot)
Related Information
Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page 1108]
5.5.14 QM Material Authorization Group for Inspections in
Repetitive Manufacturing
The new switchable authorization check scenario QM_INSPLOT_REM enables you to switch on an authorization
check for the Material Authorization Group in QM in transaction MFPR (Process Inspection Lots for Production
Versions).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-IM (Quality Inspections)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
510
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Effects on System Administration
You activate the new scenario in transaction SACF. There you can also find more information in the scenario
documentation.
5.5.15 Authorization for Deleting Quality Levels
For checking the authorization for the deletion of quality levels, the authorization object Q_QLEVEL was
extended by activity 06 (Delete). The authorization object is checked in the following apps:
● Delete Quality Level (transaction QD33)
● Change Quality Level (transaction QDL2)
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
QM-QC (Quality Control)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
Enter the authorization object Q_QLEVEL in the relevant roles and maintain the authorizations as required.
This authorization change is part of the generated role SAP_NEW, which supports you during the upgrade. For
more information, see Generated Role SAP_NEW.
5.5.16 OData API for Inspection Planning
You can now perform PATCH operations on all the inspection plan entities.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
511
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM
(Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Man­
agement in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Han­
dling)
Application Component
QM-PT-IP (Inspection Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Inspection Plan
5.5.17 OData API for Warehouse Defect
This service enables you to create defects of defect category 08 (warehouse defect). The API supports adding
affected object to defects and the execution of follow-up actions for the affected objects.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2QN (Nonconformance Management)
Application Component
QM-QN-DEF (Defects Recording)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
512
PUBLIC
).
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Related Information
Warehouse Defect
5.5.18 OData API for Quality Task
This service enables you to read, create, or update a quality task with the task origin defect.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2QN (Nonconformance Management)
Application Component
QM-QN-TSK (Quality Task Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Quality Task
5.5.19 OData API for Task Code - Read
This service enables you to read task codes.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
513
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
2QN (Nonconformance Managament)
2FA (Quality Management for Complaints From Customers)
2F9 (Quality Management for Complaints Against Suppliers)
2QP (Quality Management of Internal Problems)
Application Component
QM-PT-BD-CAT (Catalog)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Task Code - Read
5.5.20 Business Events for Inspection Plans
With this feature, you can now trigger business events for the Manage Inspection Plans app and the Inspection
Plan OData API. You trigger events when you create, update, or delete inspection plans.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
514
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
Scope Item
1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM
(Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Man­
agement in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Han­
dling)
Application Component
QM-PT-IP (Inspection Planning)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Inspection Plan Events
5.5.21 Business Events for Quality Info Records
With this feature, you now trigger a business event when you create a quality info record from the Manage
Quality Info Records app or from the Quality Info Record OData API.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)
Application Component
QM-PT-RP-PRC (QM Control in Procurement)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Quality Info Record Events
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
PUBLIC
515
5.6
Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization
You can use the following new features in Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization for nonvaluated grouped project stock in an engineer-to-order scenario:
● Subcontracting
● Rounding pegging assignments based on unit of measure (uom)
● Vendor confirmation
● Costed stock gain
● Fiori app: Pegging Assignments with Costs
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-PMM (Project Manufacturing Management and
Optimization)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Subcontracting
Configuration of Run Profile
Vendor Confirmation
Movement Types (Project Stock)
Display Assignments with Costs
5.7
Country/Region Specifics
For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1117].
516
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing
6
Manufacturing for Production
Engineering and Operations
6.1
Cross-Area Features
6.1.1 Customizing Activities and Business Add-Ins for PEO
This topic provides an overview of new or changed Customizing activities and Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) in
Customizing for Production under Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO (Production Engineering and Operations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Customizing Path
Customizing Activity/BAdI
Description
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
Define Version Profile
Define a default value for the control key in the version profile
which is then automatically entered when creating operations in
shop floor routings and in reference templates.
and Operations
You can also define a default version profile to be used for re­
Production Engineering
Routings
work routings.
General
Data
Production
Data
Routing
Basic
Control
Maintain Task List Types and Define the number range to be used for reference templates
Set SET/GET Parameters
(task list type F).
Data
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
517
Customizing Path
Customizing Activity/BAdI
Description
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
Define Number Ranges for
Define the values of the number ranges for shop floor routing
Shop Floor Routing Template
templates.
and Operations
Production Engineering
Routings
Shop Floor
Routing Template
Production
Data
Routing
Basic
Control
Maintain Task List Types and Define that change documents are to be created for shop floor
Set SET/GET Parameters
routings (task list type V) and shop floor routing templates (task
list type F).
Data
Logistics - General
Product Lifecycle
Define Engineering Change
Record Types
Define that the PEO Relevant checkbox is set for the record type
you use for PEO processes (MFG). This setting determines that
Management (PLM)
the correct change impact analysis tool is selected for PEO ob­
Change Records
Settings for Engineering
jects.
Changes
Logistics - General
Product Lifecycle
Define Engineering Change
Record Type
Management (PLM)
Add the two objects, planning routing (PLR) and shop floor rout­
ing template (TER) to the reference objects for the record type
that you use for PEO processes (such as MFG).
Change Records
Settings for Engineering
Changes
Production
Data
Basic
Bill of Material
General Data
Define Control Data for BOM Use the following new checkboxes:
Usage
● Mnl Vers: Enables manual entry of the BOM version when
BOM
you create a new BOM or a new version of a BOM with this
usage.
Usage
●
Mand. CR: Specifies that BOMs created with this usage
must be assigned to a change record.
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
Define MRS Authorization
Groups
Define MRS authorization groups to control user access to man­
ufacturing reference objects and manufacturing reference struc­
tures.
and Operations
Production Engineering
Production
Floor Control
Operations
518
PUBLIC
Shop
Define Settings for Order
Split
Define for a specific plant or combination of plant and parent or­
der type that the WBS element and/or order type of the child or­
der can be changed during an order split.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Customizing Path
Customizing Activity/BAdI
Description
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
Define Additional
Parameters for Processing
Shop Floor Orders
Configure automated actions that enable you to:
●
Trigger automatic skipping of operation activities in the
Setup and Teardown segments if the operation activities in
and Operations
the Produce segment are skipped automatically.
Production Operations
●
Trigger automatic skipping of operation activities in the
Produce segment if the remaining quantity is split at a pred­
ecessor operation.
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
BAdI: Direct Assignment for
PRT Miscellaneous
Define that preselected auxiliary data is to be directly assigned
to a PRT of the type miscellaneous when assigning a new one to
an operation activity in the auxiliary data workspace of the shop
and Operations
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
floor routing.
BAdIs for Auxiliary
Data
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
BAdI: Auxiliary Data
Transformation
plement this BAdI to be able to work with auxiliary data.
and Operations
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)

BAdIs for Auxiliary
Floor Control
Modifications
Shop
System
BAdI: Determination of GI
Items for Transfer at Order
Split.
Business
Implement this BAdI if you want to use goods movements to
transfer components costs from the parent order to the child
older. By default, the system uses a by-product to transfer al­
ready incurred costs proportionally from the parent order to the
Add-Ins
Production
Note
This BAdI replaces the Customizing activity Configure FITF
Parameters for Auxiliary Data Transformation. This activity is
no longer available.
Data
Production
Transform and convert incoming XML auxiliary data to the re­
quired internal format for saving it to the database. You must im­
child order.
Shop
Floor Control
System
Modifications
Business
BAdI: Additional Check for
Split Quantity
BADI_GOODS_ISSUE_TRANSFER to trigger a check that deter­
mines whether all goods movements have been successfully
completed for the operations before the split operation.
Add-Ins
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
Implement this BAdI in conjunction with the BAdI
BAdI: Goods Movement
Adjustment for Assembly
Postings
Implement this BAdI to change goods movement data for com­
ponent assembly postings before the system posts the goods
movement.
and Operations
Business Add-Ins
Production Operations
Goods Movements
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
519
Customizing Path
Customizing Activity/BAdI
Description
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
BAdI: Suppression of
Automatic Goods
Movements for Assembly
Postings
Implement this BAdI to suppress or enforce a goods movement
and Operations
when a component assembly is posted.
Business Add-Ins
Production Operations
Goods Movements
Quality Management
Environment
Tools
Business Add-Ins
Nonconformance
Transfer Defects
Implement this BAdI to define that a defect is automatically
Automatically to Notification transferred to a quality notification item. You define the rules for
Item
the automatic transfer based on the data entered for the defect
and the affected objects.
Management Business
Add-Ins for Custom Logic
in Defects
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
BAdI: Check for Functional
Location Enrichment
Use this BAdI to implement logic that determines when to trig­
ger the enrichment of functional locations based on manufactur­
ing reference structure information derived from the as-built
and Operations
data.
Business Add-Ins
Production Operations
Enrichment of Functional
Locations
Production
Manufacturing for
Production Engineering
BAdI: Enrichment of
Functional Locations
Use this BAdI to trigger the enrichment of functional locations
based on manufacturing reference structure information derived
from as-built data.
and Operations
Business Add-Ins
Production Operations
Enrichment of Functional
Locations
6.1.2 Integration with Smart Tools
PEO now provides interfaces for data exchange that you can use to trigger communication from equipment
(smart tools or machines) to PEO. You can then connect this equipment to Plant Connectivity (PCo), optionally
via SAP MII.
520
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
PEO provides the following remote-enabled function modules that enable you to remotely trigger actions for
operation activities in the segment type Produce without any user action:
● MPE_OA_EXEC_SAS_ACTION (Executes SAS Action)
Trigger this function module remotely from a smart tool or machine on the shop floor to execute actions
from a status and action schema (SAS) in the system based on the import parameters.
● MPE_COMPONENT_ASSEMBLY (Posts a Component Assembly)
Trigger this function module remotely from a smart tool or machine on the shop floor to post goods
movements for components in the system based on the import parameters.
● MPE_OA_EXEC_GETINSPCHAR (Get Inspection Characteristics of an Operation Activity)
Trigger this function module remotely from a smart tool or machine to retrieve inspection characteristics
for operation activities from the system based on the import parameters.
● MPE_OA_EXEC_RECORDRESULTS (Record Results for Inspection Characteristics of an Operation Activity)
Trigger this function module remotely from a smart tool or machine to record inspection characteristics in
the system based on the import parameters.
● MPE_OA_EXEC_DEFECT_CREATE (Create a Defect for an Operation Activity)
Trigger this function module remotely from a smart tool or machine to create a defect for an operation
activity in the system based on the import parameters.
The function modules can be triggered via synchronous, single-action RFCs.
 Note
PEO does not provide the implementation out of the box. You need to decide how you want to trigger the
PEO actions and configure this accordingly.
Related Information
Integration with Smart Tools and Machines
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
521
6.1.3 Manufacturing Reference Structures
PEO now provides APIs that can be used by SAP product data management integration with SAP S/4HANA to
create a manufacturing reference structure (MRS) hierarchy and link it to the EBOM hierarchy. A
manufacturing reference structure (MRS) is a separate hierarchy of information that can be linked to the EBOM
hierarchy to provide additional contextual information for BOM components during production processes. PEO
tracks MRS information during production engineering and production execution and allows you to use this
information to build and enrich asset structures based on the as-built status of executed production orders.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-MRS (Manufacturing Reference Structure)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In production engineering, MRS information in the context of the immediate BOM header is available, as well as
absolute MRS information, which shows where a component is linked to an MRS hierarchy in the context of a
parent BOM header.
The MRS is linked to BOM components. When production orders are created with these BOMs, the MRS
designator is displayed in the production execution and monitoring apps in the context of the component to
which it is linked. In production order execution, only MRS information in the context of the immediate BOM
header is available.
Manage Manufacturing Reference Structures App
PEO provides a dedicated app that gives you an overview of all manufacturing reference structures created by
the APIs through SAP product data management integration with SAP S/4HANA.
Functional Location Enrichment
PEO can use information from the manufacturing bill of material, production order, and component linking to
the manufacturing reference structure (MRS) to build and enrich asset structures based on the as-built status
of executed production orders. To enable you to enrich functional locations, PEO provides:
● Action handler CREATE_FLOC (action handler class CL_MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT)
By defining this action handler for object type 004 (Serialized Material in OA) and assigning it to the
SAP_COMPLETE action, you can trigger enrichment of functional locations on completion of an operation
522
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
activity. This action handler calls the BAdI MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT_CHECK, which determines whether
creation of a functional location hierarchy is required.
● BAdI: Check for Functional Location Enrichment (MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT_CHECK)
You can use this BAdI to determine whether creation of a functional location hierarchy is required. SAP
provides the example implementation MPE_FLOC_ENR_CHECK_EXAMPLE, which checks whether the
material type of the output material is an installation kit (IKIT). If this is true, the BAdI triggers report
MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT as an asynchronous job.
● Report FLOC Hierarchy Enrichment (MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT)
This report calls the BAdI MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT to enrich the functional location hierarchy and
successfully create the functional location hierarchy for each serial number. You can run this report directly
to trigger functional location enrichment for a specific order and its serial number, or you can trigger the
report using the BAdI MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT_CHECK.
● BAdI: Enrichment of Functional Locations (MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT)
You can use this BAdI to trigger the enrichment of functional locations based on manufacturing reference
structure information derived from as-built data. SAP provides the example implementation
MPE_FLOC_ENRICHMENT_EXAMPLE.
Effects on System Administration
The following authorization objects are provided:
● C_MPE_MRS (Manufacturing Reference Structure)
This authorization object enables you to control which actions users can perform for a manufacturing
reference structure (MRS). Here you can specify the MRS authorization group and MRS usage (currently
only usage 0001 is supported) for which a user can perform a specific action (create or generate, change,
display, or delete).
● C_MPE_MROB (Manufacturing Reference Object)
This authorization object enables you to control which actions users can perform for a manufacturing
reference object. Here you can specify the MRS authorization group for which a user can perform a specific
action (create or generate, change, display, or delete).
Effects on Customizing
Production
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Production Engineering
Define
MRS Authorization Groups
Here you can define MRS authorization groups to control user access to manufacturing reference objects and
manufacturing reference structures. The MRS authorization group is a field of the authorization objects
C_MPE_MROB and C_MPE_MRS, which control which actions users can perform for a reference object and
reference structure.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
523
Related Information
Manufacturing Reference Structures
Manage Manufacturing Reference Structures
Using MRS Information in PEO
Functional Location Enrichment
Creating and Updating Functional Locations
6.1.3.1
Manage Manufacturing Reference Structures
With this app, you have an overview of all manufacturing reference structures sorted by header reference
object. For each manufacturing reference structure (MRS), you can view details of the MRS items and drill
down into lower-level reference structures in the MRS hierarchy.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-MRS (Manufacturing Reference Structure)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manufacturing Reference Structures
Manage Manufacturing Reference Structures
6.1.4 Manufacturer's Serial Number and Supplier Batch
You can now enter the manufacturer's serial number and supplier batch number when assembling externally
produced parts. These external IDs are shown next to the internal IDs in the production monitoring apps.
524
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
6.1.5 Custom Fields at BOM Item Level
You can now add custom fields at BOM item level in the apps listed below.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For detailed information on how to add custom fields at BOM item level, see:
● App Extensibility: Maintain Bill of Material (Key User)
● App Extensibility: Manage Manufacturing Reference Structures (Key User)
● App Extensibility: Manage Production Orders (Key User)
● App Extensibility: Manage Production Operations (Key User)
● App Extensibility: Assign Work (Key User)
● App Extensibility: My Work Queue (Key User)
● App Extensibility: Perform Operation Activity (Expert)
● App Extensibility: Product Genealogy (Key User)
● App Extensibility: As-Built Report (Key User)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
525
6.2
Extended Production Engineering
6.2.1 Migration of Classic BOMs to Unitized VersionControlled BOMs
With the migration report RMPE_MIGRATE_UNITIZED_BOM, you can migrate classic bills of material (BOMs) for
unitized materials into unitized version-controlled BOMs used in SAP S/4HANA Manufacturing for production
engineering and operations (PEO). The report has been enhanced with an Effectivity Match section where you
can now also select how you want to deal with effectivity parameters during the migration.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-MIG (PEO Migration related Topics)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
6.2.2 Template Conversion Report
With this feature you can run the conversion report MPE_RTG_CONV_CLBRD_REFT which is a mandatory step
before you can work with shop floor routings, rework routings, order-specific routings, and the Manage
Templates app from the SAP S/4HANA 2021 release. The report is used to convert the former referenceable
templates into a new format of reference template which is required for this release. That is, the report
converts the former referenceable templates into the new version-controlled reference templates, the former
common templates into shared copy templates, and your my favorites into private copy templates.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
526
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Application Component
PP-PEO-MIG (PEO Migration related Topics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
For information on how existing data is converted, see Migrating Referenceable Templates and Common
Favorites to the Manage Templates App.
6.2.3 Migration Report for Icons
With this feature you can run the conversion report MPE_RTG_UPG_HAS_FLAG which is a mandatory step
before you can work with shop floor routings, rework routings, order-specific routings, and reference templates
from the SAP S/4HANA 2021 release. The report is used to update the object icons at operation level in the
routing/template. In past releases, the system only displayed icons for components, inspection characteristics,
PRTs, and documents. After executing this report, the system also displays all other icons at operation level.
That is, for work instructions, buyoffs, logical components, qualifications, and relationships. You use this report
to perform a one-time update of the object icons to make them visible at operation level as well as at operation
activity level.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-MIG (PEO Migration related Topics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
6.2.4 Manage Planning Routings
With this feature you can create and manage your planning routings. You can now use new functions and
features that are available for maintaining planning routings.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
527
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Using the new and changed features available for the planning routing, you can:
● Assign change records to planning routings.
For more information, see Working with Change Records and Change Numbers for Date-Effective Planning
Routings.
● Create planning routings directly from the Manage Engineering Changes app.
For more information, see How to Create Planning Routings from the Change Record.
6.2.5 Version Profile for Routings and Reference Templates
The version profile has been enhanced for shop floor routings and rework routings and has been enabled for
shop floor routing templates.
 Note
The successive version checkbox will be a mandatory setting from release SAP S/4HANA 2022 000. This
means that, in future releases, you will only be able to create a new routing version from the last version to
be released. It will not be possible to switch this setting off to be able to create a new version from any
previously released version.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
528
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Application Component
PP-PEO-RTG (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following features have been enhanced:
● You can define a default value for the control key in the version profile. The system then automatically
enters this default value in the control key field when creating operations in shop floor routings and in
reference templates. You can change this default value, if necessary.
● You can create a default version profile to be used for rework routings.
● The default version profile that you create for shop floor routings also applies to reference templates
meaning that when you create a new reference template, the system automatically presets certain fields
and checkboxes according to the version profile.
Related Information
Version Profile
6.2.6 Manage Shop Floor Routings
With this feature you can create and manage your shop floor routings. You can now use multiple new functions
and features that are available for maintaining shop floor routings. In addition, several changes have been
made to improve existing features.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
529
Additional Details
Using the new, changed, and enhanced features available in the shop floor routing, you can:
● Refer to the new header for the shop floor routing that contains the shop floor routing group number, the
group counter number, the routing version number as well as the header description. A subheader is now
also available that displays the status of the material and MBOM assignment. This subheader can also
contain information on the effectivity filter. You can switch it on and off as necessary if you need more
space to process the routing.
For more information, see step 5 of How to Create New Routings.
● Use the Expand All and Collapse All buttons which are available in all workspaces to expand and collapse
the complete routing structure tree.
For more information, see the structure workspace section in Navigation in Shop Floor Routings.
● Display the change history for the shop floor routing.
For more information see, Change History for Routings and Reference Templates [page 537].
● Show and hide the template library to open the list of all templates (reference, shared copy, and private
copy) in a dedicated section on the left-hand side of the screen. The section was previously known as the
Favorites section.
For more information, see Working with the Template Library.
● Create an operation in the structure workspace without having to create the first operation activity. Or, you
can now create the first operation activity and choose any segment; setup, produce, or teardown. You can
save a shop floor routing that contains operations without operation activities or without an operation
activity in the produce segment. However, if you try to release such as routing, the release checks will issue
an appropriate error message.
For more information, see How to Create Operations.
● Create an inspection characteristic with reference to a particular component. When searching for the
component, the system automatically filters the search list to display the components that were assigned
to the operation activity for which you are creating the inspection characteristic. You can also reference a
component when creating a table of inspection characteristics. In this case, the system automatically
passes on the component information to all the inspection characteristics in the table.
For more information, see Setting Up Component Data Collection.
● Reference inspection characteristics and tables of inspection characteristics with component information
in the interactive work instructions. This means that the production operator on the shop floor can
immediately see for which component an inspection characteristic is to be performed. If no specific
component is referenced, the data is collected for the header material of the production order.
For more information, see How to Create Work Instructions with Single MBOM Assignment (No Instances).
● Assign miscellaneous PRTs to operation activities in the details workspace in addition to equipment PRTs
and material PRTs. You can also create references to miscellaneous PRTs in the work instructions.
For more information, see How to Assign PRTs to Operation Activities.
● Change the attribute according to which the list of components is sorted in the component assignment
workspace. By default, the components are sorted in the table according to the item number. If you want to
change this and sort the list according to the components, for example, click the sort icon in the table
toolbar and select Component from the dropdown list. You can also use your own customer-specific fields
as a sorting criterion. You can always see the attribute that is currently selected for sorting the
components in the table by hovering your mouse on the select icon. The tooltip shows which attribute is
currently selected.
For more information, see How to Assign and Unassign Components.
● Display the bulk indicator for components:
530
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
○ In the assigned component information in the details workspace for the operation activity - in the
Components tab.
○ In the component assignment workspace - in the components list.
○ In the component assignment workspace - in the assigned components table.
For more information, see steps 6 and 7 of How to Assign and Unassign Components.
● Display the MBOM item category description in the MBOM tree in the component assignment workspace.
● Include bulk components in the interactive work instructions. If you select a bulk component and choose
Add Reference, no Enter Quantity checkbox is available as no quantity data is collected for bulk
components in execution. In addition, if you select all components and choose Add Reference, the system
now automatically creates a separate section for bulk components with a corresponding title. In this
section, no quantity input fields exist.
For more information, see How to Create Work Instructions with Single MBOM Assignment (No Instances)
● Upgrade all reference templates for which new versions exist simultaneously in the details workspace by
choosing the new button Upgrade All to Newest Versions.
For more information, see How to Upgrade Changed Reference Templates.
● In the component assignment workspace, you can see MRS designator information and display the
manufacturing reference structure hierarchy (MRS hierarchy) for components and component instances if
available for the MBOM assigned to the shop floor routing. You can access this information in the
component assignment workspace and in the details workspace.
For more information, see How to Assign and Unassign Components.
● Include MRS designator information in the interactive work instructions.
For more information, see Adding Component References with MRS Designators (With and Without
Instances).
● Assign a change record to rework routings.
For more information, see How to Assign a Change Record.
● Work with the new flexible workflow that enables you to change started workflows and process workflow
steps in parallel.
For more information, see How to Change a Started Workflow.
Effects on Existing Data
Note the following significant changes:
● The favorites section has been replaced by the template library.
● The two root folders have been renamed from Common Templates to Shared Templates and from My
Favorites to Private Copy Templates. All previously existing folders have been taken over into the new root
folders.
● Referenceable templates have been renamed to reference templates which you can only create in the
Manage Templates app.
● Only the latest released reference templates are displayed in the template library.
● You can classify all your templates (reference, shared, and private) to enable better search possibilities.
Effects on Data Transfer
In order to convert the former referenceable templates into the format of reference template which is required
for the SAP S/4HANA 2021 release, you are required to run the report MPE_RTG_CONV_CLBRD_REFT. This is a
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
531
mandatory step before you can work with shop floor routings, rework routings, order-specific routings, and the
Manage Templates app in this release.
For more information, see Template Conversion Report [page 526].
You must also run the conversion report MPE_RTG_UPG_HAS_FLAG to be able to work with shop floor routings,
rework routings, and order-specific routings from the SAP S/4HANA 2021 release. This report is used to
update the object icons at operation level in the shop floor routing.
For more information, see Migration Report for Icons [page 527].
Effects on Customizing
The following Customizing activities have been added:
● Several customizing settings are required to be able to work with the new reference templates. For more
information, see Settings for Reference Templates - For Shop Floor Routings.
●
Production
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Production Engineering
Routings General Data Define Version Profile
You can now define a default control key in the version profile and you can also a default version profile that
is relevant for rework routings.
●
Production
Basic Data
Routing
Control Data
Maintain Task List Types and Set SET/GET
Parameters
If you want the system to create change documents for shop floor routings, you must have selected the
Documents checkbox for the task list type V.
●
Production
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
General Settings
Activate
Features and Acknowledge License Obligations
The customizing settings for activating certain features of the shop floor routing have changed. From the
SAP S/4HANA 2021 release, you no longer have to activate the following features:
○ Change Alerts
○ Buyoffs
○ Qualifications
These features are always switched on and no longer have to be activated per plant.
6.2.7 Manage Templates - For Shop Floor Routings
With this app, you can manage all templates that can be inserted into shop floor routings, rework routings, and
order-specific shop floor routings. Templates are predefined building blocks such as operation sets or
operations, which can be used in multiple routings. The aim is to facilitate and speed up the creation and
maintenance of routings and to enable a company-wide usage of standard best practices. In this app, you can
create reference templates for which a complete lifecycle management has been enabled. Like shop floor
routings, reference templates are version based. Releasing a version enables its use in routings. If you need to
make changes to a released reference template, you first have to create a new version, make your changes, and
release the new version. Where-used information is available to find and upgrade all routings that are affected
by a new version quickly. In this app, you can also manage shared copy templates (Shared Templates folder) as
532
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
well as your own private copy templates (Private Templates folder). These copy templates have no lifecycle
management, are not version based, and have no status information.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Existing Data
In order to process the reference templates that you created in previous releases, you must first run the
conversion report MPE_RTG_CONV_CLBRD_REFT that converts the old reference templates to the new format
required for processing in the new app. For information on the report, refer to the report documentation.
 Note
You must first run this conversion report to be able to access all routings and template apps and
transactions in the SAP S/4HANA 2021 release.
Effects on System Administration
To be able to work with the new Manage Templates app, the following authorizations are required:
● C_MPE_CFAV with activity 03 (display)
● C_ROUT activity 03 and routing type F, for each plant. There is also a plant parameter for C_ROUT. So if you
do not have authorization for plant 0001 you will not see its templates, for example.
● You also require the necessary authorization for classification objects to be able to set the classification
filter in the entry screen workspace.
Effects on Customizing
The following Customizing settings are required to work with the new Manage Templates app:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
533
●
Production Basic Data Work Center General Data Define Task List Usage
You have to add the task list type F (reference template) to the task list usages that you use in the context
of PEO to enable the use of reference templates in shop floor routings. If this setting is not maintained, you
cannot release shop floor routings that contain reference templates.
●
Production
Basic Data
Routing
Control Data
Maintain Task List Types and Set SET/GET
Parameters
You can define the number range to be used for reference templates (task list type F).
●
Production
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Production Engineering
Routings Shop Floor Routing Template Define Number Ranges for Shop Floor Routing Template
You can define the values of the number ranges to be used for reference templates.
●
Production
Basic Data
Routing
Control Data
Maintain Task List Types and Set SET/GET
Parameters
If you want the system to create change documents for reference templates, you must have selected the
Documents checkbox for the task list type F.
●
Logistics - General
Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)
Change Records
Settings for Engineering
Changes Define Engineering Change Record Type
To be able to see the shop floor routing templates in the details screen of the Manage Change Records app,
you have to add the object to the record type you use for PEO (such as MFG).
●
Logistics - General Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) Classification
To be able to classify reference templates and search for them using these classification values, you have
to maintain the characteristics and their related characteristics values. Then, you have to create a class for
class type 018 and assign the characteristics.
Related Information
Manage Templates
6.2.8 Manage Order-Specific Shop Floor Routings
With this feature you can manage your order-specific shop floor routings. You can now use new functions and
features that are available for order-specific shop floor routings.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
534
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Using the new and changed features available in the shop floor routing, you can:
● See a new header containing information on the order-specific routing group, counter, and version as well
as the description. A subheader is now also displayed containing information on the production order for
which the order-specific routing was created. You can switch the subheader on and off as necessary if you
need more space for processing.
● See all operations of parent and child production orders in the case of an order split. These operations are
always Not Editable as they belong to either a parent or a child production order and cannot therefore be
edited in the current order.
● See information on the manufacturer's serial number and supplier batch in the Assembly Information
section of the Disassemble dialog box in the component list workspace, if available.
● Display the change history for the order-specific shop floor routing.
For more information see, Change History for Routings and Reference Templates [page 537].
● Set the bulk indicator when changing a component or adding a new component in the component list
workspace. On release of the order-specific shop floor routing, this information is passed on to the
production order.
● Change and update auxiliary data assignments for editable operation activities in the auxiliary data
workspace. If you have created a new operation activity in the order-specific routing, you can navigate to
the auxiliary data workspace to create inspection characteristics and assign PMI, for example. If you have
implemented the BAdIs for direct assignment, this feature is also available in the order-specific routing.
● Incorporate changes from a new version of the auxiliary data file if:
○ The production order is released but not yet started and all operation activities still have the status
initial and are editable.
○ A new version of the auxiliary data file associated with the MBOM exists but no new MBOM version
exists.
In this case, you can update the auxiliary data assignments using the new version of the auxiliary data file.
You first have to delete all existing assignments. When you save these changes, the system automatically
loads and displays the updated version of the auxiliary data file and you can proceed to create new
assignments.
Related Information
How to Change Order-Specific Routings
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
535
6.2.9 Component Data Collection
With this feature you can create inspection characteristics and tables of inspection characteristics with
reference to a specific component in the Manage Shop Floor Routings app. When searching for the component,
the system automatically filters the search list to display the components that were assigned to the operation
activity for which you are creating the inspection characteristic. When referencing a component in a table of
inspection characteristics, the system automatically passes the component information on to all the inspection
characteristics created in the table. You can also reference inspection characteristics and tables of inspection
characteristics that were created with reference to a specific component in the interactive work instructions.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO_SFR (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Setting Up Component Data Collection
6.2.10 Flexible Workflow Enabled for Shop Floor Routings
and Templates
With this feature, you can use the new flexible processing features available for maintaining workflow. That is, it
is now possible to change a workflow that has already been started by adding new workflow steps, changing
existing steps, and changing the order in which the steps are to be processed. You can also enable several steps
to be processed in parallel.
Technical Details
Type
536
Changed
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
How to Create and Start the Workflow
How to Change a Started Workflow
6.2.11 Change History for Routings and Reference Templates
The change history enables you to track changes in shop floor routings, rework routings, order-specific shop
floor routings, and reference templates while they are still in process. The change history provides you with
information on the changes made during creation and maintenance, when were the changes done, and who did
the changes. The information is available when the routing/template is in process as well as after release for
reference purposes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You can configure whether the system is to create change documents for routings and reference templates:
●
Production
Basic Data
Routing
Control Data
Maintain Task List Types
Set SET/GET
Parameters
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
537
If you want the system to create change documents for routings and reference templates, you must have
selected the Documents checkbox for all the relevant task list types:
○ Shop floor routings, rework routings, and order-specific shop floor routings: Task list type, V
○ Reference templates: Task list type, F
 Note
You are recommended only to switch on this change tracking feature for routings or templates if you
want to create change documents as it could affect performance.
Related Information
Tracking Changes in the Change History
6.2.12 Where-Used Information for Standard Texts
With this feature you can better manage your standard texts in the Manage Standard Texts app. You can now
find where-used information for standard texts of the usage type Reference and Reference and Copy. The new
Where Used section in the app displays a table with information on which version of the standard text is
currently being used in which routings. You also have information on the operation and operation activity that
references the standard text as well as on the current processing status of the routing. You can also navigate
directly to a routing from the Where Used section.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-STX (Standard Text)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
How to Find Where-Used Information for Standard Texts
538
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
6.2.13 Report for Handling Stray Images
You can trigger the deletion of stray images with the new report RMPE_RTE_DELETE_UNUSED_ATT. You can
schedule a background job to run this report as frequently as you require. The report searches for all the stray
images that are no longer used in work instructions or in standard texts and marks them for deletion. A second
report is already available that deletes the images (RSBCS_REORG). This results in a regular cleanup of the DMS
(Document Management Services) and frees up memory that was unnecessarily blocked by images that are no
longer required.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-STX (Standard Text)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
6.2.14 Manage Change Records
With this feature you can create and manage your change records. Note that the name of this app has been
changed from Manage Engineering Changes to Manage Change Records. In the app, you can use several new
functions: The two manufacturing objects, planning routings and shop floor routing templates are now also
available as sections in the change record details screen. The planning routing is now also included in the
change impact analysis so that you have an even more complete picture of all the objects that could potentially
be affected by engineering changes. In addition, you can now also create a planning routing for a planning BOM
directly from the change record.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-CR (Manufacturing Change Record)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
539
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You have to update the following customizing setting to see the new manufacturing objects in the Manage
Change Records app:
● Under
Logistics - General
Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)
Change Records
Settings for
Engineering Changes Define Engineering Change Record Types , you have to add the two objects,
planning routing (PLR) and shop floor routing template (TER) to the reference objects for the record type
that you use for PEO processes (such as MFG).
Related Information
Settings for Change Records
Manage Change Records
How to Create Planning Routings from the Change Record
6.2.15 Analyze Change Impact
With this feature you can analyze the impact that changes to engineering data have on various manufacturing
objects such as MBOMs, shop floor routings, and production orders. You can now also analyze the impact of
changes on planning routings. Various new features are also available in the object details screen.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-ACI (Analyze Change Impact)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
540
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Additional Details
Using the new and enhanced features available in the impact analysis, you can:
● See the impact of changes on planning routings.
● See the manufacturing reference structure (MRS) designator information for BOM items, if available, and
display the MRS as well as the MRS hierarchy.
● See where changes have been made to MRS designators for individual BOM items in the Net Change
section of the screen.
● View related orders information for production orders, if available. For this purpose, the new button Related
Orders has been added to the details screen of the Analyze Change Impact app for production orders,
which is only active if related orders actually exist for the current order. Related orders could be either a
parent or a child order and are the result of an order split.
● Specify in Customizing that the correct impact analysis tool relevant for PEO processing is launched from
the change record for the record type MFG (Manufacturing Engineering).
Effects on Customizing
In Customizing for Logistics - General under
Settings for Engineering Changes
Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)
Change Records
Define Engineering Change Record Types , for the record type MFG
(Manufacturing Engineering), you can select the PEO Relevant checkbox which controls that the correct impact
analysis tool relevant for PEO processing is launched from the change record.
Related Information
How to Analyze the Impact of Engineering Changes
6.3
Extended Production Operations
6.3.1 Production Control
6.3.1.1
Manage Production Orders
This app enables you to monitor the progress of production and manage your production orders. You can now
perform an order split for shop floor orders.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
541
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now:
● Split a shop floor order into two separate orders with the same material if you need to handle the
processed partial quantity separately from the remaining quantity to be produced.
 Note
The split method Split to warehouse, which allows you to place the processed partial quantity of the
order into the warehouse as a by-product, is currently only supported in transaction CO02.
Effects on Customizing
The following Customizing activities and Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) related to order split have been added:
●
●
Production Shop Floor Control Operations Define Settings for Order Split
You can configure here whether the system allows changes to WBS element and order type during an order
split.
Production
Shop Floor Control
System Modifications
Business Add-Ins
BAdI: Additional Check
for Split Quantity
You can implement this BAdI BADI_SPLIT_QUANTITY_CHECK to determine whether all goods movements
have been successfully completed for the operations before the split operation.
●
Production
Shop Floor Control
System Modifications
Business Add-Ins
BAdI: Determination of GI
Items for Transfer at Order Split
You can implement this BAdI BADI_GOODS_ISSUE_TRANSFER to transfer the goods issue items from the
parent to the child order during an order split, instead of using a by-product. A prerequisite for using this
BAdI is that all goods movements have been successfully completed for the operations before the split
operation. You can perform this check by implementing the BAdI BADI_SPLIT_QUANTITY_CHECK.
542
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Related Information
Order Split for Shop Floor Orders
How to Split Orders with the Same Material
How to Split Orders to the Warehouse
Settings for Order Split
Manage Production Orders [page 474]
6.3.1.2
Manage Production Holds
You can use this app to maintain a complete overview of all production holds. You can now change the hold
reason and note for active holds and change the release reason and note for released holds, provided that entry
of reason and note is required or allowed for the hold and release actions. In addition, you can now also search
for holds placed as a result of a quality notification using the two new filter criteria, notification and notification
item.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
Shop Floor Execution (PP-PEO-SFE)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Use the Manage Action Settings app to check whether entry of reason and note is required or allowed for the
hold and release actions.
Related Information
Manage Production Holds
How to Edit Action Settings
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
543
6.3.1.3
Assign Work
This app enables you to assign work to production operators. You can now also use new functions and features,
which are described below.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made:
● You can click an operation activity to navigate to the Operation Activity Assignments page, where you can
see all assignments (such as components, work instructions, and inspection characteristics) for the
operation activity.
● The On Hold column has been replaced by an Issues column with icons that are highlighted if an operation
activity is on hold or has missing components. The popover contains a link to the Issues section of the
Operation Activity Assignments page.
● You can now use a new filter called OA Issues to display operation activities that are not on hold or have no
missing components.
● You can now assign teams to operation activities.
 Note
A prerequisite is that teams of category EPO (Extended Production Operations) have been created in
the Manage Teams and Responsibilities app
Related Information
Assign Work
How to Assign Teams to Operation Activities
544
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
6.3.1.4
Manage Production Operators
With this app, you can manage the workload of your production operators and assign operation activities to
them. You can now see whether operation activities assigned to an operator were assigned directly or assigned
to a team to which the operator belongs.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Assigned Operation Activities section now contains the following three tabs:
● Direct Assignment
● Team Assignment
● All
6.3.2 Production Execution
6.3.2.1
My Work Queue
This app enables you to display all operation activities currently assigned to you by your production supervisor.
You can now also use new functions and features, which are described below.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Changed
PUBLIC
545
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following enhancements have been made:
● You can now use a new filter called OA Issues to display operation activities that are not on hold or have no
missing components.
● The list page now includes an Issues column with icons that are highlighted if an operation activity is on
hold or has missing components. The popover contains a link to the Issues section of the Operation Activity
Assignments page.
● The Operation Activity Assignments page now contains the following additional sections:
○ Issues
○ Assigned Operators
○ Assigned Teams
● The Components section on the Operation Activity Assignments page now contains a Missing Components
subsection.
6.3.2.2
Perform Operation Activity
This app enables you to perform operation activities. You can now also use new functions and features that are
available for production execution.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
546
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Additional Details
Component Data Collection
If components of an operation activity have been assigned to inspection characteristics, you can now perform
inspections for these components in the work instructions or in the Data Collection section, as applicable. For
components with instances, you can click the component ID (or instance number or reference designator) to
highlight the component in the 3D visual (if available).
The results appear in the Component Inspection Characteristics section on the details screen of the Manage
Production Orders and Product Genealogy apps.
Defect Recording for a Specific Component
When recording a defect, you now have the option to select a specific component to which the defect applies.
If defects recording has been enabled for a component-specific inspection characteristic assigned to an
operation activity, the system automatically creates a quality notification if you reject the valuation of the
inspection result for this component in case it does not meet the specifications. This quality notification then
appears in the Defects section.
Details of the quality notification appear in the Defects section on the details screen of the Manage Production
Orders and Product Genealogy apps.
Manufacturer's Serial Number and Supplier Batch
You can now enter the manufacturer's serial number and supplier batch number when assembling externally
produced parts.
Related Information
Component Data Collection
Setting Up the Automatic Creation of Quality Notifications at Data Collection
6.3.3 Quality Management
6.3.3.1
Nonconformance Handling with Quality
Notifications
With this feature you can use the extended nonconformance handing with quality notifications. Up until now,
nonconformance in SAP S/4HANA PEO could only be processed using defects. From this release onwards, you
can also:
● Instruct the system to create defects first and then transfer these defects to quality notifications manually.
● Instruct the system to transfer defects to quality notifications automatically.
● Instruct the system to create quality notifications when collecting data if the inspection characteristic
specifications are not met.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
547
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Change Quality Notifications app, the following features have been enhanced for SAP S/4HANA PEO:
● The link Display PEO Object Information has been added to the Action box on the right-hand side of the
screen. Click to display information on the production order, operation, operation activity, defective
quantity, applied hold, and serial number (for serialized products), for example.
● All the follow-up quality tasks for the code group NONCF that are available for defects are now also available
for the quality notification.
● The follow-up actions for the tasks are also available for quality notifications.
Effects on Customizing
● If you want to transfer the defect to a quality notification, you must have maintained the default mapping of
quality notification type and defect category in Customizing for Quality Management under
Nonconformance Management Defects Recording Notification Type: Mapping of Defect Categories .
The quality notification is created with the notification type you set as the default for the defect category.
● If you want the system to transfer the defect to a quality notification automatically, you must also have
implemented the BAdI QM_NCM_AUTO_TRANSFER_OF_DEF (BAdI for Transfer of Defects to a Notification)
in customizing for Quality Management under
Nonconformance Management
Environment
Tools
Business Add-Ins
Business Add-Ins for Custom Logic in Defects
Transfer Defects
Automatically to Notification Item . In this BAdI, you define that a defect is automatically transferred to a
quality notification item. You define the rules for the automatic transfer based on the data entered for the
defect and the affected objects.
Related Information
Integration of Defects in Quality Notifications
How to Create Quality Notifications When Recording Inspection Results
548
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
6.3.4 Production Monitoring
6.3.4.1
As-Built Report
This app enables you to generate an as-built report for serialized products to get a top-down view of which
materials (planned and unplanned) have been consumed in an assembly and in any subassemblies. You can
now use a range of new functions and features, which are described below.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Corrections to As-Built Information
You now have the option to make corrections to as-built information, for example, if the wrong serial number,
batch number, or quantity was recorded for a material during assembly. This allows you to resolve any
inconsistencies in the as-built information for the product you're manufacturing.
Depending on the assembly type of the material, you can make the following corrections:
● For serialized materials or serialized batch-managed materials, you can:
○ Replace the current serial number with a different serial number.
○ Remove the serial number completely.
○ Add a serial number.
● For batch-managed materials, you can:
○ Move the consumed quantity of the selected batch either partially or completely to a different batch.
○ Adjust the consumed quantity of the selected batch by entering a positive or negative quantity.
○ Add a batch with a quantity, thus increasing the overall consumed quantity.
● For materials that require manual posting, you can adjust the consumed quantity for the selected
component by entering a positive or negative quantity.
Other New Features
You can now:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
549
● Click a serial number to navigate to transaction IQ03 and view details of the serial number.
● Click a batch number to navigate to transaction MSC3N and view details of the batch.
● View the MRS designator of an assembled component and display the manufacturing reference structure
hierarchy.
● View the supplier batch and manufacturer's serial number of assembled components.
● Refresh the screen without having to exit the report.
● Navigate to the Order Genealogy app.
Effects on Existing Data
When you correct as-built information, the system posts corresponding goods movements. If necessary, you
can select an indicator to perform the corrections locally without posting goods movements, but this can lead
to data inconsistencies. In this case, the correction is reflected neither in inventory management nor in the
actual costs of the corresponding production order.
Effects on System Administration
The following actions have been introduced for assembly corrections:
● SAP_ASSEMBLY_CORRECTION (Assembly Correction)
● SAP_ASSEMBLY_CORRECTION_WO_GM (Assembly Correction (No Goods Movements))
To make corrections to as-built information, your user must be authorized to:
● Create component assembly corrections for the order type and plant related to the production order in
which the material was assembled.
This authorization is controlled by authorization object C_MPE_ASCR (Component Assembly Correction).
● Perform assembly and disassembly actions for the plant and object type related to the material and
production order for which you want to make a correction.
This authorization is controlled by authorization object C_SFO_ACTN (Shop Floor Order Execution Action).
Related Information
How to Correct As-Built Information
6.3.4.2
Order Genealogy
With this app, you can analyze and track the production process at production order level. For example, you can
see the order status, what components have been assembled or disassembled, which operation activities have
been performed, and whether any defects have been recorded in the order. You can also see PRTs,
attachments, and documents assigned to the production order, operations, or operation activities.
550
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The app shows the current history of information recorded in production orders for serialized and nonserialized products. To display the current history of information recorded for serial numbers of an order, you
can branch directly to the Product Genealogy app.
Related Information
Order Genealogy
6.4
Complex Assembly Project Management
6.4.1 Manage Major Assembly Projects
With this app, you have a complete overview of your major assembly projects. You can now use a range of new
features to manage your major assembly projects, which are described below.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
551
Application Component
PP-PEO-MA (Manage Major Assembly and Installation Kits)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now:
● Assign an existing project to a bill of material for an end item directly in the app by choosing Assign. The
system then determines component demand by exploding the end item bill of material. Once the project
has been linked to the end item BOM successfully, the project is listed in this app and any issues can be
detected in the Check Major Assembly Projects app.
● Unassign an existing project from the end item BOM to reverse all project changes, including deletion of
component demand created during the BOM explosion when the end item BOM and project were assigned.
 Note
The unassign function works only if the project has not been started yet.
6.4.2 Check Major Assembly Projects
This app now detects a network issue if BOM and network have not yet been selected for a major assembly and
provides you with the option to take corrective action by assigning the BOM and network.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PP-PEO-MA (Manage Major Assembly and Installation Kits)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The app shows the error message BOM and network not yet selected for major assembly for the Network Issues
issue type. On the details page of the major assembly issue, the Assign BOM and Network button allows you to
552
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
select the BOM and create or select an existing network. When creating a network, you are prompted to specify
WBS element, MRP controller, and planner group.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
PUBLIC
553
7
R&D/Engineering
7.1
Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management
7.1.1 Project System
7.1.1.1
Project System: Small Enhancements as Part of
Customer Connection 2021
Improvements in Project System are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer Connection project for
Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on proposals submitted by customers through
the Customer Influence program.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PS (Project System)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Improvement Details
Application Compo­
Improvement De­
Product Features are
Improvement Request
nent
scription
(New/Changed)
ID
SAP Note
255672
3044197
PS-IS-LOG (Logistics) Descriptions of Certain New
Project Elements Avail­
able in Transaction
CN47/CN47N, CN53N,
and CN43N/CNS43
260035
259809
More Information
For more information about Customer Influence, see http://influence.sap.com
554
PUBLIC
.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
7.1.1.2
7.1.1.2.1
Project Financials Control
Enabling Business Partner Multiple Address
Selection in Project Systems
This feature enables you to select an address from multiple delivery addresses associated with a business
partner user in project systems. This feature is enabled for:
● Create, change, or display of delivery information
● Delivery from project
● Project-Oriented Procurement (ProMan)
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PS-ST (Structures)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Project Builder
7.1.1.3
7.1.1.3.1
Project Logistics Control
Project Schedule
This app enables you to display project and network master data and dates as a table and chart, and to analyze
data of individual objects. You can adapt the display to your needs - for example, configure the chart area to
view Basic, Actual, or Forecast timelines, or select attributes displayed for project objects in the table area.
You can access detailed information of the project definitions, WBS elements, networks, network activities,
activity elements, and milestones depending on your selection. From the side panels of individual objects you
can navigate to the relevant object pages and applications.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
555
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PS-FIO (Project System)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can access the Project Schedule app from the Fiori launchpad directly.
Related Information
Project Schedule
7.1.2 Commercial Project Management
7.1.2.1
7.1.2.1.1
Project Workspace
Remove Team Members from a Commercial
Project
With this feature, you can now choose to remove a team member from a commercial project and a team in one
step. When you remove a member from a team, you can also select the Remove Member from Project checkbox
to remove the team member from the project as well.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
556
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-CPD-WS (Project Management for Commercial Projects
(SAP S/4HANA))
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Assigning Roles and Teams to Members
7.1.2.1.2
Overwrite Values of Characteristics
With this feature, you can now implement a business add-in (BAdI) to overwrite the value of a characteristic
that you use in analytical reports of commercial projects. Note that this BAdI can be used only for
characteristics in the following InfoAreas:
● CA-CPD: Project Cost and Revenue Planning (/CPD/PFP)
● CA-CPD: Analytics (/CPD/AVR)
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-CPD-WS (Project Management for Commercial Projects (SAP S/
4HANA))
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
If you wish to use this feature, you must create a new implementation to suit your business needs. You can
access the BAdI under Customizing for Commercial Project Management, under
Ins
BAdI: Overwrite Characteristic Value
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Analytics
Business Add-
.
PUBLIC
557
Related Information
Embedded Analytics
7.1.3 SAP Portfolio and Project Management
7.1.3.1
7.1.3.1.1
Project Management
Integration with Enterprise Product Development
This feature enables you to link existing collaborations to your project elements and view detailed information
from the Project Management application. You can also navigate directly to a collaboration from the Project
Management application.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PPM (Porfolio and Project Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
More Information
Attachment Configuration Guide for SAP Portfolio and Project Management in 3077647
Management: Configuration
Project Management: Configuration
under
System Connections
Project
Defining Integration
with Enterprise Product Development .
7.1.3.1.2
Field Extensibility for Project Structure Reports
With this feature you can add custom fields by choosing a business context and enable them in the user
interface and reports section. You can also find the custom field with GUI usage in the Custom Fields tab for all
project system GUI transactions.
558
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PS (PROJECT)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Overviews in the Information System
7.2
Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries
7.2.1 New App: Manage Multilevel Bill of Material
This app allows you to display and maintain the hierarchical tree structure of a multilevel BOM. The app also
allows you to view the BOM header of the multilevel BOM followed by the nested list of components,
assemblies, and material.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
559
Additional Details
To use this app, you need the same authorizations as the BOM Engineer (SAP_BR_BOM_ENGINEER) business
role template.
Related Information
Manage Multilevel Bill of Material
7.2.2 Configuration to Define Versioning of Bill of Material
With this feature, you can enable versioning for bills of material using the Customizing Define Additional Control
Data.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Defining Versioning for Bills of Material
7.2.3 Configuration to Maintain Manual or Automatic
Versioning for BOM Usage
With this feature, you can specify whether the version-controlled BOMs for a specific BOM usage to have
manual or automatic versioning while creating a versioned BOM using the Customizing Define Control Data for
BOM Usage.
560
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintaining Manual or Automatic Versioning for BOM Usage
7.2.4 Configuration to Maintain Mandatory Assignment of
Change Record
With this feature, you can specify whether BOMs for a specific BOM usage to have mandatory assignment of
change record while creating a BOM using the Customizing Define Control Data for BOM Usage.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintaining Mandatory Assignment of Change Record
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
561
7.2.5 Configuring Communication Scenario SAP_COM_0150 Bills of Material
With this feature, you can now configure the outbound communication scenario for bills of material using the
Communication Arrangment tool.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The set-up instructions for configuring communication scenario SAP_COM_0150 is available in the SAP Note
3042413 .
7.2.6 Configuration to Determine Expansion of Assembly
Node
With this feature, you can determine the assembly nodes to be expanded for a viewable using the Business
Add-In (BAdI) Settings to Determine Expansion of Assembly Nodes. The BAdI checks if the assembly nodes and
its child components are assigned to the material. If the assembly node is assigned to the material and their
child components are not assigned to the material, the assembly node is not expanded. The assembly node is
displayed as an instance node and you're unable to expand the assembly node.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
562
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-VEP-VMP (Visual Manufacturing Planner)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
BAdI to Determine Expansion of Assembly Node
7.2.7 Configuration to Define Dynamic Viewing of a Viewable
With this feature, you can define the way you want to load and view the EBOM viewable of type .VDS or .VDX.
As a user, you cannot find any difference in viewing of the viewable type .VDS or .VDX in the VEMP application.
But you can configure the type of viewable you want to load and view the viewable.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-VEP-VMP (Visual Manufacturing Planner)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Defining Dynamic Viewing of a Viewable (Monolith or Shattered)
7.2.8 Maintain Attributes of Bill of Material in VEMP
With this feature, you can enrich the target BOM with certain additional attributes or change the existing
attributes to cater to the production requirements. Currently, the reconciliation checks are done based on the
attributes of the component, and it depends on the item category of the BOM item.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
563
The VEMP has been enhanced to support the mechanism of exposing and editing all the attributes including
custom attributes of the BOM item. The system allows you to edit the relevant BOM item attributes based on
the profiling of the item category for the BOM item.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-VEP-VMP (Visual Manufacturing Planner)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Maintain Attributes of Bill of Material
7.2.9 Handling Manufacturing Reference Structure (MRS) in
VEMP
With this feature you can perform handover of EBOM to MBOM with MRS objects, the system establishes a
component mapping between the MRS hierarchy and the MBOM by tracing back to the already established
component mapping between the MRS hierarchy and the EBOM.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-VEP-VMP (Visual Manufacturing Planner)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
564
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Related Information
Handling Manufacturing Reference Structure (MRS) in VEMP
7.2.10 Harmonized Document Management (HDM)
This feature is based on the existing attachment service solution in S/4HANA. It intends to harmonize the
process of handling attachments across the leading applications that consume the attachment service. The
attachment service, internally, uses functions exposed from document management frameworks such as
Document Management System (DMS), Generic Object Services (GOS), and ArchiveLink. Depending on their
business needs, different applications use different document frameworks to handle attachments. With the
Harmonized Document Management (HDM) functionality, business applications can work with attachments
from different document frameworks in a single user interface. By default, the DMS document framework is the
recommended and primary solution in HDM; however, the GOS and ArchiveLink document frameworks are also
supported.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-DMS (Document Management System)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
Business applications can choose to activate/deactivate the HDM functionality and maintain the active
document frameworks and document types using the Customizing provided in the following path:
Customizing Implementation Guide
Document Management
ABAP Platform
Application Server
Basis Services
SAP
Harmonized
Activate HDM for Attachment Object Type .
Related Information
Harmonized Document Management (HDM)
Configuration for Harmonized Document Management [page 566]
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
565
7.2.11 Configuration for Harmonized Document Management
With this feature you can activate and configure the Harmonized Document Management (HDM) functionality
for your business application using the Activate HDM for Attachment Object Types customizing activity.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CA-DMS (Document Management System)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Business applications can choose to activate/deactivate the HDM functionality and maintain the active
document frameworks and document types using the Customizing provided in the following path:
Customizing Implementation Guide
Document Management
ABAP Platform
Application Server
Basis Services
SAP
Harmonized
Activate HDM for Attachment Object Type .
Related Information
Harmonized Document Management (HDM)
7.2.12 Collaboration on Change Proposals via BOM Redlining
for Change Records
This release introduces redlining to markup existing Bill of Materials and create new BOM versions.
566
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-CR (Change Record)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this feature, you can perform the following tasks:
● Propose changes directly in the system for Engineering BOM
● Easily track the proposed and accepted changes
● Update the existing components for Classic BOM or generate a new BOM version for Version BOM
Related Information
Creating Redlines
7.3
User Experience Improvements in Recipe Development
With this feature, you are able to access the following improvements in Recipe Development:
● Manage specifications, recipes, and label sets from both desktop and tablet devices
● User interface adjustments in Fiori applications for Recipe Development
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
567
Scope Item
1QA (Specification Management for Recipes)
1QC (Formulation - Recipe Development)
Application Component
PLM-WUI-RCP (Recipe Development)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
7.4
Business Events for Recipe Specification Phrases
With this feature, you can use Business Events for phrases in recipe product specifications. The following types
are available:
● RecipeSpecificationPhrase
A Recipe Specification Phrase is a standard text. Phrases can be used for value assignment of
characteristic fields in the property tree, value assignment of certain input fields in screens and dialog
boxes, and reports. Phrases are managed in libraries, and can group the same text in several languages.
● RecipeSpecificationPhraseSet
A Recipe Specification Phrase Set is a grouping of phrases for a purpose. A phrase set can include allowed
and default phrases for a value assignment type. A phrase can be assigned to a number of phrase sets.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-WUI-SPC (Specification Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
568
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
7.5
Product Compliance
7.5.1 Foundation for Product Compliance
7.5.1.1
Regulatory Content Service for Product Compliance
With this service, you receive regular updates for phrases of SAP branded content. Translations are included
with in the content delivery which happens after tests like security, integration and acceptance are completed.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
First Step After Configuration: Activate Regulatory Content
Background Processing Jobs Update
SAP Content for Product Compliance
7.5.1.2
Manage Regulatory Graphics
With this feature, you can view provided graphics content, assembled in graphics collections which are
delivered in the Classify Packaged Dangerous Goods app. You can search through the entire graphics catalog
using a wide range of filters and attach additional information, to provided graphics, for future reference.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
569
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
Not Applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Graphics
7.5.1.3
Manage Phrase-Enabled Fields
The Manage Phrase-Enabled Fields app features allow you to view provided phrases and the translations. You
can create your own phrases, including copying from provided content, and create new translations. Additional
features are the ability to easily search for phrases based on many different details and hiding phrases that you
no longer want or aren't applicable.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not Applicable
Scope Item
Not Applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Phrase Management
570
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
7.5.1.4
Regulatory Content 2021
With this feature, new and updated content is delivered to your system. 40 new or updated compliance
requirements for product marketability. 25 new compliance requirements versions for components with
occupational exposure limits and 65 other updated safety data sheet-related compliance requirements.
Additionally, 7 new compliance requirements for hazardous ingredients and 7 new compliance requirements
for components with occupational exposure limits. There are also 8 new or updated compliance requirements
for dangerous goods management.
Embedded phrases for packaged dangerous goods - notes and supplement to dangerous goods descriptions.
Also updated phrases in firefighting measures, personal protection, first aid measures, and ecological
information.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
31G (Chemical Compliance Approval for Purchased Material
and Supplier), 31H (Assess Marketability of a Product), 31J
(Chemical Compliance in Sales), 3VR (Manage Safety Data
Sheets for Products), 3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in Sales),
3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product), 3G8 (Danger­
ous Goods Sales)
Application Component
EHS_SUS_FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
SAP Content for Product Compliance
Regulatory Content Service
7.5.1.5
Integration of Product Compliance Checks into
Purchasing
With this feature, a supplier check, a dangerous goods check, and a safety data sheet check are now integrated
into purchasing documents.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
571
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
31J (Chemical Compliance in the Value Chain)
3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Foundation for Product Compliance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For compliance-relevant products, the system carries out compliance checks when a purchaser creates or
edits a purchase document. Depending on the outcome of these checks, the system sets the corresponding
status for the item. Based on the item status, the system also sets the status of the whole document in the
document header. If issues arise during the checks, the system blocks the document. The following checks are
integrated into purchasing documents:
● Supplier Check
When a purchaser creates or edits purchase order for a compliance-relevant product, the system checks
the status of the supplier assessment.
● Safety Data Sheet Check
When a purchaser creates or edits an intercompany stock transfer order for a compliance-relevant
product, the system verifies for the product:
○ Whether a safety data sheet is required.
○ Whether the relevant safety data sheet is available in the defined languages.
● Dangerous Goods Check
When a purchaser creates or edits an intercompany stock transfer order or a purchase order with
transport responsibility for a compliance-relevant product classified as a dangerous good, the system
checks whether transportation of the product is allowed, forbidden, or restricted.
Effects on Customizing
To use the integration functions, activate the following business features in Customizing under
Compliance
Integration
Product
Activate Business Features for Product Compliance :
● For using the supplier assessment in purchasing documents, activate the Product Compliance Supplier
Integration into Value Chain business feature.
● For using safety data sheet information, activate the Safety Data Sheet Management Integration into Value
Chain business feature.
572
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
● For using dangerous goods classification data, activate the Dangerous Goods Integration into Value Chain
business feature.
The following settings are important for using the supplier check:
● In the Adapt Behavior of Compliance Checks in Value Chain activity, the configuration expert can specify
how the checks behave for specific issues, such as, if the compliance-relevant indicator is not set or the
supplier assessment is still in progress. The configuration expert can specify whether the compliance
checks block a document in this case or not.
The standard system is delivered without any settings. That means that the check doesn't block any
documents. You can change the settings in Customizing under
Product Compliance
Integration
Adapt Behavior of Compliance Checks in Value Chain .
Related Information
● For more information about this feature from a purchasing point of view, see Product Compliance in
Purchase Orders [page 840].
● You can find more information about the integration of Product Compliance into purchasing processes in
the Product Assistance for Product Compliance. See Product Compliance Data in Purchasing Processes.
7.5.1.6
Work View of Unpackaged Products and Raw
Materials
With this feature, you can get an overview of the information available in the system for a given raw material or
unpackaged product. The information is organized similarly to a safety data sheet - it is grouped and sorted
identically. This allows you to easily manage it and maintain it in the system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
573
Additional Details
The apps start with default work views delivered by SAP that is independent of any country/region.
Related Information
Raw Material - Work View
Unpackaged Product - Work View
7.5.1.7
Event Processing for Components with OELs
Assessments of Products and Raw Materials
With this feature, you can check the processing status of changes in the Components with OEL assessments of
products and raw materials. These changes are caused by the following actions and can be traced in the
Process Product Compliance Events app:
● Activating a new version of the safety data sheet compliance requirement used for the assessment.
● Activating a new version of the health and safety compliance requirement that is referenced in a safety
data sheet compliance requirement used for the assessment.
● Activating a new version of the safety data sheet compliance requirement that uses a different composition
than the one maintained for the product or raw material.
● Releasing a new version of the composition assigned to the product or raw material that is being assessed.
● Change in the substance used in the composition assigned to the product or raw material that is being
assessed.
Each of these actions triggers an event that is processed in the background. As a result, the respective
Components with OEL assessments are updated automatically.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
574
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Additional Details
When a user activates a safety data sheet or a health and safety compliance requirement, the system
automatically identifies the compliance assessments for which the newly activated compliance requirement
version is relevant.
The system calculates the compliance assessment for each affected compliance requirement version that is
assigned to the unpackaged product. The calculation of each compliance assessment is an action in the
system and appears in the Process Product Compliance Events app.
Related Information
Process Product Compliance Events
7.5.1.8
Management of Toxicological Information
With this feature, you can use the relevant Toxicological Information apps to provide toxicological information
for substances, products, and raw materials. This data is the prerequisite for the classification of products
(substances or mixtures) based on their hazardous properties.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
31G (Chemical Compliance Approval for Purchased Material
and Supplier)
31H (Assess Marketability of a Product)
31J (Chemical Compliance in the Value Chain)
3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)
3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)
3FC (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
3G8 (Dangerous Goods in Sales)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
575
Related Information
Substance - Toxicological Information
Unpackaged Product - Toxicological Information
Raw Material - Toxicological Information
7.5.1.9
Management of Ecological Information
With this feature, you can edit and release ecological information of a substance, an unpackaged product
and/or a raw material that you’ve selected in the Manage Basic Compliance Data - Unpackaged Products app, in
the Manage Substances Compliance app, or the Manage Basic Compliance data - Raw Materials app. You can
also use this data for the classification of products according to different hazardous substance regulations or
dangerous goods regulations. This information is required in section 12 of a safety data sheet.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Unpackaged Product - Ecological Information
Raw Material - Ecological Information
Substance - Ecological Information
7.5.1.10 Management of Safety-Related Properties
With this feature, you can create, edit, and release safety-related properties of an unpackaged product, a
substance or a raw material which you have selected in the Manage Basic Compliance Data - Unpackaged
Products app, in the Manage Substances Compliance app, or the Manage Basic Compliance data - Raw
Materials app. This information is required in section 9 and section 10 of a safety data sheet. You can also use
this data for the classification of products according to different hazardous substances or dangerous goods
regulations.
576
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Used in scope item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for
Products)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Raw Material - Safety-Related Properties
Unpackaged Product - Safety-Related Properties
Substance - Safety-Related Properties
7.5.1.11 Physical-Chemical Properties for Raw Materials
With this feature, you can edit and release physical-chemical information for raw materials in addition to the
already existing physical-chemical properties for substances and unpackaged products.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Used in scope item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for
Products)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
577
Additional Details
This information is required in section 9 of a safety data sheet. You can also use this data for the classification
of products according to different hazardous substances or dangerous goods regulations.
Related Information
Raw Material - Physical-Chemical Properties
7.5.1.12 Management of Uses for Safety Data Sheets
With this feature, you can create, edit, and release uses of an unpackaged product that you have selected in the
Manage Basic Compliance Data - Unpackaged Products app. This information is required in section 1.2 of a
safety data sheet.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
7.5.1.13 Specifying Legal Areas for Product Compliance
Legal areas are used in product compliance to define, for example, legal compositions, legal deviations from
material-based compositions, or to specify for different legal areas how to use the product. For each legal area,
you can assign the country/region for which the legal area is relevant. SAP provides the standard legal area
(World) representing a legal area that is generally valid.
578
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You can specify legal areas and assign countries/regions to these areas in the Specify Legal Areas for Product
Compliance Customizing activity under
Product Compliance
Foundation for Product Compliance .
7.5.2 Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance
7.5.2.1
Monitoring of Volumes of Substances that are
Exported to a Country/Region
With this feature you can get an overview of the aggregated volumes of substances that are exported to a
country/region by a legal entity in your company. The substance volume tracking functionality is now
integrated with the sales/delivery process, so that it selects and preprocesses relevant material documents
that result from outbound deliveries. You can monitor the tracked confirmed quantities of the exported
substances for a compliance requirement in the Monitor Substance Volumes app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical
Compliance)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
579
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use substance volume tracking with the delivered sample compliance requirement definitions for 43
countries/regions. You can create new versions of the sample definitions and make adjustments in the new
version, such as defining additional exemptions, changing the default threshold, or changing substance lists.
You can also activate and use your own compliance requirement version to track and monitor substance
volumes.
Effects on Customizing
To track substance volumes from sales, you need to define a legal entity for the Export To scenario in
Customizing under
Volume Tracking
Product Compliance
Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance
Define Legal Entities and Mappings for Legal Entities .
You can exclude delivery document types from tracking in Customizing under
Integration
Substance
Product Compliance
Specify Excluded Document Types for Integration .
7.5.2.2
Event-Driven Tracking of Substance Volumes
With this feature, you can get event-driven substance volume tracking that captures change events and
updates the substance volumes accordingly. In addition, you can get improved determination of the relevant
compliance requirement version based on its effective date.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical
Compliance)
Available As Of
580
PUBLIC
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Additional Details
Substance volume tracking now considers the following change events in the event-driven tracking mode:
● Activation of a compliance requirement version that is relevant for tracking. The system uses it for tracking
from its effective date onwards
● Released compliance assessment of a compliance view (unpackaged product or raw material) for a
compliance requirement version that is relevant for substance volume tracking
● Saved compliance assessment of a substance for a compliance requirement version that is relevant for
substance volume tracking
● Activation of a compliance requirement version that is relevant for substance volume tracking, with added
or removed substance lists
● Activation of a compliance requirement version that is relevant for substance volume tracking, with added
or removed countries/regions
● Released composition
● Changed assignment of logistics material in saved basic data of a compliance view
● Changed assignment of root listed substance in saved basic data of a substance
Related Information
Event-Driven Tracking
7.5.2.3
Enhancements in Monitoring of Substance Volumes
With this feature you can view aggregated substance volumes by product and display data for previous tracking
periods. In addition, you can view the substance list to which the tracked substance is assigned.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical
Compliance)
Available As Of
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
SAP S/4HANA 2021
PUBLIC
581
Additional Details
In the Monitor Substance Volumes app, the following changes are made:
● The substance volume details can be displayed in two tabs – Substance Volumes by Month and Scenario
and Substance Volumes by Product.
● A Tracking Period filter is added with options to display data for the current period or for the previous
periods.
● A Substance List column is added in the tables with substance volumes. Substance list ID is also displayed
in the substance page headers.
•
Related Information
Monitor Substance Volumes
7.5.3 Dangerous Goods Management
7.5.3.1
Enhancements in Dangerous Goods Classification
for Content-Based Regulations
With this feature, new content-based compliance requirements for the RID , ADN, ADG, NZS , and SANS
regulations are delivered. These compliance requirements contain the information provided by these
dangerous goods regulations to simplify your classification process for unpackaged products.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
582
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Additional Details
As part of the SAP content for Dangerous Goods Management, the following new content-based compliance
requirements are delivered:
● RID: Compliance requirement with data from the Convention concerning International Carriage by Rail
(COTIF) Appendix C – Regulation concerning the international Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Rail (RID).
● ADN: Compliance requirement with data from the European Agreement concerning the International
Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Inland Waterways (ADN) regulation.
● ADG: Compliance requirement with data from the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Road and Rail.
● NZS: Compliance requirement with data from the NZS New Zealand DG.
● SANS: Compliance requirement with data from the South African National Standard of Dangerous Goods.
These compliance requirements contain detailed classification data for a UN number, such as the packing
group, proper shipping name, special provisions, and labeling information.
When classifying an unpackaged product using these content-based compliance requirements, you select only
the applicable data set for the UN number. The other provided classification data is filled automatically into the
corresponding fields in the apps for classifying unpackaged products according to one of these dangerous
goods regulations.
Related Information
You can find more information in the Product Assistance for Product Compliance. See:
● Dangerous Goods Assessment
● Compliance Requirements in Dangerous Goods Management
7.5.3.2
Management of Technical Names for Dangerous
Goods
With this feature, you can use the Manage Technical Names app to view or change existing technical names for
components of substances in unpackaged products, or provide new technical names if necessary. This app can
be used, for example, to replace a company-specific technical name with a commonly accepted technical
name, as required by the applicable regulation.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
New
PUBLIC
583
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
More Information
You can find more information in the Product Assistance for Product Compliance. See Manage Technical
Names for Substances
7.5.3.3
Enhancements in Classifying Packaged Dangerous
Goods
With this feature, new fields and functions have been added to the Classify Packaged Dangerous Good app and
to the Classify Dangerous Good - Packaged Product apps. In addition, the compliance requirements for
dangerous goods have been enhanced.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this feature, you can enter hazard notes in the Classify Packaged Dangerous Good app. In the Classify
Dangerous Good - Packaged Product apps, you can enter control and emergency temperatures, add
supplemental information to the dangerous good descriptions, and select labels and markings for packages
and placards and markings for containers, tanks, and vehicles. In addition, you can use the Determine Labels
feature to automate the labeling process.
584
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
The following features have been added or enhanced:
Enhancements in the Classify Packaged Dangerous Good App
● Hazard Notes:
With this feature, you can add hazard notes that are included in the description for documents.
Enhancements in the Classify Dangerous Good - Packaged Product Apps
● Adapt Basic Classification:
With this feature, you can adapt the existing basic dangerous goods classifications that were entered for
the unpackaged product.
● Control and Emergency Temperature:
With this feature, you can add control and emergency temperatures if required for a product.
● Supplemental Information for Dangerous Goods Description:
With this feature, you can add supplemental information for the dangerous goods description for
documents if required by the applicable dangerous goods regulation or by company-specific requirements.
● Enhanced Labeling:
Labeling, marking, and placarding are important steps in preparing a dangerous good for transportation.
Labels, markings, and placards visualize hazards associated with the dangerous good and communicate
information about safe handling. With this feature, you can add labeling, marking, and placarding
information in the Classify Dangerous Good - Packaged Product app. You can select additional hazard labels
as well as additional handling labels and markings for packages and for containers, tanks, and vehicles.
To support you in your dangerous goods classification process, you can use the new Determine Labels
feature. With this feature, the system determines applicable labels using specific, predefined rules, and
automatically fills the labeling section with the determined labels. You can adapt the determined labels if
needed.
The Classify Dangerous Good - Packaged Product app uses graphics that are delivered as SAP content and
are managed in the Manage Regulatory Graphics app.
Enhancements in Compliance Requirements
● The description templates have been split into three different segments to be more flexible for printing
dangerous goods data.
● The description templates have been adapted to include the following placeholders for the new fields so
that this information can be printed on documents.
○ Hazard Notes: <<HAZARD_NOTES>>
○ Control Temperature: <<CONTROL_TEMPERATURE_TEXT_VALUE>>
○ Emergency Temperature: <<EMERGENCY_TEMPERATURE_TEXT_VALUE>>
○ Supplement Information: <<DG_DESCRIPTION_SUPPLEMENT>>
Effects on Existing Data
If you have already entered labels in the old fields, these labels will also be displayed in the new labeling fields.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
585
Related Information
You can find more information in the Product Assistance for Product Compliance. See:
● Dangerous Goods Assessment
● Templates for Dangerous Goods Description
● Label Determination for Dangerous Goods
● Dangerous Good - Classification Details for a Packaged Product
7.5.3.4
Enhanced Dangerous Goods Check in Outbound
Delivery
With this feature, an enhanced dangerous goods check runs if an outbound delivery is created from a
transportation document.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
When an outbound delivery is created by Transportation Management, the dangerous goods check in the
outbound delivery is not only based on the departure and destination country or region, but also considers the
planned freight orders that contain mode of transport information. This means that the check does not check
all potentially relevant dangerous goods regulations. Instead, it checks only the affected dangerous goods
regulations and modes of transport on the planned route.
Effects on Customizing
In the Specify Excluded Document Types for Integration activity, the configuration expert has to specify the
documents that are not to be considered for checking. For the entered document types, no compliance check
is carried out. All other document types are checked and, if issues arise, the system blocks the documents.
586
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
The standard system is delivered without any settings. That means that all documents containing compliancerelevant products are checked and, if issues arise, blocked. You can change the settings in Customizing under
Product Compliance
7.5.3.5
Integration
Specify Excluded Document Types for Integration .
Integration of Dangerous Goods Checks in
Purchase Order with Transport Responsibility
With this feature, dangerous goods checks are now integrated into purchase orders with transport
responsibility.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Compliance with dangerous goods regulations is an important component of product compliance to ensure the
safe transportation of dangerous goods. To support your compliance with dangerous goods regulations, a
dangerous goods check is now integrated into the processing of purchase orders with transport responsibility.
In most purchasing documents, dangerous goods data is not required. However, in the case of transport
responsibility, dangerous goods data is required on the related transport freight order. Therefore, the
integration of dangerous goods checks into the purchase order with transport responsibility assures compliant
transport planning and provision of required dangerous goods documents with the freight order.
If a product has been marked as relevant for compliance in the product master, the system checks dangerous
goods data as the purchase order with the transport responsibility document is created or edited. If an item in
the document has been classified as a dangerous good, the system also checks if all necessary dangerous
goods data is available, and whether transportation of the product is allowed, forbidden, or restricted.
Depending on the outcome of this check, the system issues warnings or blocks items or entire documents.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
587
Effects on Customizing
In the Define Transportation-Relevance of Purchasing Documents activity, the configuration expert can specify
whether purchasing documents are relevant for transportation. You can change the settings in the Customizing
under
Transportation Management
Integration
Logistics Integration
Internal TM Component Integration
Define Transportation-Relevance of Purchasing Documents .
Related Information
● For more information about this feature from a purchasing point of view, see Product Compliance in
Purchase Orders [page 840].
● You can find more information about the integration of Product Compliance into purchasing processes in
the Product Assistance for Product Compliance. See Product Compliance Data in Transportation Processes
7.5.3.6
Integration of Dangerous Goods Checks into
Transportation Management
With this feature, dangerous goods checks are now integrated into transportation documents for road
transport.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Compliance with dangerous goods regulations is an important component of product compliance to ensure the
safe transportation of dangerous goods. To support your compliance with dangerous goods regulations,
588
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
dangerous goods checks are now integrated into the processing of the following transportation documents for
road transport:
● Freight Unit
● Freight Order
If a product has been marked as relevant for compliance in the product master, the system checks dangerous
goods data as the transportation document is created or edited. If an item in the document has been classified
as a dangerous good, the system also checks if all necessary dangerous goods data is available, and whether
transportation of the product is allowed, forbidden, or restricted. Depending on the outcome of this check, the
system issues warnings, or blocks the document.
Related Information
● For more information about this feature from a transportation point of view, see Dangerous Goods
Processing Based on Product Compliance [page 1006].
● You can find more information about the integration of Product Compliance into transportation processes
in the Product Assistance for Product Compliance. See Product Compliance Data in Transportation
Processes
7.5.3.7
Printing of Dangerous Goods Information on Sales
Documents via Output Determination
Dangerous goods data can be printed on sales documents using Output Determination (SD-BF-OC).
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
When you transport a product that is classified as dangerous goods, specific information has to be printed on
certain documents. What data has to be printed, as well as the formatting of the printed data, is specified in the
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
589
relevant dangerous goods regulations. For printing the dangerous goods description, Dangerous Goods
Management uses predefined description templates and rules to determine the right dangerous goods
description for a given document.
Dangerous goods data can be printed on the following sales documents:
● Sales order (document category C)
● Sales order without charge (document category I)
● Sales contract (document category G)
● Sales scheduling agreement (document category E)
● Scheduling agreement with an external service agent (document category F)
● Sales quotation (document category B)
Effects on Customizing
In the Specify Output of Dangerous Goods Description activity, the configuration expert can specify which
dangerous goods descriptions are printed on which document and in which sequence. In addition, the expert
can specify whether the dangerous goods regulations are printed together with their modes of transport and
the transport permission on one document. You can change the settings in Customizing under
Compliance
Dangerous Goods Management
Product
Specify Output of Dangerous Goods Description .
In the Specify Shipping Conditions for Sales Documents activity, the configuration expert can specify the
conditions of sales documents on which dangerous goods data can be printed. You can change the settings in
Customizing under
Product Compliance
Dangerous Goods Management
Specify Shipping Conditions for
Sales Documents .
Related Information
● You can find more information about printing sales documents in the Product Assistance for Sales. See
Output Determination (SD-BF-OC)
● You can find more information about printing dangerous goods data in the Product Assistance for Product
Compliance. See Output of Dangerous Goods Data on Sales Documents
7.5.3.8
Provision of Dangerous Goods Data for
Decentralized Systems
With this feature, dangerous goods data and safety-related data that is gathered in Product Compliance
processes are filled in the dangerous goods master tables. This feature supports dangerous goods
management in other systems, such as SAP Extended Warehouse Management systems.
590
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Data Transfer
You can use the Application Link Enabling (ALE) process to distribute the dangerous goods master tables to
other SAP systems.
Effects on Customizing
To enable the filling of data from Product Compliance to the dangerous goods master, configure all Customizing
activities under
Product Safety and Stewardship
Dangerous Goods Management .
Related Information
You can find more information about the filling of the dangerous goods master in the Product Assistance for
Product Compliance. See Provision of Dangerous Goods Data for Decentralized Systems.
7.5.4 Safety Data Sheet Management
7.5.4.1
Support of Manual Shipment of Safety Data Sheets
With this feature, the Compliance Information - For Products app shows information about the availability of
safety data sheets for the different countries and regions. In addition, you can manually start the shipment
process for a safety data sheet to a business partner.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
591
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
You can find more information in the Product Assistance for Product Compliance. See:
● Compliance Information - For Products
● Safety Data Sheet Shipment
7.5.4.2
Management of Hazardous Ingredients Information
With this feature, you can enter information on hazardous ingredients of an unpackaged product based on the
legal composition or the analytical composition. This information is needed for section 3 of a safety data sheet.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Before you manage information on hazardous ingredients for an unpackaged product, perform the following
preliminary steps:
592
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
1. Create a compliance requirement of a Policy or Regulation type in the Manage Compliance Requirements –
Safety Data Sheets app using the Hazardous Ingredients compliance pattern. Release the requirement for
further use.
2. Activate the Hazardous Ingredients compliance requirement that you’ve created in the Activate Compliance
Requirements – Safety Data Sheets app. During activation you can select the composition type to be used.
3. Assign the Hazardous Ingredients compliance requirement to a compliance purpose in the Manage
Compliance Purposes app. You can either create a new compliance purpose or assign the compliance
requirement to an existing one. Make sure that you activate the compliance purpose for further use.
4. Select the unpackaged product that has information on hazardous ingredients you want to enter in the
Manage Basic Compliance Data - Unpackaged Products app.
5. Ensure that the compliance purpose that you’ve created or maintained in the Manage Compliance
Purposes app is assigned to the selected unpackaged product.
6. Navigate to View Compliance Assessments for this unpackaged product and then to
Safety Data Sheet
Assessments Safety Data Sheet: Related Assessments . Select the entry for the hazardous ingredients
assessment. Navigate to the Manage Information on Hazardous Ingredients app and add the hazardous
ingredients data from the corresponding composition.
After you enter the data and verify that it’s ready to be used, you can release it for use in follow-on business
processes.
Related Information
Manage Information on Hazardous Ingredients
7.5.4.3
Management of Information about Accidental
Release Measures
With this feature, you can add information about accidental release measures to an unpackaged product in the
Manage Accidental Release Measures app. You can update the information to ensure that the product stays
compliant. Once you have provided the accidental release measures information, you can release it for use in
follow-on business processes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
593
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Accidental Release Measures
Safety Data Sheet - Related Assessments
7.5.4.4
Management of Information about Components
with Occupational Exposure Limits
With this feature, you can add information about components with occupational exposure limits to an
unpackaged product in the Manage Components with Occupational Exposure Limits app. You can update the
information to ensure that the product stays compliant. Once you have provided the components with
occupational exposure limits information, you can release it for use in follow-on business processes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Compliance Requirements - Occupational Exposure Limits
Safety Data Sheet - Related Assessments
594
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
7.5.4.5
Management of Information about Storage Class
With this feature, you can add storage class information to an unpackaged product in the Manage Storage Class
app. You can update the information to ensure that the product stays compliant. Once you have provided the
storage class information, you can release it for use in follow-on business processes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Storage Class
Safety Data Sheet - Related Assessments
7.5.4.6
Management of Information about SARA Hazard
Classification
With this feature, you can add SARA hazard classification information to an unpackaged product in the Manage
SARA Hazard Classification app. You can update the information to ensure that the product stays compliant.
Once you have provided the SARA hazard classification information, you can release it for use in follow-on
business processes.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
595
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Manage Components with Occupational Exposure Limits
Safety Data Sheet - Related Assessments
7.5.4.7
Contact Data for Safety Data Sheets
With this feature, you can enter and edit address data as well as the emergency phone number for safety data
sheets. In addition you can also enter a logo that has been selected from the Manage Logo app. This
information is required in section 1.3 of a safety data sheet and can also be used for the cover sheet when
shipping safety data sheets.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3VQ Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
7.5.4.8
596
PUBLIC
Deprecation of CDS View for Safety Data Sheet
Shipment Request
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
 Note
This CDS view was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2021.
SAP may make the CDS view unusable, usually no earlier than one year after the deprecation. For more
information, see Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views.
We recommend that you switch to the following successor CDS view as soon as possible:
C_SFTYDATASHTOUTPREQFDP_2: Safety Data Sheet Shipment Request Version 2.
Related Information
7.5.4.9
Data Management for Safety Data Sheet Contact
Data
With this feature, you can use the new data destruction object EHSDS_CNTCT_ADR and end of purpose check
EHSDS_CNTCT to determine whether business partner master data is still used as safety data sheet contacts
or can be blocked.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
New
PUBLIC
597
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)
Application Component
EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
7.6
Change Impact Analysis for Change Record
Change Impact Analysis enables you to identify the objects affected by an engineering change and evaluate the
potential impact of the change. Using this feature, you can perform impact analysis (where used) without using
Production Engineering and Operations (PEO) and make change decisions more quickly.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-CR (Change Record)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this feature, you can perform the following tasks:
● Setup multiple impact analysis scenarios to the business needs
● Configure conditions based on which the system will mark objects as impacted
● Have an overview on all impacted objects in a table
● Visualize impacted objects and their relations via impact graph
● View details of each object directly from the impact graph
● Navigate to the objects with ease
● Assign impacted objects to a change record
598
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Effects on Customizing
To make the relevant settings, see the Customizing activity Define Default Impact Scenario in Define
Engineering Change Record Types under
Change Record
Logistics - General
Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)
Settings for Engineering Changes .
Related Information
Using Impact Analysis
7.7
Efficient Structuring of Product Changes in Change
Record
This release introduces change record hierarchies for an efficient modelling of the logical units of a change
request.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-CR (Change Record)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this feature, you can perform the following tasks:
● Merge multiple change records into a new or an existing record; thereby integrate the fragmented change
requests.
● Split the change items of a record into a new or an existing change record and enable an easy re-modelling.
● Assign multiple change masters to the change items in a change record.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
599
Effects on Customizing
To make the relevant settings, see the Customizing activity Merge/Split Statuses in Define Engineering Change
Record Types under
Logistics - General
Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)
Change Record
Settings
for Engineering Changes .
Related Information
Merging Change Records
Splitting a Change Record
7.8
Enhancements in Solution Documentation and User
Experience for Change Record
The change record application has been enhanced to provide several solution documentation and user
experience features. This release introduces the following capabilities:
● Visualization of the change record status changes and the digital signature status changes of a change
record in an integrated timeline
● Option to add comments for the change items
● Graphical tracking of change record statuses based on the configuration
● Dynamic adoption of the change record fields based on the status
● New visual representation for process routes
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
PLM-CR (Change Record)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
600
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
Effects on Customizing
To make the relevant settings, see the Customizing activities under
Management (PLM)
Logistics - General
Product Lifecycle
Change Record .
Related Information
Working with Change Records
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
R&D/Engineering
PUBLIC
601
8
Sales
8.1
Order and Contract Management
8.1.1 Sales Master Data Management
8.1.1.1
Additional Responsibility Definitions Available for
Sales
In the Manage Teams and Responsibilities app, the following three responsibility definitions are now available
for the team category "sales":
● Customer price group
● Price list type
● Sales district
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1NJ (Responsibility Management)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can maintain responsibility definitions to define a team's responsibility context. For example, you can
define that a team is responsible for sales district 01. This ensures that team members are authorized to
perform predefined functions related to sales district 01.
602
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Related Information
Manage Teams and Responsibilities
8.1.1.2
OData API: Incoterm - Read (A2X)
With the inbound synchronous service Incoterm - Read (A2X), you can now retrieve incoterms data such as
incoterms and incoterm versions.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD (Master Data)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Incoterm - Read (A2X)
8.1.1.3
OData API: Sales Area - Read (A2X)
With the inbound synchronous service Sales Area - Read (A2X), you can now retrieve sales area information
such as the sales organization, distribution channel, and division.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
603
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-MM (Material Maintenance)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Sales Area - Read (A2X)
8.1.1.4
Apps Renamed in Sales Master Data Management
Some apps in Sales Master Data Management have been renamed.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD (Master Data)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
604
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Additional Details
The following table lists the apps that have been renamed.
App Name (New)
App Name (Old)
Create Sales Item Proposals
Create Item Proposal
Display Sales Item Proposals
Display Item Proposal
Change Sales Item Proposals
Change Item Proposal
Create Material Listings and Exclusions
Create Material Listing/Exclusion
Create Material Listings and Exclusions with Reference
Reference Material Listing/Exclusion
Display Material Listings and Exclusions
Display Material Listing/Exclusion
Change Material Listings and Exclusions
Change Material Listing/Exclusion
Create Material Determination Records
Create Material Determination
Create Material Determination Records with Reference
Create Material Determination with Reference
Display Material Determination Records
Display Material Determination
Change Material Determination Records
Change Material Determination
8.1.2 Price Management
8.1.2.1
Condition Purposes in Business Documents
With this feature, you can identify a price condition that represents a specific business purpose in a business
document.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-BF-PR (Pricing and Conditions)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
605
Additional Details
By assigning the condition purpose identifier (ID) to a condition type, or a combination of pricing procedure
and condition type, you can use this condition purpose ID as a reference that can be used in application coding.
Effects on Customizing
You define the condition purposes and assign them to condition types in Customizing as follows:
● Pricing: under
Sales and Distribution
● Omnichannel sales promotions:
Basic Functions
Sales and Distribution
Pricing
Condition Purposes in Pricing
Basic Functions
Omnichannel Sales
Promotions
Related Information
Condition Purpose
Omnichannel Sales Promotions in Sales Orders [page 631]
8.1.2.2
Define Price Maintenance Scenarios
You can define price maintenance scenarios to control whether price conditions can be maintained in business
documents.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
606
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Effects on Customizing
You can define price maintenance scenarios in Customizing under
Sales and Distribution
Basic Functions
Pricing Price Maintenance Define Price Maintenance Scenarios . For more information, see the
documentation of the Customizing activity.
8.1.2.3
Manage Prices – Sales
You can now use the app to do the following:
● View details of your condition record imports, including time, status, and relevant follow-up actions
● Define upper and lower limits for condition amounts in condition records
For condition supplements, you can define the upper and lower limits by data import.
● Display and maintain the additional fields
● Export field descriptions to spreadsheets
In addition, a data clearing job is scheduled every three months to delete your temporary data about the import
history, including import logs, imported spreadsheet files, and errors in data import.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With this app, you can now display and maintain the following new fields:
● Payment terms: The key that composes of cash discount percentage and payment periods
● Fixed value date: Specifies the date on which the terms of payment related to the sales document become
effective.
● Additional value days: Specifies the number of days between the billing date and the date on which the
terms of payment for the sales document become effective.
● Condition description: Description of a condition record or a condition supplement
The app now offers another data export option that allows you to export not only field IDs but also field
descriptions to spreadsheets to facilitate your understanding of the exported fields. Please be noted that this
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
607
export option could take more time due to the increased data volume. Also, exporting descriptions of custom
fields is not possible.
Related Information
Manage Prices - Sales
Define Upper and Lower Limits for Condition Amounts [page 608]
8.1.2.4
Define Upper and Lower Limits for Condition
Amounts
With the Manage Prices – Sales app and the OData API Condition Record for Pricing in Sales, you can now
define upper and lower limits for condition amounts in condition records. The lower and upper limits are used
to restrict the manual changes to condition amounts in the sales documents. With the specified upper or lower
limit or both, any manually entered condition amount beyond the specified range in the sales documents would
be prevented with an error. Additionally, the upper and lower limits of a condition record can also be replicated
to external systems by using the SOAP API Condition Record for Pricing in Sales – Replicate.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The mentioned APIs are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Upper and Lower Limits
608
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Manage Prices - Sales
Condition Record for Pricing in Sales
Condition Record for Pricing in Sales - Replicate
8.1.2.5
OData API: Condition Record for Pricing in Sales
This synchronous, inbound OData service has been enhanced with the following:
● Added new entities for condition record description and condition supplement description
Note that the Condition Supplement Descriptions entity cannot be created as part of a deep insert request,
meaning that it cannot be nested in any other entities in the request body. You can only use the entity to
create descriptions for existing condition supplements.
● Define upper and lower limits for condition amounts in condition records and condition supplements
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Condition Record for Pricing in Sales
Define Upper and Lower Limits for Condition Amounts [page 608]
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
609
8.1.2.6
SOAP API: Condition Record for Pricing in Sales –
Replicate
This asynchronous, outbound SOAP service has been enhanced with the following:
● New nodes for condition record description and condition supplement description
● Upper and lower limits of condition amounts enabled for replication
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Condition Record for Pricing in Sales - Replicate
Define Upper and Lower Limits for Condition Amounts [page 608]
8.1.2.7
OData API: Condition Type for Pricing in Sales – Read
This synchronous, inbound OData service has the following enhancements:
● Added new fields to the entity for condition types
● Added the new entity for condition functions
610
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Condition Type for Pricing in Sales – Read
8.1.2.8
OData API: Field Catalog for Pricing in Sales – Read
You can now use the synchronous, inbound OData service Field Catalog for Pricing in Sales – Read to read the
field catalog, that is, a list of supported fields that can be used to represent sales-price-relevant business
attributes. You can query each entity in this service to retrieve the fields and their descriptions.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
611
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Field Catalog for Pricing in Sales – Read
8.1.2.9
OData API: Condition Table for Pricing in Sales – Read
You can now use the synchronous, inbound OData service Condition Table for Pricing in Sales – Read to read
condition tables and the fields that are included in the condition tables. You can query each entity in this service
to retrieve the corresponding data.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Condition Table for Pricing in Sales – Read
612
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.2.10 OData API: Access Sequence for Pricing in Sales – Read
You can now use the synchronous, inbound OData service Access Sequence for Pricing in Sales – Read to read
data about access sequences used for pricing in sales. The service contains entities that correspond to access
sequence IDs, access sequence descriptions, all the accesses within an access sequence, and the fields that an
access contains. You can query each entity in this service to retrieve the corresponding data.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Access Sequence for Pricing in Sales – Read
8.1.2.11 OData API: Condition Exclusion for Pricing in Sales –
Read
You can use the synchronous, inbound OData service Condition Exclusion for Pricing in Sales – Read to read
data about condition exclusion. Condition exclusion is used to determine the best price for customers. You can
query the entities to retrieve the corresponding data used to define the condition exclusion, including condition
exclusion groups, the selected condition types, and the assignments of condition exclusion groups to a pricing
procedure.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
613
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Condition Exclusion for Pricing in Sales ‒ Read
8.1.2.12 Sales Pricing Condition Record Events
With this feature, subscribers of the Sales Pricing Condition Record Events can now consume detailed change
events for condition records for pricing in sales. Subscribers can be notified whenever the validity period,
condition amount, or condition percentage of a condition record in your system is changed. In previous
releases, the subscribers can only be notified whenever a condition record is changed in general, without
knowing what exactly has changed.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
614
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The events are published on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Sales Pricing Condition Record Events
8.1.2.13 Display Condition Records for Pricing in Archived
Sales Orders and Billing Documents
With this feature, you can now display the underlying condition records for the item-level price conditions in
archived sales orders and archived billing documents.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Function for Archived Condition Records
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
615
8.1.2.14 CDS View: Pricing Condition Type
The CDS view Pricing Condition Type (I_PricingConditionType) has the following enhancements:
● New fields added
● Associated with the text view Pricing Condition Type - Text (I_PricingConditionTypeText)
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following fields were added:
● Manual entries indicator (CndnManualEntries)
An indicator that controls the priority within a condition type between a condition entered manually and a
condition automatically determined by the system.
● Header condition (CndnAppliesHeader)
● Item condition (CndnAppliesItems)
● Condition category (ConditionCategory)
Related Information
Pricing Condition Type
CDS Views
616
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.3 Sales Quotation Management
8.1.3.1
OData API: Sales Quotation (A2X)
The Sales Quotation (A2X) API has been enhanced with new fields on document header and item level:
● Tax classification fields
You can now pass product tax classifications and customer tax classifications to override the tax
classifications retrieved from the customer and product master records.
● Unit fields
Besides the language-dependent code, you can now use the SAP code or the ISO code for units of
measurement.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BDG (Sales Quotation)
Application Component
SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries /Sales Quotations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following table lists the tax classification fields:
New Field
●
CustomerTaxClassification1
●
CustomerTaxClassification2
●
CustomerTaxClassification3
●
CustomerTaxClassification4
●
CustomerTaxClassification5
●
CustomerTaxClassification6
●
CustomerTaxClassification7
●
CustomerTaxClassification8
●
CustomerTaxClassification9
●
ProductTaxClassification1
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
In Entity
Sales Quotation Header
Sales Quotation Item
PUBLIC
617
New Field
In Entity
●
ProductTaxClassification2
●
ProductTaxClassification3
●
ProductTaxClassification4
●
ProductTaxClassification5
●
ProductTaxClassification6
●
ProductTaxClassification7
●
ProductTaxClassification8
●
ProductTaxClassification9
The following table lists the unit fields:
New Field
In Entity
ConditionQuantitySAPUnit
Header Pricing Element, Item Pricing Element
ConditionQuantityISOUnit
RequestedQuantitySAPUnit
Sales Quotation Item
RequestedQuantityISOUnit
ItemVolumeSAPUnit
ItemVolumeISOUnit
ItemWeightSAPUnit
ItemWeightISOUnit
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Sales Quotation (A2X)
8.1.3.2
Apps Renamed in Sales Quotation Management
Some apps in Sales Quotation Management have been renamed.
Technical Details
Type
618
Changed
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1IQ (Sales Inquiry), BDG (Sales Quotation)
Application Component
SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Quotations)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following table lists the apps that have been renamed.
App Name (New)
App Name (Old)
Display Sales Inquiries
Display Inquiry
Display Sales Quotations
Display Quotation
8.1.4 Solution Quotation Management
8.1.4.1
OData API: Solution Quotation (A2X)
With this feature, new fields have been added to the Solution Quotation (A2X) OData API
(API_BUS_SOLUTION_QUOTATION). You can use the new fields for subscription related items to read the date
and extension period of auto renewal and the recurring charge. You can use the new field for item price
elements to read and specify the variant condition key for variant prices of subscription related items.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4Q5 (Solution Quotation)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
619
Additional Details
If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription
Order Management).
To use subscription related items, your system must support Subscription Order Management.
The following fields have been added to the API:
Name
Property
Necessity
Description
A_BusSolnQtanSubscrpnItem
Recurring Charge
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgNe Read-only
Recurring charge net amount
tAmt
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgGr Read-only
Recurring charge gross
ossAmt
amount
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgTa Read-only
Recurring charge tax amount
xAmount
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgDu Read-only
Recurring charge duration
ration
Renewal/Autorenewal
SrvcDocItmRecrrgChrgDu Read-only
Recurring charge duration
rnUnit
unit
SbscrpnContrItmRnwlDte Read-only
Auto renewal extension date
Tme
SbscrpnContrArnwlStrtD Read-only
Auto renewal extension start
urn
duration
SbscrpnContrArnwlStrtD Read-only
Auto renewal extension start
urnUnit
duration unit
A_BusSolnQtanItmPriceElement
Variant Price
VariantCondition
Optional
Variant condition key
Related Information
Solution Quotation (A2X)
Subscription Related Item
Item Price Element
620
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.5 Sales Contract Management
8.1.5.1
Down Payment Processing for Sales Contracts
With this release, facilitated by the milestone billing plan, you can enable down payment processing for sales
quantity contracts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
I9I (Sales Contract Management)
Application Component
SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For the sales quantity contract, down payments can be requested via a billing plan. Upon release order
creation, delivery blocks are assigned to schedule lines in the release order. Once the down payments are
received, the delivery blocks are removed automatically. In the delivery-related final invoice of the release order,
the received down payments for the quantity contract are deducted.
For more information about this business process, see scope item I9I in SAP Best Practices Explorer.
Related Information
Down Payment Processing for Sales Contracts
Delivery Block Removal for Sales Contracts in Down Payment Processing
8.1.5.2
SOAP API: Delivery Schedule of Sales Scheduling
Agreement - Receive, Update (B2B)
You can use SOAP API Delivery Schedule of Sales Scheduling Agreement - Receive, Update (B2B) to receive and
update delivery schedules of sales scheduling agreements. With this release, the system can identify whether
the cumulative received quantity is provided or not. If you provide a numeric value for cumulative received
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
621
quantity (CmlQtyReceived), the system uses the provided value directly. Otherwise, the system executes
automatic quantity update.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)
Application Component
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/Information ). If you need to create
an incident regarding this feature, use component SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages).
Related Information
Delivery Schedule of Sales Scheduling Agreement - Receive, Update (B2B)
8.1.5.3
Automatic Reprocessing of EDI Messages for Sales
Scheduling Agreements
You can use SOAP API Delivery Schedule of Sales Scheduling Agreement - Receive, Update (B2B) to receive and
update delivery schedules of sales scheduling agreements, and SOAP API Consignment Issue for Sales
Scheduling Agreement - Create (B2B) to create consignment issue for sales scheduling agreements. Previously,
if the processing of EDI messages for sales scheduling agreements failed, it had to be manually reprocessed in
the transaction Monitoring and Error Handling (/AIF/ERR) or the Message Dashboard app. With this release,
the system automatically reprocesses the EDI messages that are locked by certain errors.
622
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements), 4LZ (Sales Scheduling
Agreement with Consignment)
Application Component
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Only when the EDI messages are locked by the following errors can they be reprocessed automatically:
● The old delivery schedule number is not identical with the current delivery schedule.
● There is no forecast delivery schedule in the sales scheduling agreement.
● The sales scheduling agreement is currently being processed by another user.
The interface Consignment Issue for Sales Scheduling Agreement - Create (B2B) and Delivery Schedule of Sales
Scheduling Agreement - Receive, Update (B2B) are available on the SAP API Business Hub (http://
https:api.sap.com/ ). If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component SD-SLS-EDI
(S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages).
Related Information
Consignment Issue for Sales Scheduling Agreement - Create (B2B)
Delivery Schedule of Sales Scheduling Agreement - Receive, Update (B2B)
8.1.5.4
OData API: Sales Scheduling Agreement (A2X)
You can use OData API Sales Scheduling Agreement (A2X) to read sales scheduling agreements, as well as
create, update and delete sales scheduling agreement headers and items. With this release, you can now call
the CreateCorrectionDelivery function import to create correction deliveries for sales scheduling
agreements.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
623
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)
Application Component
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
When you create a correction delivery for a sales scheduling agreement item, the cumulative quantities are recalculated and updated. To create a correction delivery, you use the HTTP method POST to call the
CreateCorrectionDelivery function import.
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Create Correction Delivery
Sales Scheduling Agreement (A2X)
8.1.5.5
BAdI for Sales Scheduling Agreements
With the Business Add-In (BAdI) SD_EDI_INB_SEARCH_SA_CSGNMT, you can now implement your own
custom logic that searches for sales scheduling agreements with consignment processing (document type LK)
in EDI processing.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4LZ (Sales Scheduling Agreement with Consignment)
624
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Application Component
SD-SLS-EXT (Sales Extensibility)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Custom Logic app, you can implement custom logic for BAdI Search for Sales Scheduling Agreements
with Consignment Processing in EDI Processing in business contexts Sales: Sales Document and Sales: Sales
Document Item.
Related Information
Extensibility: Consignment Issue for Sales Scheduling Agreement - Create (B2B)
8.1.5.6
International Trade in Global Trade Management
This feature enables you to perform compliance checks in international trade transactions to ensure
compliance with regulatory requirements when importing or exporting goods. International trade helps you
better manage trade operations, ensure ongoing trade compliance, and optimize the cross-border supply
chain.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-GT-TC (Trading Contract)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
To use international trade in Global Trade Management, you need to activate trade compliance per trading
contract type in Customizing under
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Logistics – General
Global Trade Management
Trading Contract
PUBLIC
625
Define Trading Contract Types . The Customizing for international trade can be found under
Risk and Compliance
Governance,
International Trade .
Related Information
Working with SAP S/4HANA for International Trade
International Trade
8.1.6 Sales Order Management and Processing
8.1.6.1
Process Sales Orders
With this app, your internal sales representative can create sales orders containing basic information in a fast
and easy way. You can open the app using the Create Sales Orders tile or from within the Manage Sales Orders
app. It is not meant to replace the Create Sales Orders - VA01 app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Configuration
Your configuration expert must assign sales order types in order to use the Process Sales Orders app. Your
configuration expert can do so in Customizing under
Sales and Distribution
Sales
App-Specific Settings
Process Sales Orders .
626
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Related Information
Process Sales Orders
App Implementation: Process Sales Orders
8.1.6.2
Mass Change of Sales Documents
Profit center is now available as a filter attribute on the item-level for all sales document categories. You can
also change the profit center on the item-level.
Two new sales document categories, sales quotations and sales orders without charge, have been added to the
Mass Change of Sales Documents app.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BKK (Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations)
Application Component
SD-SLS-MCC (Mass Change of Sales Documents)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
You can define settings for parallel processing for the Mass Change of Sales Documents app in Customizing
under
Sales and Distribution
Sales Documents
Sales
App-Specific Settings
Apps for Sales Documents
Mass Change of
Define Parallel Processing for Mass Change of Sales Documents .
Related Information
Mass Change of Sales Documents
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
627
8.1.6.3
Import Sales Orders
With this app, you as an internal sales representative can create sales orders from an XLSX spreadsheet file. We
recommende that you download a standard template before importing sales orders. This template provides a
list of sales order fields that are either required or optional for importing sales orders.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS-IMP-SPR (Sales Document Import from
Spreadsheet)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Import Sales Orders
8.1.6.4
Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction
With this app, you as an internal sales representative can create sales orders from purchase order files in PDF
or image formats (unstructured data). After a file is uploaded, the system automatically extracts file
information into a sales order request and proposes values for sales order request fields (for example, by
determining the sold-to party based on extracted data). You can later convert the sales order request into a
sales order.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data)
628
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Application Component
SD-SLS-IMP-DOX (Sales Document Creation Based on
Unstructured Data)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Key users can change system processing rules in the Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction app by
performing the following:
● Key users can define whether the ship-to party is required for creating sales orders in the Customizing
activity Adapt Settings by Company Code uder
Requests
Sales
Sales and Distribution
Sales Document
Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction App .
● Key users can override SAP predelivered rules on data proposal for sales order request fields by
implementing custom logic for the following Business Add-In (BAdI) in the Custom Logic app:
BAdI Name
Business Context
Business Use
Custom Proposal for Sales
Sales: Sales Order Request
Overwrite changeable sales order re­
OrderRequest Fields
quest fields based on your custom
proposal rules in the Create Sales
Orders - Automatic Extraction app.

Note
Changeable fields include the
header and item fields that can be
changed when you edit a sales or­
der request.
Related Information
Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction
App Extensibility: Custom Proposal for Sales Order Request Fields (BAdI)
8.1.6.5
Approval Workflows for Sales Documents
Approval workflows for sales documents has changed.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
629
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The approval workflows have been enhanced as follows:
● You can withdraw the approval request in the Process Sales Orders app if your sales order is relevant for
approvals and the approver hasn’t yet released or rejected the approval request or sent the sales order
back for rework.
● In the My Inbox task list, you can display additional columns for sales orders and sales orders without
charge.
● You can make changes to a document that has already been approved. If the sales document is still
relevant for approvals after the change, it reenters the approval workflow.
● In order to avoid situations where users could approve their own approval requests, you are advised not to
assign the same user as both the approval requester and approver.
Effects on System Administration
Note that with the introduction of one of these features (approval by requester), the approval workflows were
changed. If you have implemented approval workflows before and want to use this feature, you must use the
latest workflow version.
If you have any draft workflows that aren't active yet, simply call them up in the Manage Sales Document
Workflows app and use the provided option to upgrade your workflows.
For any active workflows, call up these workflows in the Manage Sales Document Workflows app, create a copy,
activate this copy, and deactivate your old workflows. This will assure that the latest workflow version is used.
Related Information
Approval Workflows for Sales Documents
Approval Statuses and Authorizations
Troubleshooting
630
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.6.6
Last Mile Distribution in Sales Documents
You can now use the following features related to Last Mile Distribution (LMD) in sales documents:
● You can create load requests.
● You can use intelligent product proposals.
● The system automatically adapts the delivery date to reflect the LMD visit list.
● The system preserves the information about the originally scheduled delivery date.
● The item contains the resource name, a route stock identifier.
● You can indicate the reason why a customer wants to return some of the products.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
For more information about any necessary settings in Customizing and the related business functions, see the
related information.
Related Information
Last Mile Distribution in Sales Documents
Integration with Sales
Route Stock Management for Van Sales
8.1.6.7
Omnichannel Sales Promotions in Sales Orders
SAP Omnichannel Sales Promotions is a solution that lets you integrate SAP S/4HANA with SAP Omnichannel
Promotion Pricing to use omnichannel sales promotions in your sales orders. You can use these promotions to
grant your customers rewards. In SAP Omnichannel Promotion Pricing, you can set up promotional rules to
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
631
define promotions, for example, for a specific time frame or product. When a sales order meets these criteria,
the system automatically adds discounts or free goods as defined. You can also trigger the determination in the
sales order manually.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
For more information, see Setting Up Omnichannel Sales Promotions.
Related Information
Omnichannel Sales Promotions in Sales Orders
Omnichannel Sales Promotions
Condition Purposes in Business Documents [page 605]
8.1.6.8
Related Objects of SD Documents
You can use related objects to record relationships between your document and other objects, in the same
system or different ones. A related object has a broader scope than, for example, a preceding document or a
subsequent document. It could be another document that is associated with this document in some way, but it
could also be, for example, a dispute case related to this document. The reference is stable, meaning that it is
not deleted automatically, for example, at contract determination.
632
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can create, read, or delete information for related objects for both header and item using the
RelatedObject entities or nodes of the following APIs for sales orders:
● Sales Order (A2X)
● Sales Order (A2A)
● Sales Order - Replicate (A2A)
Effects on Customizing
Your configuration expert must define types of related objects in the following Customizing activity:
and Distribution
Basic Functions
Related Objects of SD Documents
Sales
Define Types of Related Objects of SD
Documents .
Related Information
Related Objects of SD Documents
8.1.6.9
Additional Way of Processing Bills of Material
(BOMs) for Sales Documents Possible
You can now use a new field to set up an additional way of processing BOMs (also known as sales kits) for sales
documents. This field lets you propagate the profitability segment from the BOM main item to the subitems, so
that information about both costs and revenue is passed on to financial accounting within the same profitability
segment. Financial reporting is then carried out on the main item of the BOM.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
633
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
31Q (Sales Order Processing for Sales Kits)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You would usually use such a way of processing BOMs for products whose components can be sold both in a
bundle and separately. The product is usually not assembled, and the price is paid for the bundle. For such a
product, pricing and relevance for logistics would not be on the same BOM level. For example, the price would
be determined on the main item level of the BOM, whereas the subitems are the part that's relevant for
logistics (they contain information about which goods are in stock and the goods issue posting in the delivery is
also done on subitem level).
You can find the field described above (Propagate Prof. Sgmt.) in Customizing for Sales and Distribution under
Sales Sales Documents Sales Document Item Define Item Categories . In the details of an entry,
check the section for bills of material and configuration.
Related Information
Bills of Material in Sales Documents
8.1.6.10 Integration of SAP Global Trade Services in Sales
Documents for Compliance Check
The integration of trade compliance check in SAP Global Trade Services (SAP GTS) with sales processing in
SAP S/4HANA is enhanced for sales orders, sales orders without charge, and sales scheduling agreements.
You can now see the statuses of SAP GTS trade compliance checks in the sales documents, including the legal
control status, embargo status, and screening status both on header and item level. Integration with SAP GTS
can help companies improve global trade efficiency, ensure regulatory compliance, and accelerate crossbroader supply chain process.
634
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock), BDA (Free of Charge Delivery), 3NR
(Sales Scheduling Agreements)
Application Component
SD-SLS-SO (Sales Orders)
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In addition to the legal control status, embargo status and screening status, you can also see the legal control
license indicator on the item level of sales orders. It is introduced as a split indicator to determine whether the
items with different legal licenses should be split or combined when you are creating outbound deliveries. In
this way, you can prevent the blocked items from stopping the processing of the whole outbound delivery.
After you complete the integration and activate SAP GTS, the new statuses and indicator are available in the
following apps:
● Create Sales Orders - VA01
● Change Sales Orders - VA02
● Display Sales Orders - VA03
● Manage Sales Orders
● Create Sales Orders Without Charge
● Change Sales Orders Without Charge
● Display Sales Orders Without Charge
● Manage Sales Orders Without Charge
● Create Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Change Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Display Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements
 Note
For important information about the integration, see SAP Note 3049846
.
For further information about SAP GTS, see SAP Global Trade Services, edition for SAP HANA→ Select the
required release → Product Assistance → Compliance Management.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
635
Related Information
Integration with SAP Global Trade Services
Schedule Sales Document Status Update – Global Trade Services
8.1.6.11 International Trade Statuses for Sales Documents
With this feature, you can now see specific statuses related to international trade. This includes the legal
control status (header and item), embargo status (header and item), and screening status (header and item).
International trade helps companies better manage trade operations, ensure ongoing trade compliance, and
optimize the cross-border supply chain.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements), 4LZ (Sales Scheduling
Agreement with Consignment), I9I (Sales Contract Manage­
ment), BD9 (Sell from Stock), BDG (Sales Quotation) and
others
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales), SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Sales
Quotations), SD-SLS-SO (Sales Orders)SD-SLS-OA-SCH
(Customer Scheduling Agreement), SD-SLS-OA-CCO
(Customer Contracts)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
These statuses are available in the following apps:
● Create Sales Quotations (only embargo status and screening status)
● Display Sales Quotations (only embargo status and screening status)
● Change Sales Quotations (only embargo status and screening status)
● Manage Sales Orders
● Manage Sales Orders Without Charge
● Create Sales Orders - VA01
● Change Sales Orders - VA02
636
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
● Display Sales Orders - VA03
● Create Sales Orders Without Charge
● Change Sales Orders Without Charge
● Display Sales Orders Without Charge
● Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Create Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Display Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Change Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Manage Sales Contracts (only embargo status and screening status)
● Create Sales Contracts (legal control status is always Not Relevant, No Check)
● Display Sales Contracts (legal control status is always Not Relevant, No Check)
● Change Sales Contracts (legal control status is always Not Relevant, No Check)
Related Information
International Trade Compliance
8.1.6.12 Enhanced Product Compliance Checks in Sales
Documents
With this feature, product marketability, dangerous goods, and safety data sheet have been further integrated
into apps for sales scheduling agreement. You can now display these three product compliance statuses in
sales scheduling agreements on header and item level.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)
4LZ (Sales Scheduling Agreement with Consignment)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
637
Additional Details
In the Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements app, you can search for sales scheduling agreements by using
filtering the statuses of product marketability, dangerous goods, and safety data sheet on header level. You can
also display these three product compliance statuses on header and item level in the following apps:
● Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Change Sales Scheduling Agreements
● Display Sales Scheduling Agreements
In addition, the predelivered form templates for sales scheduling agreement now include information about
product compliance and dangerous goods data on sales scheduling agreements.
Related Information
Product Compliance Data in the Value Chain
Dangerous Goods Check in Value Chain Documents
8.1.6.13 Flexible Proposal of Pricing Dates
With this feature, you can implement the flexible proposal of pricing dates in sales documents by performing
customizing activities. Using the Configurable Parameters and Formulas (CPF) framework, you as a key user
can create rules in a decision table that the system uses to propose pricing dates for newly created sales
documents. The decision table enables a dynamic calculation of pricing dates based on the baseline date,
absolute offset sign, absolute offset, factory calendar rule, additional relative offset, processing indicator for
incoming pricing dates that are controlled by header fields of the sales document to be created.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
638
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Effects on Customizing
The following customizing activities enable key users to customize the flexible proposal of pricing dates in sales
documents:
● Define Rules to Determine Factory Calendar
● Define Parameter Catalog for Pricing Date
● Define Formulas for Pricing Date
● Define Custom Routines for Pricing Date in Sales Documents
● Assign Custom Routines to Sales Document Types
Related Information
Flexible Proposal of Pricing Dates
Flexible Proposal of Pricing Dates
Implementing Flexible Proposal of Pricing Dates
8.1.6.14 Flexible Determination of Internal Partner Numbers
When integrated with an external buyer system, your system receives inbound messages that contain sales
order data, and determines the internal business partner for sales order creation or update. Previously, you
must map the external and internal partner numbers. With this feature, you can use new Customizing avtivities
to define rules for the system to flexibly determine the internal partner number based on specific fields in the
inbound message.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
639
Additional Details
You can use the following fields from the inbound Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)
service to define your determination rules:
Field
in Node
BuyerSystemID
Order
SupplierSystemID
CompanyCode
CompanyCodeName
PurchasingDocumentType
PurchasingGroup
PurchasingGroupName
PurchasingOrganization
PurchasingOrganizationName
PartyType
Party(header and item level)
BuyerPartyID
AddressName
In addition, you can use the Customer field in sales order in the rule.
Effects on Existing Data
Once you activate the flexible determination of internal partner numbers, the system no longer uses your
settings in Customizing activity Convert External to Internal Partner Numbers.
Effects on Customizing
You use Customizing activities Define Parameter Catalog for Internal Partner Number and Define Formulas for
Internal Partner Number to define your rules.
Related Information
Flexible Determination of Internal Partner Numbers
640
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.6.15 Simplified Name of Customizing Activity Define
Parameter Catalog Entries for Flexible Sales Document
Numbering
With the current release, the name of the Customizing activity Define Parameter Catalog Entries for Flexible
Sales Document Numbering has been shortened to Define Parameter Catalog for Flexible Sales Document
Numbering for clarity and consistency. You can find this activity in Customizing under
Sales
Configurable Parameters and Formulas in Sales
Sales and Distribution
Flexible Sales Document Numbering .
The functionality of the Customizing activity remains unchanged.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Flexible Sales Document Numbering
8.1.6.16 OData API: Sales Order (A2X)
This API for sales orders (API_SALES_ORDER_SRV) was enhanced and additional properties were added.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
641
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now do the following:
● Create, update, and delete schedule lines
● Create, read, update, and delete attachments
● Create the following single entities without having to embed them in a deep insert request: header, header
partner, header pricing element, header text, header payment plan, header related object, item, item
partner, item pricing element, item text, item related object, item schedule line.
In addition, the following properties were added:
Property
In Entity
AdditionalValueDays
A_SalesOrder
BillingDocumentDate
ConfdDelivQtyInOrderQtyUnit
ContractAccount
CustomerPurchaseOrderSuplmnt
ExternalDocLastChangeDateTime
FixedValueDate
MaterialSubstitutionReason
OverallDeliveryStatus
OverallOrdReltdBillgStatus
OverallSDDocReferenceStatus
PriceDetnExchangeRate
SDDocReferenceStatus
ServicesRenderedDate
TotalBlockStatus
TotalSDDocReferenceStatus
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_SalesOrderHeaderPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
PaymentCardAuthznRelationID
A_SlsOrdPaymentPlanItemDetails
AdditionalMaterialGroup1
A_SalesOrderItem
642
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Property
In Entity
AdditionalMaterialGroup2
AdditionalMaterialGroup3
AdditionalMaterialGroup4
AdditionalMaterialGroup5
AdditionalValueDays
BillingDocumentDate
ContractAccount
ExternalItemID
HigherLevelItemUsage
ServicesRenderedDate
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_SalesOrderItemPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
Related Information
Sales Order (A2X)
Related Objects of SD Documents [page 632]
OData APIs: Create with Reference with Custom Fields [page 645]
OData APIs: Replacement of PricingDateTime Property [page 646]
OData and SOAP APIs for Sales Documents: Changed Behavior when Used with BAdIs [page 647]
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
8.1.6.17 OData API: Sales Order - Simulate (A2X)
This API for sales orders (API_SALES_ORDER_SIMULATION_SRV) was enhanced with additional properties on
header and item level.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
643
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now use the following properties:
Property
In Entity
ReferenceSDDocument (used for simulating the creation of A_SalesOrderSimulation
sales orders with reference to another sales document)
ConditionBaseValue
IsGroupCondition
A_SalesOrderPrcgElmntSimln and
A_SalesOrderItmPrcgElmntSimln
PriceConditionDeterminationDte
ConditionClass
ConditionOrigin
PricingScaleBasis
ConditionScaleBasisValue
ConfdDelivQtyInOrderQtyUnit
A_SalesOrderItemSimulation
ItemGrossWeight
ItemNetWeight
ItemVolume
HigherLevelItemUsage
MaterialSubstitutionReason
ReferenceSDDocument (used for simulating the creation of
sales orders with reference to another sales document)
ReferenceSDDocumentItem (used for simulating the crea­
tion of sales orders with reference to another sales docu­
ment)
Related Information
Sales Order - Simulate (A2X)
Simulate the Creation of Sales Orders with Reference
644
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.6.18 OData APIs: Create with Reference with Custom
Fields
The behavior of the OData APIs for sales quotations, sales orders, sales orders without charge, credit memo
requests, and debit memo requests was improved regarding the handling of custom fields when you create a
sales document with reference to another one.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock), BDG (Sales Quotation), BDA (Free of
Charge Delivery), 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), BKL (In­
voice Correction Process with Credit Memo), 1F1 (Debit
Memo Processing), BDQ (Invoice Correction Process with
Debit Memo)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Previously, when you created a sales document with reference to another sales document, the OData APIs
worked as follows: If the document you wanted to use as a reference contained any custom fields, these values
were ignored in the subsequent document if you did not change the value (that is, if no value was included in
the payload when you created the subsequent document). Now, when you do not change any custom field
values in the request for the subsequent document, the values from the preceding document are used.
This is valid for the following APIs:
● Sales Quotation (A2X)
● Sales Order (A2X)
● Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)
● Credit Memo Request (A2X)
● Debit Memo Request (A2X)
Related Information
Create Sales Quotations with Reference
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
645
Create Sales Orders with Reference
Create Sales Orders Without Charge with Reference
Create Credit Memo Requests with Reference
Create Debit Memo Requests with Reference
Custom Fields App and Custom Logic App
8.1.6.19 OData APIs: Replacement of PricingDateTime
Property
In several OData APIs, the PriceConditionDeterminationDte property was added. It is meant to replace
the PricingDateTime property that is used for the pricing timestamp, which will remain in the APIs for
compatibility reasons. You can find both properties in the header pricing element and in the item pricing
element.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock), BDG (Sales Quotation), 1EZ (Credit
Memo Processing), BKL (Invoice Correction Process with
Credit Memo), 1F1 (Debit Memo Processing), BDQ (Invoice
Correction Process with Debit Memo)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This is valid for the following APIs:
● Sales Quotation (A2X)
● Sales Order (A2X)
● Credit Memo Request (A2X)
● Debit Memo Request (A2X)
646
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Related Information
Sales Quotation (A2X)
Sales Order (A2X)
Credit Memo Request (A2X)
Debit Memo Request (A2X)
8.1.6.20 OData and SOAP APIs for Sales Documents:
Changed Behavior when Used with BAdIs
The behavior of APIs when used together with certain Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) has changed. If you want an
API to cancel processing without saving the sales document if an error is written into the application log, you
can continue to use the Sales Document Check Before Save BAdI. If you want an API to continue processing
and save the sales document, this now works if you use the Sales Header Check BAdI or the Sales Item Check
BAdI. This behavior corresponds to the behavior of the related apps.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock), 2TY (B2B Order Fulfillment with SAP
Commerce Cloud), BDG (Sales Quotation), BDA (Free of
Charge Delivery), 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), BKL (In­
voice Correction Process with Credit Memo), 1F1 (Debit
Memo Processing), BDQ (Invoice Correction Process with
Debit Memo), I9I (Sales Contract Management), 3NR (Sales
Scheduling Agreements), BKP (Accelerated Customer Re­
turns)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This is valid for the following APIs:
● Sales Quotation (A2X)
● Sales Contract (A2X)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
647
● Sales Scheduling Agreement (A2X)
● Sales Order (A2X)
● Sales Order (A2A)
● Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)
● Customer Return (A2X)
● Credit Memo Request (A2X)
● Debit Memo Request (A2X)
Related Information
Sales Quotation (A2X)
Sales Order (A2X)
Sales Order (A2A)
Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)
Customer Return (A2X)
Credit Memo Request (A2X)
Debit Memo Request (A2X)
Sales Contract (A2X)
Sales Scheduling Agreement (A2X)
8.1.6.21 SOAP API: Sales Order (A2A)
With this API for sales orders (SalesOrderBulkRequest_In), you can now create, update, and delete sales
order texts on header and item level. You can also create, read, update, and delete attachments. Furthermore,
the API was enhanced with additional fields on header and item level.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock), 2TY (B2B Order Fulfillment with SAP
Commerce Cloud)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
648
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Additional Details
The following fields were added:
Field
In Node
AdditionalValueDays
SalesOrder
ContractAccount
FixedValueDate
TaxDepartureCountry
VATRegistrationCountry
PaymentCardAuthznRelationID
PaymentPlanItem
VATRegistration
Partner (on both header and item level)
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
AdditionalValueDays
Item
Batch
ContractAccount
MaterialPricingGroup
ProfitCenter
WBSElement
Related Information
Sales Order (A2A)
Related Objects of SD Documents [page 632]
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
8.1.6.22 SOAP API: Sales Order - Replicate (A2A)
This API for sales orders (SalesOrderBulkReplication_Out) was enhanced with additional fields on
header and item level. To avoid unnecessary data replication, you can now also use specific replication mode
parameters in the replication model to define the behavior and the scope of the replication for text and address
entities.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
649
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now use the following fields:
Field
In Node
AccountingExchangeRate
SalesOrder
AdditionalValueDays
ContractAccount
CustomerPaymentTerms
CustomerTaxClassification1
CustomerTaxClassification2
CustomerTaxClassification3
CustomerTaxClassification4
CustomerTaxClassification5
CustomerTaxClassification6
CustomerTaxClassification7
CustomerTaxClassification8
CustomerTaxClassification9
DeliveryBlockReason
ExternalDocLastChangeDateTime
ExternalDocumentID
HeaderBillingBlockReason
OverallDeliveryStatus
OverallSDDocReferenceStatus
PriceDetnExchangeRate
PricingDate
650
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Field
In Node
PurchaseOrderByCustomer
ReferenceSDDocument
RequestedDeliveryDate
SalesDistrict
SalesGroup
SalesOffice
SDPricingProcedure
SenderBusinessSystemName
TotalBlockStatus
TransactionCurrency
VATRegistration
Partner (on both header and item level)
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
IncotermsClassification
Incoterms (new node on header level)
IncotermsLocation1
IncotermsLocation2
IncotermsVersion
Language
Text (new node on header and item level)
LongText
LongTextID
AdditionalStreetPrefixName
Address (new node on header and item level)
AdditionalStreetSuffixName
AddressAdditionalName
AddressGroup
AddressName
AddressName3
AddressName4
CityName
Communication
CorrespondenceLanguage
Country
District
EmailAddress
Fax
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
651
Field
In Node
FaxNumber
FormOfAddress
HouseNumber
MobilePhone
MobilePhoneNumber
Phone
PhoneExtension
PhoneNumber
PhoneNumberExtension
PhysicalAddress
POBox
POBoxPostalCode
PostalCode
Region
StreetName
StreetPrefixName
StreetSuffixName
TaxJurisdiction
TransportZone
AdditionalMaterialGroup1
Item
AdditionalMaterialGroup2
AdditionalMaterialGroup3
AdditionalMaterialGroup4
AdditionalMaterialGroup5
AdditionalValueDays
BillOfMaterial
ConfdDelivQtyInOrderQtyUnit
ContractAccount
CustomerPaymentTerms
DeliveryPriority
HigherLevelItemUsage
ItemGrossWeight
ItemNetWeight
ItemVolume
652
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Field
In Node
MaterialByCustomer
MaterialSubstitutionReason
NetPriceAmount
Plant
PricingReferenceMaterial
ReferenceSDDocument
ReferenceSDDocumentItem
SalesDocumentRjcnReason
SDDocReferenceStatus
TotalDeliveryStatus
TotalSDDocReferenceStatus
ConfdOrderQtyByMatlAvailCheck
ScheduleLine (new node on item level)
ConfirmedDeliveryDate
CorrectedQtyInOrderQtyUnit
DelivBlockReasonForSchedLine
DeliveredQtyInOrderQtyUnit
OpenConfdDelivQtyInOrdQtyUnit
RequestedDeliveryDate
RequestedDeliveryTime
ScheduleLineId
ScheduleLineOrderQuantity
Related Information
Sales Order - Replicate (A2A)
Configuration: Sales Order - Replicate (A2A)
Related Objects of SD Documents [page 632]
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
8.1.6.23 SOAP API: Sales Order - Send Processing
Notification (A2A)
With this API for sales orders (CO_SDSLS_ESR_SALES_ORDER_NOTIF), you can now use texts on header and
item level. The API was also enhanced with additional fields on header and item level.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
653
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock), 2TY (B2B Order Fulfillment with SAP
Commerce Cloud)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now use the following fields:
Field
In Node
AdditionalValueDays
SalesOrder
ContractAccount
FixedValueDate
TaxDepartureCountry
VATRegistrationCountry
VATRegistration
Partner (on both header and item level)
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
AdditionalValueDays
Item
Batch
ContractAccount
FixedValueDate
MaterialPricingGroup
ProfitCenter
WBSElement
Related Information
Sales Order - Send Processing Notification (A2A)
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
654
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.6.24 SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Create,
Update, Cancel (B2B)
You can use the Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B) API to create, update, and cancel
sales orders and customer returns. With this release, you can create and change data for advanced variant
configuration in sales order items. In addition, some new fields have been added to the API so that you can
receive more information from the buyer.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following table lists the field or node changes in the Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel
(B2B) service:
Field or Node
Use
In Node
VariantConfiguration
Create and change data for advanced
OrderItem
variant configuration in sales order
items.
ExternalAddressParserCode
Specify how the system should process Address at header and item levels
the address data.
PurchasingGroupName
Receive organizational data.
Order
PurchasingOrganizationName
Receive organizational data.
Order
CompanyCodeName
Receive organizational data.
Order
PurchaseContract
Receive organizational data.
OrderItem
PurchaseContractItem
Receive organizational data.
OrderItem
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
655
Field or Node
Use
In Node
PurContractForOverallLimit
Receive organizational data.
OrderItem
ProductType
Receive organizational data.
OrderItem
BuyrCorrOwnReference
Receive and save it as Your Reference in
Order
your sales order.
BuyerSystemID
Receive buyer's system ID, such as buy­
Order
er's Ariba Network ID
SupplierSystemID
Receive supplier's system ID, such as
Order
supplier's Ariba Network ID
SerialNumber
Identify the single units in the returns
OrderItem
processing with the combination of
product number.
The interface Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B) is available on the SAP API Business
Hub (http://https:api.sap.com/ ). If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component
SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages).
Related Information
Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)
8.1.6.25 SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm
Processing (B2B)
You can use the Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B) API to confirm the processing of
sales orders and customer returns. In addition, you can now send data for advanced variant configuration in a
sales order confirmation.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
656
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following nodes or fields have been added to the SOAP API Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm
Processing (B2B):
● SerialNumber in node Item
● VariantConfiguration in node Item
● ExternalAddressParserCode in nodes Address at both header and item levels
 Note
Field ExternalAddressParserCode is not in use.
The interface Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B) is available on the SAP API Business
Hub (http://https:api.sap.com/ ). If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component
SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages).
Related Information
Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B)
VariantConfiguration
8.1.6.26 Behavior Definition for Sales Orders
You can now use the behavior definition I_SalesOrderTP to create and update sales orders and read the
related results in the same session. You could, for example, use this business object to embed the Create
action into on of your own UIs, so that a sales order is created when a specific button is chosen. You can find
this behavior definition and its related documentation in ABAP Development Tools (ADT).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
657
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
8.1.6.27 Data Management for Sales Order Requests
The blocking and archiving of a customer now both require additional checks in sales order requests:
● Blocking check (that is, end of purpose [EoP] check)
Before the system marks the customer as blocked, customer data should be no longer relevant for
business activities in sales order requests.
● Archiving check
Before the system marks the customer as archived, customer data should no longer exists in sales order
requests.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data)
Application Component
SD-SLS-IMP-DOX (Sales Document Creation Based on
Unstructured Data)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Blocking Check (that is, EoP Check)
SAP has added the application ERP_SD_SLS_SOR to a number of applications where the system performs the
customer EoP check.
Archiving Check
You can archive a customer that has been blocked. For the customer archiving to be successful, the customer
data should not exist in any sales order requests. Customer data in sales order requests can be destroyed
based on the following data destruction object:
658
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Data Destruction Object
Details
More Information
SD_SOR_DESTRUCTION
You can use this object to destroy sales
order requests.
Destroying Sales Order Requests Using
SD_SOR_DESTRUCTION
 Note
If a customer has been blocked or archived, you can't create sales order requests for the customer.
Related Information
Business Partner End of Purpose (EoP) Check in Sales Order Requests
Blocking, Unblocking and Deletion of Business Partner, Customer and Supplier Master Data
Data Protection
8.1.6.28 Read Access Logging for Sales Order Requests
You can now log data to track who has accessed sensitive customer data in the Create Sales Orders - Automatic
Extraction app. Such data may include bank account and tax number information.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data)
Application Component
SD-SLS-IMP-DOX (Sales Document Creation Based on
Unstructured Data)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
For information about the related configuration, see the Security Guide for SAP S/4HANA 2021, which you can
access from the SAP S/4HANA product page under
Business Applications
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Sales
Implement
Order and Contract Management
Guides . Navigate to
Enterprise
Read Access Logging .
PUBLIC
659
8.1.6.29 Display Archived Sales Documents
With this feature, business users can now display archived sales documents including sales inquiries, sales
quotations, sales scheduling agreements, sales contracts, and sales item proposals.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Quotations), SD-MD-MM-PPR
(Item Proposal)SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling
Agreement), SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Business users can view archived documents using the following display apps or transactions:
● Display Sales Inquiries (VA13)
● Display Sales Quotations (VA23)
● Display Sales Scheduling Agreements (VA33)
● Display Sales Contracts (VA43)
● Display Sales Item Proposals (VA53)
If an archived document contains a blocked business partner, your user needs additional authorization to
display the document. For more information, see Authorizations (SD-SLS).
Related Information
Display Function for Archived Sales Documents (SD-SLS)
660
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.6.30 Additional Fields Available in Custom Logic for Sales
Documents
With this feature, you can now use additional fields when implementing custom logic in the following Business
Add-Ins (BAdls):
● Sales Document Check Before Save
● Sales Item Modification,
● Sales Item Check.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others
Application Component
SD-SLS-EXT (SD Sales Extensibility)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
When creating custom logic using the abovementioned BAdIs, you can now use the following item-level sales
document fields to better fulfill your business requirements. For example, you can check if the field for the
material group, WBS element, or profit center is filled or not.
● Material group 1
● Material group 2
● Material group 3
● Material group 4
● Material group 5
● WBS element
● Profit center
You can implement these BAdIs in the Custom Logic app.
Related Information
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Sales Documents
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
661
8.1.6.31 Custom Logic: Sales Document Check Before Save
With the Business Add-In (BAdI) Sales Document Check Before Save (SD_SLS_CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE), you
can now implement your own custom logic that determines whether a sales document is to be saved or
rejected based on the electronic payment details of the sales document.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others
Application Component
SD-SLS-EXT (SD Sales Extensibility)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Sales Documents
8.1.6.32 Custom Fields for Incompleteness Procedures in
Sales Documents
With this feature, in several apps for creating, changing and displaying sales documents, you can now navigate
to the custom fields tab from the incompletion log if you use custom fields in incompleteness procedures.
Examples of apps where this is now possible include the following:
● Create Sales Orders - VA01
● Change Sales Orders - VA02
● Display Sales Orders - VA03
Technical Details
Type
662
New
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS-EXT (SD Sales Extensibility)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can create custom fields in the Custom Fields app. You can define incompleteness procedures in the
Customizing activities under
Sales and Distribution
Basic Functions
Log of Incompleteness
Items .
Related Information
App Extensibility: Create, Change, or Display Sales Documents
8.1.6.33 Additional Fields for Checking Schedule Line Data
Available in the Sales Document Check Before Save
BAdI
When implementing custom logic using the BAdl Sales Document Check Before Save, you can now use
additional fields to check schedule line data in sales documents.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-SLS-EXT (SD Sales Extensibility)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
663
Additional Details
You can use a wide range of fields to run your own checks when saving a sales document. This now includes the
following fields:
● Schedule line number
● Schedule line category
● Schedule line date
● Confirmed quantity
● Item is relevant for delivery
● Arrival time
For a complete list of fields you can use to run your checks, see the BAdl Sales Document Check Before Save in
the Custom Logic app. For example, you can check if a schedule line date is in the past or not, or whether an
item is relevant for delivery or not.
Related Information
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Sales Documents
8.1.7 Sales Billing
8.1.7.1
Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing
Documents
With the new app Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing Documents, you can schedule single or
periodic jobs for the automated creation of billing documents with reference to preliminary billing documents.
The app offers a range of selection criteria to select the preliminary billing documents for which you want to
create billing documents.
The app has been added to the business catalog Sales - Billing Scheduling (SAP_SD_BC_BIL_SCHEDULE).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
664
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use this app to do the following:
● Schedule the creation of billing documents based on preliminary billing documents
● Easily set up single and recurring jobs
● Copy and modify existing jobs
● Select the preliminary billing documents to be processed by specifying a wide range of selection criteria
● Use the job log to check whether creation was successful or diagnose issues
Related Information
Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing Documents
8.1.7.2
Schedule Creation of Preliminary Billing Documents:
Finalize Automatically
With this feature, the parameter section of the Schedule Creation of Preliminary Billing Documents app has
been enhanced with a checkbox for the finalization of newly created preliminary billing documents. If you select
it, any preliminary billing documents created by the current job are automatically created with the finalized
status. If the checkbox is not selected, the new documents are created with the in process status.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
665
Additional Details
Note that when a preliminary billing document's status changes to finalized, the system automatically checks
whether the document is relevant for approval. Therefore, if approval workflows are implemented, an approval
request is automatically sent for every newly created, finalized document that the system identifies as being
relevant for approval.
For more information about the approval of preliminary billing documents, see Approval Workflows for
Preliminary Billing Documents.
Related Information
Schedule Creation of Preliminary Billing Documents
8.1.7.3
Fields for Product Tax Classification and Customer
Tax Classification Added to Template for Manual
Creation of External Billing Document Requests
You can now supplement the billable items which you import into your system to create external billing
document requests in the Manage Billing Document Requests app with additional tax classifications for
products (that is, materials) and customers. This enables these additional tax classifications to be carried
forward into the resulting billing document request items.
To facilitate this, the following nine fields were added to the IT_EBDR_REQUEST worksheet of the spreadsheet
template (Template_EBDR_Create.xlsx) for importing billable data into the system:
● ProductTaxClassification2
● ProductTaxClassification3
● ProductTaxClassification4
● ProductTaxClassification5
● CustomerTaxClassification1
● CustomerTaxClassification2
● CustomerTaxClassification3
● CustomerTaxClassification4
● CustomerTaxClassification5
Technical Details
Type
666
Changed
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1MC (Convergent Billing)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Creating External Billing Document Requests Manually
Manage Billing Document Requests
8.1.7.4
PDF Preview of Preliminary Billing Documents in
the My Inbox App
When an approver or requester of approval requests for preliminary billing documents receives an approvalrelated task in their My Inbox app, they can now view a PDF-based preview of the corresponding preliminary
billing document.
On the attachments tab of the My Inbox app, choose the Preview of Preliminary Billing Document link to display
the PDF in a new browser tab.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Approval Workflows for Preliminary Billing Documents
Approve or Rework a Preliminary Billing Document
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
667
8.1.7.5
CDS Views for Preliminary Billing Documents,
Billing Document Requests, and Billing Due List
Items
Several new billing-related CDS (Core Data Services) views have been released. They enable you to access the
data of, and answer business questions about, preliminary billing documents, billing document requests, and
billing due list items. You can also use these CDS views to construct custom views or apps that need to retrieve
data about the abovementioned business objects in your system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following table provides an overview of the newly released CDS views. For more information about each
view, click its name.
View Provides Information About
View Name
View Technical Name
Preliminary billing documents
Preliminary Billing Document
I_PrelimBillingDocument
Preliminary Billing Document (Value
Help)
I_PrelimBillingDocumentStdVH
Preliminary Billing Document Item
I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem
Preliminary Billing Document Item
(Value Help)
I_PrelimBillingDocItemStdVH
Preliminary Billing Document Partner
I_PrelimBillingDocPartner
Preliminary Billing Document Item Part­ I_PrelimBillingDocItemPartner
ner
Preliminary Billing Document Pricing El­ I_PrelimBillingDocPrcgElmnt
ement
Preliminary Billing Document Item Pric­ I_PrelimBillgDocItemPrcgElmnt
ing Element
668
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
View Provides Information About
View Name
View Technical Name
Billing document requests
Billing Document Request
I_BillingDocumentRequest
Billing Document Request (Value Help)
I_BillingDocumentRequestStdVH
Billing Document Request Item
I_BillingDocumentRequestStdVH
Billing Document Request Item (Value
Help)
I_BillingDocReqItemStdVH
Billing Document Request Partner
I_BillingDocReqPartner
Billing Document Request Item Partner
I_BillingDocReqItemPartner
Billing Document Request Pricing Ele­
ment
I_BillingDocReqPrcgElmnt
Billing Document Request Item Pricing
Element
I_BillingDocReqItemPrcgElmnt
Billing Due List Item
I_BillingDueListItem
Billing due list items
Users with the role Analytics Specialist (SAP_BR_ANALYTICS_SPECIALIST) can access these views using the
View Browser app.
In addition, these views are available on the SAP API Business Hub.
Related Information
View Browser
8.1.7.6
SOAP API: Test Run Mode for Billing Document Create
With this feature, consumers of the Billing Document - Create SOAP API can now perform test runs for billing
document creation. The test run simulates billing document creation using the provided external billing data
and provides feedback about whether the planned billing document creation is possible without errors.
When performing a test run, the confirmation sent by the response service Billing Document - Send Creation
Confirmation (CO_SDBIL_ESR_BD_CONF_OUT) provides the same information (including error messages) as
for an actual creation. The only difference is that the returned billing document numbers are prefixed with the $
symbol, which indicates that no actual billing documents have been created, but only simulated.
Test run mode can be activated by setting the new field IsTestRun in the ActionControl node to 1.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
669
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1Z6 (External Billing)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Billing Document - Create
8.1.7.7
SOAP API: Detailed Error Log for Billing Document
Request - Send Creation Confirmation
The outbound, asynchronous response service Billing Document Request - Send Creation Confirmation has
been enhanced with additional nodes and fields that provide information about billing document requests and
individual billing document request items that the system was unable to create. When a billing document
request creation triggered by an inbound SOAP message to the service Billing Document Request - Create fails,
this information is now included in the outbound response message to the service consumer.
The new subnode Log has been added to the BillableDocumentFailed node. The Log subnode relays
logged details of the failed creation, such as the processing result code, the severity code, and the actual
system message (for an example, an error text) itself.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1MC (Convergent Billing)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2020
670
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Additional Details
For more information about the new service response structure, see the section Service Nodes under Billing
Document Request - Send Creation Confirmation.
Related Information
Billing Document Request - Send Creation Confirmation
8.1.7.8
SOAP API: Tax-Related Fields Added to Customer
Invoice - Send (B2B)
The outbound, asynchronous SOAP web service Customer Invoice - Send (B2B) has been enhanced with the
following fields:
● TaxAmount in node Invoice (contains the total tax amount for the entire invoice)
● BuyerVATRegistration in node Invoice (contains the VAT registration number of the invoice's sold-to
party)
● SupplierVATRegistration in node Invoice (contains the VAT registration number of the supplier, that
is, the creator of the invoice)
● TaxAmount in subnode Item (contains the tax amount for a specific invoice item)
● Amount in subnode ItemTax (contains the tax amount per condition corresponding to the associated
supplier tax type code)
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Customer Invoice - Send (B2B)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
671
8.1.7.9
Additional Payload Fields in Business Events for
Billing Documents
With this feature, five new payload fields were added to business events for billing documents. Whenever a
billing document in your system is created, changed, or canceled, subscribers of these business events now
receive these fields together with the existing payload fields of the event notification.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1Z6 (External Billing)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following fields were added to the payload of all three business events for billing documents:
● BILLINGDOCUMENTCATEGORY: Billing category of the billing document that raised the event. For example,
A (order-related billing) or L (delivery-related billing)
● PAYERPARTY: Business partner responsible for settling the billing document that raised the event
● SOLDTOPARTY: Business partner to which the billed items in the billing document were sold
● SALESORGANIZATION: Sales organization for which the billing document was created
● DISTRIBUTIONCHANNEL: Distribution channel for which the billing document was created
Related Information
Billing Document Events
8.1.7.10 Create Billing Documents App: Partial Billing of
Outbound Delivery Items and Quantities
The Create Billing Documents app has been enhanced with the ability to bill only partial quantities of specific
items in outbound deliveries. When this setting is enabled and you trigger billing document creation for one or
672
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
more deliveries, the system will prompt you to choose the delivery items that you want to bill and select the
quantities for each item. This creation of billing documents for only some items or only partial quantities of
items in deliveries is known as partial billing.
While partial billing was already possible in previous releases by using the selection list in the Create Billing
Documents - VF01, you can now do it directly from the Create Billing Documents app.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Create Billing Documents
8.1.7.11 Copy Output Items (Including Attachments) from
Preliminary Billing Documents to Billing Documents
With this feature, you can change Customizing to activate the automatic copying of output items from
preliminary billing documents to billing documents. This includes the copying of any attachments that have
been added to the preliminary billing document's output items.
When activated, this configuration overrides the default system behavior, which is to redetermine output items
for billing documents that are created with reference to preliminary billing documents, and to not copy the
attachments.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
673
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Per default, output items are determined once for a preliminary billing document and determined again for the
subsequent billing document that is created with reference to the preliminary billing document. Depending on
how output determination is set up for each of these two document categories, this can lead to differences in
the resulting output parameters of the two documents. Output parameters control important attributes such
as the receiver, sender country, form template, language, and dispatch time of the output.
If you prefer the system to use the same output items for billing documents as for the preceding preliminary
billing documents, you can select the corresponding checkbox in Customizing under
Basic Functions
SAP S/4HANA Output Control
Sales and Distribution
Output Control for Billing Documents
Activate Copying of
Output Items from Preliminary Billing Documents to Billing Documents .
Rather than redetermining the output items for the billing document when it’s created with reference to the
preliminary billing document, the existing output items, as well as any attachments that these output items
contain, are copied from the preliminary billing document to the billing document, removing the need for a
second determination.
 Note
Please be aware that if the billing document that was created with reference to the preliminary billing
document is canceled, the system also copies the attachments (including output items) to the resulting
cancellation document.
For more information, including important prerequisites, see the configuration help of the Activate Copying of
Output Items from Preliminary Billing Documents to Billing Documents Customizing activity.
Effects on Customizing
The location of the new Customizing activity that activates this feature is under
Basic Functions
SAP S/4HANA Output Control
Sales and Distribution
Output Control for Billing Documents
Activate Copying of
Output Items from Preliminary Billing Documents to Billing Documents .
Related Information
Working with Output Items
674
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.7.12 Use the Display Billing Documents and Display Invoice
Lists Apps to Display Archived Billing Documents
and Archived Invoice Lists
With this feature, you, as a billing clerk, can now display archived billing documents and archived invoice lists
directly from the respective apps Display Billing Documents and Display Invoice Lists.
To do so, open the respective app and enter the document number of the archived document that you want to
display, then press enter. Note that, as a billing clerk, you cannot display documents that have been archived
and blocked to protect personal data. You can only display documents that have been archived (usually to
reduce data volume) and have not been blocked to protect personal data.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display Billing Documents
Display Invoice Lists
8.1.7.13 View Additional Approval Workflow Details of
Preliminary Billing Documents
With this feature, a new tab for approval details has been added to the header details of the Display Preliminary
Billing Documents and Change Preliminary Billing Documents apps.
The new tab is only visible when you are viewing a preliminary billing document that is relevant for approval.
The tab provides details about the document's approval workflow history. This includes the name of the
approver, the reason for rejection or rework, as well as any comment that the approver has provided using the
My Inbox app.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
675
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Approval Workflows for Preliminary Billing Documents
Display Preliminary Billing Documents
Change Preliminary Billing Documents
8.1.7.14 Filter and Sort the Billing Due List by Document
Creator and Creation Date and Time
With this feature, you can now use the view settings in the Create Billing Documents and Create Preliminary
Billing Documents apps to add the following two new fields as additional columns in each app's billing due list:
● Created at
This field states the date and time at which the corresponding billing due list item (for example, an
outbound delivery) was created.
● Created by
This field states the user name of the user who created the corresponding billing due list item.
As usual, these two new fields can also be used as additional filters by adapting the filter bar and selecting
them from the list of filters.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock)
676
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Create Billing Documents
Create Preliminary Billing Documents
8.1.7.15 Simplified Name of Customizing Activity Define
Parameter Catalog Entries for Flexible Billing Document
Numbering
With the current release, the name of the Customizing activity Define Parameter Catalog Entries for Flexible
Billing Document Numbering has been shortened to Define Parameter Catalog for Flexible Billing Document
Numbering for clarity and consistency. You can find this activity in Customizing under
Billing
Sales and Distribution
Configurable Parameters and Formulas in Billing .
The functionality of the Customizing activity remains unchanged.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Flexible Billing Document Numbering
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
677
8.1.7.16 Define Billing Types: Renamed Customizing Activity
and Field
The Customizing activity Define Billing Types has been renamed to Define Billing Types for Sales to aid
differentiation. Within this activity, the field Credit Memo with Value Date has been renamed to Correction
Document with Value Date to better express that the field controls baseline date determination not only for
journal entries of credit memos, but also for journal entries of debit memos and billing document cancellation
documents. The functionality of the field remains unchanged.
For more information, see the field help of the field.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
The renamed Customizing activity is located in Customizing under
Documents
Sales and Distribution
Billing
Billing
Define Billing Types for Sales .
8.1.7.17 Deprecation of Fields and Associations in CDS Views
for Sales Billing
Several fields across multiple CDS views are deprecated with SAP S/4HAHA 2021 and have been functionally
replaced with successor fields. The following CDS views are affected:
● I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic
● I_BillingDocumentItem
● I_BillingDocumentItemBasic
● I_BillingDocumentRequestItem
● I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem
In addition, several associations in the same CDS views have also been deprecated. The deprecated fields and
associations will be removed from the system no earlier than SAP S/4HANA 2022.
678
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-BIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2020
Additional Details
The following table provides an overview of the deprecated fields and their successor fields for each affected
CDS view in Sales Billing:
Deprecated Field
Successor Field
Affected CDS Views
Material
Product
I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic
MaterialGroup
ProductGroup
ProfitabilitySegment
ProfitabilitySegment_2
I_BillingDocumentItem
I_BillingDocumentItemBasic
I_BillingDocumentRequestItem
I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem
ExternalReferenceDocumentItem
BillingDocExtReferenceDocItem
I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic
I_BillingDocumentItem
I_BillingDocumentItemBasic
I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem
WBSElement
WBSElementInternalID
I_BillingDocumentItemBasic
I_BillingDocumentItem
Please note the following:
● Please replace any existing references to the deprecated fields with references to the successor fields as
soon as possible.
● The successor field ProfitabilitySegment_2 is a character field (data type CHAR), whereas the
deprecated field ProfitabilitySegment is a numeric field (data type CHAR).
● If no profitability segment is assigned, the field ProfitabilitySegment_2 either takes the value
0000000000 or Space .
● As of SAP S/4HANA 2022, the new field ProfitabilitySegment_2 will contain non-numeric characters
(A to Z) after the highest possible numeric value has been reached. This will only occur in rare cases.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
679
The following table provides an overview of the deprecated associations and their successor associations for
each affected CDS view in Sales Billing:
Deprecated Association
Successor Association
Affected CDS Views
_Material
_Product
I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic
_MaterialGroup
_ProductGroup
_MaterialText
_ProductText
I_BillingDocumentItem
I_BillingDocumentItemBasic
I_BillingDocumentRequestItem
I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem
_WBSElementText
_WBSElementBasicData
I_BillingDocumentItemBasic
I_BillingDocumentItem
_SalesEmployee
_SalesEmployee_2
_ResponsibleEmployee
_SalesEmployee_2
_County
_County_2
I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic
I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic
I_BillingDocument
I_BillingDocumentBasic
I_BillingDocumentRequest
I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem
Related Information
Billing Document Item Basic Extended
Billing Document Item
Billing Document Item Basic
Billing Document Request Item
Preliminary Billing Document Item
8.1.7.18 Apply Delivery Blocks to BOM Items in Down
Payment Processing for Sales Orders
In down payment processing for sales orders, you as a key user can choose a delivery block reason for a
milestone billing plan in the Maintain Date Category for Billing Plan Type Customizing activity. With this release,
you can apply this delivery block reason to bill of material (BOM) items in sales orders.
680
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BKJ (Sales Order Processing with Customer Down Payment)
Application Component
SD-BIL-IV-BP (Billing Plan)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
In the Maintain Date Category for Billing Plan Type Customzing activity, you can choose a delivery block reason
and mark the checkbox Apply to BOMs. After making this setting, when you create a sales order with a billing
plan type that has been assigned the delivery block, the system automatically blocks deliveries for BOM items.
Related Information
Billing Plan Functions
8.1.8 Claims, Returns, and Refund Management
8.1.8.1
Maintain Return Addresses of Suppliers Using
Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in
Sales and Distribution
If multiple address handling for business partners is active in your system, you can create multiple return
addresses for a supplier. The system now uses a new logic to search for the possible return addresses of the
supplier based on the partner function priorities and the address usages.
Technical Details
Type
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
New
PUBLIC
681
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Enabling multiple address handling requires the activation of two separate business functions.
For more information about multiple address handling for business partners in sales and distribution and how
to enable it, see Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner.
Related Information
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
Return-to Address Determination for Supplier Returns
8.1.8.2
Manage Customer Returns
This app has a variety of enhancements. For more information, see section Additional Details.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns)
Application Component
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
682
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Additional Details
The app has the following enhancements:
● Create returns orders for advanced returns management (ARM)
Previously, you can only create accelerated returns (return type: CBAR). As of this release, you can manage
all types of returns orders that are based on ARM with this app. As a prerequisite, you must have made the
required settings to activate ARM. For more information, see Advanced Returns Management for
Customer Returns.
● Select a different return-to address
For the follow-up activities Shipment to Supplier and Direct Shipment to Supplier, you can now select a
different return address of the supplier if the default address proposed by the system does not meet your
requirements.
● Track returns purchase order in the process flow in the scenarios of returning goods to suppliers.
● Assign a batch number to items
If the returned goods are managed in batches, you can assign a batch number to each returns order item.
The batch number will be copied to the subsequent documents in the returns processing.
● Search for reference documents by delivery number
Delivery document number is now available as an additional search criterion in the value help for reference
documents of customer returns.
● Support an additional way of processing bill of materials (BOM) for returns orders that are based on
advanced returns management (ARM)
You can now create and process the BOMs for which pricing is carried out at the main item level, whereas
inventory control and delivery processing are carried out at the component level. For such BOMs, you
maintain the return-relevant data (such as return quantity, refund details, return reason, and follow-up
activity) at the main item level. The follow-up activity and return reason are copied to all the components.
When you enter the return quantity for the main item, the system automatically fills the return quantity for
each component based on the component quantities defined in the material master data.
● Support multiple refund controls
You can control when and how the refund for a specific ARM-based returns order is to be processed in the
system. You can use the relevant refund control to, for example, send a replacement to the customer
immediately, issue a particular refund amount by creating a credit memo directly, or postpone the refund
determination to a later time.
● Select a returns order reason
You can select a predefined returns order reason in the returns order header. The returns order reason
indicates why the returns order was created. This reason could be used as one of the selection criteria in
sales statistics. As a prerequisite, returns order reasons need to be defined first in Customizing under
Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Document Header Define Order Reasons .
For non-ARM returns, such as lean returns, the header-level returns order reason is copied to the return
reason for each item.
● Additional follow-up activities
If you choose Follow-up Activities, you can now select Immediately Move to Free Available Stock or
Immediately Move to Scrap as the logistical follow-up activity. Using either one completes the customer
return from the logistics point of view.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
683
Related Information
Manage Customer Returns
Create Customer Returns
Bills of Material in Sales Documents
Follow-Up Activities
Refund Determination
Return-to Address Determination for Supplier Returns
8.1.8.3
Approval Workflows for Debit Memo Requests
With this feature, you can create and manage internal approval workflows for debit memo requests. In certain
situations, it makes sense to ensure that a designated approver first approves a debit memo request before it
can be released for billing. You could, for example, define that debit memo requests exceeding USD 10,000
must always be sent to an approver. The workflows allow you to define the conditions under which debit memo
requests require approval, as well as define one or more designated approvers.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1F1 (Debit Memo Processing)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Business users can see the approval status of debit memo requests in the Manage Debit Memo Requests app.
Effects on Customizing
Before you can create and manage the approval workflows for debit memo requests, you need first set up the
approval workflows by making specific settings. For more information, see How to Set Up Approval Workflows
in Your System.
For the approval workflows to start, as a prerequisite, you need to make sure that no billing block is set for the
relevant debit memo request types in the configuration. If a billing block is set, it must be removed in
684
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Customizing under
Sales and Distribution
Sales
Sales Documents
Sales Document Header
Define
Sales Document Types .
Related Information
Approval Workflows for Sales Documents
Manage Sales Document Workflows
8.1.8.4
Deprecated: Approval Workflows for Credit Memo
Requests
The creation and management of approval workflows for credit memo requests using the obsolete method is
no longer possible in the Manage Sales Document Workflows app.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BKL (Invoice Correction Process with Credit Memo)
1EZ (Credit Memo Processing)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
Please make sure to check whether you're using the deprecated method for approvals of credit memo
requests. If that is the case, please recreate the active workflows using the new method.
8.1.8.5
OData API: Customer Return (A2X)
This synchronous, inbound OData service has the following enhancements:
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
685
● Added fields for profit center and batch number to the item entity
● Added fields related to multiple address handling for business partners
● The ReturnsRefundRjcnReason field in the item entity has been enabled for use
● Added new entities for serial number, header text, and item text
● Support tax classifications for customers and materials
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With the new ProfitCenter field in the Customer Return Item entity, you can assign a profit center for a
returns order item, or you can read and update the profit center that's been assigned for the item. The
assigned profit center will then be passed to the subsequent documents in the returns processing. Note that if
a returns order is created with a reference document, the profit center is copied from the reference document
and thus cannot be overwritten. For such cases, the profit center should be read-only.
If multiple address handling for business partners (BP) is active in your system, you can now use the following
fields related to BP addresses: BusinessPartnerAddressUUID and BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID.
These fields were added to both the header partner and item partner entities. For more information, see
Additional System Enhancements for Multiple Address Handling.
You can specify the reason in the ReturnsRefundRjcnReason field to reject credit memo request as the
follow-up document for a returns order item. With this reason, the refund is rejected.
You can assign a serial number to individual pieces of returned goods by using the new entity for serial number.
Serial number and material number together form a unique identifier for you to track single material items in
returns processing.
You can assign a batch number to a returns order item if the material is managed in batches.
With the Header Text and Item Text entities, you can read, create, update, and delete texts (such as sales notes
for customers and shipping instructions) for customer returns at header and item levels.
Tax classifications for customers and materials (that is, product) indicate whether, during pricing, the system
determines taxes relating to the customer and the material. You can now specify alternative customer tax
classifications in the Customer Return Header entity and material tax classifications in the Customer Return
Item entity to override the tax classifications that were retrieved from the customer and material master
records.
686
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Related Information
Customer Return (A2X)
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
8.1.8.6
OData API: Returns Inspection (A2X)
You can use an OData API Returns Inspection (A2X) to perform inspections on returns order. You can create,
read, and update inspections. You can also use an action to trigger logistical follow-up activities for eligible
inspections.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
LO-ARM-INS (ARM Inspection)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Returns Inspection (A2X)
8.1.8.7
SOAP APIs for Customer Returns
The following SOAP APIs have been enhanced:
● Customer Return (A2A) and Customer Return - Confirm Processing (A2A)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
687
● Customer Return - Replicate (A2A)
● Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B) and Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm
Processing (B2B)
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
If multiple address handling for business partners (BP) is active in your system, you can now use the following
fields related to BP addresses: BusinessPartnerAddressUUID and BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID.
These fields were added to the partner nodes of the following SOAP APIs: Customer Return (A2A), Customer
Return - Confirm Processing (A2A), and Customer Return - Replicate (A2A). For more information, see
Additional System Enhancements for Multiple Address Handling.
If the inbound, asynchronous SOAP API Customer Return (A2A) receives messages that cause application
errors due to incorrect field values in the message payload, you can now correct the fields directly in the data
content of the messages. You can then reprocess the corrected messages in the Message Dashboard app. In
previous releases, it was not possible to correct field values in this API during message monitoring in your
system. Thus, if errors occurred, external consumers of this API had to resend the SOAP messages.
With the API Customer Return (A2A), you can also pass a batch number to a customer return item if the
product is managed in batches. The Batch field was added to the Item node.
SAP internal codes for units of measure (SAPunitCode) are now available as an additional attribute for
quantity fields in the following SOAP APIs: Customer Return - (A2A), Customer Return - Confirm Processing
(A2A), and Customer Return - Replicate (A2A). Previously, these APIs supported only standard ISO units of
measure.
Tax classifications for customers and materials (that is, product) indicate whether, during pricing, the system
determines taxes relating to the customer and the material. Consumers of the API Customer Return (A2A) can
now specify alternative customer tax classifications in the CustomerReturn node and material tax
classifications in the Item node to override the tax classifications that were retrieved from the customer and
material master records.
Consumers of the inbound, asynchronous SOAP API Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel
(B2B) are now able to assign a serial number to individual pieces of returned goods. Serial number and
material number together form a unique identifier for you to track single material items in returns processing.
688
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
You can send the assigned serial numbers in a customer return confirmation through the corresponding
asynchronous, outbound service Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B).
These APIs are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Related Information
Customer Return (A2A)
Customer Return - Confirm Processing (A2A)
Customer Return - Replicate (A2A)
Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)
Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B)
8.1.8.8
Support Serial Numbers in EDI Messages for
Returns
With this feature, serial numbers are now supported in document exchanges for returns process through
electronic data interchange (EDI) messages. If your system receives an IDoc with returns purchase order data
that includes serial numbers from a buyer system, the serial numbers are transferred to the returns order IDoc,
which triggers the system to create a returns order. Subsequently, the serial numbers are also transferred to
the returns order confirmation that your system sends to the buyer system.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Serial numbers are stored in segment E1EDP02 of IDoc type ORDERS05. This segment can only be repeated a
maximum of ten times in one IDoc. Therefore, no more than ten serial numbers can be sent for a returns order.
For more information, see SAP Note 370021 .
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
689
Related Information
Integration of Sales and Returns with External Buyers Using IDocs
8.1.8.9
OData API: Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)
You can now use this API for sales orders without charge (API_SALES_ORDER_WITHOUT_CHARGE_SRV) to
create, read, update, and delete texts on header and on item level. In addition, the API was enhanced with
additional properties.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With the new unit properties, you can decide whether you want to use the language-dependent unit code, the
ISO code, or the SAP code (the format found in the database without conversions) for units of measurement.
You can now use the following properties:
Property
In Entity
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_SlsOrdWthoutChrgPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
RequestedQuantitySAPUnit
A_SalesOrderWithoutChargeItem
RequestedQuantityISOUnit
ItemWeightSAPUnit
ItemWeightISOUnit
ItemVolumeSAPUnit
ItemVolumeISOUnit
690
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Property
In Entity
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_SlsOrdWthoutChrgItmPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
Related Information
Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)
OData APIs: Create with Reference with Custom Fields [page 645]
OData and SOAP APIs for Sales Documents: Changed Behavior when Used with BAdIs [page 647]
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
8.1.8.10 OData API: Credit Memo Request (A2X)
You can now use the this API for credit memo requests (API_CREDIT_MEMO_REQUEST_SRV) to create, read,
update, and delete texts on header and on item level. The API was also enhanced with additional fields on
header and item level.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), BKL (Invoice Correction
Process with Credit Memo)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now use the following properties:
Property
In Entity
CustomerAccountAssignmentGroup
A_CreditMemoRequest
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
691
Property
In Entity
CustomerTaxClassification1
CustomerTaxClassification2
CustomerTaxClassification3
CustomerTaxClassification4
CustomerTaxClassification5
CustomerTaxClassification6
CustomerTaxClassification7
CustomerTaxClassification8
CustomerTaxClassification9
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_CreditMemoReqPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
ItemWeightSAPUnit
A_CreditMemoRequestItem
ItemWeightISOUnit
ItemVolumeSAPUnit
ItemVolumeISOUnit
MatlAccountAssignmentGroup
ProductTaxClassification1
ProductTaxClassification2
ProductTaxClassification3
ProductTaxClassification4
ProductTaxClassification5
ProductTaxClassification6
ProductTaxClassification7
ProductTaxClassification8
ProductTaxClassification9
ProfitCenter
RequestedQuantitySAPUnit
RequestedQuantityISOUnit
ServicesRenderedDate
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_CreditMemoReqItemPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
ConditionQuantitySAPUnit
A_CreditMemoReqItemPrcgElmnt
ConditionQuantityISOUnit
With the new unit properties, you can decide whether you want to use the language-dependent unit code, the
ISO code, or the SAP code (the format found in the database without conversions) for units of measurement.
692
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Related Information
Credit Memo Request (A2X)
OData APIs: Create with Reference with Custom Fields [page 645]
OData APIs: Replacement of PricingDateTime Property [page 646]
OData and SOAP APIs for Sales Documents: Changed Behavior when Used with BAdIs [page 647]
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
8.1.8.11 OData API: Debit Memo Request (A2X)
This API for debit memo requests (API_DEBIT_MEMO_REQUEST_SRV) was enhanced with additional
properties for debit memo requests on header and item level.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1F1 (Debit Memo Processing), BDQ (Invoice Correction Proc­
ess with Debit Memo)
Application Component
SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can now use the following properties:
Property
In Entity
CustomerTaxClassification1
A_DebitMemoRequest
CustomerTaxClassification2
CustomerTaxClassification3
CustomerTaxClassification4
CustomerTaxClassification5
CustomerTaxClassification6
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
693
Property
In Entity
CustomerTaxClassification7
CustomerTaxClassification8
CustomerTaxClassification9
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_DebitMemoReqPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
ItemWeightSAPUnit
A_DebitMemoRequestItem
ItemWeightISOUnit
ItemVolumeSAPUnit
ItemVolumeISOUnit
ProfitCenter
ProductTaxClassification1
ProductTaxClassification2
ProductTaxClassification3
ProductTaxClassification4
ProductTaxClassification5
ProductTaxClassification6
ProductTaxClassification7
ProductTaxClassification8
ProductTaxClassification9
RequestedQuantitySAPUnit
RequestedQuantityISOUnit
BPRefAddrForDocSpcfcAddrUUID
A_DebitMemoReqItemPartner
BusinessPartnerAddressUUID
ConditionQuantitySAPUnit
A_DebitMemoReqItemPrcgElmnt
ConditionQuantityISOUnit
With the new unit properties, you can decide whether you want to use the language-dependent unit code, the
ISO code, or the SAP code (the format found in the database without conversions) for units of measurement.
Related Information
Debit Memo Request (A2X)
OData APIs: Create with Reference with Custom Fields [page 645]
OData APIs: Replacement of PricingDateTime Property [page 646]
OData and SOAP APIs for Sales Documents: Changed Behavior when Used with BAdIs [page 647]
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner [page 717]
694
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
8.1.8.12 CDS Views for Claims, Returns, and Refund
Management
New CDS views related to claims, returns, and refund management have been released.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
See the table below
Application Component
See the table below
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following CDS views have been released:
Name
Status
I_SalesOrderWithoutCha New
rge (Sales Order Without
Scope Item
Application Component
BDA (Free of Charge Deliv­
ery)
SD-SLS (Sales)
BDA (Free of Charge Deliv­
ery)
SD-SLS (Sales)
BDA (Free of Charge Deliv­
ery)
SD-SLS (Sales)
BDA (Free of Charge Deliv­
ery)
SD-SLS (Sales)
BDA (Free of Charge Deliv­
ery)
SD-SLS (Sales)
Charge)
I_SlsOrdWthoutChrgPart New
ner (Partner for Sales Order
Without Charge)
I_SalesOrderWithoutCha New
rgeItem (Item for Sales
Order Without Charge)
I_SlsOrdWthoutChrgItmP New
artner (Item Partner for
Sales Order Without Charge)
I_SlsOrdWthoutChrgSche New
dLine (Schedule Line for
Sales Order Without Charge)
You can find these CDS views in the View Browser app.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
695
Related Information
View Browser
CDS Views for Sales
8.1.8.13 CDS Views for CDI-Based Data Extraction
Several CDS views about the configuration data in advanced returns management (ARM) have been exposed
as OData services for the data extraction through cloud data integration (CDI) services.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following CDS views have been enabled for data extraction through CDI services:
View Name
View Technical Name
Return Reason
I_ReturnReason
Return Reason - Text
I_ReturnReasonText
Returns Refund Extent
I_ReturnsRefundExtent
Returns Refund Extent - Text
I_ReturnsRefundExtentText
Logistical Follow-Up Activities for Customer Returns
I_ReturnsFollowUpActivity
Logistical Follow-Up Activities for Customer Returns - Text
I_ReturnsFollowUpActivityText
Returns Inspection Code
I_ReturnsInspectionCode
Returns Inspection Code - Text
I_ReturnsInspectionCodeText
Returns Document Type
I_ReturnsDocumentType
Returns Document Type - Text
I_ReturnsDocumentTypeText
696
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Users with the role Analytics Specialist (SAP_BR_ANALYTICS_SPECIALIST) can access these views using the
View Browser app.
In addition, these views are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/
).
Data Extraction
Construct your request URL as follows to access the CDI services for data extraction:
/sap/opu/odata4/sap/cdi_cds/cdi_cds/sap/<view technical name>/<version>
For example, to extract the master data of the CDS view Return Reason:
/sap/opu/odata4/sap/cdi_cds/cdi_cds/sap/I_ReturnReason/0001/MasterData
Effects on System Administration
As a prerequisite for the CDI-based data extraction, system administrators must first publish the CDI service
groups on SAP Gateway Foundation hub. For more information, see Service Group Publishing.
8.1.9 Sales Monitoring and Analytics
8.1.9.1
Deprecated Elements in My Sales Overview App
The following elements in the My Sales Overview app have been deprecated:
● Ready for Refund filter on the Customer Returns card
You can use its successor filter Refund Not Completed on the same card. The functionality of this filter
remains unchanged. If you select this filter, customer returns whose refund processing in Sales is not
completed are displayed.
● Customer Contacts card
Please switch to the Customers Overview app to view customer contact information.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)
Application Component
Sales Analytics (SD-ANA)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
697
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2108
Related Information
My Sales Overview
Customers Overview
8.1.9.2
Customers Overview
New cards for the following have been added to the Customers Overview app:
● Rejected quotations
● Sales contract fulfillment
● Quick actions
● Customer contact
The existing cards for rejected sales orders and customer returns now display data for the last 6 months
instead of the year.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Customers Overview
8.1.9.3
New App IDs and New App Names for Existing Apps
The following apps have been split into separate app IDs and app names.
698
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Note that the UI and overall content of the apps remains unchanged; the content has merely been split into
separate app IDs and app names.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations (BKK)
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Affected Apps
Previous App ID and App Name
Previous Content
What's Changed
F0029
Sales Order
Fulfillment –
Resolve Issues and
Sales Order
Fulfillment –
Analyze Issues
The apps in the
previous content
have been split
into two separate
apps
Sales Order Fulfillment Issues

Note
This app has been deprecated and
has been replaced by Sales Order
New App ID and
New App Name
F0029 (Un­
changed)
Sales Order
Fulfillment
New Content
Sales Order
Fulfillment –
Resolve Issues
only
Issues(Un­
changed)
Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve
Issues.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
699
Previous App ID and App Name
Previous Content
What's Changed
New App ID and
New App Name
New Content
Sales Order
Fulfillment –
Analyze Issues
only
F5309
Sales Order
Fulfillment –
Analyze Issues
(Deprecated)

Note
This app has
been depre­
cated and has
been replaced
by Sales Order
Fulfillment Analyze and
Resolve
Issues.
F2271
Sales Volume – Profit Margin/Credit
Memos
Sales Volume –
Profit Margin and
Sales Volume Credit Memos
The apps in the
previous content
have been split
into two separate
apps
F2271 (Un­
changed)
Sales Volume –
Profit Margin only
Sales Volume Profit Margin
F5310
Sales Volume –
Sales Volume –
Credit Memos only
Credit Memos
F2458
Analyze Confirmations of Sales Orders
Sales Order Demand
Fulfillment, Sales
Order Items –
Confirmed as
Requested, and
Sales Order Items Backorders
The apps in the
previous content
have been split
into three separate
apps
F2458 (Un­
changed)
Sales Order -
Sales Orders -
Fulfillment only
Demand
Demand
Fulfillment
F5308
Sales Order Items
– Confirmed as
Sales Order Items
– Confirmed as
Requested only
Requested
F5307
Sales Order Items
Sales Order Items
– Backorders only
– Backorders
Related Information
Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues
700
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Sales Volume - Credit Memos
Sales Volume - Profit Margin
Sales Order Items - Confirmed as Requested
Sales Order Items - Backorders
8.1.9.4
Enhancement to Manage Sales Scheduling
Agreements - Product Demand app
The sales scheduling agreement type is newly available in the Sales Scheduling Agreements - Product Demand
app. With this dimension, it is possible to do the following:
● Confine your analysis to a particular sales scheduling agreement type
● Analyze product demand by sales scheduling agreement type
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)
Application Component
SD-SLS (Sales)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Sales Scheduling Agreements - Product Demand
8.1.9.5
The Sales Order Fulfillment App Will Soon Be Deleted
The Sales Order Fulfillment app and its corresponding tiles will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in SAP
S/4HANA 2022.
The Sales Order Fulfillment app and its corresponding tiles have been replaced by the Sales Order Fulfillment Analyze and Resolve Issues app. Please switch to this app as soon as possible.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
701
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations (BKK)
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The corresponding tiles will be deleted in SAP S/4HANA 2022:
● Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze Issues
● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Issues
● Sales Order Fulfillment - Issues in Next 7 Days
● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Incomplete Data
● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Delivery Block
● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Billing Block
● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Credit Block
As a result of the app deletion, the Sales - Sales Order Fulfillment Analyze Issues
(SAP_SD_BC_SOFM_ANALYZE_PC) business catalog will also be deleted.
Please switch to one of the following business catalogs:
● Sales - Sales Order Monitoring and Tracking (SAP_SD_BC_SLS_ORD_TRACKING_PC) for the sales manager
role
● Sales - Sales Order Monitoring (SAP_SD_BC_SLS_ORD_MNTRG_PC) for the internal sales representative role
Related Information
Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues
8.1.9.6
Sales Order Fulfillment – Analyze and Resolve Issues,
Track Sales Orders, and Track Sales Order Details
The following enhancements have been made to the Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues, Track
Sales Orders, and Track Sales Order Details apps:
702
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
● Filtering on Approval Status and Approval Request Reason
In certain cases, it can make sense to make sure that a sales document is first approved before it can be
processed further. When an approval request is triggered, the system automatically blocks the sales
document for further processing.
● Navigation to Schedule Line for all Item Issues
● New Issue: Supply Issue in Sales Orders
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations (BKK)
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Filtering on Approval Status and Approval Request Reason
In the Track Sales Order Details app, the system displays the approval status and approval request reason in the
sales document details and sales document issue details. This allows you to immediately sees whether a sales
document is in approval, which means that further processing of the sales document (including creation of
follow-up documents) is blocked.
Navigation to Schedule Line for all Item Issues in the Track Sales Order Details app
You can now navigate to the schedule lines for all item issues. You can display the schedule line details for the
top node of the tree (that is, for the entire fulfillment process), for the sales document nodes (for example,
sales order, purchase order), and for the corresponding issue nodes. From here, you can click on the arrow to
open a third column to display header and schedule line information (such as requested and confirmed
delivery quantities).
You can now display the schedule line details for the following issues:
● Incomplete Data in Sales Orders
● Delivery Block in Sales Orders
● Trade Compliance Issue in Sales Orders
● Unconfirmed Quantities in Sales Orders
● Supply Issue in Sales Orders
● Delivery Issue in Sales Orders
● Billing Block in Sales Orders
● Purchasing Issue in Supply
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
703
New Issue: Supply Issue in Sales Orders
This issue occurs if a purchase requisition has not yet been transformed into a purchase order in third-party
processing (that is, the purchase order is missing for the sales order).
You can filter on this issue in the Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues app and also search for a
specific purchasing confirmation status in the Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues and Track
Sales Orders apps to display a supply issue in sales orders.
You can display further details on the issue in the Track Sales Order Detailsapp. You can display the purchasing
confirmation status on header and item level. You can also navigate to the purchase requisition from the
schedule line details.
Related Information
Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues
Track Sales Orders
Track Sales Order Details
8.1.9.7
Using SAP Global Trade Services in the Sales Order
Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues and Track Sales
Orders Apps
SAP Global Trade Services (SAP GTS) integration to SAP S/4HANA can now be used in the Sales Order
Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues and Track Sales Orders apps.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations (BKK)
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
704
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Additional Details
The following issues (which were already available for trade compliance) are now also available for SAP GTS in
the Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues app. You can use these issues to display sales orders
and deliveries that are blocked due to compliance management reasons in SAP GTS:
● Trade Compliance Issue in Sales Orders
● Trade Compliance Issue in Delivery
In the Track Sales Order Details app, you can display the blocked actions on item level for the above issues.
In the Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues and Track Sales Orders apps, you can filter on the
following specific sales order-related SAP GTS statuses:
● Legal control status
● Embargo status
● Screening status
Depending on your company's settings, certain follow-up actions (such as delivery creation or purchase
requisition creation for sales orders, and goods issue for outbound deliveries) can be blocked.
 Note
For important information about the integration, see SAP Note 3049846
.
For further information about SAP GTS, see SAP Global Trade Services, edition for SAP HANA→ Select the
required release → Product Assistance → Compliance Management.
For further information about SAP GTS, see SAP Global Trade Services, edition for SAP HANA → Select the
required release → Product Assistance → Compliance Management.
Related Information
Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues
Track Sales Orders
Track Sales Order Details
8.1.9.8
Changed Navigation to the Sales Order Fulfillment Analyze and Resolve Issues App
With this feature, you now navigate to the Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues app directly from
the following apps:
● Sales Volume - Check Open Sales
● Sales Volume - Profit Margin
● Sales Volume - Credit Memo
This feature replaces the mini tile navigation to the Sales Order Fulfillment (Deprecated) app from the above
apps.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
705
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations (BKK)
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues
8.1.9.9
New Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management
(ISLM) Apps for Enabling Predictive Functionality
Predictive Analytics integrator (PAi) has now been integrated with ISLM (the new SAP machine learning
management framework). As a result, the following apps are now available in addition to the existing apps:
● Predictive Models (existing PAi app) → Intelligent Scenario Management (new ISLM app)
You can use either of these apps to train, activate, deactivate, or delete your model versions as required.
The Intelligent Scenario Management app additionally allows you to automate the training by creating a
schedule for your model version training.
● Predictive Scenarios (existing PAi app) → Intelligent Scenarios (new ISLM app)
You can display information regarding pre-delivered scenarios in these apps.
The app changes affect the following apps in Sales Analytics:
● Predicted Delivery Delay
● Quotation Conversion Rates - Valid/Not Completed
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
706
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Scope Item
Predictive Analytics Model Training - Sales
(2YJ)
Application Component
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Effects on Existing Data
If you previously created your own use cases in the Predictive Scenarios app, you now need to migrate these to
Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management (ISLM) to see them in the Intelligent Scenarios app.
For information about how to proceed, see Prerequisites for Working With PAi and Pre-Requisites.
Related Information
Predicted Delivery Delay
Quotation Conversion Rates - Valid/Not Completed
Intelligent Scenario Management
8.1.9.10 Track Sales Orders
The following enhancements have been made to the Track Sales Orders app:
● New Total Amount field
● Navigation to the Create Sales Orders app
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations (BKK)
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
707
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The Total Amount field is now available in the list for the Track Sales Orders app. You can add this field if, for
example, you want to compare the net value with the total amount. The total amount for a sales document
shows the sum of the net values and taxes of all associated items.
Up till now, you were able to create a sales order from the Track Sales Orders app using the Create Sales Orders
- VA01 app. You can now also create a sales order from Track Sales Orders using the Create Sales Orders app.
Related Information
Track Sales Orders
8.1.9.11 Track Sales Order Details
The following enhancements have been made for the Track Sales Order Details app:
Displaying and analyzing delivery blocks in sales orders that are part of schedule lines
You can now display and analyze delivery blocks (in sales orders) that are part of sales order schedule lines.
To do so, select the Delivery Block in Sales Order issue in the tree structure, then select the sales order item in
the details. An additional screen is displayed with general information and the requested and confirmed
delivery quantities for the schedule line.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations(BKK)
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
708
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Related Information
Track Sales Order Details
8.1.9.12 Additional Default Filters in Flexible Analysis Apps
More default filters are available for efficient searches in the following analytical apps:
● Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible Analysis
● Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
● Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis
● Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
Previously, these filters were not directly visible when you opened the app.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)
Application Component
Sales Analytics (SD - ANA)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following table lists the new default filters in these apps:
Analytical App
Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible Analysis
Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Additional Default Filter
●
Sales organization
●
Distribution channel
●
Division
●
Sales office
●
Sold-to party
●
Product
PUBLIC
709
Analytical App
Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis
Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
Additional Default Filter
●
Sales organization
●
Distribution channel
●
Sales office
●
Sold-to party
●
Product
 Note
To use non-default filters, open the filter menu above the table and select desired ones.
Related Information
Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis
Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible Analysis
Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
8.1.9.13 Pricing Elements - Flexible Analysis
The following enhancements have been made to the Pricing Elements - Flexible Analysis app:
● Multiple condition types
You can now filter on more than one condition type.
● Mandatory filter on the number of evaluation days (the number of days counting back from the current
date)
This replaces the previous mandatory filter on the start of quarter.
● Additional optional filters
You now have the option of filtering on condition type, condition class, sales organization, distribution
channel, division, and sales office.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales (1BS)
710
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Pricing Elements - Flexible Analysis
8.1.9.14 Solution Order Fields Added to Analytical Apps
The solution order and solution order item fields are now available in the following apps:
● Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
● Sales Volume - Detailed Analysis
The solution order field is now available in the Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis app.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)
Application Component
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
You can do the following based on the new fields:
● Analyze sales volume by solution order or solution order item
● Confine your analysis to particular solution orders or solution order items
Sales Volume - Detailed Analysis
You can view solution order information in the sales volume for billing document items.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
711
 Note
To navigate to the sales volume for billing document items, choose the "listing of billing document items"
category in your analysis step.
Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
You can do the following based on the new field:
● Analyze customer returns by solution order
● Confine your analysis to particular solution orders
Related Information
Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
Sales Volume - Detailed Analysis
Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
8.1.9.15 Deprecation of Design Studio Apps in Sales
Analytics
Two Design Studio apps have been deprecated and will be removed from the system as of SAP S/4HANA 2022.
We recommend that you switch to the succeeding Web Dynpro apps, which are the default tiles on the SAP
Fiori launchpad.
Technical Details
Type
Deprecated
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)
Application Component
Sales Analytics (SD-ANA)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Deprecated Design Studio apps and their succeeding Web Dynpro apps are listed as follows:
712
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Fiori ID
Design Studio App Name
Successor App
W0140
Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis
F4093
W0139
Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
F3889
With SAP S/4HANA 2021, the Web Dynpro version of the tiles became the default tiles on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. The Design Studio version of the tiles was moved to the app finder.
For benefits of the Web Dynpro data grid as the default reporting tool for drill-down reporting, see Deprecation
of SAP Design Studio Apps [page 1056].
Effects on Existing Data
You can continue to use Design Studio reports that you created using the View Browser. However, you can no
longer create new ones. We recommend creating Web Dynpro reports instead.
Related Information
View Browser
Using Analytical Reports (Web Dynpro Apps)
Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis
Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
Deprecation of SAP Design Studio Apps [page 1056]
8.1.9.16 CDS Views for Data Extraction
The following CDS views have been released for data extraction:
● Data Extraction for Change Document Item (C_SalesChangeDocItemDEX)
● Data Extraction for Multi-Level Process Flow (C_SDDocMultiLevelProcFlowDEX)
These CDS views are app-independent, and enable you to to display the relationships between your SD
documents and display change document information for your sales documents, and extract this data to SAP
Business Warehouse (SAP BW) or other external systems.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
713
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Data Extraction for Change Document Item
Data Extraction for Multi-Level Process Flow
8.1.9.17 Deprecation of CDS Views for Data Extraction
The following CDS views for data extraction have been deprecated and replaced by new CDS views.
If you have used the previous CDS views up till now, we recommend that you switch to the new CDS views
immediately.
Below is a list of the deprecated and new CDS views for data extraction:
Deprecated and New CDS Views
Deprecated CDS View
New CDS View
Data Extraction for Billing Doc Item Pricing Element Basic
Data Extraction for Billing Doc Item Pricing Element Basic
(C_BillgDocItmPrcgElmntBscDEX_1)
(C_BillgDocItmPrcgElmntBscDEX)
Billing Document Item Basic Extraction Data (Deprecated)
(C_BillingDocumentItemBasicDEX)
Data Extraction for Billing Doc Item Basic
(C_BillingDocItemBasicDEX_1)
Data Extraction for Sales Document Item Pricing Element
Data Extraction for Sales Document Item Pricing Element
(C_SalesDocItmPrcgElmntDEX_1)
(C_SalesDocItmPrcgElmntDEX)
Data Extraction for Sales Document Schedule Lines
Data Extraction for Sales Document Schedule Lines
(C_SalesDocumentSchedLineDEX)
(C_SalesDocumentSchedLineDEX_1))
Data Extraction for Sales Document Item
Data Extraction for Sales Document Item
(C_SalesDocumentItemDEX_1)
(C_SalesDocumentItemDEX)
Technical Details
Type
714
Deprecated
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Data Extraction for Billing Doc Item Pricing Element Basic
Data Extraction for Billing Doc Item Pricing Element Basic
Data Extraction for Sales Document Item Pricing Element
Data Extraction for Sales Document Schedule Lines
Data Extraction for Sales Document Item
8.1.10 Basic Functions
8.1.10.1 Custom Fields in Output Parameter Determination
for Sales Documents
With this feature, you can enable the Sales Document Output Management Parameter Determination usage in
the Custom Fields app. This allows you to create business rules with the custom fields in the Output Parameter
Determination app and trigger output when such custom fileds are changed in sales documents (such as sales
inquiries, sales quotations, sales contracts, salse scheduling agreements, and sales orders).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
BD9 (Sell from Stock), I9I (Sales Contract Management),
3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements), BDG (Sales Quota­
tion), 1IQ (Sales Inquiry),
Application Component
SD-SLS-GF-OC (S/4HANA: Output Control on Sales
Documents)
Available As Of
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
SAP S/4HANA 2021
PUBLIC
715
Effects on Customizing
Before you use custom fields in the Output Parameter Determination app, you must create your custom fields
and then enable usage Sales Order Output Management Parameter Determination in the Custom Fields app.
Related Information
Output Parameter Determination
Custom Fields App and Custom Logic App
8.1.11 Integration
8.1.11.1 Automation of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network
(4A1)
With this release, scope item 4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network) now supports the
following:
● Receive information on sold-to party information, buyer's organization, and reference, as well as a indicator
which defines which address data to be used from Ariba Network via the API Sales Order/Customer Return
- Confirm Processing (B2B)
● Send item level tax information and VAT registration number to Ariba Network via the API Customer Inovice
- Send (B2B)
● Set your SAP S/4HANA system to flexibly determine the internal partner number based on data received
via the API Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B)
● Use the mediated connectivity integration method involving SAP Integration Suite and native APIs to
connect Ariba Network or SAP Ariba solutions with SAP S/4HANA through SAP Ariba Cloud Integration
Gateway.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network)
Application Component
BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with SAP S/4HANA)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
716
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Additional Details
For more information about updates in scope-item-related APIs, see the related What's New topics.
For more information about implementing the flexible determination of internal partner number, see Flexible
Determination of Internal Partner Numbers in chapter Configuration in SAP S/4HANA in Setting Up Automation
of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network (4A1) .
For more information about implementing this process, see the set-up instructions for scope item 4A1 in SAP
Best Practices Explorer.
Related Information
SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B) [page 655]
SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B) [page 656]
SOAP API: Outbound Delivery – Notify (B2B) [page 975]
SOAP API: Tax-Related Fields Added to Customer Invoice - Send (B2B) [page 671]
Automation of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network
Flexible Determination of Internal Partner Numbers
8.1.12 Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using
SAP Business Partner
With this set of features, you enable applications and documents across the sales process and beyond to
consume parts of the SAP Business Partner data model that can provide multiple addresses with timedependent validities and address-dependent data per BP master record. Note that enabling multiple address
handling requires the activation of two separate business functions.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
717
Application Component
BC-SRV-BP (Business Partner Foundation)
LO-MD-BP (Business Partners)
SD-BF-PD (Partner Determination)
SD-MD (Master Data)
SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Sales Quotations)
CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation)
SD-MD-CM (Conditions)
SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contract)
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)
SD-SLS (Sales)
LE-SHP (Shipping)
SD-BIL (Billing)
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
SD-SLS-GF-OC (S/4HANA: Output Control on Sales
Documents)
SD-EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
With multiple address handing, you can increase the flexibility and efficiency with which the system handles
business partner addresses in applications and documents (for example, sales orders and billing documents)
across sales and distribution (SD) and some other parts of the system (for example, settlement management).
When multiple address handling is not active, the system uses the standard customer master data model for
SD, which can only store a single customer address per customer master record. A legal entity with N
addresses is therefore typically maintained as N parallel customer master records assigned to the same
number of N business partner (BP) master records. This in turn leads to data redundancies, because the same
legal entity is often represented in the system multiple times, once for each physical address.
When multiple address handling is active and customer master data has been consolidated as required, SD
applications can model and process the relationships between BPs and their addresses in a way that more
closely reflects the real-world legal and physical realities, where a single legal entity can have multiple physical
addresses. For data consolidation best practices, see the Master Data Guide and Master Data Migration
Guide attached to SAP Note 3067314 .
Applications and documents across SD can then consume multiple addresses and address-dependent data of
the same business partner master record that is assigned to a single customer master record.
718
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Features
Multiple address handling consists of several related features. After it has been activated, and after you have
consolidated and enriched your master data as required, you can benefit from the following main features
when creating and processing SD documents:
● Consumption of multiple addresses per business partner (BP) across the entire quote-to-cash process
The standard customer master record can only hold a single, standard address. Enabling multiple address
handling unlocks parts of the SAP Business Partner data model for SD applications and documents,
enabling them to support and consume multiple addresses per BP master record.
● Enhanced data model for SAP business partner master data and customer master data
The master data model, comprising both the BP master and customer master, has been enhanced with the
capability to store address-dependent data. For certain fields in customer master data, it's now possible to
maintain different values for respective addresses of a business partner. You can maintain addressdependent data in the Manage Business Partner Master Data, Manage Customer Master Data, and
Maintain Business Partner apps. For more information and a list of potentially address-dependent fields,
see Address-Dependent Data.
● Time-dependent validity of addresses and automatic validity checks across consuming applications
In the BP master record, validity periods can now not only be defined for BP addresses, but also
consumed by SD documents. Automatic checks during the creation and saving of SD documents help
ensure that the system uses only valid addresses at all times.
● Automatic address selection prompt added to apps for creating sales documents and outbound deliveries
without order reference
During the creation of sales documents (for example, in the Create Sales Orders - VA01) app and outbound
deliveries without order reference (in the Create Outbound Delivery - Without Order Reference app), the
system prompts you to select the relevant address of a BP.
● Address selection button added to apps for creating and changing sales documents
The header partner and item partner tabs in multiple apps for creating and changing sales documents (for
example, the Create Sales Orders - VA01 and Change Sales Contracts apps) have been enhanced with an
address selection button. The button allows you to select an address (for relevant partner functions) from
the list of valid addresses maintained in the BP master data, or to change the proposed partner addresses
for new or existing sales documents.
● Propagation of address-dependent data from business partner master records to new and changed sales
documents
Because the SAP Business Partner data model supports the enrichment of a customer's BP master data
with address-dependent attributes, applications can automatically consume address-dependent values for
these attributes when sales documents are created or changed.
● Enhanced partner determination procedure
To facilitate the determination of multiple addresses per partner, the partner determination procedure
(SD-BF-PD) has been enhanced. For more information, see Address Determination in SD Documents.
For more information about these features, see Feature Overview for Multiple Address Handling.
Prerequisites
For a complete overview of multiple address handling in SD documents and how to enable it, see Multiple
Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner. This page is the central entry point for all
information about multiple address handling in SD documents.
To make use of multiple address handling, you must first activate the following two business functions in the
provided order. The first one enables you to maintain address-dependent master data. The second one enables
SD documents to consume multiple addresses per BP, as well as the associated address-dependent data.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
719
1. Multiple Address Handling for Customer Master Data in Business Partner
(BPCUSTOMER_MULTIPLE_ADDRESSES)
2. Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Sales and Distribution
(Q2C_MULTIPLE_BP_ADDRESSES)
For more information, click the respective business function name to read its full description. Before making a
decision to activate these business functions, please familiarize yourself thoroughly with all four links provided
in the current section.
For technical guides (for example, Master Data Guide and Configuration Guide) and important restrictions,
see SAP Note 3067314 . Please pay particular attention to the restrictions for specific countries or regions.
Integration
Activation of the business function Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Sales and Distribution
(Q2C_MULTIPLE_BP_ADDRESSES) enables a wide range of SD applications and their respective documents
(and some other areas) to make use of multiple address handling. The following functional areas are enabled to
work with the new functionality and, in some cases, have been specifically enhanced with additional features:
● Sales master data management (SD-MD)
● Sales quotation management (SD-SLS-QUT)
● Solution quotation management (CRM-S4-SOL-SQ)
● Price management (SD-MD-CM)
● Sales contract management (SD-SLS-OA-CCO, SD-SLS-OA-SCH)
● Sales order management and processing (SD-SLS)
● Delivery management (LE-SHP)
● Sales billing (SD-BIL)
● Claims, returns, and refund management (SD-SLS-RE)
● Sales monitoring and analytics (SD-ANA)
● Output management (SD-SLS-GF-OC)
● Electronic data interchange (EDI) (SD-EDI)
Many APIs and BAPIs (Business Application Programming Interfaces) in the above areas and in SAP Business
Partner have also been enhanced to support multiple address handling:
● For enhanced APIs in sales and beyond, see Additional System Enhancements for Multiple Address
Handling.
● For enhanced APIs in SAP Business Partner, see Multiple Address Handling for Customer Master Data in
Business Partner.
In addition, the following functional areas and products are also integrated with the functionality that the
business function unlocks:
● Settlement Management (LO-AB) and Global Trade Management (LO-GT) reuse the provided logic for
sales document processing.
In global trade management, when you change the ship-to address in a drop shipment scenario, this
change is copied into the purchase order as the relevant delivery address.
● Operational Procurement (MM-PUR) supports the integration of multiple addresses in the third-party order
process, meaning that delivery address information can be passed from sales orders to subsequent
purchase requisitions and purchase orders.
● Basic Warehouse Management and Extended Warehouse Management (SCM-EWM), as well as an
integrated SAP Extended Warehouse Management system, already use BP standard addresses as the
720
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
ship-to addresses in outbound deliveries. When the business function is active, this is extended to the
consumption of multiple, time-dependent addresses of the BP in order-related outbound delivery
processes in which the specific address to be used is already determined in the order.
● Support of multiple address handling in Master Data Governance for Customer (MDG-C) can be enabled
by activating the Master Data Governance for Customer 2021 business function.
● The interface of SAP Global Trade Services has been adapted to support multiple and time-dependent
addresses.
● Multiple and time-dependent addresses of BPs are considered in the Vehicle Management System (IS-AVMS) (customer ordering and delivery process) and just-in-time processing (supply to customer).
Effects on Existing Data
Please be aware that the two business functions that enable multiple address handling are irreversible and,
once enabled, cannot be disabled.
However, activation should not have any disruptive effects, and all business processes remain as they are. No
existing master data records are changed automatically.
● Activation of the Multiple Address Handling for Customer Master Data in Business Partner
(BPCUSTOMER_MULTIPLE_ADDRESSES) business function simply provides the prerequisites for
consolidating existing master data and enriching it with address-dependent data.
● Activation of the Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Sales and Distribution
(Q2C_MULTIPLE_BP_ADDRESSES) causes partner functions in newly created SD documents to reference
addresses maintained in BP master data records, instead of the standard addresses maintained in
customer master data records.
No business data is changed, and the system will still be able to process SD documents created before
business function activation that reference customer master data records.
Effects on Customizing
You can activate the aforementioned business functions in Customizing under
SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide Activate Business Functions . Before doing so, please familiarize yourself thoroughly
with the information provided and linked in this document.
For information about Customizing activities that have been enhanced to facilitate multiple address handling,
see Additional System Enhancements for Multiple Address Handling.
For more information about configuring multiple address handling, see the Configuration Guide attached to
SAP Note 3067314 .
Related Information
Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
721
Multiple Address Handling in Customer Master Data
SAP Note 3067314
Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Settlement Management
Maintain Return Addresses of Suppliers Using Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Sales and
Distribution [page 681]
Multiple Address Handling for Customer Field in Third-Party Purchase Order [page 839]
Business Partner: Adoption of multiple Addresses in Global Trade Services [page 406]
Multiple Address Handling in Vehicle Management System Using SAP Business Partner [page 1333]
Address-Dependent Data
SAP Business Partner
8.1.13 CDS Views for Sales
New CDS views have been added to Sales, or existing ones have been changed. For information about CDS
Views for data extraction, see CDS Views for Data Extraction [page 713] and Deprecation of CDS Views for Data
Extraction [page 714].
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
See the table below.
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following CDS views have been released:
Name
Application Component
Solution Capability
I_SalesSchedgAgrmtRelType
(Sales Scheduling Agreement Release
Type)
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer
Sales Contract Management
I_SalesSchedgAgrmtRelTypeText
(Sales Scheduling Agreement Release
Type - Text )
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer
722
PUBLIC
Scheduling Agreement)
Sales Contract Management
Scheduling Agreement)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Name
Application Component
Solution Capability
I_SalesContractStdVH (Sales
Contract Value Help)
SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Sales Contract
Sales Contract Management
I_SlsContrItemPricingElement
(Sales Contract Item Pricing Element)
SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Sales Contract
I_SDIncompletionStatusGroup
(Incompletion Status Group)
SD-SLS (Sales)
I_ReturnsInspectionCode
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Return)
Management)
Sales Contract Management
Management)
Sales Order Management and
Processing
(Returns Inspection Code)
Claims, Returns, and Refund
Management
I_ReturnsInspectionCodeText
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Return)
(Returns Inspection Code - Text)
I_ReturnsFollowUpActivity
Claims, Returns, and Refund
Management
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Return)
(Logistical Follow-Up Activities for
Claims, Returns, and Refund
Management
Customer Returns)
I_ReturnsFollowUpActivityText
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Return)
(Logistical Follow-Up Activities for
Claims, Returns, and Refund
Management
Customer Returns - Text)
I_PartnerFunctionLangDepdnt
SD-BF-PD (Partner determination)
Sales Master Data Management
SD-BF (Basic Functions)
Sales Order Management and
(Language-Dependent Code of Partner
Function)
I_CollectiveProcessing
(Collective Processing for Sales
Processing
Documents)
I_CollectiveProcessingErrorLo
SD-BF (Basic Functions)
g (Collective Processing Error Log)
Sales Order Management and
Processing
The following CDS views have been enhanced:
Name
What's Changed
I_CustomerPaymentTerms
Data extraction to SAP
Text (Customer Payment
Business Warehouse (SAP
Terms - Text)
BW) and other external
Application Component
Solution Capability
SD-SLS (Sales)
Sales Master Data
Management
systems is now available.
I_DistributionChannel
Data extraction to SAP
(Distribution Channel)
Business Warehouse (SAP
I_DistributionChannelT
ext (Distribution Channel -
SD-SLS (Sales)
Sales Master Data
Management
BW) and other external
systems is now available.
Text)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
723
Name
What's Changed
Application Component
Solution Capability
I_Division (Division)
Data extraction to SAP
SD-SLS (Sales)
Sales Master Data
I_DivisionText (Division Text)
Business Warehouse (SAP
Management
BW) and other external
systems is now available.
I_SalesDistrict (Sales
Data extraction to SAP
District)
Business Warehouse (SAP
I_SalesDistrictText
(Sales District - Text)
SD-SLS (Sales)
Sales Master Data
Management
BW) and other external
systems is now available.
I_SDDocumentPartner
New field
SD-BF-PD (Partner
Sales Order Management
(Sales Document Partner)
VATRegistration (VAT
Determination)
and Processing
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer
Order and Contract
registration number) has
been added.
I_SalesSchedgAgrmt
(Sales Scheduling
Agreement)
New fields
OverallTrdCmplncEmbarg Scheduling Agreement)
Management
oSts (Embargo Status),
OvrlTrdCmplncLegalCtrl
ChkSts (Legal Control
Status),
OvrlTrdCmplncSnctndLis
tChkSts (Watch List Screen
Status) have been added.
The following analytical views have been relabelled:
Technical Name
Old Label
New Label
I_CreditMemoRequestItemCube
Analytics - Credit Memo Request Cube
Credit Memo Request Item - Cube
C_CreditMemoRequestItemQry
Analytics - Credit Memo Request Item
Query
Credit Memo Request Item - Query
I_DebitMemoRequestItemCube
Analytics - Debit Memo Request Cube
Debit Memo Request Item - Cube
C_DebitMemoRequestItemQry
Analytics - Debit Memo Request Item
Query
Debit Memo Request Item - Query
I_CustomerReturnItemCube
Analytics - Customer Return Cube
(deprecated)
Customer Return Item - Cube
(deprecated)
I_CustomerReturnItemCube_2
Analytics - Customer Return Cube
Analytics - Customer Return Cube
I_CUSTOMERRETURNRATECUBE
Analytics - Customer Return Rate Cube
Customer Return Rate - Cube
C_CustomerReturnItemQry
Analytics - Customer Return
(deprecated)
Customer Return Item - Query
(deprecated)
C_CustomerReturnItemQry_2
Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis
Customer Return Item - Query
C_CustomerReturnRateQry
Analytics - Customer Return Rate
Customer Return Rate - Query
I_SalesContractItemCube
Analytics - Sales Contract Cube
Sales Contract Item - Cube
724
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
Technical Name
Old Label
New Label
I_SalesContractItemFlfmtCube
Analytics - Sales Contract Fulfillment
Rate Cube
Sales Contract Fulfillment Rate - Cube
C_SalesContractItemQry
Analytics - Sales Contract
Sales Contract Item - Query
C_SalesContractItmFlfmtQ
Analytics - Sales Contract Fulfillment
Rate
Sales Contract Fulfillment Rate - Query
I_SalesSchedgAgrmtItemCube
Analytics - Sales Scheduling Agreement Sales Scheduling Agreement Item Item Cube
Cube
C_SalesSchedgAgrmtItemQry
Analytics - Sales Scheduling Agreement Sales Scheduling Agreement Item Item
Query
I_SalesOrderCube
Analytics - Sales Order Cube
Sales Order - Cube
I_SalesOrderItemCube
Analytics - Incoming Sales Order Cube
Sales Order Item - Cube
C_SalesOrderQuery
Analytics - Sales Order
Sales Order - Query
C_SalesOrderItemQry
Analytics - Incoming Sales Order
Sales Order Item - Query
I_SalesQuotationItemCube
Analytics - Sales Quotation Cube
(deprecated)
Sales Quotation Item - Cube
(deprecated)
I_SalesQuotationItemCube_2
Analytics - Sales Quotation Cube
Sales Quotation Item - Cube
I_SlsQtanConversionRateCube
Analytics - Quotation Conversion Rate
Cube
Sales Quotation Conversion Rate Cube
C_SalesQuotationItemQry
Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis
Sales Quotation Item - Query
C_SlsQtanConversionRateQ
Analytics - Quotation Conversion Rate
Sales Quotation Conversion Rate Query
I_BillingDocumentItemCube
Analytics - Sales Volume
Sales Volume - Cube
C_SalesVolumeAnalyticsQry
Analytics - Sales Volume
Sales Volume - Query
C_RevenueFromInvoiceQry
Analytics - Sales Volume Flexible
Analysis
Sales Volume Flexible Analysis - Query
I_BillgItmPrcgElForCoTypAn
Core Analytics View: Billing Document
Item Pricing Element
Billing Document Item Pricing Element
Analytics
I_BillgItmPrcgElForCoTypC
Analytics - Billing Document Item
Pricing Element Cube
Billing Document Item Pricing Element Cube
C_BillgItmPrcgElForCoTypQ
Analytics - Billing Item Pricing Element
for Condition Type
Billing Item Pricing Element for
Condition Type – Query
You can access the CDS views in the View Browser appp.
Related Information
View Browser
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
725
8.1.14 Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for
Order and Contract Management
The field ProfitabilitySegment was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2021 and will be replaced with the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2. We recommend that you switch to the field ProfitabilitySegment_2 as soon
as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
SD (Sales and Distribution), SD-ANA (Sales Analytics), SDBIL (Billing)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● The field ProfitabilitySegment_2 is a character field (CHAR), while the field
ProfitabilitySegment is a numeric character field (NUMC). The field lengths are the same.
● If no profitability segment is assigned to the field ProfitabilitySegment_2, there may be entries with a
space (new entries), entries with 0000000000 (old entries), or both. When you switch to the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2, you must adapt your code that checks whether the field is empty (that is, a
space or 0000000000).
● The field ProfitabilitySegment_2 will contain non-numeric characters (that is, characters from A to Z)
after the system reaches the highest numerical value.
The following table shows the affected CDS views and their related apps:
Affected CDS Views and Apps
CDS View
Related App
Application Component
Billing Document Item Basic Extended
Not applicable
SD-BIL (Billing)
(I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic)
Billing Document Item
Not applicable
(I_BillingDocumentItem)
726
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
CDS View
Related App
Billing Document Item Basic
Not applicable
Application Component
(I_BillingDocumentItemBasic)
Billing Document Request Item
Not applicable
(I_BillingDocumentRequestItem)
Preliminary Billing Document Item
Not applicable
(I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem)
Sales Quotation Item
Not applicable
SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Sales
Quotations)
Not Applicable
SD-SLS (Sales)
Not Applicable
SD-SLS (Sales)
Not Applicable
SD-SLS (Sales)
Not Applicable
SD-SLS (Sales)
Not Applicable
SD-SLS (Sales)
Not applicable
SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contract)
Not applicable
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling
Agreement)
Not applicable
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible
Analysis
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Sales Order Items - Confirmed as
Requested
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
(I_SalesQuotationItem)
Sales Document Item
(I_SalesDocumentItem)
Sales Order Item
(I_SalesOrderItem)
Item for Sales Order Without Charge
(I_SalesOrderWithoutChargeItem
)
Credit Memo Request Item
(I_CreditMemoRequestItem)
Debit Memo Request Item
(I_DebitMemoRequestItem)
Sales Contract Item
(I_SalesContractItem)
Sales Scheduling Agreement Item
(I_SalesSchedgAgmtItem)
Sales Order Item - Cube
(I_SalesOrderItemCube)
Sales Order Item - Query
(C_SalesOrderItemQry)
Confirmation of Sales Orders - Query
(C_SlsOrdConfAnlytsQry)
Sales Order Items - Backorders
Sales Orders - Demand Fulfillment
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
PUBLIC
727
CDS View
Related App
Application Component
Confirmation of Sales Orders - Cube
Sales Order Items - Confirmed as
Requested
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
(I_SlsOrdConfAnalyticsCube)
Sales Order Items - Backorders
Sales Orders - Demand Fulfillment
Sales Volume - Cube
Not applicable
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Not applicable
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)
Not applicable
SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)
(I_BillingDocumentItemCube)
Sales Volume Flexible Analysis - Query
(C_RevenueFromInvoiceQry)
Customer Return Item
(I_CustomerReturnItem)
Customer Return Item Enhanced
(I_CustomerReturnItemEnhanced)
Related Information
Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views
Deprecation of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page 1108]
8.2
Country/Region Specifics
For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1117].
728
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Sales
9
Service
9.1
Service Master Data & Agreement Management
9.1.1 Service Contract Management
9.1.1.1
Ad-hoc Billing for Service Contracts
This feature enables you to use ad-hoc billing plans to define billing values and dates freely for service contract
items. You can use the predefined item category SC Itm (Ad-hoc Bill) (SCNB) for ad-hoc billing. You can specify
the net value of an ad-hoc billing itemby using the predefined price condition type for manual item amount
(PMV1).
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use the following main features for an ad-hoc billing item:
● Billing according to an ad-hoc billing plan, in which you define the billing dates and billing values. For each
billing date, the system generates one billing request line. After you create a billing request line for ad-hoc
billing, processing of billing request lines and the subsequent billing process is the same as for the periodic
billing plan.
● Billing of remaining net value, which enables the system to automatically generate a billing request line
with all the remaining net value.
● A Billing Plan Is Finalized indicator that you use to indicate that no more billing is to be planned. After you
set the indicator, the billing status of the ad-hoc billing item is set to completely billed when all the billing
request lines in the billing plan are invoiced.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
729
● Ability to change the sold-to party of the service contracts that contain one or more items for ad-hoc
billing.
Related Information
Ad-hoc Billing for Service Contracts
9.1.1.2
Auto Renewal of Price Adaptation Items
With this feature, you can enable the auto renewal of a service contract item for price adaptation, depending on
how the product master is configured. The item is renewed automatically, according to the renewal period and
the contract extension that you specify or that has been configured by the product master.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Price Adaptation for Service Contracts
Auto Renewal of Service Contract Items
9.1.1.3
Contract Auto Renewal Indicator in Product Master
This feature enables users with the Product Master Data Specialist business role
(SAP_BR_PRODMASTER_SPECIALIST) to predefine a contract auto renewal indicator and a default extension
period in the product master. As a result, the product that you assign to a service contract item inherits the
attribute that you have specified it in the product master.
730
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on System Administration
To work on product master data, the Product Master Data Specialist business role
(SAP_BR_PRODMASTER_SPECIALIST) must be assigned to your user.
Related Information
Auto Renewal of Service Contract Items
Manage Product Master
9.1.1.4
Header Price Agreements in Service Contract
With this feature, you can use the new condition type DSC3 (discount for service contract) to define price
agreements at the header level of service contracts. It can be used to apply additional discounts to the service
transaction items (such as service order items) when service contract items are assigned to service
transaction items after service contract determination.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
731
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Price Agreements in Service Contracts
9.1.1.5
Using Custom Condition Types for Price
Agreements in Service Contracts
This feature enables you to apply custom condition types to the header and item price agreements defined in
service contracts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Effects on Customizing
If you want to use custom condition types for price agreements, you must make the necessary settings in the
Customizing activity Define Price Maintenance Scenarios under
Pricing
Sales and Distribution
Basic Functions
Price Maintenance . Afterwards, you select the respective scenarios in the following Customizing
activities under
Service
Transactions
Basic Settings :
● For the service contract header, use the Customizing activity Define Transaction Types
● For the item level, use the Customizing activity Define Item Categories
732
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Related Information
Price Agreements in Service Contracts
9.1.1.6
Services Rendered Dates in Contract Billing Plans
With this feature, you can use the services rendered date to specify the date on which the services were
provided. The system uses this date for tax calculation per billing request line. By default, the system uses the
billing date as the services rendered date.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
To show the services rendered date field, you must select it from the personalization options for the table of a
billing plan. For service contract items (predefined item category SCN and SCNC), services rendered dates can
only be displayed, and not changed. For service contract items for price adaptation (predefined item category
SCNA) and ad-hoc billing (predefined item category SCNB), you can change the services rendered dates.
Related Information
Service Contract Item
Differences in Item Categories
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
733
9.1.1.7
Simulation and Parallel Processing for the
Generation of Billing Document Requests
With this feature, you can perform simulation and parallel processing when you create billing document
requests using the program Generate Billing Document Requests (CRMS4_BILLING_BDR_GENERATE). You can
use simulation to perform a swift test run of the job, without actually creating any billing document requests
(BDRs). If your job processes a large data volume, you can use parallel processing to enable the job to process
billing request lines in multiple parallel tasks.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Contract Item
9.1.1.8
Tax Destination Country/Region in Service
Contracts
You can use the tax destination country/region in the service contract header to specify which country or
region's tax rate is applied to the entire service contract. Generally speaking, the tax destination country/region
is derived from the ship-to party at header level. You can always manually set a tax destination country/region if
the derived one doesn't meet your business requirements. Whenever the ship-to party at header level changes,
the system derives a tax determination country/region again accordingly.
Technical Details
Type
734
New
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
9.1.1.9
SOAP APIs for Service Contracts
Fields have been added to the following services:
● Service Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractRequest_In)
● Service Contract - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractConfirmation_Out)
● Service Contract - Notification Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractNotification_Out)
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (S4CRM: Service Contract))
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● Field for finalizing the billing plan
The field BillingPlanIsFinalized that indicates whether a billing plan is finalized has been added to
the items of services Service Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractRequest_In),
Service Contract - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractConfirmation_Out), and
Service Contract - Notification Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractNotification_Out).
● Fields for ad-hoc billing
○ The following fields for ad-hoc billing have been added to the item of service Service Contract - Create,
Update (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractRequest_In):
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
735
Field
BillingRequestItem
Description
BillgReqItemDescription
Description of the billing request line
BillgReqItemBillingDateTime
Billing date and time of the billing re­
quest line
BillgReqItemBillingValue
Billing value of the billing request
line
PriceAdaptationEntry
SettlmtPeriodStartDate
Start date of the settlement period
SettlmtPeriodEndDate
End date of the settlement period
BillingBlockReason
Reason for the billing block
actionCode
Create, Update, and Delete actions
ServicesRenderedDateTime
Services rendered date and time
SettlementStartDateTime
Settlement start date and time
ConditionType
Condition type
ConditionRateValue
Condition rate value
ConditionCurrency
ISO currency code for
ConditionRateValue, such as
USD for United States Dollars
○ The following fields for ad-hoc billing have been added to the items of services Service Contract Confirm Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractConfirmation_Out), and Service Contract Notification Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractNotification_Out):
Field
BillingRequestLine
Description
BillgReqItemDescription
Description of the billing request line
SettlementStartDateTime
Settlement start date and time
SettlementEndDateTime
Settlement end date and time
BillgReqItemBillingDateTime
Billing date and time of the billing re­
quest line
BillgReqItemBillingValue
Billing value of the billing request
line
BillingBlockReason
736
PUBLIC
Reason for the billing block
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Field
Description
BillingBlockReasonDescripti
Description of the reason for the bill­
on
ing block
PricingDate
Pricing date
ServicesRenderedDateTime
Services rendered date and time
The APIs are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).
Related Information
Service Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous)
Service Contract - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Contract - Notification Processing (Asynchronous)
9.1.1.10 Situation Template: Service Contract with Zero
Billing Value
You can use this situation template for Situation Handling to inform service professionals and service
employees of service contracts that contain one or more billing request lines with a billing value of zero.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (S4CRM: Service Contract))
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Situation Template: Service Contract with Zero Billing Value
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
737
9.1.1.11 Situation Template: Service Contract Item Due to
Expire Soon
You can use a situation to get informed automatically about service contract items due to expire within a
defined number of days. Using these notifications, you can navigate to the affected service contract and take
appropriate action, such as renegotiate the contract or enable auto renewal of the expiring service contract
item. You can also use this situation template to have the system close situations automatically when expiring
service contract items have been renewed.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
426 (Service Contract Management)
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Situation Template: Service Contract Item Due to Expire Soon
Expiring Service Contracts Analysis
9.1.2 Service Monitoring and Analytics
9.1.2.1
Service Contract Issues
Using the Service Contract Issues app, you can monitor and display issues that may impede the fulfillment of
service contracts in real time.
Technical Details
Type
738
New
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
43A (Service Delivery Issue Analysis)
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Contract Issues
9.1.2.2
Service Order Issues
Using the Service Order Issues app, you can monitor and display issues that may impede the fulfillment of
service orders and service confirmations.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
43A (Service Delivery Issue Analysis)
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Order Issues
9.1.2.3
Card for Expired Service Contracts
A card for expired service contracts has been added to Service Management Overview. The card displays the
value and the total number of all service contracts that expired in the last six months, excluding the current
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
739
month. It also allows you to view the top five contracts that expired most recently. From the card, you navigate
to the Manage Service Contracts app to review the expired contracts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
43B Service Monitoring and Analytics
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Management Overview
9.1.2.4
Card for Expiring Service Contract Items
A card for expiring service contract items has been added to Service Management Overview. The card displays
the value and the total number of all service contract items that will be expiring in next three months, including
the current month.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
43B (Service Monitoring and Analytics)
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: BI Data Exchange)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
740
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Related Information
Expiring Service Contracts Analysis
9.1.2.5
CDS Views for Service Monitoring and Analytics
In Service Monitoring and Analytics, the CDS view for data for a cancellation procedure for service contracts is
released. In addition, two CDS views have been deprecated and have been replaced by successor views with
improved architecture.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-CDS (S4CRM: Analytics Data Service)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following CDS view has been released:
CDS View
Purpose
Service Cancellation Procedure (I_SrvcCanclnProcedure) Can be used to define a cancellation procedure for service
contracts
CDS views Service Order - Cube (I_ServiceOrderCube) and Service Contract Cube
(I_ServiceContractCube) have been deprecated and won't be available as of release SAP S/4HANA 2021.
Their successors are Service Order - Cube (I_ServiceOrderCube_2) and Service Contract - Cube
(I_ServiceContractCube_2) respectively. These views have an improved design from the architecture
perspective.
In addition, the views Service Order - Cube (I_ServiceOrderCube_2) and Service Contract - Cube
(I_ServiceContractCube_2) have been enhanced with the field External Reference
(PurchaseOrderByCustomer). This field can be used to access information on external documents
referenced in the current transaction.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
741
Related Information
Service Cancellation Procedure
Service Contract - Cube
Service Order - Cube
9.1.2.6
CDS View for Data Extraction
A CDS view for CDS-based extraction of service contract data has been released: Data Extraction for Service
Contract (C_ServiceContractItemDEX). This CDS view is app independent and is available for all external
consumers who want to extract service contract header and item data, including custom field data, to SAP
Business Warehouse (SAP BW) or other external systems.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-CDS (S4CRM: Analytics Data Service)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
Along with service contract data, you can also extract the data of preceding transactions or data related to
reference objects. In addition, the view is GDPR compliant: It allows external systems to receive notifications
about service contracts that have been archived or destroyed in the application system.
Related Information
Data Extraction for Service Contract
742
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
9.1.2.7
Deprecation of srq_work_dura in CDS Views for
Service Monitoring and Analysis
The field srq_work_dura was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2021 and was replaced with the field
srq_work_dura_2. We recommend that you switch to the field srq_work_dura_2 as soon as possible.
Technical Details
Type
Changed
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-CDS (S4CRM: Analytics Data Service)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The following CDS views and their related apps are affected:
● I_SERVICEDOCUMENTITEM
● I_SERVICEDOCUMENTITEMENHCD
Related Information
Service Transaction Item
Service Transaction Item Enhanced
9.1.2.8
Filter for Requested End Date of Overdue Service
Orders
A compact filter for the requested end date of a service order has been added to the Overdue Service Orders
Analysis app. You can use this filter to select all overdue service order items whose requested end date is in the
date range that you specify.
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
743
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
43B Service Monitoring and Analytics
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Overdue Service Orders Analysis
9.1.2.9
Item Category Filter for Incomplete Service Orders
A filter for the item category has been added to the Service Orders Analysis app. There is a visual filter and a
compact filter. The visual filter shows the top three item categories used in service order items of the
incomplete service orders. With the compact filter, you can filter the data by any item category that is available
in the system.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
43B
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Orders Analysis
744
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
9.1.2.10 Service Orders Analysis: Item Category Filter
Using the filter Item Category, you can now filter and analyze the list of service order items by item category in
the Service Orders Analysis app.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
43B (Service Monitoring and Analytics)
Application Component
CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Orders Analysis
9.1.3 Service and Maintenance Plan
9.1.3.1
BAdI: Enhancement of Service Order Generation
You can use this BAdI to adapt the predefined service order generation logic. With this BAdI, you can adapt
fields in the header and items of the generated service orders, for example, you can use this BAdI to change the
number of items, quantity, and reference objects in a service order item.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4X5 (Recurring Services)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
745
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-MNP (Recurring Service)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
BAdI: Enhancement of Service Order Generation
9.1.3.2
Display of Service Planning History
With this feature, service planners and customer service managers can view the service planning history of a
technical object used in recurring service in the Find Technical Object app. The detailed service planning history
of a technical object used in recurring service is displayed in the Maintenance Items for Service facet.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
4X5 (Recurring Services)
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV-MNP (Recurring Service)
Available As Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Display of Service Planning History
746
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
9.2
Service Operations & Processes
9.2.1 Service Order Management
9.2.1.1
Service Order Events
With this feature, the business events ReleaseRevoked and ChgdWhenReleased are available for service
orders.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
● ReleaseRevoked: This event is raised when a released service order is reset to Open or In Process.
● ChgdWhenReleased: This event is raised when a released service order is changed and set to Released
again.
Further Information
SAP API Business Hub at http://api.sap.com/
Related Information
Service Order Events
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
747
9.2.1.2
Service Rendered Date for Service Confirmations
With this feature, you can use the field Service Rendered Date to record the date on which the expenses were
incurred or a goods issue was posted for a pick-from-stock service part. You can enter the date of cost postings
for the relevant service confirmation item types, such as expense items and pick-from-stock items.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Related Information
Service Confirmations
9.2.1.3
Output Management for Service Orders, Service
Quotations, and Service Contracts
This feature enables you to use output functions such as printing, sending e-mail, or editing form templates for
service orders, service quotations, and service contracts.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)
748
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can activate output management for each service object and the corresponding application object type
under
Cross Application Components
Output Control
Manage Application Object Type Activation .
 Note
You can't use output management and PPF (Post Processing Framework) for output control at the same
time. If you activate output management, the following PPF actions can't be scheduled :
● External Communication
● Smart Forms Fax
● Smart Forms Mail
● Smart Forms Print
Related Information
Output Management for Service Orders, Service Quotations, and Service Contracts
9.2.1.4
Fixed Price Item Categories for Service Order
Quotations, Service Orders, and Service
Confirmations
With this feature, you can use fixed price item categories for service order quotations, service orders, and
service confirmations.
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
PUBLIC
749
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
You can use the following fixed price item categories for service order quotations, service orders, and service
confirmations.
● Service Order Quotations:
○ SFQS for fixed price service items
○ SFQM for fixed price service part items
○ SFQE for fixed price expense items
● Service Orders:
○ SFOS for fixed price service items
○ SFOM for fixed price service part items
○ SFOE for fixed price expense items
● Service Confirmations:
○ SFCS for fixed price service items
○ SFCM for fixed price service part items
○ SFCE for fixed price expense items
Related Information
Service Order Quotations
Service Orders
Service Confirmations
9.2.1.5
SOAP APIs for Service Order
With this feature, the following services and fields have been added to SOAP APIs for service order.
● Services:
○ Service Order (Bulk) - Create, Change (Asynchronous) (ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In)
○ Service Order (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceOrderBulkConfirmation_Out)
● Fields:
○ EnterpriseServiceOrganization
○ ReferenceInHouseRepair
○ ReferenceInHouseRepairItem
750
PUBLIC
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2021
Service
Technical Details
Type
New
Functional Localization
Not applicable
Scope Item
Not applicable
Application Component
CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)
Valid as Of
SAP S/4HANA 2021
Additional Details
The different uses of the added fields are described in the following table:
Field
Service
EnterpriseServiceOrganization
ServiceOrderRequest_In
ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In
ServiceOrderNotification_O
Use
This field has been added to these serv­
ices under the node ServiceOrgUnit
at header level. You can use this field to
define the enterprise service organiza­
tion.
ut

ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
Note
This field is only supported in SAP
ut
S/4HANA when the enterprise or­
ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
ganizational model is enabled.
on_Out
ReferenceInHouseRepair
This field has been added to these serv­
ices at header level. You can use this
field to identify the in-house repair ID.
ReferenceInHouseRepairItem
This field has been added to these serv­
ices at header level. You can use this
field to identify the number of the inhouse repair item (repair object).
These APIs are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com
).